2003-05-21 22:28:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes. 2003-05-21
|
2005-01-04 21:15:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005
|
|
|
|
|
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
See the end for copying conditions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Please send Emacs bug reports to bug-gnu-emacs@gnu.org.
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
For older news, see the file ONEWS
|
2004-04-27 06:37:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
You can narrow news to the specific version by calling
|
|
|
|
|
`view-emacs-news' with a prefix argument or by typing C-u C-h C-n.
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-12-01 15:33:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Temporary note:
|
|
|
|
|
+++ indicates that the appropriate manual has already been updated.
|
|
|
|
|
--- means no change in the manuals is called for.
|
|
|
|
|
When you add a new item, please add it without either +++ or ---
|
2002-06-26 22:25:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
so we will look at it and add it to the manual.
|
2001-12-01 15:33:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-15 20:42:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-04-21 17:15:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
* Installation Changes in Emacs 21.4
|
2001-11-15 20:42:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-14 21:17:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Emacs includes now support for loading image libraries on demand.
|
|
|
|
|
(Currently this feature is only used on MS Windows.) You can configure
|
|
|
|
|
the supported image types and their associated dynamic libraries by
|
|
|
|
|
setting the variable `image-library-alist'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-01-18 01:47:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2004-07-27 23:49:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New translations of the Emacs Tutorial are available in the following
|
|
|
|
|
languages: Brasilian, Bulgarian, Chinese (both with simplified and
|
|
|
|
|
traditional characters), French, and Italian. Type `C-u C-h t' to
|
|
|
|
|
choose one of them in case your language setup doesn't automatically
|
|
|
|
|
select the right one.
|
2004-01-18 01:47:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2003-01-20 19:47:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** You can build Emacs with Gtk+ widgets by specifying `--with-x-toolkit=gtk'
|
2003-06-23 18:36:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
when you run configure. This requires Gtk+ 2.0 or newer. This port
|
|
|
|
|
provides a way to display multilingual text in menus (with some caveats).
|
2003-01-20 19:47:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-07-07 18:30:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2002-04-08 06:14:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Emacs can now be built without sound support.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-09-25 20:22:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The `emacsserver' program has been removed, replaced with elisp code.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-07-07 18:30:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2001-11-15 20:42:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Emacs now supports new configure options `--program-prefix',
|
|
|
|
|
`--program-suffix' and `--program-transform-name' that affect the names of
|
|
|
|
|
installed programs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-07-07 18:30:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2002-04-24 21:04:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** By default, Emacs now uses a setgid helper program to update game
|
2002-04-25 19:12:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
scores. The directory ${localstatedir}/games/emacs is the normal
|
|
|
|
|
place for game scores to be stored. This may be controlled by the
|
|
|
|
|
configure option `--with-game-dir'. The specific user that Emacs uses
|
|
|
|
|
to own the game scores is controlled by `--with-game-user'. If access
|
2002-04-29 23:16:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
to a game user is not available, then scores will be stored separately
|
|
|
|
|
in each user's home directory.
|
2002-04-24 21:04:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-12-21 09:03:16 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
|
** Leim is now part of the Emacs distribution.
|
|
|
|
|
You no longer need to download a separate tarball in order to build
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs with Leim.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-10-28 23:38:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** The Emacs Lisp Reference Manual is now part of the distribution.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ELisp reference manual in Info format is built as part of the
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs build procedure and installed together with the Emacs User
|
|
|
|
|
Manual. A menu item was added to the menu bar that makes it easy
|
|
|
|
|
accessible (Help->More Manuals->Emacs Lisp Reference).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
|
** The Introduction to Programming in Emacs Lisp manual is now part of
|
|
|
|
|
the distribution.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This manual is now part of the standard distribution and is installed,
|
|
|
|
|
together with the Emacs User Manual, into the Info directory. A menu
|
|
|
|
|
item was added to the menu bar that makes it easy accessible
|
|
|
|
|
(Help->More Manuals->Introduction to Emacs Lisp).
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-01-31 15:24:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Support for Cygwin was added.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-01-27 10:05:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2001-11-29 12:13:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Support for FreeBSD/Alpha has been added.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-05-08 19:19:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
|
** Support for GNU/Linux systems on S390 machines was added.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-04-27 09:02:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
|
** Support for MacOS X was added.
|
|
|
|
|
See the files mac/README and mac/INSTALL for build instructions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-07-07 18:30:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2002-06-07 11:17:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Support for GNU/Linux systems on X86-64 machines was added.
|
2001-11-18 05:59:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-10-27 16:26:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2002-10-28 23:38:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** A French translation of the `Emacs Survival Guide' is available.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
---
|
2004-01-21 05:03:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Building with -DENABLE_CHECKING does not automatically build with union
|
|
|
|
|
types any more. Add -DUSE_LISP_UNION_TYPE if you want union types.
|
2002-10-28 23:38:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Changes in Emacs 21.4
|
2002-10-27 16:26:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-01-17 23:52:58 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** M-SPC (just-one-space) when given a numeric argument N
|
|
|
|
|
converts whitespace around point to N spaces.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-01-09 02:12:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Control characters and escape glyphs are now shown in the new
|
|
|
|
|
escape-glyph face.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Non-breaking space and hyphens are now prefixed with an escape
|
|
|
|
|
character, unless the new user variable `show-nonbreak-escape' is set
|
|
|
|
|
to nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-01-15 13:13:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
|
** The type-break package now allows `type-break-file-name' to be nil
|
|
|
|
|
and if so, doesn't store any data across sessions. This is handy if
|
|
|
|
|
you don't want the .type-break file in your home directory or are
|
|
|
|
|
annoyed by the need for interaction when you kill Emacs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-01-04 21:15:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** display-battery has been replaced by display-battery-mode.
|
2005-01-09 02:12:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-12-31 15:21:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** calculator.el now has radix grouping mode, which is available when
|
|
|
|
|
`calculator-output-radix' is non-nil. In this mode a separator
|
|
|
|
|
character is used every few digits, making it easier to see byte
|
|
|
|
|
boundries etc. For more info, see the documentation of the variable
|
|
|
|
|
`calculator-radix-grouping-mode'.
|
2004-12-27 17:08:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-12-21 11:47:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** You can now follow links by clicking Mouse-1 on the link.
|
2004-12-17 15:19:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-12-21 11:47:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Traditionally, Emacs uses a Mouse-1 click to set point and a Mouse-2
|
|
|
|
|
click to follow a link, whereas most other applications use a Mouse-1
|
2004-12-17 15:19:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
click for both purposes, depending on whether you click outside or
|
2004-12-21 11:47:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
inside a link. With release 21.4, the behaviour of a Mouse-1 click
|
2004-12-17 15:19:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
has been changed to match this context-sentitive dual behaviour.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-12-21 11:47:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Depending on the current mode, a Mouse-2 click in Emacs may do much
|
|
|
|
|
more than just follow a link, so the new Mouse-1 behaviour is only
|
2004-12-17 15:19:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
activated for modes which explicitly mark a clickable text as a "link"
|
|
|
|
|
(see the new function `mouse-on-link-p' for details). The lisp
|
|
|
|
|
packages that are included in release 21.4 have been adapted to do
|
|
|
|
|
this, but external packages may not yet support this. However, there
|
|
|
|
|
is no risk in using such packages, as the worst thing that could
|
2004-12-21 11:47:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
happen is that you get the original Mouse-1 behaviour when you click
|
2004-12-17 15:19:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
on a link, which typically means that you set point where you click.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-12-21 11:47:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
If you want to get the original Mouse-1 action also inside a link, you
|
|
|
|
|
just need to press the Mouse-1 button a little longer than a normal
|
|
|
|
|
click (i.e. press and hold the Mouse-1 button for half a second before
|
2004-12-17 15:19:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
you release it).
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-12-21 11:47:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Dragging the Mouse-1 inside a link still performs the original
|
2004-12-17 15:19:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
drag-mouse-1 action, typically copy the text.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-12-21 11:47:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
You can customize the new Mouse-1 behaviour via the new user option
|
2004-12-17 15:19:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`mouse-1-click-follows-link'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-12-31 15:21:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** require-final-newline now has two new possible values:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`visit' means add a newline (as an undoable change) if it's needed
|
|
|
|
|
when visiting the file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`visit-save' means add a newline (as an undoable change) if it's
|
|
|
|
|
needed when visiting the file, and also add a newline if it's needed
|
|
|
|
|
when saving the file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** The new option mode-require-final-newline controls how certain
|
|
|
|
|
major modes enable require-final-newline. Any major mode that's
|
|
|
|
|
designed for a kind of file that should normally end in a newline
|
|
|
|
|
sets require-final-newline based on mode-require-final-newline.
|
|
|
|
|
So you can customize mode-require-final-newline to control what these
|
|
|
|
|
modes do.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-12-21 11:47:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** When the undo information of the current command gets really large
|
|
|
|
|
(beyond the value of `undo-outer-limit'), Emacs asks you whether to
|
|
|
|
|
discard it or keep it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-11-08 16:46:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** line-move-ignore-invisible now defaults to t.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-11-06 12:15:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** In Outline mode, hide-body no longer hides lines at the top
|
|
|
|
|
of the file that precede the first header line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-10-04 23:00:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** In Enriched mode, `set-left-margin' and `set-right-margin' are now
|
|
|
|
|
by default bound to `C-c [' and `C-c ]' instead of the former `C-c C-l'
|
|
|
|
|
and `C-c C-r'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-09-20 16:19:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** In processing a local variables list, Emacs strips the prefix and
|
|
|
|
|
suffix are from every line before processing all the lines.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-09-01 00:09:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2004-08-31 23:53:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** `apply-macro-to-region-lines' now operates on all lines that begin
|
|
|
|
|
in the region, rather than on all complete lines in the region.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-08-22 17:46:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** global-whitespace-mode is a new alias for whitespace-global-mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-07-16 18:55:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** There are now two new regular expression operators, \_< and \_>,
|
|
|
|
|
for matching the beginning and end of a symbol. A symbol is a
|
|
|
|
|
non-empty sequence of either word or symbol constituent characters, as
|
|
|
|
|
specified by the syntax table.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-11 16:43:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Passing resources on the command line now works on MS Windows.
|
|
|
|
|
You can use --xrm to pass resource settings to Emacs, overriding any
|
|
|
|
|
existing values. For example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
emacs --xrm "Emacs.Background:red" --xrm "Emacs.Geometry:100x20"
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
will start up Emacs on an initial frame of 100x20 with red background,
|
|
|
|
|
irrespective of geometry or background setting on the Windows registry.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-01-03 03:23:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The terminal emulation code in term.el has been improved, it can
|
|
|
|
|
run most curses applications now.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-10 04:28:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New features in evaluation commands
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-12 06:09:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2004-06-10 04:28:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The function `eval-defun' (C-M-x) called on defface reinitializes
|
|
|
|
|
the face to the value specified in the defface expression.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Typing C-x C-e twice prints the value of the integer result
|
|
|
|
|
in additional formats (octal, hexadecimal, character) specified
|
|
|
|
|
by the new function `eval-expression-print-format'. The same
|
|
|
|
|
function also defines the result format for `eval-expression' (M-:),
|
|
|
|
|
`eval-print-last-sexp' (C-j) and some edebug evaluation functions.
|
2004-05-29 12:11:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-05-17 00:26:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New input method chinese-sisheng for inputting Chinese Pinyin
|
|
|
|
|
characters.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-05-12 10:54:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New command quail-show-key shows what key (or key sequence) to type
|
|
|
|
|
in the current input method to input a character at point.
|
2004-05-12 02:42:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-05-09 22:37:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Convenient commands to switch buffers in a cyclic order are C-x <left>
|
|
|
|
|
(prev-buffer) and C-x <right> (next-buffer).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Commands winner-redo and winner-undo, from winner.el, are now bound to
|
|
|
|
|
C-c <left> and C-c <right>, respectively. This is an incompatible change.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-06 00:38:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Help commands `describe-function' and `describe-key' now show function
|
2004-05-13 01:23:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
arguments in lowercase italics on displays that support it. To change the
|
2004-06-04 23:27:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
default, customize face `help-argument-name' or redefine the function
|
|
|
|
|
`help-default-arg-highlight'.
|
2004-05-09 22:37:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-04-24 23:29:39 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2004-05-01 22:24:39 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The comint prompt can now be made read-only, using the new user
|
|
|
|
|
option `comint-prompt-read-only'. This is not enabled by default,
|
|
|
|
|
except in IELM buffers. The read-only status of IELM prompts can be
|
|
|
|
|
controlled with the new user option `ielm-prompt-read-only', which
|
2004-05-01 22:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
overrides `comint-prompt-read-only'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The new commands `comint-kill-whole-line' and `comint-kill-region'
|
|
|
|
|
support editing comint buffers with read-only prompts.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`comint-kill-whole-line' is like `kill-whole-line', but ignores both
|
2004-07-17 12:00:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
read-only and field properties. Hence, it always kill entire
|
2004-05-01 22:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
lines, including any prompts.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`comint-kill-region' is like `kill-region', except that it ignores
|
|
|
|
|
read-only properties, if it is safe to do so. This means that if any
|
|
|
|
|
part of a prompt is deleted, then the entire prompt must be deleted
|
|
|
|
|
and that all prompts must stay at the beginning of a line. If this is
|
|
|
|
|
not the case, then `comint-kill-region' behaves just like
|
2004-05-01 22:24:39 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`kill-region' if read-only are involved: it copies the text to the
|
|
|
|
|
kill-ring, but does not delete it.
|
2004-04-24 23:29:39 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-04-21 21:39:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** You can now use next-error (C-x `) and previous-error to advance to
|
|
|
|
|
the next/previous matching line found by M-x occur.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-07-17 12:00:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Telnet now prompts you for a port number with C-u M-x telnet.
|
2004-04-21 21:45:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-04-16 23:27:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2004-04-13 22:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New command line option -Q.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is like using -q --no-site-file, but in addition it also disables
|
|
|
|
|
the menu-bar, the tool-bar, the scroll-bars, tool tips, the blinking
|
|
|
|
|
cursor, and the fancy startup screen.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-04-07 19:39:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** C-h v and C-h f commands now include a hyperlink to the C source for
|
|
|
|
|
variables and functions defined in C (if the C source is available).
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-04-05 02:09:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** When used interactively, `format-write-file' now asks for confirmation
|
|
|
|
|
before overwriting an existing file, unless a prefix argument is
|
|
|
|
|
supplied. This behavior is analogous to `write-file'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** You can now use Auto Revert mode to `tail' a file.
|
|
|
|
|
If point is at the end of a file buffer before reverting, Auto Revert
|
|
|
|
|
mode keeps it at the end after reverting. Similarly if point is
|
2004-07-17 12:00:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
displayed at the end of a file buffer in any window, it stays at
|
2004-04-05 02:09:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
the end of the buffer in that window. This allows to tail a file:
|
2004-07-17 12:00:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
just put point at the end of the buffer and it stays there. This
|
2004-04-05 02:09:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rule applies to file buffers. For non-file buffers, the behavior may
|
|
|
|
|
be mode dependent.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-08-26 01:47:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
If you are sure that the file will only change by growing at the end,
|
|
|
|
|
then you can tail the file more efficiently by using the new minor
|
|
|
|
|
mode Auto Revert Tail mode. The function `auto-revert-tail-mode'
|
|
|
|
|
toggles this mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-04-04 02:01:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Auto Revert mode is now more careful to avoid excessive reverts and
|
|
|
|
|
other potential problems when deciding which non-file buffers to
|
|
|
|
|
revert. This matters especially if Global Auto Revert mode is enabled
|
|
|
|
|
and `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil. Auto Revert
|
2004-07-17 12:00:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
mode only reverts a non-file buffer if the buffer has a non-nil
|
2004-04-04 02:01:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`revert-buffer-function' and a non-nil `buffer-stale-function', which
|
|
|
|
|
decides whether the buffer should be reverted. Currently, this means
|
|
|
|
|
that auto reverting works for Dired buffers (although this may not
|
|
|
|
|
work properly on all operating systems) and for the Buffer Menu.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If the new user option `auto-revert-check-vc-info' is non-nil, Auto
|
|
|
|
|
Revert mode reliably updates version control info (such as the version
|
|
|
|
|
control number in the mode line), in all version controlled buffers in
|
|
|
|
|
which it is active. If the option is nil, the default, then this info
|
|
|
|
|
only gets updated whenever the buffer gets reverted.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** New command `Buffer-menu-toggle-files-only' toggles display of file
|
|
|
|
|
buffers only in the Buffer Menu. It is bound to `T' in Buffer Menu
|
|
|
|
|
mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-03-29 19:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** M-x compile has become more robust and reliable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quite a few more kinds of messages are recognized. Messages that are
|
|
|
|
|
recognized as warnings or informational come in orange or green, instead of
|
|
|
|
|
red. Informational messages are by default skipped with `next-error'
|
|
|
|
|
(controlled by `compilation-skip-threshold').
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-04-01 10:48:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Location data is collected on the fly as the *compilation* buffer changes.
|
|
|
|
|
This means you could modify messages to make them point to different files.
|
|
|
|
|
This also means you can not go to locations of messages you may have deleted.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-03-29 19:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
|
The variable `compilation-error-regexp-alist' has now become customizable. If
|
|
|
|
|
you had added your own regexps to this, you'll probably need to include a
|
|
|
|
|
leading `^', otherwise they'll match anywhere on a line. There is now also a
|
|
|
|
|
`compilation-mode-font-lock-keywords' and it nicely handles all the checks
|
|
|
|
|
that configure outputs and -o options so you see at a glance where you are.
|
2004-03-12 13:56:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The new file etc/compilation.txt gives examples of each type of message.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-09-08 20:31:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Compilation mode enhancements:
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-09-20 16:19:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2004-09-08 20:31:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** New user option `compilation-environment'.
|
|
|
|
|
This option allows you to specify environment variables for inferior
|
|
|
|
|
compilation processes without affecting the environment that all
|
|
|
|
|
subprocesses inherit.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Grep has been decoupled from compilation mode setup.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** There's a new separate package grep.el.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** M-x grep has been adapted to new compile
|
2004-03-12 13:56:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hits are fontified in green, and hits in binary files in orange. Grep buffers
|
2004-07-17 12:00:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
can be saved and automatically revisited with the new Grep mode.
|
2004-03-12 13:56:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-09-08 20:31:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** Grep commands now have their own submenu and customization group.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new variables `grep-window-height', `grep-auto-highlight', and
|
|
|
|
|
`grep-scroll-output' can be used to override the corresponding
|
|
|
|
|
compilation mode settings for grep commands.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New option `grep-highlight-matches' highlightes matches in *grep*
|
|
|
|
|
buffer. It uses a special feature of some grep programs which accept
|
|
|
|
|
--color option to output markers around matches. When going to the next
|
|
|
|
|
match with `next-error' the exact match is highlighted in the source
|
|
|
|
|
buffer. Otherwise, if `grep-highlight-matches' is nil, the whole
|
|
|
|
|
source line is highlighted.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New key bindings in grep output window:
|
|
|
|
|
SPC and DEL scrolls window up and down. C-n and C-p moves to next and
|
|
|
|
|
previous match in the grep window. RET jumps to the source line of
|
|
|
|
|
the current match. `n' and `p' shows next and previous match in
|
|
|
|
|
other window, but does not switch buffer. `{' and `}' jumps to the
|
|
|
|
|
previous or next file in the grep output. TAB also jumps to the next
|
|
|
|
|
file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** New options `next-error-highlight' and `next-error-highlight-no-select'
|
|
|
|
|
specify the method of highlighting of the corresponding source line
|
|
|
|
|
in new face `next-error'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-09-04 13:06:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** A new minor mode `next-error-follow-minor-mode' can be used in
|
|
|
|
|
compilation-mode, grep-mode, occur-mode, and diff-mode (i.e. all the
|
|
|
|
|
modes that can use `next-error'). In this mode, cursor motion in the
|
|
|
|
|
buffer causes automatic display in another window of the corresponding
|
|
|
|
|
matches, compilation errors, etc. This minor mode can be toggled with
|
|
|
|
|
C-c C-f.
|
2004-09-04 12:35:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-03-12 13:56:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** M-x diff uses diff-mode instead of compilation-mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-04-11 09:58:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** M-x compare-windows now can automatically skip non-matching text to
|
|
|
|
|
resync points in both windows.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-03-27 11:44:58 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New command `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
|
|
|
|
|
This is like `strokes-global-set-stroke', but it allows you to bind
|
|
|
|
|
the stroke directly to a string to insert. This is convenient for
|
|
|
|
|
using strokes as an input method.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-09-04 13:13:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Gnus package
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Gnus now includes Sieve and PGG
|
|
|
|
|
Sieve is a library for managing Sieve scripts. PGG is a library to handle
|
|
|
|
|
PGP/MIME.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** There are many news features, bug fixes and improvements.
|
|
|
|
|
See the file GNUS-NEWS or the node "Oort Gnus" in the Gnus manual for details.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-10 20:33:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** Desktop package
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Desktop saving is now a minor mode, desktop-save-mode. Variable
|
|
|
|
|
desktop-enable is obsolete. Customize desktop-save-mode to enable desktop
|
|
|
|
|
saving.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Buffers are saved in the desktop file in the same order as that in the
|
|
|
|
|
buffer list.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-01-07 20:25:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The desktop package can be customized to restore only some buffers immediately,
|
|
|
|
|
remaining buffers are restored lazily (when Emacs is idle).
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-10 20:33:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** New commands:
|
|
|
|
|
- desktop-revert reverts to the last loaded desktop.
|
|
|
|
|
- desktop-change-dir kills current desktop and loads a new.
|
|
|
|
|
- desktop-save-in-desktop-dir saves desktop in the directory from which
|
|
|
|
|
it was loaded.
|
2005-01-07 20:25:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
- desktop-lazy-complete runs the desktop load to completion.
|
|
|
|
|
- desktop-lazy-abort aborts lazy loading of the desktop.
|
2004-06-10 20:33:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New customizable variables:
|
|
|
|
|
- desktop-save. Determins whether the desktop should be saved when it is
|
|
|
|
|
killed.
|
2005-01-07 20:25:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
- desktop-file-name-format. Format in which desktop file names should be saved.
|
2004-06-10 20:33:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
- desktop-path. List of directories in which to lookup the desktop file.
|
2005-01-07 20:25:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
- desktop-locals-to-save. List of local variables to save.
|
|
|
|
|
- desktop-globals-to-clear. List of global variables that `desktop-clear' will clear.
|
|
|
|
|
- desktop-clear-preserve-buffers-regexp. Regexp identifying buffers that `desktop-clear'
|
|
|
|
|
should not delete.
|
|
|
|
|
- desktop-restore-eager. Number of buffers to restore immediately. Remaining buffers are
|
|
|
|
|
restored lazily (when Emacs is idle).
|
|
|
|
|
- desktop-lazy-verbose. Verbose reporting of lazily created buffers.
|
|
|
|
|
- desktop-lazy-idle-delay. Idle delay before starting to create buffers.
|
2004-06-10 20:33:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New command line option --no-desktop
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New hooks:
|
|
|
|
|
- desktop-after-read-hook run after a desktop is loaded.
|
|
|
|
|
- desktop-no-desktop-file-hook run when no desktop file is found.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-02-21 14:17:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
|
** The saveplace.el package now filters out unreadable files.
|
|
|
|
|
When you exit Emacs, the saved positions in visited files no longer
|
|
|
|
|
include files that aren't readable, e.g. files that don't exist.
|
|
|
|
|
Customize the new option `save-place-forget-unreadable-files' to nil
|
|
|
|
|
to get the old behavior. The new options `save-place-save-skipped'
|
|
|
|
|
and `save-place-skip-check-regexp' allow further fine-tuning of this
|
|
|
|
|
feature.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-03-11 18:46:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** You can have several Emacs servers on the same machine.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% emacs --eval '(setq server-name "foo")' -f server-start &
|
|
|
|
|
% emacs --eval '(setq server-name "bar")' -f server-start &
|
|
|
|
|
% emacsclient -s foo file1
|
|
|
|
|
% emacsclient -s bar file2
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-09-22 23:12:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2004-01-18 20:26:39 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** On window systems, lines which are exactly as wide as the window
|
|
|
|
|
(not counting the final newline character) are no longer broken into
|
|
|
|
|
two lines on the display (with just the newline on the second line).
|
|
|
|
|
Instead, the newline now "overflows" into the right fringe, and the
|
|
|
|
|
cursor will be displayed in the fringe when positioned on that newline.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The new user option 'overflow-newline-into-fringe' may be set to nil to
|
|
|
|
|
revert to the old behaviour of continuing such lines.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-09-22 23:12:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2004-02-15 18:15:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The buffer boundaries (i.e. first and last line in the buffer) may
|
|
|
|
|
now be marked with angle bitmaps in the fringes. In addition, up and
|
|
|
|
|
down arrow bitmaps may be shown at the top and bottom of the left or
|
|
|
|
|
right fringe if the window can be scrolled in either direction.
|
2004-01-18 20:26:39 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This behavior is activated by setting the buffer-local variable
|
2004-02-15 18:15:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`indicate-buffer-boundaries' to a non-nil value. The default value of
|
|
|
|
|
this variable is found in `default-indicate-buffer-boundaries'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If value is `left' or `right', both angle and arrow bitmaps are
|
2004-09-29 12:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
displayed in the left or right fringe, resp.
|
2004-02-15 18:15:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-09-29 12:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Value may also be an alist which specifies the presense and position
|
|
|
|
|
of each bitmap individually.
|
2004-02-15 18:15:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-09-29 12:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
For example, ((top . left) (t . right)) places the top angle bitmap
|
|
|
|
|
in left fringe, the bottom angle bitmap in right fringe, and both
|
|
|
|
|
arrow bitmaps in right fringe. To show just the angle bitmaps in the
|
|
|
|
|
left fringe, but no arrow bitmaps, use ((top . left) (bottom . left)).
|
2004-01-18 20:26:39 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2003-12-01 02:29:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New command `display-local-help' displays any local help at point
|
|
|
|
|
in the echo area. It is bound to `C-h .'. It normally displays the
|
|
|
|
|
same string that would be displayed on mouse-over using the
|
|
|
|
|
`help-echo' property, but, in certain cases, it can display a more
|
|
|
|
|
keyboard oriented alternative.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** New user option `help-at-pt-display-when-idle' allows to
|
|
|
|
|
automatically show the help provided by `display-local-help' on
|
|
|
|
|
point-over, after suitable idle time. The amount of idle time is
|
|
|
|
|
determined by the user option `help-at-pt-timer-delay' and defaults
|
|
|
|
|
to one second. This feature is turned off by default.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** New commands `scan-buf-next-region' and `scan-buf-previous-region'
|
|
|
|
|
move to the start of the next (previous, respectively) region with
|
|
|
|
|
non-nil help-echo property and display any help found there in the
|
|
|
|
|
echo area, using `display-local-help'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-10-22 19:23:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** Help mode now only makes hyperlinks for faces when the face name is
|
|
|
|
|
preceded or followed by the word `face'. It no longer makes
|
|
|
|
|
hyperlinks for variables without variable documentation, unless
|
2003-12-31 00:32:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
preceded by one of the words `variable' or `option'. It now makes
|
|
|
|
|
hyperlinks to Info anchors (or nodes) if the anchor (or node) name is
|
|
|
|
|
enclosed in single quotes and preceded by `info anchor' or `Info
|
|
|
|
|
anchor' (in addition to earlier `info node' and `Info node').
|
2003-10-22 19:23:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2003-09-12 19:44:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The max size of buffers and integers has been doubled.
|
|
|
|
|
On 32bit machines, it is now 256M (i.e. 268435455).
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-09-22 15:51:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** The -f option, used from the command line to call a function,
|
2003-09-23 02:48:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
now reads arguments for the function interactively if it is
|
2003-09-22 15:51:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
an interactively callable function.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-13 17:52:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** sql changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The variable `sql-product' controls the highlightng of different
|
|
|
|
|
SQL dialects. This variable can be set globally via Customize, on a
|
|
|
|
|
buffer-specific basis via local variable settings, or for the current
|
|
|
|
|
session using the new SQL->Product submenu. (This menu replaces the
|
|
|
|
|
SQL->Highlighting submenu.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following values are supported:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ansi ANSI Standard (default)
|
|
|
|
|
db2 DB2
|
|
|
|
|
informix Informix
|
|
|
|
|
ingres Ingres
|
|
|
|
|
interbase Interbase
|
|
|
|
|
linter Linter
|
|
|
|
|
ms Microsoft
|
|
|
|
|
mysql MySQL
|
|
|
|
|
oracle Oracle
|
|
|
|
|
postgres Postgres
|
|
|
|
|
solid Solid
|
|
|
|
|
sqlite SQLite
|
|
|
|
|
sybase Sybase
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The current product name will be shown on the mode line following the
|
|
|
|
|
SQL mode indicator.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The technique of setting `sql-mode-font-lock-defaults' directly in
|
|
|
|
|
your .emacs will no longer establish the default highlighting -- Use
|
|
|
|
|
`sql-product' to accomplish this.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-04-30 13:53:58 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ANSI keywords are always highlighted.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-13 17:52:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The function `sql-add-product-keywords' can be used to add
|
|
|
|
|
font-lock rules to the product specific rules. For example, to have
|
|
|
|
|
all identifiers ending in "_t" under MS SQLServer treated as a type,
|
|
|
|
|
you would use the following line in your .emacs file:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
|
2004-04-30 13:53:58 +00:00
|
|
|
|
'(("\\<\\w+_t\\>" . font-lock-type-face)))
|
2003-07-13 17:52:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Oracle support includes keyword highlighting for Oracle 9i. Most
|
|
|
|
|
SQL and PL/SQL keywords are implemented. SQL*Plus commands are
|
|
|
|
|
highlighted in `font-lock-doc-face'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Microsoft SQLServer support has been significantly improved.
|
|
|
|
|
Keyword highlighting for SqlServer 2000 is implemented.
|
|
|
|
|
sql-interactive-mode defaults to use osql, rather than isql, because
|
2004-03-20 15:05:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
osql flushes its error stream more frequently. Thus error messages
|
2003-07-13 17:52:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
are displayed when they occur rather than when the session is
|
|
|
|
|
terminated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the username and password are not provided to `sql-ms', osql is
|
|
|
|
|
called with the -E command line argument to use the operating system
|
|
|
|
|
credentials to authenticate the user.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-04-30 13:53:58 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** Postgres support is enhanced.
|
|
|
|
|
Keyword highlighting of Postgres 7.3 is implemented. Prompting for
|
|
|
|
|
the username and the pgsql `-U' option is added.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** MySQL support is enhanced.
|
|
|
|
|
Keyword higlighting of MySql 4.0 is implemented.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-13 17:52:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** Imenu support has been enhanced to locate tables, views, indexes,
|
|
|
|
|
packages, procedures, functions, triggers, sequences, rules, and
|
|
|
|
|
defaults.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Added SQL->Start SQLi Session menu entry which calls the
|
|
|
|
|
appropriate sql-interactive-mode wrapper for the current setting of
|
|
|
|
|
`sql-product'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-09 16:21:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** M-x view-file and commands that use it now avoid interfering
|
|
|
|
|
with special modes such as Tar mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 22:02:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Enhancements to apropos commands:
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-07-17 12:00:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The apropos commands now accept a list of words to match.
|
2003-07-14 22:02:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
When more than one word is specified, at least two of those words must
|
|
|
|
|
be present for an item to match. Regular expression matching is still
|
|
|
|
|
available.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new option `apropos-sort-by-scores' causes the matching items
|
|
|
|
|
to be sorted according to their score. The score for an item is a
|
|
|
|
|
number calculated to indicate how well the item matches the words or
|
|
|
|
|
regular expression that you entered to the apropos command. The best
|
|
|
|
|
match is listed first, and the calculated score is shown for each
|
|
|
|
|
matching item.
|
2003-07-12 22:00:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-07 21:06:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** The old bindings C-M-delete and C-M-backspace have been deleted,
|
|
|
|
|
since there are situations where one or the other will shut down
|
|
|
|
|
the operating system or your X server.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** New minor mode, Visible mode, toggles invisibility in the current buffer.
|
2003-07-02 04:09:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
When enabled, it makes all invisible text visible. When disabled, it
|
2003-07-13 17:52:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
restores the previous value of `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
|
2003-07-02 04:09:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** New command `kill-whole-line' kills an entire line at once.
|
|
|
|
|
By default, it is bound to C-S-<backspace>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-12 06:09:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New commands to operate on pairs of open and close characters:
|
|
|
|
|
`insert-pair', `delete-pair', `raise-sexp'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** A prefix argument of C-M-q in Emacs Lisp mode pretty-printifies the
|
|
|
|
|
list starting after point.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-04-11 09:58:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Dired mode:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New faces dired-header, dired-mark, dired-marked, dired-flagged,
|
|
|
|
|
dired-ignored, dired-directory, dired-symlink, dired-warning
|
|
|
|
|
introduced for Dired mode instead of font-lock faces.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-12 06:09:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** New Dired command `dired-compare-directories' marks files
|
|
|
|
|
with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
*** New Dired command `dired-do-touch' (bound to T) changes timestamps
|
|
|
|
|
of marked files with the value entered in the minibuffer.
|
2004-04-11 09:58:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
*** In Dired's ! command (dired-do-shell-command), `*' and `?' now
|
|
|
|
|
control substitution of the file names only when they are surrounded
|
|
|
|
|
by whitespace. This means you can now use them as shell wildcards
|
|
|
|
|
too. If you want to use just plain `*' as a wildcard, type `*""'; the
|
|
|
|
|
doublequotes make no difference in the shell, but they prevent
|
|
|
|
|
special treatment in `dired-do-shell-command'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** In Dired, the w command now copies the current line's file name
|
2004-06-12 06:09:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
into the kill ring. With a zero prefix arg, copies absolute file names.
|
2004-04-11 09:58:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-10 20:33:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** Dired-x:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Omitting files is now a minor mode, dired-omit-mode. The mode toggling
|
|
|
|
|
command is bound to M-o. A new command dired-mark-omitted, bound to M-O,
|
|
|
|
|
marks omitted files. The variable dired-omit-files-p is obsoleted, use the
|
|
|
|
|
mode toggling function instead.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-12-13 05:19:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** find-file-read-only visits multiple files in read-only mode,
|
|
|
|
|
when the file name contains wildcard characters.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** find-alternate-file replaces the current file with multiple files,
|
|
|
|
|
when the file name contains wildcard characters.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** FFAP
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
*** New ffap commands and keybindings: C-x C-r (`ffap-read-only'),
|
|
|
|
|
C-x C-v (`ffap-alternate-file'), C-x C-d (`ffap-list-directory'),
|
|
|
|
|
C-x 4 r (`ffap-read-only-other-window'), C-x 4 d (`ffap-dired-other-window'),
|
|
|
|
|
C-x 5 r (`ffap-read-only-other-frame'), C-x 5 d (`ffap-dired-other-frame').
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
|
*** FFAP accepts wildcards in a file name by default. C-x C-f passes
|
|
|
|
|
it to `find-file' with non-nil WILDCARDS argument, which visits
|
|
|
|
|
multiple files, and C-x d passes it to `dired'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-04-05 13:01:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Info mode:
|
2004-06-12 06:09:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** A numeric prefix argument of `info' selects an Info buffer
|
2005-01-11 21:59:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
with the number appended to the *info* buffer name (e.g. "*info*<2>").
|
2004-06-12 06:09:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-09-02 09:21:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** Regexp isearch (C-M-s and C-M-r) can search through multiple nodes.
|
|
|
|
|
Failed isearch wraps to the top/final node.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New search commands: `Info-search-case-sensitively' (bound to S),
|
|
|
|
|
`Info-search-backward', and `Info-search-next' which repeats the last
|
|
|
|
|
search without prompting for a new search string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-01-11 21:59:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** New command `Info-history-forward' (bound to r and new toolbar icon)
|
|
|
|
|
moves forward in history to the node you returned from after using
|
|
|
|
|
`Info-history-back' (renamed from `Info-last').
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-12 06:09:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** New command `Info-history' (bound to L) displays a menu of visited nodes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New command `Info-toc' (bound to T) creates a node with table of contents
|
|
|
|
|
from the tree structure of menus of the current Info file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New command `info-apropos' searches the indices of the known
|
|
|
|
|
Info files on your system for a string, and builds a menu of the
|
|
|
|
|
possible matches.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New command `Info-copy-current-node-name' (bound to w) copies
|
|
|
|
|
the current Info node name into the kill ring. With a zero prefix
|
|
|
|
|
arg, puts the node name inside the `info' function call.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New face `info-xref-visited' distinguishes visited nodes from unvisited
|
|
|
|
|
and a new option `Info-fontify-visited-nodes' to control this.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** http and ftp links in Info are now operational: they look like cross
|
|
|
|
|
references and following them calls `browse-url'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-02 04:09:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2004-04-05 13:01:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** Info now hides node names in menus and cross references by default.
|
2003-07-02 04:09:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
If you prefer the old behavior, you can set the new user option
|
|
|
|
|
`Info-hide-note-references' to nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-04-21 22:36:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** Images in Info pages are supported.
|
|
|
|
|
Info pages show embedded images, in Emacs frames with image support.
|
|
|
|
|
Info documentation that includes images, processed with makeinfo
|
|
|
|
|
version 4.7 or newer, compiles to Info pages with embedded images.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-04-11 09:58:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
*** The default value for `Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes' is now nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
|
*** Info-index offers completion.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-06-17 21:11:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Support for the SQLite interpreter has been added to sql.el by calling
|
|
|
|
|
'sql-sqlite'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-06-05 23:35:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** BibTeX mode:
|
2004-09-10 21:24:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The new command bibtex-url browses a URL for the BibTeX entry at
|
2004-10-31 22:25:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
point (bound to C-c C-l and mouse-2, RET on clickable fields).
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-05-04 13:26:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The new command bibtex-entry-update (bound to C-c C-u) updates
|
|
|
|
|
an existing BibTeX entry.
|
2004-10-31 22:25:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2003-06-05 23:35:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** New `bibtex-entry-format' option `required-fields', enabled by default.
|
2004-10-31 22:25:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2003-06-05 23:35:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries can take values `plain',
|
|
|
|
|
`crossref', and `entry-class' which control the sorting scheme used
|
2004-10-31 22:25:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
for BibTeX entries. `bibtex-sort-entry-class' controls the sorting
|
|
|
|
|
scheme `entry-class'. TAB completion for reference keys and
|
2003-07-05 12:42:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
automatic detection of duplicates does not require anymore that
|
|
|
|
|
bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries is non-nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** If the new variable bibtex-parse-keys-fast is non-nil,
|
|
|
|
|
use fast but simplified algorithm for parsing BibTeX keys.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** If the new variable bibtex-autoadd-commas is non-nil,
|
|
|
|
|
automatically add missing commas at end of BibTeX fields.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new variable bibtex-autofill-types contains a list of entry
|
|
|
|
|
types for which fields are filled automatically (if possible).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new command bibtex-complete completes word fragment before
|
|
|
|
|
point according to context (bound to M-tab).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new commands bibtex-find-entry and bibtex-find-crossref
|
(bibtex-sort-entry-class)
(bibtex-comment-start): Use defcustom.
(bibtex-entry-field-alist): Use nil if initial content of the
field is undefined. Fix docstring.
(bibtex-parse-keys-timeout, bibtex-autokey-additional-names)
(bibtex-generate-autokey, bibtex-parse-buffers-stealthily)
(bibtex-mode, bibtex-field-list, bibtex-entry-updat)
(bibtex-autofill-entry, bibtex-entry-index, bibtex-next-field):
Fix docstring.
(bibtex-autokey-title-terminators): Use only one regexp.
(bibtex-string-maybe-empty-head): New variable.
(bibtex-remove-delimiters-string): New function.
(bibtex-text-in-field-bounds, bibtex-text-in-string):
Use bibtex-remove-delimiters-string.
(bibtex-progress-message, bibtex-field-left-delimiter)
(bibtex-field-right-delimiter, bibtex-entry-left-delimiter)
(bibtex-entry-right-delimiter, bibtex-search-entry): Use eq.
(bibtex-insert-kill): Rename from `bibtex-insert-current-kill'.
Simplify.
(bibtex-format-entry): Use save-excursion for inherited booktitle.
Use eq and bibtex-remove-delimiters-string. For end markers use
insertion type so that marker stays after inserted text.
(bibtex-autokey-get-names): Return empty string if name is missing.
(bibtex-autokey-demangle-name): Call bibtex-autokey-abbrev before
calling bibtex-autokey-name-case-convert.
(bibtex-autokey-demangle-title):
Call bibtex-autokey-titleword-case-convert. Remove call to
bibtex-autokey-titleword-case-convert from bibtex-autokey-get-title.
(bibtex-global-key-alist, bibtex-read-string-key): New functions.
(bibtex-read-key): New optional arg global.
(bibtex-files-expand): New optional arg force.
(bibtex-complete-string-cleanup): Expansion of abbrev can be absent.
(bibtex-complete-crossref-cleanup): Rename from
bibtex-complete-key-cleanup. Simplify code.
(bibtex-copy-summary-as-kill): Remove arg key. Operate on current entry.
Use looking-at.
(bibtex-button): Add docstring.
(bibtex-entry): Simplify.
(bibtex-make-field): Replace optional arg called-by-yank with more
specific args move and interactive.
(bibtex-end-of-entry): Use forward-sexp.
(bibtex-find-entry-globally): Remove.
(bibtex-find-crossref): Allow for crossref key located in other buffer.
Bound to C-c C-x.
(bibtex-find-entry): New optional args global and display.
(bibtex-find-text): Fix docstring. Remove arg as-if-interactive.
(bibtex-validate): Use arg force of bibtex-files-expand.
(bibtex-clean-entry): Bugfix, clean string entries properly.
Always keep point at beginning of entry.
(bibtex-complete): Bugfix. Handle string entries properly.
Call cleanup functions only if needed.
(bibtex-String): Use bibtex-read-string-key.
(bibtex-url): Use bibtex-remove-delimiters-string. Do not alter
case of replacement text.
2004-11-26 23:24:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
locate entries and crossref'd entries (bound to C-c C-s and C-c C-x).
|
|
|
|
|
Crossref fields are clickable (bound to mouse-2, RET).
|
2003-07-05 12:42:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** In BibTeX mode the command fill-paragraph (bound to M-q) fills
|
|
|
|
|
individual fields of a BibTeX entry.
|
2003-06-05 23:35:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
(bibtex-sort-entry-class)
(bibtex-comment-start): Use defcustom.
(bibtex-entry-field-alist): Use nil if initial content of the
field is undefined. Fix docstring.
(bibtex-parse-keys-timeout, bibtex-autokey-additional-names)
(bibtex-generate-autokey, bibtex-parse-buffers-stealthily)
(bibtex-mode, bibtex-field-list, bibtex-entry-updat)
(bibtex-autofill-entry, bibtex-entry-index, bibtex-next-field):
Fix docstring.
(bibtex-autokey-title-terminators): Use only one regexp.
(bibtex-string-maybe-empty-head): New variable.
(bibtex-remove-delimiters-string): New function.
(bibtex-text-in-field-bounds, bibtex-text-in-string):
Use bibtex-remove-delimiters-string.
(bibtex-progress-message, bibtex-field-left-delimiter)
(bibtex-field-right-delimiter, bibtex-entry-left-delimiter)
(bibtex-entry-right-delimiter, bibtex-search-entry): Use eq.
(bibtex-insert-kill): Rename from `bibtex-insert-current-kill'.
Simplify.
(bibtex-format-entry): Use save-excursion for inherited booktitle.
Use eq and bibtex-remove-delimiters-string. For end markers use
insertion type so that marker stays after inserted text.
(bibtex-autokey-get-names): Return empty string if name is missing.
(bibtex-autokey-demangle-name): Call bibtex-autokey-abbrev before
calling bibtex-autokey-name-case-convert.
(bibtex-autokey-demangle-title):
Call bibtex-autokey-titleword-case-convert. Remove call to
bibtex-autokey-titleword-case-convert from bibtex-autokey-get-title.
(bibtex-global-key-alist, bibtex-read-string-key): New functions.
(bibtex-read-key): New optional arg global.
(bibtex-files-expand): New optional arg force.
(bibtex-complete-string-cleanup): Expansion of abbrev can be absent.
(bibtex-complete-crossref-cleanup): Rename from
bibtex-complete-key-cleanup. Simplify code.
(bibtex-copy-summary-as-kill): Remove arg key. Operate on current entry.
Use looking-at.
(bibtex-button): Add docstring.
(bibtex-entry): Simplify.
(bibtex-make-field): Replace optional arg called-by-yank with more
specific args move and interactive.
(bibtex-end-of-entry): Use forward-sexp.
(bibtex-find-entry-globally): Remove.
(bibtex-find-crossref): Allow for crossref key located in other buffer.
Bound to C-c C-x.
(bibtex-find-entry): New optional args global and display.
(bibtex-find-text): Fix docstring. Remove arg as-if-interactive.
(bibtex-validate): Use arg force of bibtex-files-expand.
(bibtex-clean-entry): Bugfix, clean string entries properly.
Always keep point at beginning of entry.
(bibtex-complete): Bugfix. Handle string entries properly.
Call cleanup functions only if needed.
(bibtex-String): Use bibtex-read-string-key.
(bibtex-url): Use bibtex-remove-delimiters-string. Do not alter
case of replacement text.
2004-11-26 23:24:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The new variables bibtex-files and bibtex-file-path define a set
|
|
|
|
|
of BibTeX files that are searched for entry keys.
|
2004-10-31 22:25:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
(bibtex-sort-entry-class)
(bibtex-comment-start): Use defcustom.
(bibtex-entry-field-alist): Use nil if initial content of the
field is undefined. Fix docstring.
(bibtex-parse-keys-timeout, bibtex-autokey-additional-names)
(bibtex-generate-autokey, bibtex-parse-buffers-stealthily)
(bibtex-mode, bibtex-field-list, bibtex-entry-updat)
(bibtex-autofill-entry, bibtex-entry-index, bibtex-next-field):
Fix docstring.
(bibtex-autokey-title-terminators): Use only one regexp.
(bibtex-string-maybe-empty-head): New variable.
(bibtex-remove-delimiters-string): New function.
(bibtex-text-in-field-bounds, bibtex-text-in-string):
Use bibtex-remove-delimiters-string.
(bibtex-progress-message, bibtex-field-left-delimiter)
(bibtex-field-right-delimiter, bibtex-entry-left-delimiter)
(bibtex-entry-right-delimiter, bibtex-search-entry): Use eq.
(bibtex-insert-kill): Rename from `bibtex-insert-current-kill'.
Simplify.
(bibtex-format-entry): Use save-excursion for inherited booktitle.
Use eq and bibtex-remove-delimiters-string. For end markers use
insertion type so that marker stays after inserted text.
(bibtex-autokey-get-names): Return empty string if name is missing.
(bibtex-autokey-demangle-name): Call bibtex-autokey-abbrev before
calling bibtex-autokey-name-case-convert.
(bibtex-autokey-demangle-title):
Call bibtex-autokey-titleword-case-convert. Remove call to
bibtex-autokey-titleword-case-convert from bibtex-autokey-get-title.
(bibtex-global-key-alist, bibtex-read-string-key): New functions.
(bibtex-read-key): New optional arg global.
(bibtex-files-expand): New optional arg force.
(bibtex-complete-string-cleanup): Expansion of abbrev can be absent.
(bibtex-complete-crossref-cleanup): Rename from
bibtex-complete-key-cleanup. Simplify code.
(bibtex-copy-summary-as-kill): Remove arg key. Operate on current entry.
Use looking-at.
(bibtex-button): Add docstring.
(bibtex-entry): Simplify.
(bibtex-make-field): Replace optional arg called-by-yank with more
specific args move and interactive.
(bibtex-end-of-entry): Use forward-sexp.
(bibtex-find-entry-globally): Remove.
(bibtex-find-crossref): Allow for crossref key located in other buffer.
Bound to C-c C-x.
(bibtex-find-entry): New optional args global and display.
(bibtex-find-text): Fix docstring. Remove arg as-if-interactive.
(bibtex-validate): Use arg force of bibtex-files-expand.
(bibtex-clean-entry): Bugfix, clean string entries properly.
Always keep point at beginning of entry.
(bibtex-complete): Bugfix. Handle string entries properly.
Call cleanup functions only if needed.
(bibtex-String): Use bibtex-read-string-key.
(bibtex-url): Use bibtex-remove-delimiters-string. Do not alter
case of replacement text.
2004-11-26 23:24:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The new command bibtex-validate-globally checks for duplicate keys
|
2004-10-31 22:25:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
in multiple BibTeX files.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new command bibtex-copy-summary-as-kill pushes summary
|
|
|
|
|
of BibTeX entry to kill ring (bound to C-c C-t).
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-05-24 23:54:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** When display margins are present in a window, the fringes are now
|
|
|
|
|
displayed between the margins and the buffer's text area, rather than
|
|
|
|
|
at the edges of the window.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-05-25 02:06:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** A window may now have individual fringe and scroll-bar settings,
|
2003-05-24 23:54:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
in addition to the individual display margin settings.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Such individual settings are now preserved when windows are split
|
2003-05-25 02:06:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
horizontally or vertically, a saved window configuration is restored,
|
2003-05-24 23:54:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
or when the frame is resized.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-09-24 23:52:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New functions frame-current-scroll-bars and window-current-scroll-bars.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These functions return the current locations of the vertical and
|
2004-02-08 00:38:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
horizontal scroll bars in a frame or window.
|
2003-09-24 23:52:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-02-03 17:09:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
|
** Emacs now supports drag and drop for X. Dropping a file on a window
|
|
|
|
|
opens it, dropping text inserts the text. Dropping a file on a dired
|
|
|
|
|
buffer copies or moves the file to that directory.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-05-24 16:16:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Under X, mouse-wheel-mode is turned on by default.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-05-21 22:28:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The X resource useXIM can be used to turn off use of XIM, which may
|
|
|
|
|
speed up Emacs with slow networking to the X server.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-08 22:09:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
If the configure option `--without-xim' was used to turn off use of
|
|
|
|
|
XIM by default, the X resource useXIM can be used to turn it on.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-05-31 23:36:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** `undo-only' does an undo which does not redo any previous undo.
|
2003-05-13 20:15:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** `uniquify-strip-common-suffix' tells uniquify to prefer
|
|
|
|
|
`file|dir1' and `file|dir2' to `file|dir1/subdir' and `file|dir2/subdir'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If the user visits a file larger than `large-file-warning-threshold',
|
2004-07-17 12:00:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Emacs prompts her for confirmation.
|
2003-05-13 20:15:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2003-05-08 17:54:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** A UTF-7 coding system is available in the library `utf-7'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-05-03 20:46:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** GUD mode has its own tool bar for controlling execution of the inferior
|
|
|
|
|
and other common debugger commands.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-04-26 23:53:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** recentf changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The recent file list is now automatically cleanup when recentf mode is
|
|
|
|
|
enabled. The new option `recentf-auto-cleanup' controls when to do
|
|
|
|
|
automatic cleanup.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
With the more advanced option: `recentf-filename-handler', you can
|
|
|
|
|
specify a function that transforms filenames handled by recentf. For
|
|
|
|
|
example, if set to `file-truename', the same file will not be in the
|
|
|
|
|
recent list with different symbolic links.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To follow naming convention, `recentf-keep-non-readable-files-flag'
|
|
|
|
|
and `recentf-menu-append-commands-flag' respectively replace the
|
|
|
|
|
misnamed options `recentf-keep-non-readable-files-p' and
|
|
|
|
|
`recentf-menu-append-commands-p'. The old names remain available as
|
|
|
|
|
aliases, but have been marked obsolete.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-02-14 18:57:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The default for the paper size (variable ps-paper-type) is taken
|
|
|
|
|
from the locale.
|
2003-02-11 02:45:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-10-26 22:52:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Init file changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can now put the init files .emacs and .emacs_SHELL under
|
|
|
|
|
~/.emacs.d or directly under ~. Emacs will find them in either place.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-04-11 19:05:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** partial-completion-mode now does partial completion on directory names.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-05-28 11:52:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** skeleton.el now supports using - to mark the skeleton-point without
|
|
|
|
|
interregion interaction. @ has reverted to only setting
|
|
|
|
|
skeleton-positions and no longer sets skeleton-point. Skeletons
|
|
|
|
|
which used @ to mark skeleton-point independent of _ should now use -
|
|
|
|
|
instead. The updated skeleton-insert docstring explains these new
|
|
|
|
|
features along with other details of skeleton construction.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-10-01 20:27:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** MH-E changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-08-25 05:55:39 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Upgraded to MH-E version 7.82. There have been major changes since
|
2002-10-01 20:27:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
version 5.0.2; see MH-E-NEWS for details.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-09-27 18:47:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2003-01-23 23:34:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The `emacsclient' command understands the options `--eval' and
|
|
|
|
|
`--display' which tell Emacs respectively to evaluate the given elisp
|
|
|
|
|
expression and to use the given display when visiting files.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** User option `server-mode' can be used to start a server process.
|
2002-09-27 18:47:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-07-29 17:37:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** The mode line position information now comes before the major mode.
|
|
|
|
|
When the file is maintained under version control, that information
|
|
|
|
|
appears between the position information and the major mode.
|
2002-08-28 12:57:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-09-02 00:15:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** C-x s (save-some-buffers) now offers an option `d' to diff a buffer
|
|
|
|
|
against its file, so you can see what changes you would be saving.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-06-17 16:19:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** You can now customize the use of window fringes. To control this
|
|
|
|
|
for all frames, use M-x fringe-mode or the Show/Hide submenu of the
|
|
|
|
|
top-level Options menu, or customize the `fringe-mode' variable. To
|
|
|
|
|
control this for a specific frame, use the command M-x
|
|
|
|
|
set-fringe-style.
|
2002-05-24 09:53:58 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-06-17 16:19:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-05-20 17:29:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** There is a new user option `mail-default-directory' that allows you
|
|
|
|
|
to specify the value of `default-directory' for mail buffers. This
|
|
|
|
|
directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers. It defaults to
|
|
|
|
|
"~/".
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-07-07 18:30:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-07-07 10:52:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** When you are root, and you visit a file whose modes specify
|
|
|
|
|
read-only, the Emacs buffer is now read-only too. Type C-x C-q if you
|
2004-07-17 12:00:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
want to make the buffer writable. (As root, you can in fact alter the
|
|
|
|
|
file.)
|
2002-07-07 10:52:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-08-02 18:03:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new command `revert-buffer-with-coding-system' (C-x RET r)
|
|
|
|
|
revisits the current file using a coding system that you specify.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-03-26 04:45:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new command `recode-file-name' changes the encoding of the name
|
|
|
|
|
of a file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-05-17 14:14:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2003-02-14 18:57:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** `ps-print' can now print characters from the mule-unicode charsets.
|
2002-05-17 14:14:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Printing text with characters from the mule-unicode-* sets works with
|
|
|
|
|
ps-print, provided that you have installed the appropriate BDF fonts.
|
|
|
|
|
See the file INSTALL for URLs where you can find these fonts.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-04-26 11:48:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
|
** The new options `buffers-menu-show-directories' and
|
|
|
|
|
`buffers-menu-show-status' let you control how buffers are displayed
|
|
|
|
|
in the menu dropped down when you click "Buffers" from the menu bar.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`buffers-menu-show-directories' controls whether the menu displays
|
|
|
|
|
leading directories as part of the file name visited by the buffer.
|
2004-07-17 12:00:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
If its value is `unless-uniquify', the default, directories are
|
2002-04-26 11:48:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
shown unless uniquify-buffer-name-style' is non-nil. The value of nil
|
|
|
|
|
and t turn the display of directories off and on, respectively.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`buffers-menu-show-status' controls whether the Buffers menu includes
|
|
|
|
|
the modified and read-only status of the buffers. By default it is
|
|
|
|
|
t, and the status is shown.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Setting these variables directly does not take effect until next time
|
|
|
|
|
the Buffers menu is regenerated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-06-17 16:19:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-04-25 14:23:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The commands M-x customize-face and M-x customize-face-other-window
|
2002-06-17 16:19:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
now look at the character after point. If a face or faces are
|
|
|
|
|
specified for that character, the commands by default customize those
|
|
|
|
|
faces.
|
2002-04-25 14:23:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2003-09-04 17:18:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New language environments: French, Ukrainian, Tajik,
|
2003-01-23 23:34:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Bulgarian, Belarusian, Ukrainian, UTF-8, Windows-1255, Welsh, Latin-6,
|
2003-02-14 18:57:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Latin-7, Lithuanian, Latvian, Swedish, Slovenian, Croatian, Georgian,
|
|
|
|
|
Italian, Russian, Malayalam, Tamil, Russian, Chinese-EUC-TW. (Set up
|
|
|
|
|
automatically according to the locale.)
|
2003-01-23 23:34:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Indian support has been updated.
|
|
|
|
|
The in-is13194 coding system is now Unicode-based. CDAC fonts are
|
|
|
|
|
assumed. There is a framework for supporting various
|
2003-02-14 18:57:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Indian scripts, but currently only Devanagari, Malayalam and Tamil are
|
|
|
|
|
supported.
|
2002-07-24 23:01:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-08-19 00:58:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2002-07-24 23:01:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New input methods: latin-alt-postfix, latin-postfix, latin-prefix,
|
|
|
|
|
ukrainian-computer, belarusian, bulgarian-bds, russian-computer,
|
|
|
|
|
vietnamese-telex, lithuanian-numeric, lithuanian-keyboard,
|
|
|
|
|
latvian-keyboard, welsh, georgian, rfc1345, ucs, sgml,
|
2003-02-14 18:57:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
bulgarian-phonetic, dutch, slovenian, croatian, malayalam-inscript,
|
|
|
|
|
tamil-inscript.
|
2002-07-24 23:01:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-08-19 00:58:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
|
** A new coding system `euc-tw' has been added for traditional Chinese
|
|
|
|
|
in CNS encoding; it accepts both Big 5 and CNS as input; on saving,
|
|
|
|
|
Big 5 is then converted to CNS.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
---
|
2002-07-24 23:01:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Many new coding systems are available by loading the `code-pages'
|
|
|
|
|
library. These include complete versions of most of those in
|
2003-09-05 16:44:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
codepage.el, based on Unicode mappings. `codepage-setup' is now
|
|
|
|
|
obsolete and is used only in the MS-DOS port of Emacs. windows-1252
|
|
|
|
|
and windows-1251 are preloaded since the former is so common and the
|
|
|
|
|
latter is used by GNU locales.
|
2002-07-24 23:01:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2003-05-08 17:54:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The utf-8/16 coding systems have been enhanced.
|
2004-06-12 02:36:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
By default, untranslatable utf-8 sequences are simply composed into
|
|
|
|
|
single quasi-characters. User option `utf-translate-cjk-mode' (it is
|
|
|
|
|
turned on by default) arranges to translate many utf-8 CJK character
|
|
|
|
|
sequences into real Emacs characters in a similar way to the Mule-UCS
|
|
|
|
|
system. As this loads a fairly big data on demand, people who are not
|
|
|
|
|
interested in CJK characters may want to customize it to nil.
|
2003-05-08 17:54:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
You can augment/amend the CJK translation via hash tables
|
|
|
|
|
`ucs-mule-cjk-to-unicode' and `ucs-unicode-to-mule-cjk'. The utf-8
|
|
|
|
|
coding system now also encodes characters from most of Emacs's
|
2003-05-01 19:37:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
one-dimensional internal charsets, specifically the ISO-8859 ones.
|
2003-05-08 17:54:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
The utf-16 coding system is affected similarly.
|
2002-12-09 18:12:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-10-27 06:49:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New variable `utf-translate-cjk-unicode-range' controls which
|
|
|
|
|
Unicode characters to translate in `utf-translate-cjk-mode'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-12-09 18:12:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** iso-10646-1 (`Unicode') fonts can be used to display any range of
|
|
|
|
|
characters encodable by the utf-8 coding system. Just specify the
|
|
|
|
|
fontset appropriately.
|
2002-07-24 23:01:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** New command `ucs-insert' inserts a character specified by its
|
2002-12-09 18:12:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
unicode.
|
2002-07-24 23:01:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-06-24 09:42:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-12-09 18:12:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Limited support for character `unification' has been added.
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs now knows how to translate between different representations of
|
|
|
|
|
the same characters in various Emacs charsets according to standard
|
|
|
|
|
Unicode mappings. This applies mainly to characters in the ISO 8859
|
|
|
|
|
sets plus some other 8-bit sets, but can be extended. For instance,
|
|
|
|
|
translation works amongst the Emacs ...-iso8859-... charsets and the
|
|
|
|
|
mule-unicode-... ones.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-07-17 12:00:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
By default this translation happens automatically on encoding.
|
2002-12-09 18:12:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Self-inserting characters are translated to make the input conformant
|
|
|
|
|
with the encoding of the buffer in which it's being used, where
|
|
|
|
|
possible.
|
2002-07-24 23:01:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can force a more complete unification with the user option
|
|
|
|
|
unify-8859-on-decoding-mode. That maps all the Latin-N character sets
|
|
|
|
|
into Unicode characters (from the latin-iso8859-1 and
|
2002-12-09 18:12:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
mule-unicode-0100-24ff charsets) on decoding. Note that this mode
|
|
|
|
|
will often effectively clobber data with an iso-2022 encoding.
|
2002-07-24 23:01:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** There is support for decoding Greek and Cyrillic characters into
|
|
|
|
|
either Unicode (the mule-unicode charsets) or the iso-8859 charsets,
|
|
|
|
|
when possible. The latter are more space-efficient. This is
|
2003-02-20 18:47:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
controlled by user option utf-fragment-on-decoding.
|
2002-03-18 20:29:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-12-18 02:44:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new command `set-file-name-coding-system' (C-x RET F) sets
|
|
|
|
|
coding system for encoding and decoding file names. A new menu item
|
|
|
|
|
(Options->Mule->Set Coding Systems->For File Name) invokes this
|
|
|
|
|
command.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-04-30 05:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2002-06-17 16:19:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The scrollbar under LessTif or Motif has a smoother drag-scrolling.
|
2002-03-16 08:48:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
On the other hand, the size of the thumb does not represent the actual
|
|
|
|
|
amount of text shown any more (only a crude approximation of it).
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-01-12 02:03:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
|
** The pop up menus for Lucid now stay up if you do a fast click and can
|
2004-11-04 09:21:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
be navigated with the arrow keys (like Gtk+, Mac and W32).
|
2004-01-12 02:03:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
---
|
2004-11-04 09:21:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Dialogs for Lucid/Athena and Lesstif/Motif now pops down when pressing
|
|
|
|
|
ESC, like they do for Gtk+, Mac and W32.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-12-27 20:16:58 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
|
** Dialogs and menus pop down when pressing C-g.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-11-04 09:21:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
|
** The menu item "Open File..." has been split into two items, "New File..."
|
|
|
|
|
and "Open File...". "Open File..." now opens only existing files. This is
|
|
|
|
|
to support existing GUI file selection dialogs better.
|
2004-01-12 02:03:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2003-11-29 11:36:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2004-11-04 09:21:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The file selection dialog for Gtk+, Mac, W32 and Motif/Lesstif can be
|
2003-11-29 11:36:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
disabled by customizing the variable `use-file-dialog'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-11-02 08:27:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** For Gtk+ version 2.4, you can make Emacs use the old file dialog
|
2004-11-26 17:45:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
by setting the variable `x-use-old-gtk-file-dialog' to t. Default is to use
|
2004-11-02 08:27:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
the new dialog.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-04-19 12:06:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** Emacs can produce an underscore-like (horizontal bar) cursor.
|
|
|
|
|
The underscore cursor is set by putting `(cursor-type . hbar)' in
|
|
|
|
|
default-frame-alist. It supports variable heights, like the `bar'
|
|
|
|
|
cursor does.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-09-03 07:58:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** On X, MS Windows, and Mac OS, the blinking cursor's "off" state is
|
|
|
|
|
now controlled by the variable `blink-cursor-alist'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-04-28 21:16:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Filesets are collections of files. You can define a fileset in
|
|
|
|
|
various ways, such as based on a directory tree or based on
|
|
|
|
|
program files that include other program files.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Once you have defined a fileset, you can perform various operations on
|
|
|
|
|
all the files in it, such as visiting them or searching and replacing
|
|
|
|
|
in them.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-03-15 14:01:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
|
** PO translation files are decoded according to their MIME headers
|
|
|
|
|
when Emacs visits them.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-04-30 05:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2002-03-08 08:21:16 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The game `mpuz' is enhanced.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`mpuz' now allows the 2nd factor not to have two identical digits. By
|
|
|
|
|
default, all trivial operations involving whole lines are performed
|
|
|
|
|
automatically. The game uses faces for better visual feedback.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-06-17 11:14:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new variable `x-select-request-type' controls how Emacs
|
|
|
|
|
requests X selection. The default value is nil, which means that
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs requests X selection with types COMPOUND_TEXT and UTF8_STRING,
|
|
|
|
|
and use the more appropriately result.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-16 13:18:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** The parameters of automatic hscrolling can now be customized.
|
2002-03-03 17:41:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
The variable `hscroll-margin' determines how many columns away from
|
|
|
|
|
the window edge point is allowed to get before automatic hscrolling
|
|
|
|
|
will horizontally scroll the window. The default value is 5.
|
2002-02-16 12:59:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-03-03 17:41:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
The variable `hscroll-step' determines how many columns automatic
|
2004-07-17 12:00:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
hscrolling scrolls the window when point gets too close to the
|
2002-03-03 17:41:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
window edge. If its value is zero, the default, Emacs scrolls the
|
|
|
|
|
window so as to center point. If its value is an integer, it says how
|
|
|
|
|
many columns to scroll. If the value is a floating-point number, it
|
|
|
|
|
gives the fraction of the window's width to scroll the window.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-08-19 00:58:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
The variable `automatic-hscrolling' was renamed to
|
|
|
|
|
`auto-hscroll-mode'. The old name is still available as an alias.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-06-05 23:35:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** TeX modes:
|
2003-05-31 23:36:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** C-c C-c prompts for a command to run, and tries to offer a good default.
|
2002-04-30 05:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2003-04-11 19:05:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The user option `tex-start-options-string' has been replaced
|
2002-04-24 23:25:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
by two new user options: `tex-start-options', which should hold
|
|
|
|
|
command-line options to feed to TeX, and `tex-start-commands' which should hold
|
|
|
|
|
TeX commands to use at startup.
|
2003-04-11 19:05:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** verbatim environments are now highlighted in courier by font-lock
|
|
|
|
|
and super/sub-scripts are made into super/sub-scripts.
|
2002-04-24 23:25:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2003-05-13 20:15:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** New major mode doctex-mode for *.dtx files.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-04-30 05:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2003-04-09 01:41:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New display feature: focus follows the mouse from one Emacs window
|
|
|
|
|
to another, even within a frame. If you set the variable
|
|
|
|
|
mouse-autoselect-window to non-nil value, moving the mouse to a
|
|
|
|
|
different Emacs window will select that window (minibuffer window can
|
|
|
|
|
be selected only when it is active). The default is nil, so that this
|
|
|
|
|
feature is not enabled.
|
2002-02-16 10:11:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-03-29 23:00:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** On X, when the window manager requires that you click on a frame to
|
|
|
|
|
select it (give it focus), the selected window and cursor position
|
|
|
|
|
normally changes according to the mouse click position. If you set
|
|
|
|
|
the variable x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position to t, the selected
|
2004-04-05 21:56:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
window and cursor position do not change when you click on a frame
|
2004-03-29 23:00:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
to give it focus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-06-24 09:42:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** The new command `describe-char' (C-u C-x =) pops up a buffer with
|
|
|
|
|
description various information about a character, including its
|
2004-05-12 11:03:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
encodings and syntax, its text properties, how to input, overlays, and
|
|
|
|
|
widgets at point. You can get more information about some of them, by
|
|
|
|
|
clicking on mouse-sensitive areas or moving there and pressing RET.
|
2002-02-14 20:16:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-04-24 21:04:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** The new command `multi-occur' is just like `occur', except it can
|
|
|
|
|
search multiple buffers. There is also a new command
|
|
|
|
|
`multi-occur-by-filename-regexp' which allows you to specify the
|
|
|
|
|
buffers to search by their filename. Internally, Occur mode has been
|
|
|
|
|
rewritten, and now uses font-lock, among other changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-24 10:36:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The default values of paragraph-start and indent-line-function have
|
|
|
|
|
been changed to reflect those used in Text mode rather than those used
|
|
|
|
|
in Indented-Text mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** New user option `query-replace-skip-read-only': when non-nil,
|
|
|
|
|
`query-replace' and related functions simply ignore
|
|
|
|
|
a match if part of it has a read-only property.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** When used interactively, the commands `query-replace-regexp' and
|
|
|
|
|
`replace-regexp' allow \,expr to be used in a replacement string,
|
|
|
|
|
where expr is an arbitrary Lisp expression evaluated at replacement
|
|
|
|
|
time. In many cases, this will be more convenient than using
|
2004-07-01 11:56:39 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`query-replace-regexp-eval'. `\#' in a replacement string now refers
|
|
|
|
|
to the count of replacements already made by the replacement command.
|
|
|
|
|
All regular expression replacement commands now allow `\?' in the
|
|
|
|
|
replacement string to specify a position where the replacement string
|
|
|
|
|
can be edited for each replacement.
|
2004-06-24 10:36:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-12-15 10:27:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** query-replace uses isearch lazy highlighting when the new user option
|
|
|
|
|
`query-replace-lazy-highlight' is non-nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The current match in query-replace is highlighted in new face
|
|
|
|
|
`query-replace' which by default inherits from isearch face.
|
2004-12-12 22:56:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-25 13:00:58 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-02-20 22:27:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Emacs normally highlights mouse sensitive text whenever the mouse
|
|
|
|
|
is over the text. By setting the new variable `mouse-highlight', you
|
|
|
|
|
can optionally enable mouse highlighting only after you move the
|
|
|
|
|
mouse, so that highlighting disappears when you press a key. You can
|
|
|
|
|
also disable mouse highlighting.
|
2002-02-17 00:11:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-05-02 00:26:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** You can now customize if selecting a region by dragging the mouse
|
|
|
|
|
shall not copy the selected text to the kill-ring by setting the new
|
|
|
|
|
variable mouse-drag-copy-region to nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-04-30 05:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-02-11 13:58:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** font-lock: in modes like C and Lisp where the fontification assumes that
|
|
|
|
|
an open-paren in column 0 is always outside of any string or comment,
|
|
|
|
|
font-lock now highlights any such open-paren-in-column-zero in bold-red
|
|
|
|
|
if it is inside a string or a comment, to indicate that it can cause
|
|
|
|
|
trouble with fontification and/or indentation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-03 17:42:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** There's a new face `minibuffer-prompt'.
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs adds this face to the list of text properties stored in the
|
|
|
|
|
variable `minibuffer-prompt-properties', which is used to display the
|
|
|
|
|
prompt string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-12 18:58:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-02-09 00:01:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new face `mode-line-inactive' is used to display the mode line
|
|
|
|
|
of non-selected windows. The `mode-line' face is now used to display
|
|
|
|
|
the mode line of the currently selected window.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-11 15:00:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
The new variable `mode-line-in-non-selected-windows' controls whether
|
|
|
|
|
the `mode-line-inactive' face is used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-06-17 16:19:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2002-01-28 07:22:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** A menu item "Show/Hide" was added to the top-level menu "Options".
|
2002-06-17 16:19:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
This menu allows you to turn various display features on and off (such
|
|
|
|
|
as the fringes, the tool bar, the speedbar, and the menu bar itself).
|
|
|
|
|
You can also move the vertical scroll bar to either side here or turn
|
|
|
|
|
it off completely. There is also a menu-item to toggle displaying of
|
|
|
|
|
current date and time, current line and column number in the
|
|
|
|
|
mode-line.
|
2002-01-28 07:22:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-06-17 16:19:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2002-02-17 12:15:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Speedbar has moved from the "Tools" top level menu to "Show/Hide".
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-04-30 05:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2003-05-08 17:54:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Emacs can now indicate in the mode-line the presence of new e-mail
|
2002-04-30 05:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
in a directory or in a file. See the documentation of the user option
|
2002-01-28 13:19:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`display-time-mail-directory'.
|
2002-01-27 18:24:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-01-16 09:04:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
|
** LDAP support now defaults to ldapsearch from OpenLDAP version 2.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 13:13:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-02-01 04:36:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** You can now disable pc-selection-mode after enabling it.
|
2002-02-01 13:13:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
M-x pc-selection-mode behaves like a proper minor mode, and with no
|
2002-02-01 04:36:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
argument it toggles the mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Turning off PC-Selection mode restores the global key bindings
|
|
|
|
|
that were replaced by turning on the mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-06-17 16:19:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-05-28 21:12:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Emacs now displays a splash screen by default even if command-line
|
|
|
|
|
arguments were given. The new command-line option --no-splash
|
|
|
|
|
disables the splash screen; see also the variable
|
|
|
|
|
`inhibit-startup-message' (which is also aliased as
|
|
|
|
|
`inhibit-splash-screen').
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-01-25 14:04:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Changes in support of colors on character terminals
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-01-14 13:51:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-01-25 14:04:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The new command-line option --color=MODE lets you specify a standard
|
2002-01-14 13:51:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
mode for a tty color support. It is meant to be used on character
|
|
|
|
|
terminals whose capabilities are not set correctly in the terminal
|
|
|
|
|
database, or with terminal emulators which support colors, but don't
|
|
|
|
|
set the TERM environment variable to a name of a color-capable
|
|
|
|
|
terminal. "emacs --color" uses the same color commands as GNU `ls'
|
|
|
|
|
when invoked with "ls --color", so if your terminal can support colors
|
|
|
|
|
in "ls --color", it will support "emacs --color" as well. See the
|
|
|
|
|
user manual for the possible values of the MODE parameter.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-01-25 14:04:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
|
*** Emacs now supports several character terminals which provide more
|
|
|
|
|
than 8 colors. For example, for `xterm', 16-color, 88-color, and
|
|
|
|
|
256-color modes are supported. Emacs automatically notes at startup
|
|
|
|
|
the extended number of colors, and defines the appropriate entries for
|
|
|
|
|
all of these colors.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-02-27 17:14:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
*** Emacs now uses the full range of available colors for the default
|
|
|
|
|
faces when running on a color terminal, including 16-, 88-, and
|
|
|
|
|
256-color xterms. This means that when you run "emacs -nw" on an
|
|
|
|
|
88-color or 256-color xterm, you will see essentially the same face
|
|
|
|
|
colors as on X.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-01-25 14:04:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
|
*** There's a new support for colors on `rxvt' terminal emulator.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-01-13 17:08:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** Emacs can now be invoked in full-screen mode on a windowed display.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When Emacs is invoked on a window system, the new command-line options
|
|
|
|
|
`--fullwidth', `--fullheight', and `--fullscreen' produce a frame
|
|
|
|
|
whose width, height, or both width and height take up the entire
|
2002-05-04 15:00:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
screen size. (For now, this does not work with some window managers.)
|
2002-01-13 17:08:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-07-07 18:30:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2002-06-08 21:06:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Emacs now tries to set up buffer coding systems for HTML/XML files
|
2002-07-07 18:30:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
automatically.
|
2002-06-01 21:57:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-07-07 18:30:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2003-02-09 14:40:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new command `comint-insert-previous-argument' in comint-derived
|
2002-04-16 14:28:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
modes (shell-mode etc) inserts arguments from previous command lines,
|
|
|
|
|
like bash's `ESC .' binding. It is bound by default to `C-c .', but
|
|
|
|
|
otherwise behaves quite similarly to the bash version.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-07-07 18:30:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-01-14 01:42:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Changes in C-h bindings:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-h e displays the *Messages* buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-h followed by a control character is used for displaying files
|
|
|
|
|
that do not change:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-h C-f displays the FAQ.
|
|
|
|
|
C-h C-e displays the PROBLEMS file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The info-search bindings on C-h C-f, C-h C-k and C-h C-i
|
|
|
|
|
have been moved to C-h F, C-h K and C-h S.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-06 23:08:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
C-h c, C-h k, C-h w, and C-h f now handle remapped interactive commands.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- C-h c and C-h k report the actual command (after possible remapping)
|
|
|
|
|
run by the key sequence.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- C-h w and C-h f on a command which has been remapped now report the
|
|
|
|
|
command it is remapped to, and the keys which can be used to run
|
|
|
|
|
that command.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For example, if C-k is bound to kill-line, and kill-line is remapped
|
2002-03-05 11:42:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
to new-kill-line, these commands now report:
|
2002-02-06 23:08:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- C-h c and C-h k C-k reports:
|
|
|
|
|
C-k runs the command new-kill-line
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- C-h w and C-h f kill-line reports:
|
|
|
|
|
kill-line is remapped to new-kill-line which is on C-k, <deleteline>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- C-h w and C-h f new-kill-line reports:
|
|
|
|
|
new-kill-line is on C-k
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-10-08 17:14:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** Vertical scrolling is now possible within incremental search.
|
|
|
|
|
To enable this feature, customize the new user option
|
|
|
|
|
`isearch-allow-scroll'. User written commands which satisfy stringent
|
|
|
|
|
constraints can be marked as "scrolling commands". See the Emacs manual
|
|
|
|
|
for details.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-07-07 18:30:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2001-12-10 20:47:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** C-w in incremental search now grabs either a character or a word,
|
|
|
|
|
making the decision in a heuristic way. This new job is done by the
|
|
|
|
|
command `isearch-yank-word-or-char'. To restore the old behavior,
|
|
|
|
|
bind C-w to `isearch-yank-word' in `isearch-mode-map'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-10-08 17:14:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** C-y in incremental search now grabs the next line if point is already
|
|
|
|
|
at the end of a line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-07-01 11:56:39 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** C-M-w deletes and C-M-y grabs a character in isearch mode.
|
|
|
|
|
Another method to grab a character is to enter the minibuffer by `M-e'
|
|
|
|
|
and to type `C-f' at the end of the search string in the minibuffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2004-09-03 20:53:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** M-% typed in isearch mode invokes `query-replace' or
|
|
|
|
|
`query-replace-regexp' (depending on search mode) with the current
|
|
|
|
|
search string used as the string to replace.
|
2004-07-01 11:56:39 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-09-08 20:31:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2004-09-13 08:16:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Isearch no longer adds `isearch-resume' commands to the command
|
|
|
|
|
history by default. To enable this feature, customize the new
|
|
|
|
|
user option `isearch-resume-in-command-history'.
|
2004-09-08 20:31:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** New user option `history-delete-duplicates'.
|
|
|
|
|
If set to t when adding a new history element, all previous identical
|
|
|
|
|
elements are deleted.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-07-07 18:30:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-04-19 00:29:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Yanking text now discards certain text properties that can
|
|
|
|
|
be inconvenient when you did not expect them. The variable
|
|
|
|
|
`yank-excluded-properties' specifies which ones. Insertion
|
|
|
|
|
of register contents and rectangles also discards these properties.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-06-24 09:42:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-05-28 21:12:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Occur, Info, and comint-derived modes now support using
|
|
|
|
|
M-x font-lock-mode to toggle fontification. The variable
|
|
|
|
|
`Info-fontify' is no longer applicable; to disable fontification,
|
|
|
|
|
remove `turn-on-font-lock' from `Info-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-06-24 09:42:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-04-16 14:28:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** M-x grep now tries to avoid appending `/dev/null' to the command line
|
2004-07-17 12:00:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
by using GNU grep `-H' option instead. M-x grep automatically
|
|
|
|
|
detects whether this is possible or not the first time it is invoked.
|
2002-04-16 14:28:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
When `-H' is used, the grep command line supplied by the user is passed
|
|
|
|
|
unchanged to the system to execute, which allows more complicated
|
|
|
|
|
command lines to be used than was possible before.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-06-24 09:42:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2002-04-16 14:28:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The face-customization widget has been reworked to be less confusing.
|
|
|
|
|
In particular, when you enable a face attribute using the corresponding
|
|
|
|
|
check-box, there's no longer a redundant `*' option in value selection
|
|
|
|
|
for that attribute; the values you can choose are only those which make
|
|
|
|
|
sense for the attribute. When an attribute is de-selected by unchecking
|
|
|
|
|
its check-box, then the (now ignored, but still present temporarily in
|
|
|
|
|
case you re-select the attribute) value is hidden.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-09-18 16:14:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-09-16 15:30:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** When you set or reset a variable's value in a Customize buffer,
|
|
|
|
|
the previous value becomes the "backup value" of the variable.
|
|
|
|
|
You can go back to that backup value by selecting "Use Backup Value"
|
|
|
|
|
under the "[State]" button.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-12-08 00:04:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new customization type `float' specifies numbers with floating
|
|
|
|
|
point (no integers are allowed).
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-07-07 18:30:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** In GUD mode, when talking to GDB, C-x C-a C-j "jumps" the program
|
2001-12-10 20:37:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
counter to the specified source line (the one where point is).
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-07-07 18:30:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2002-01-21 04:18:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** GUD mode improvements for jdb:
|
2002-01-18 18:59:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Search for source files using jdb classpath and class
|
|
|
|
|
information. Fast startup since there is no need to scan all
|
|
|
|
|
source files up front. There is also no need to create and maintain
|
|
|
|
|
lists of source directories to scan. Look at `gud-jdb-use-classpath'
|
|
|
|
|
and `gud-jdb-classpath' customization variables documentation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Supports the standard breakpoint (gud-break, gud-clear)
|
|
|
|
|
set/clear operations from java source files under the classpath, stack
|
|
|
|
|
traversal (gud-up, gud-down), and run until current stack finish
|
|
|
|
|
(gud-finish).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Supports new jdb (Java 1.2 and later) in addition to oldjdb
|
|
|
|
|
(Java 1.1 jdb).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The previous method of searching for source files has been
|
|
|
|
|
preserved in case someone still wants/needs to use it.
|
|
|
|
|
Set gud-jdb-use-classpath to nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Added Customization Variables
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** gud-jdb-command-name. What command line to use to invoke jdb.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** gud-jdb-use-classpath. Allows selection of java source file searching
|
|
|
|
|
method: set to t for new method, nil to scan gud-jdb-directories for
|
|
|
|
|
java sources (previous method).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** gud-jdb-directories. List of directories to scan and search for java
|
|
|
|
|
classes using the original gud-jdb method (if gud-jdb-use-classpath
|
|
|
|
|
is nil).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minor Improvements
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-05-28 05:38:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The STARTTLS elisp wrapper (starttls.el) can now use GNUTLS
|
|
|
|
|
instead of the OpenSSL based "starttls" tool. For backwards
|
2004-07-17 12:00:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
compatibility, it prefers "starttls", but you can toggle
|
2004-05-28 05:38:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`starttls-use-gnutls' to switch to GNUTLS (or simply remove the
|
|
|
|
|
"starttls" tool).
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-01-18 18:59:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** Do not allow debugger output history variable to grow without bounds.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-06-24 09:42:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2001-11-28 04:14:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** hide-ifdef-mode now uses overlays rather than selective-display
|
|
|
|
|
to hide its text. This should be mostly transparent but slightly
|
2003-11-22 07:34:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
changes the behavior of motion commands like C-e and C-p.
|
2001-11-28 04:14:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-06-24 09:42:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2001-11-26 23:03:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Unquoted `$' in file names do not signal an error any more when
|
|
|
|
|
the corresponding environment variable does not exist.
|
|
|
|
|
Instead, the `$ENVVAR' text is left as is, so that `$$' quoting
|
|
|
|
|
is only rarely needed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-06-24 09:42:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2004-01-30 00:40:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** JIT-lock changes
|
|
|
|
|
*** jit-lock can now be delayed with `jit-lock-defer-time'.
|
2001-11-25 18:00:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If this variable is non-nil, its value should be the amount of Emacs
|
2001-12-19 09:37:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
idle time in seconds to wait before starting fontification. For
|
2001-11-25 18:00:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
example, if you set `jit-lock-defer-time' to 0.25, fontification will
|
|
|
|
|
only happen after 0.25s of idle time.
|
2001-11-21 01:43:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-01-30 00:40:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** contextual refontification is now separate from stealth fontification.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
jit-lock-defer-contextually is renamed jit-lock-contextually and
|
|
|
|
|
jit-lock-context-time determines the delay after which contextual
|
|
|
|
|
refontification takes place.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-15 08:53:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** Marking commands extend the region when invoked multiple times. If
|
|
|
|
|
you hit M-C-SPC (mark-sexp), M-@ (mark-word), M-h (mark-paragraph), or
|
2004-07-17 12:00:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
C-M-h (mark-defun) repeatedly, the marked region extends each time, so
|
|
|
|
|
you can mark the next two sexps with M-C-SPC M-C-SPC, for example.
|
|
|
|
|
This feature also works for mark-end-of-sentence, if you bind that to
|
2004-12-13 03:26:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
a key. It also extends the region when the mark is active in Transient
|
|
|
|
|
Mark mode, regardless of the last command. To start a new region with
|
|
|
|
|
one of marking commands in Transient Mark mode, you can deactivate the
|
|
|
|
|
active region with C-g, or set the new mark with C-SPC.
|
2001-11-19 23:04:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-07-07 18:30:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-04-17 16:09:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Some commands do something special in Transient Mark mode when the
|
|
|
|
|
mark is active--for instance, they limit their operation to the
|
|
|
|
|
region. Even if you don't normally use Transient Mark mode, you might
|
|
|
|
|
want to get this behavior from a particular command. There are two
|
2002-07-07 18:30:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ways you can enable Transient Mark mode and activate the mark, for one
|
|
|
|
|
command only.
|
2002-04-17 16:09:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-07-07 18:30:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
One method is to type C-SPC C-SPC; this enables Transient Mark mode
|
|
|
|
|
and sets the mark at point. The other method is to type C-u C-x C-x.
|
|
|
|
|
This enables Transient Mark mode temporarily but does not alter the
|
|
|
|
|
mark or the region.
|
2002-04-18 23:54:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-07-07 18:30:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
After these commands, Transient Mark mode remains enabled until you
|
|
|
|
|
deactivate the mark. That typically happens when you type a command
|
|
|
|
|
that alters the buffer, but you can also deactivate the mark by typing
|
|
|
|
|
C-g.
|
2002-04-14 20:17:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-07-07 18:30:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-04-14 20:17:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** A prefix argument is no longer required to repeat a jump to a
|
2004-07-17 12:00:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
previous mark, i.e. C-u C-SPC C-SPC C-SPC ... cycles through the
|
2002-04-14 20:17:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
mark ring. Use C-u C-u C-SPC to set the mark immediately after a jump.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-12-13 03:26:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Movement commands `beginning-of-buffer', `end-of-buffer',
|
2004-12-15 10:27:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`beginning-of-defun', `end-of-defun' do not set the mark if the mark
|
|
|
|
|
is already active in Transient Mark mode.
|
2004-12-13 03:26:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-06-24 09:42:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-01-08 06:14:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** In the *Occur* buffer, `o' switches to it in another window, and
|
|
|
|
|
C-o displays the current line's occurrence in another window without
|
|
|
|
|
switching to it.
|
2001-12-24 16:39:39 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-06-24 09:42:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2001-12-24 16:39:39 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** When you specify a frame size with --geometry, the size applies to
|
|
|
|
|
all frames you create. A position specified with --geometry only
|
|
|
|
|
affects the initial frame.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-12-01 13:10:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2001-12-19 09:37:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** M-h (mark-paragraph) now accepts a prefix arg.
|
|
|
|
|
With positive arg, M-h marks the current and the following paragraphs;
|
2001-12-01 13:37:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if the arg is negative, it marks the current and the preceding
|
|
|
|
|
paragraphs.
|
2001-12-01 13:10:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-06-24 09:42:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2001-12-18 19:36:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The variables dired-free-space-program and dired-free-space-args
|
|
|
|
|
have been renamed to directory-free-space-program and
|
|
|
|
|
directory-free-space-args, and they now apply whenever Emacs puts a
|
|
|
|
|
directory listing into a buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-06-24 09:42:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2001-11-19 23:04:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** mouse-wheels can now scroll a specific fraction of the window
|
|
|
|
|
(rather than a fixed number of lines) and the scrolling is `progressive'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-11-28 23:10:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Unexpected yanking of text due to accidental clicking on the mouse
|
|
|
|
|
wheel button (typically mouse-2) during wheel scrolling is now avoided.
|
|
|
|
|
This behaviour can be customized via the mouse-wheel-click-event and
|
|
|
|
|
mouse-wheel-inhibit-click-time variables.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-07-07 18:30:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-12-19 20:47:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The keyboard-coding-system is now automatically set based on your
|
|
|
|
|
current locale settings if you are not using a window system. This
|
|
|
|
|
may mean that the META key doesn't work but generates non-ASCII
|
|
|
|
|
characters instead, depending on how the terminal (or terminal
|
|
|
|
|
emulator) works. Use `set-keyboard-coding-system' (or customize
|
|
|
|
|
keyboard-coding-system) if you prefer META to work (the old default)
|
|
|
|
|
or if the locale doesn't describe the character set actually generated
|
|
|
|
|
by the keyboard. See Info node `Single-Byte Character Support'.
|
2001-11-18 05:59:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-11 17:58:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** Emacs now reads the standard abbrevs file ~/.abbrev_defs
|
2001-12-04 18:21:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
automatically at startup, if it exists. When Emacs offers to save
|
|
|
|
|
modified buffers, it saves the abbrevs too if they have changed. It
|
|
|
|
|
can do this either silently or asking for confirmation first,
|
2001-12-04 20:36:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
according to the value of `save-abbrevs'.
|
2001-11-11 17:58:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-06-24 09:42:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2001-11-05 00:14:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Display of hollow cursors now obeys the buffer-local value (if any)
|
|
|
|
|
of `cursor-in-non-selected-windows' in the buffer that the cursor
|
|
|
|
|
appears in.
|
2001-10-05 09:13:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-08-30 23:16:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The variable `cursor-in-non-selected-windows' can now be set to any
|
|
|
|
|
of the recognized cursor types.
|
2003-01-31 15:24:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-06-24 09:42:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2002-04-20 23:14:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The variable `auto-save-file-name-transforms' now has a third element that
|
|
|
|
|
controls whether or not the function `make-auto-save-file-name' will
|
|
|
|
|
attempt to construct a unique auto-save name (e.g. for remote files).
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-10-05 22:37:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** There is a new calendar package, icalendar.el, that can be used to
|
|
|
|
|
convert Emacs diary entries to/from the iCalendar format.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-07-29 17:37:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** Diary sexp entries can have custom marking in the calendar.
|
|
|
|
|
Diary sexp functions which only apply to certain days (such as
|
2004-02-08 12:23:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`diary-block' or `diary-cyclic') now take an optional parameter MARK,
|
2002-07-29 17:37:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
which is the name of a face or a single-character string indicating
|
|
|
|
|
how to highlight the day in the calendar display. Specifying a
|
|
|
|
|
single-character string as @var{mark} places the character next to the
|
|
|
|
|
day in the calendar. Specifying a face highlights the day with that
|
|
|
|
|
face. This lets you have different colors or markings for vacations,
|
|
|
|
|
appointments, paydays or anything else using a sexp.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-08-17 22:53:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** The new function `calendar-goto-day-of-year' (g D) prompts for a
|
|
|
|
|
year and day number, and moves to that date. Negative day numbers
|
|
|
|
|
count backward from the end of the year.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-10-04 23:34:39 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** The new Calendar function `calendar-goto-iso-week' (g w)
|
|
|
|
|
prompts for a year and a week number, and moves to the first
|
|
|
|
|
day of that ISO week.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-09-23 22:54:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2004-09-22 23:26:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The functions `holiday-easter-etc' and `holiday-advent' now take
|
2004-12-07 00:57:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
optional arguments, in order to only report on the specified holiday
|
|
|
|
|
rather than all. This makes customization of variables such as
|
|
|
|
|
`christian-holidays' simpler.
|
2004-09-22 23:26:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2003-09-02 17:43:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The function `simple-diary-display' now by default sets a header line.
|
|
|
|
|
This can be controlled through the variables `diary-header-line-flag'
|
|
|
|
|
and `diary-header-line-format'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-01-12 01:02:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** The procedure for activating appointment reminders has changed: use
|
|
|
|
|
the new function `appt-activate'. The new variable
|
|
|
|
|
`appt-display-format' controls how reminders are displayed, replacing
|
|
|
|
|
appt-issue-message, appt-visible, and appt-msg-window.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-04-30 18:55:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new functions `diary-from-outlook', `diary-from-outlook-gnus',
|
|
|
|
|
and `diary-from-outlook-rmail' can be used to import diary entries
|
|
|
|
|
from Outlook-format appointments in mail messages. The variable
|
|
|
|
|
`diary-outlook-formats' can be customized to recognize additional
|
|
|
|
|
formats.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-03-28 14:36:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** VC Changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-07-16 17:57:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The key C-x C-q no longer checks files in or out, it only changes
|
|
|
|
|
the read-only state of the buffer (toggle-read-only). We made this
|
|
|
|
|
change because we held a poll and found that many users were unhappy
|
|
|
|
|
with the previous behavior. If you do prefer this behavior, you
|
|
|
|
|
can bind `vc-toggle-read-only' to C-x C-q in your .emacs:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(global-set-key "\C-x\C-q" 'vc-toggle-read-only)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The function `vc-toggle-read-only' will continue to exist.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-06-24 09:42:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-03-28 14:36:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** There is a new user option `vc-cvs-global-switches' that allows
|
|
|
|
|
you to specify switches that are passed to any CVS command invoked
|
|
|
|
|
by VC. These switches are used as "global options" for CVS, which
|
|
|
|
|
means they are inserted before the command name. For example, this
|
|
|
|
|
allows you to specify a compression level using the "-z#" option for
|
|
|
|
|
CVS.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-05-13 20:15:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** New backends for Subversion and Meta-CVS.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-03-20 07:12:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** EDiff changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-03-21 07:12:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-03-20 07:12:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** When comparing directories.
|
|
|
|
|
Typing D brings up a buffer that lists the differences between the contents of
|
|
|
|
|
directories. Now it is possible to use this buffer to copy the missing files
|
|
|
|
|
from one directory to another.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-03-21 07:12:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-03-20 07:12:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** When comparing files or buffers.
|
|
|
|
|
Typing the = key now offers to perform the word-by-word comparison of the
|
|
|
|
|
currently highlighted regions in an inferior Ediff session. If you answer 'n'
|
|
|
|
|
then it reverts to the old behavior and asks the user to select regions for
|
|
|
|
|
comparison.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-12-08 00:20:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The new command `ediff-backup' compares a file with its most recent
|
2002-08-19 00:58:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
backup using `ediff'. If you specify the name of a backup file,
|
|
|
|
|
`ediff-backup' compares it with the file of which it is a backup.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-06-26 09:04:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2001-12-15 16:08:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Etags changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-06-14 13:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** New regular expressions features
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** New syntax for regular expressions, multi-line regular expressions.
|
2002-06-13 12:10:39 +00:00
|
|
|
|
The syntax --ignore-case-regexp=/regex/ is now undocumented and retained
|
|
|
|
|
only for backward compatibility. The new equivalent syntax is
|
|
|
|
|
--regex=/regex/i. More generally, it is --regex=/TAGREGEX/TAGNAME/MODS,
|
|
|
|
|
where `/TAGNAME' is optional, as usual, and MODS is a string of 0 or
|
|
|
|
|
more characters among `i' (ignore case), `m' (multi-line) and `s'
|
2002-06-13 11:15:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(single-line). The `m' and `s' modifiers behave as in Perl regular
|
|
|
|
|
expressions: `m' allows regexps to match more than one line, while `s'
|
|
|
|
|
(which implies `m') means that `.' matches newlines. The ability to
|
|
|
|
|
span newlines allows writing of much more powerful regular expressions
|
|
|
|
|
and rapid prototyping for tagging new languages.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-08-28 12:57:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
**** Regular expressions can use char escape sequences as in Gcc.
|
2002-06-13 11:15:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
The escaped character sequence \a, \b, \d, \e, \f, \n, \r, \t, \v,
|
|
|
|
|
respectively, stand for the ASCII characters BEL, BS, DEL, ESC, FF, NL,
|
|
|
|
|
CR, TAB, VT,
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-08-28 12:57:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
**** Regular expressions can be bound to a given language.
|
2002-06-13 12:10:39 +00:00
|
|
|
|
The syntax --regex={LANGUAGE}REGEX means that REGEX is used to make tags
|
|
|
|
|
only for files of language LANGUAGE, and ignored otherwise. This is
|
|
|
|
|
particularly useful when storing regexps in a file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-08-28 12:57:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
**** Regular expressions can be read from a file.
|
2002-06-13 12:10:39 +00:00
|
|
|
|
The --regex=@regexfile option means read the regexps from a file, one
|
|
|
|
|
per line. Lines beginning with space or tab are ignored.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-06-14 13:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** New language parsing features
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-08-30 16:41:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
**** The `::' qualifier triggers C++ parsing in C file.
|
|
|
|
|
Previously, only the `template' and `class' keywords had this effect.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-09-18 10:21:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
**** The gnucc __attribute__ keyword is now recognised and ignored.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-09-13 13:42:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
**** New language HTML.
|
|
|
|
|
Title and h1, h2, h3 are tagged. Also, tags are generated when name= is
|
|
|
|
|
used inside an anchor and whenever id= is used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** In Makefiles, constants are tagged.
|
|
|
|
|
If you want the old behavior instead, thus avoiding to increase the
|
|
|
|
|
size of the tags file, use the --no-globals option.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-09-18 10:21:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
**** New language Lua.
|
|
|
|
|
All functions are tagged.
|
2004-09-13 13:42:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-06-14 13:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
**** In Perl, packages are tags.
|
2002-03-12 13:40:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Subroutine tags are named from their package. You can jump to sub tags
|
|
|
|
|
as you did before, by the sub name, or additionally by looking for
|
|
|
|
|
package::sub.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-09-13 13:42:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
**** In Prolog, etags creates tags for rules in addition to predicates.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-08-28 12:57:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
**** New language PHP.
|
|
|
|
|
Tags are functions, classes and defines.
|
2004-09-18 10:21:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
If the --members option is specified to etags, tags are variables also.
|
2002-06-20 08:52:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-06-14 13:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
**** New default keywords for TeX.
|
2002-06-06 13:22:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
The new keywords are def, newcommand, renewcommand, newenvironment and
|
|
|
|
|
renewenvironment.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-03-12 13:40:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** Honour #line directives.
|
|
|
|
|
When Etags parses an input file that contains C preprocessor's #line
|
|
|
|
|
directives, it creates tags using the file name and line number
|
|
|
|
|
specified in those directives. This is useful when dealing with code
|
|
|
|
|
created from Cweb source files. When Etags tags the generated file, it
|
|
|
|
|
writes tags pointing to the source file.
|
2002-03-05 11:42:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-08-28 12:57:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** New option --parse-stdin=FILE.
|
2002-06-06 13:22:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
This option is mostly useful when calling etags from programs. It can
|
2002-06-06 13:18:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
be used (only once) in place of a file name on the command line. Etags
|
2004-09-13 13:42:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
reads from standard input and marks the produced tags as belonging to
|
2002-06-06 13:22:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
the file FILE.
|
2002-06-06 12:57:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-10-30 11:11:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2003-07-03 12:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** CC Mode changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Font lock support.
|
|
|
|
|
CC Mode now provides font lock support for all its languages. This
|
|
|
|
|
supersedes the font lock patterns that have been in the core font lock
|
|
|
|
|
package for C, C++, Java and Objective-C. Like indentation, font
|
|
|
|
|
locking is done in a uniform way across all languages (except the new
|
|
|
|
|
AWK mode - see below). That means that the new font locking will be
|
|
|
|
|
different from the old patterns in various details for most languages.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The main goal of the font locking in CC Mode is accuracy, to provide a
|
|
|
|
|
dependable aid in recognizing the various constructs. Some, like
|
|
|
|
|
strings and comments, are easy to recognize while others like
|
|
|
|
|
declarations and types can be very tricky. CC Mode can go to great
|
|
|
|
|
lengths to recognize declarations and casts correctly, especially when
|
|
|
|
|
the types aren't recognized by standard patterns. This is a fairly
|
|
|
|
|
demanding analysis which can be slow on older hardware, and it can
|
|
|
|
|
therefore be disabled by choosing a lower decoration level with the
|
|
|
|
|
variable font-lock-maximum-decoration.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that the most demanding font lock level has been tuned with lazy
|
|
|
|
|
fontification in mind, i.e. there should be a support mode that waits
|
|
|
|
|
with the fontification until the text is actually shown
|
|
|
|
|
(e.g. Just-in-time Lock mode, which is the default, or Lazy Lock
|
|
|
|
|
mode). Fontifying a file with several thousand lines in one go can
|
|
|
|
|
take the better part of a minute.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** The (c|c++|objc|java|idl|pike)-font-lock-extra-types variables
|
|
|
|
|
are now used by CC Mode to recognize identifiers that are certain to
|
|
|
|
|
be types. (They are also used in cases that aren't related to font
|
|
|
|
|
locking.) At the maximum decoration level, types are often recognized
|
|
|
|
|
properly anyway, so these variables should be fairly restrictive and
|
|
|
|
|
not contain patterns for uncertain types.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** Support for documentation comments.
|
|
|
|
|
There is a "plugin" system to fontify documentation comments like
|
|
|
|
|
Javadoc and the markup within them. It's independent of the host
|
|
|
|
|
language, so it's possible to e.g. turn on Javadoc font locking in C
|
|
|
|
|
buffers. See the variable c-doc-comment-style for details.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Currently two kinds of doc comment styles are recognized: Suns Javadoc
|
|
|
|
|
and Autodoc which is used in Pike. This is by no means a complete
|
|
|
|
|
list of the most common tools; if your doc comment extractor of choice
|
|
|
|
|
is missing then please drop a note to bug-cc-mode@gnu.org.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** Better handling of C++ templates.
|
|
|
|
|
As a side effect of the more accurate font locking, C++ templates are
|
|
|
|
|
now handled much better. The angle brackets that delimit them are
|
|
|
|
|
given parenthesis syntax so that they can be navigated like other
|
|
|
|
|
parens.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This also improves indentation of templates, although there still is
|
|
|
|
|
work to be done in that area. E.g. it's required that multiline
|
|
|
|
|
template clauses are written in full and then refontified to be
|
|
|
|
|
recognized, and the indentation of nested templates is a bit odd and
|
|
|
|
|
not as configurable as it ought to be.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** Improved handling of Objective-C and CORBA IDL.
|
|
|
|
|
Especially the support for Objective-C and IDL has gotten an overhaul.
|
|
|
|
|
The special "@" declarations in Objective-C are handled correctly.
|
|
|
|
|
All the keywords used in CORBA IDL, PSDL, and CIDL are recognized and
|
|
|
|
|
handled correctly, also wrt indentation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Support for the AWK language.
|
|
|
|
|
Support for the AWK language has been introduced. The implementation is
|
|
|
|
|
based around GNU AWK version 3.1, but it should work pretty well with
|
|
|
|
|
any AWK. As yet, not all features of CC Mode have been adapted for AWK.
|
|
|
|
|
Here is a summary:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** Indentation Engine
|
|
|
|
|
The CC Mode indentation engine fully supports AWK mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AWK mode handles code formatted in the conventional AWK fashion: `{'s
|
|
|
|
|
which start actions, user-defined functions, or compound statements are
|
|
|
|
|
placed on the same line as the associated construct; the matching `}'s
|
|
|
|
|
are normally placed under the start of the respective pattern, function
|
|
|
|
|
definition, or structured statement.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The predefined indentation functions haven't yet been adapted for AWK
|
|
|
|
|
mode, though some of them may work serendipitously. There shouldn't be
|
|
|
|
|
any problems writing custom indentation functions for AWK mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The command C-c C-q (c-indent-defun) hasn't yet been adapted for AWK,
|
|
|
|
|
though in practice it works properly nearly all the time. Should it
|
|
|
|
|
fail, explicitly set the region around the function (using C-u C-SPC:
|
|
|
|
|
C-M-h probably won't work either) then do C-M-\ (indent-region).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** Font Locking
|
|
|
|
|
There is a single level of font locking in AWK mode, rather than the
|
|
|
|
|
three distinct levels the other modes have. There are several
|
|
|
|
|
idiosyncrasies in AWK mode's font-locking due to the peculiarities of
|
|
|
|
|
the AWK language itself.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** Comment Commands
|
|
|
|
|
M-; (indent-for-comment) works fine. None of the other CC Mode
|
|
|
|
|
comment formatting commands have yet been adapted for AWK mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** Movement Commands
|
|
|
|
|
Most of the movement commands work in AWK mode. The most important
|
|
|
|
|
exceptions are M-a (c-beginning-of-statement) and M-e
|
|
|
|
|
(c-end-of-statement) which haven't yet been adapted.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The notion of "defun" has been augmented to include AWK pattern-action
|
|
|
|
|
pairs. C-M-a (c-awk-beginning-of-defun) and C-M-e (c-awk-end-of-defun)
|
|
|
|
|
recognise these pattern-action pairs, as well as user defined
|
|
|
|
|
functions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** Auto-newline Insertion and Clean-ups
|
|
|
|
|
Auto-newline insertion hasn't yet been adapted for AWK. Some of
|
|
|
|
|
the clean-ups can actually convert good AWK code into syntactically
|
|
|
|
|
invalid code. These features are best disabled in AWK buffers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New syntactic symbols in IDL mode.
|
|
|
|
|
The top level constructs "module" and "composition" (from CIDL) are
|
|
|
|
|
now handled like "namespace" in C++: They are given syntactic symbols
|
|
|
|
|
module-open, module-close, inmodule, composition-open,
|
|
|
|
|
composition-close, and incomposition.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New functions to do hungry delete without enabling hungry delete mode.
|
|
|
|
|
The functions c-hungry-backspace and c-hungry-delete-forward can be
|
|
|
|
|
bound to keys to get this feature without toggling a mode.
|
|
|
|
|
Contributed by Kevin Ryde.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-12-31 15:21:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** Better control over require-final-newline. The variable that
|
|
|
|
|
controls how to handle a final newline when the buffer is saved,
|
|
|
|
|
require-final-newline, is now customizable on a per-mode basis through
|
|
|
|
|
c-require-final-newline. That is a list of modes, and only those
|
|
|
|
|
modes set require-final-newline. By default that's C, C++ and
|
|
|
|
|
Objective-C.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-01-05 16:36:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
The specified modes set require-final-newline based on
|
2004-12-31 15:21:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
mode-require-final-newline, as usual.
|
2003-07-03 12:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-08 23:28:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** Format change for syntactic context elements.
|
|
|
|
|
The elements in the syntactic context returned by c-guess-basic-syntax
|
|
|
|
|
and stored in c-syntactic-context has been changed somewhat to allow
|
|
|
|
|
attaching more information. They are now lists instead of single cons
|
|
|
|
|
cells. E.g. a line that previously had the syntactic analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
((inclass . 11) (topmost-intro . 13))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
is now analysed as
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
((inclass 11) (topmost-intro 13))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In some cases there are more than one position given for a syntactic
|
|
|
|
|
symbol.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This change might affect code that call c-guess-basic-syntax directly,
|
|
|
|
|
and custom lineup functions if they use c-syntactic-context. However,
|
|
|
|
|
the argument given to lineup functions is still a single cons cell
|
|
|
|
|
with nil or an integer in the cdr.
|
2003-07-03 12:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** API changes for derived modes.
|
|
|
|
|
There have been extensive changes "under the hood" which can affect
|
|
|
|
|
derived mode writers. Some of these changes are likely to cause
|
|
|
|
|
incompatibilities with existing derived modes, but on the other hand
|
|
|
|
|
care has now been taken to make it possible to extend and modify CC
|
|
|
|
|
Mode with less risk of such problems in the future.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** New language variable system.
|
|
|
|
|
See the comment blurb near the top of cc-langs.el.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** New initialization functions.
|
|
|
|
|
The initialization procedure has been split up into more functions to
|
|
|
|
|
give better control: c-basic-common-init, c-font-lock-init, and
|
|
|
|
|
c-init-language-vars.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Changes in analysis of nested syntactic constructs.
|
|
|
|
|
The syntactic analysis engine has better handling of cases where
|
|
|
|
|
several syntactic constructs appear nested on the same line. They are
|
|
|
|
|
now handled as if each construct started on a line of its own.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This means that CC Mode now indents some cases differently, and
|
|
|
|
|
although it's more consistent there might be cases where the old way
|
|
|
|
|
gave results that's more to one's liking. So if you find a situation
|
|
|
|
|
where you think that the indentation has become worse, please report
|
|
|
|
|
it to bug-cc-mode@gnu.org.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** New syntactic symbol substatement-label.
|
|
|
|
|
This symbol is used when a label is inserted between a statement and
|
|
|
|
|
its substatement. E.g:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (x)
|
|
|
|
|
x_is_true:
|
|
|
|
|
do_stuff();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Better handling of multiline macros.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** Syntactic indentation inside macros.
|
|
|
|
|
The contents of multiline #define's are now analyzed and indented
|
|
|
|
|
syntactically just like other code. This can be disabled by the new
|
|
|
|
|
variable c-syntactic-indentation-in-macros. A new syntactic symbol
|
|
|
|
|
cpp-define-intro has been added to control the initial indentation
|
|
|
|
|
inside #define's.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** New lineup function c-lineup-cpp-define.
|
|
|
|
|
Now used by default to line up macro continuation lines. The behavior
|
|
|
|
|
of this function closely mimics the indentation one gets if the macro
|
|
|
|
|
is indented while the line continuation backslashes are temporarily
|
|
|
|
|
removed. If syntactic indentation in macros is turned off, it works
|
|
|
|
|
much line c-lineup-dont-change, which was used earlier, but handles
|
|
|
|
|
empty lines within the macro better.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** Automatically inserted newlines continues the macro if used within one.
|
|
|
|
|
This applies to the newlines inserted by the auto-newline mode, and to
|
|
|
|
|
c-context-line-break and c-context-open-line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** Better alignment of line continuation backslashes.
|
|
|
|
|
c-backslash-region tries to adapt to surrounding backslashes. New
|
|
|
|
|
variable c-backslash-max-column which put a limit on how far out
|
|
|
|
|
backslashes can be moved.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** Automatic alignment of line continuation backslashes.
|
|
|
|
|
This is controlled by the new variable c-auto-align-backslashes. It
|
|
|
|
|
affects c-context-line-break, c-context-open-line and newlines
|
|
|
|
|
inserted in auto-newline mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** Line indentation works better inside macros.
|
|
|
|
|
Regardless whether syntactic indentation and syntactic indentation
|
|
|
|
|
inside macros are enabled or not, line indentation now ignores the
|
|
|
|
|
line continuation backslashes. This is most noticeable when syntactic
|
|
|
|
|
indentation is turned off and there are empty lines (save for the
|
|
|
|
|
backslash) in the macro.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** indent-for-comment is more customizable.
|
|
|
|
|
The behavior of M-; (indent-for-comment) is now configurable through
|
|
|
|
|
the variable c-indent-comment-alist. The indentation behavior based
|
|
|
|
|
on the preceding code on the line, e.g. to get two spaces after #else
|
|
|
|
|
and #endif but indentation to comment-column in most other cases
|
|
|
|
|
(something which was hardcoded earlier).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New function c-context-open-line.
|
|
|
|
|
It's the open-line equivalent of c-context-line-break.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New lineup functions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** c-lineup-string-cont
|
|
|
|
|
This lineup function lines up a continued string under the one it
|
|
|
|
|
continues. E.g:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
result = prefix + "A message "
|
|
|
|
|
"string."; <- c-lineup-string-cont
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** c-lineup-cascaded-calls
|
|
|
|
|
Lines up series of calls separated by "->" or ".".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** c-lineup-knr-region-comment
|
|
|
|
|
Gives (what most people think is) better indentation of comments in
|
|
|
|
|
the "K&R region" between the function header and its body.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** c-lineup-gcc-asm-reg
|
|
|
|
|
Provides better indentation inside asm blocks. Contributed by Kevin
|
|
|
|
|
Ryde.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** c-lineup-argcont
|
|
|
|
|
Lines up continued function arguments after the preceding comma.
|
|
|
|
|
Contributed by Kevin Ryde.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Better caching of the syntactic context.
|
|
|
|
|
CC Mode caches the positions of the opening parentheses (of any kind)
|
|
|
|
|
of the lists surrounding the point. Those positions are used in many
|
|
|
|
|
places as anchor points for various searches. The cache is now
|
|
|
|
|
improved so that it can be reused to a large extent when the point is
|
|
|
|
|
moved. The less it moves, the less needs to be recalculated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The effect is that CC Mode should be fast most of the time even when
|
|
|
|
|
opening parens are hung (i.e. aren't in column zero). It's typically
|
|
|
|
|
only the first time after the point is moved far down in a complex
|
|
|
|
|
file that it'll take noticeable time to find out the syntactic
|
|
|
|
|
context.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Statements are recognized in a more robust way.
|
|
|
|
|
Statements are recognized most of the time even when they occur in an
|
|
|
|
|
"invalid" context, e.g. in a function argument. In practice that can
|
|
|
|
|
happen when macros are involved.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Improved the way c-indent-exp chooses the block to indent.
|
|
|
|
|
It now indents the block for the closest sexp following the point
|
|
|
|
|
whose closing paren ends on a different line. This means that the
|
|
|
|
|
point doesn't have to be immediately before the block to indent.
|
|
|
|
|
Also, only the block and the closing line is indented; the current
|
|
|
|
|
line is left untouched.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Added toggle for syntactic indentation.
|
|
|
|
|
The function c-toggle-syntactic-indentation can be used to toggle
|
|
|
|
|
syntactic indentation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-10-31 15:21:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The command line option --no-windows has been changed to
|
|
|
|
|
--no-window-system. The old one still works, but is deprecated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-06-24 09:42:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-05-29 16:40:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The command `list-text-properties-at' has been deleted because
|
|
|
|
|
C-u C-x = gives the same information and more.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-06-24 09:42:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2001-10-30 18:41:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** `buffer-menu' and `list-buffers' now list buffers whose names begin
|
2002-06-24 09:42:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
with a space, when those buffers are visiting files. Normally buffers
|
|
|
|
|
whose names begin with space are omitted.
|
2001-10-30 11:11:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-07-07 18:30:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2001-10-30 18:41:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** You can now customize fill-nobreak-predicate to control where
|
|
|
|
|
filling can break lines. We provide two sample predicates,
|
|
|
|
|
fill-single-word-nobreak-p and fill-french-nobreak-p.
|
2001-10-30 08:51:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-06-24 09:42:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2001-10-25 17:51:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New user option `add-log-always-start-new-record'.
|
2004-07-17 12:00:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
When this option is enabled, M-x add-change-log-entry always
|
|
|
|
|
starts a new record regardless of when the last record is.
|
2001-10-25 17:51:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-07-07 18:30:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-06-23 21:43:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** SGML mode has indentation and supports XML syntax.
|
|
|
|
|
The new variable `sgml-xml-mode' tells SGML mode to use XML syntax.
|
2001-10-27 16:09:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
When this option is enabled, SGML tags are inserted in XML style,
|
2001-10-23 15:46:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
i.e., there is always a closing tag.
|
2002-06-23 21:43:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
By default, its setting is inferred on a buffer-by-buffer basis
|
2001-10-27 16:09:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
from the file name or buffer contents.
|
2001-10-23 15:46:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-07-07 18:30:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-12-07 21:41:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** `xml-mode' is now an alias for `sgml-mode', which has XML support.
|
2002-06-01 21:57:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-04-30 05:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2002-06-24 09:42:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Lisp mode now uses font-lock-doc-face for the docstrings.
|
2001-10-11 02:08:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-06-24 09:42:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
|
** Perl mode has a new variable `perl-indent-continued-arguments'.
|
2001-10-11 02:08:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-06-24 21:48:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-06-24 09:42:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Fortran mode has a new variable `fortran-directive-re'.
|
2002-06-24 21:48:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Adapt this to match the format of any compiler directives you use.
|
|
|
|
|
Lines that match are never indented, and are given distinctive font-locking.
|
2002-05-12 13:40:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-06-24 09:42:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
|
** F90 mode has new navigation commands `f90-end-of-block',
|
2002-05-27 12:37:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`f90-beginning-of-block', `f90-next-block', `f90-previous-block'.
|
2002-05-24 22:06:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-05-17 18:57:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** F90 mode now has support for hs-minor-mode (hideshow).
|
|
|
|
|
It cannot deal with every code format, but ought to handle a sizeable
|
|
|
|
|
majority.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-11-25 00:49:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
|
** The new function `f90-backslash-not-special' can be used to change
|
|
|
|
|
the syntax of backslashes in F90 buffers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-06-24 09:42:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
|
** Prolog mode has a new variable `prolog-font-lock-keywords'
|
2002-06-01 17:49:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
to support use of font-lock.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-06-24 09:42:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2001-10-12 21:21:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** `special-display-buffer-names' and `special-display-regexps' now
|
|
|
|
|
understand two new boolean pseudo-frame-parameters `same-frame' and
|
|
|
|
|
`same-window'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-06-24 09:42:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2001-10-05 09:13:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** M-x setenv now expands environment variables of the form `$foo' and
|
|
|
|
|
`${foo}' in the specified new value of the environment variable. To
|
|
|
|
|
include a `$' in the value, use `$$'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-10-13 12:15:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2001-10-13 12:09:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** File-name completion can now ignore directories.
|
|
|
|
|
If an element of the list in `completion-ignored-extensions' ends in a
|
|
|
|
|
slash `/', it indicates a subdirectory that should be ignored when
|
|
|
|
|
completing file names. Elements of `completion-ignored-extensions'
|
|
|
|
|
which do not end in a slash are never considered when a completion
|
|
|
|
|
candidate is a directory.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-06-24 09:42:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-07-07 10:52:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The completion commands TAB, SPC and ? in the minibuffer apply only
|
|
|
|
|
to the text before point. If there is text in the buffer after point,
|
2002-06-24 09:42:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
it remains unchanged.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-04-16 08:57:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Enhanced visual feedback in *Completions* buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Completions lists use faces to highlight what all completions
|
|
|
|
|
have in common and where they begin to differ.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The common prefix shared by all possible completions uses the face
|
|
|
|
|
`completions-common-part', while the first character that isn't the
|
|
|
|
|
same uses the face `completions-first-difference'. By default,
|
|
|
|
|
`completions-common-part' inherits from `default', and
|
|
|
|
|
`completions-first-difference' inherits from `bold'. The idea of
|
|
|
|
|
`completions-common-part' is that you can use it to make the common
|
|
|
|
|
parts less visible than normal, so that the rest of the differing
|
|
|
|
|
parts is, by contrast, slightly highlighted.
|
2004-04-11 18:11:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-04-30 05:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2001-10-05 09:13:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New user option `inhibit-startup-buffer-menu'.
|
|
|
|
|
When loading many files, for instance with `emacs *', Emacs normally
|
|
|
|
|
displays a buffer menu. This option turns the buffer menu off.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-04-30 05:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2001-10-05 09:13:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Rmail now displays 5-digit message ids in its summary buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-01-15 14:37:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** Support for `movemail' from GNU mailutils was added to Rmail.
|
|
|
|
|
This version of `movemail' allows to read mail from a wide range of
|
|
|
|
|
mailbox formats, including remote POP3 and IMAP4 mailboxes with or
|
|
|
|
|
without TLS encryption. If GNU mailutils is installed on the system
|
|
|
|
|
and its version of `movemail' can be found in exec-path, it will be
|
|
|
|
|
used instead of the native one.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-04-30 05:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2001-11-13 00:01:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** On MS Windows, the "system caret" now follows the cursor.
|
|
|
|
|
This enables Emacs to work better with programs that need to track
|
|
|
|
|
the cursor, for example screen magnifiers and text to speech programs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-04-30 05:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2001-11-25 11:14:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Tooltips now work on MS Windows.
|
|
|
|
|
See the Emacs 21.1 NEWS entry for tooltips for details.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-04-30 05:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2003-02-02 00:19:39 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Images are now supported on MS Windows.
|
|
|
|
|
PBM and XBM images are supported out of the box. Other image formats
|
|
|
|
|
depend on external libraries. All of these libraries have been ported
|
|
|
|
|
to Windows, and can be found in both source and binary form at
|
|
|
|
|
http://gnuwin32.sourceforge.net/. Note that libpng also depends on
|
|
|
|
|
zlib, and tiff depends on the version of jpeg that it was compiled
|
2004-06-10 20:59:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
against. For additional information, see nt/INSTALL.
|
2002-03-23 10:47:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-11-21 22:46:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
|
** Sound is now supported on MS Windows.
|
|
|
|
|
WAV format is supported on all versions of Windows, other formats such
|
2003-01-22 23:11:39 +00:00
|
|
|
|
as AU, AIFF and MP3 may be supported in the more recent versions of
|
2002-11-21 22:46:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Windows, or when other software provides hooks into the system level
|
|
|
|
|
sound support for those formats.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-01-22 23:11:39 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
|
** Different shaped mouse pointers are supported on MS Windows.
|
|
|
|
|
The mouse pointer changes shape depending on what is under the pointer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-06-24 09:42:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2002-01-13 12:26:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Pointing devices with more than 3 buttons are now supported on MS Windows.
|
|
|
|
|
The new variable `w32-pass-extra-mouse-buttons-to-system' controls
|
|
|
|
|
whether Emacs should handle the extra buttons itself (the default), or
|
|
|
|
|
pass them to Windows to be handled with system-wide functions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-06-05 23:56:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
|
** Emacs takes note of colors defined in Control Panel on MS-Windows.
|
2004-07-17 12:00:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
The Control Panel defines some default colors for applications in much
|
|
|
|
|
the same way as wildcard X Resources do on X. Emacs now adds these
|
|
|
|
|
colors to the colormap prefixed by System (eg SystemMenu for the
|
|
|
|
|
default Menu background, SystemMenuText for the foreground), and uses
|
|
|
|
|
some of them to initialize some of the default faces.
|
|
|
|
|
`list-colors-display' shows the list of System color names, in case
|
|
|
|
|
you wish to use them in other faces.
|
2003-06-05 23:56:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-07-07 18:30:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-02-15 09:36:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Under X11, it is possible to swap Alt and Meta (and Super and Hyper).
|
|
|
|
|
The new variables `x-alt-keysym', `x-hyper-keysym', `x-meta-keysym',
|
|
|
|
|
and `x-super-keysym' can be used to choose which keysyms Emacs should
|
|
|
|
|
use for the modifiers. For example, the following two lines swap
|
|
|
|
|
Meta and Alt:
|
|
|
|
|
(setq x-alt-keysym 'meta)
|
|
|
|
|
(setq x-meta-keysym 'alt)
|
2004-01-20 17:46:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-01-20 17:48:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2004-01-20 17:46:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** vc-annotate-mode enhancements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In vc-annotate mode, you can now use the following key bindings for
|
|
|
|
|
enhanced functionality to browse the annotations of past revisions, or
|
|
|
|
|
to view diffs or log entries directly from vc-annotate-mode:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
P: annotates the previous revision
|
|
|
|
|
N: annotates the next revision
|
|
|
|
|
J: annotates the revision at line
|
|
|
|
|
A: annotates the revision previous to line
|
|
|
|
|
D: shows the diff of the revision at line with its previous revision
|
|
|
|
|
L: shows the log of the revision at line
|
|
|
|
|
W: annotates the workfile (most up to date) version
|
2004-06-10 08:41:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** In pcl-cvs mode, there is a new `d y' command to view the diffs
|
|
|
|
|
between the local version of the file and yesterday's head revision
|
|
|
|
|
in the repository.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-07-02 04:38:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** In pcl-cvs mode, there is a new `d r' command to view the changes
|
|
|
|
|
anyone has committed to the repository since you last executed
|
|
|
|
|
"checkout", "update" or "commit". That means using cvs diff options
|
|
|
|
|
-rBASE -rHEAD.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-12-26 19:57:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New variable `hs-set-up-overlay' allows customization of the overlay
|
|
|
|
|
used to effect hiding for hideshow minor mode. Integration with isearch
|
|
|
|
|
handles the overlay property `display' specially, preserving it during
|
|
|
|
|
temporary overlay showing in the course of an isearch operation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-12-29 01:30:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New command `recode-region' decodes the region again by a specified
|
|
|
|
|
coding system.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-10-21 11:32:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-03-22 07:31:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
* New modes and packages in Emacs 21.4
|
2001-11-18 18:38:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-11-10 20:15:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new package conf-mode.el handles thousands of configuration files, with
|
|
|
|
|
varying syntaxes for comments (;, #, //, /* */ or !), assignment (var = value,
|
|
|
|
|
var : value, var value or keyword var value) and sections ([section] or
|
|
|
|
|
section { }). Many files under /etc/, or with suffixes like .cf through
|
|
|
|
|
.config, .properties (Java), .desktop (KDE/Gnome), .ini and many others are
|
|
|
|
|
recognized.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-10-24 12:21:16 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new package password.el provide a password cache and expiring mechanism.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-09-14 11:12:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new package dns-mode.el add syntax highlight of DNS master files.
|
|
|
|
|
The key binding C-c C-s (`dns-mode-soa-increment-serial') can be used
|
|
|
|
|
to increment the SOA serial.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-10 04:28:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new package flymake.el does on-the-fly syntax checking of program
|
|
|
|
|
source files. See the Flymake's Info manual for more details.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-05-17 11:41:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The library tree-widget.el provides a new widget to display a set
|
|
|
|
|
of hierarchical data as an outline. For example, the tree-widget is
|
|
|
|
|
well suited to display a hierarchy of directories and files.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-08-14 12:32:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The wdired.el package allows you to use normal editing commands on Dired
|
2004-04-27 22:02:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
buffers to change filenames, permissions, etc...
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-08-14 12:32:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The thumbs.el package allows you to preview image files as thumbnails
|
|
|
|
|
and can be invoked from a Dired buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-04-12 19:43:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new python.el package is used to edit Python and Jython programs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-04-07 19:39:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The URL package (which had been part of W3) is now part of Emacs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-09-08 08:06:58 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** The new global minor mode `size-indication-mode' (off by default)
|
|
|
|
|
shows the size of accessible part of the buffer on the mode line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-05-31 23:36:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** GDB-Script-mode is used for files like .gdbinit.
|
2003-05-03 20:46:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-18 18:38:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2003-02-07 21:47:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Ido mode is now part of the Emacs distribution.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ido (interactively do) package is an extension of the iswitchb
|
|
|
|
|
package to do interactive opening of files and directories in addition
|
|
|
|
|
to interactive buffer switching. Ido is a superset of iswitchb (with
|
|
|
|
|
a few exceptions), so don't enable both packages.
|
2002-07-01 22:17:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-07-07 18:30:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2003-02-07 21:47:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** CUA mode is now part of the Emacs distribution.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The new cua package provides CUA-like keybindings using C-x for
|
2002-04-29 13:38:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
cut (kill), C-c for copy, C-v for paste (yank), and C-z for undo.
|
|
|
|
|
With cua, the region can be set and extended using shifted movement
|
|
|
|
|
keys (like pc-selection-mode) and typed text replaces the active
|
|
|
|
|
region (like delete-selection-mode). Do not enable these modes with
|
|
|
|
|
cua-mode. Customize the variable `cua-mode' to enable cua.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In addition, cua provides unified rectangle support with visible
|
|
|
|
|
rectangle highlighting: Use S-return to start a rectangle, extend it
|
|
|
|
|
using the movement commands (or mouse-3), and cut or copy it using C-x
|
|
|
|
|
or C-c (using C-w and M-w also works).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Use M-o and M-c to `open' or `close' the rectangle, use M-b or M-f, to
|
|
|
|
|
fill it with blanks or another character, use M-u or M-l to upcase or
|
|
|
|
|
downcase the rectangle, use M-i to increment the numbers in the
|
|
|
|
|
rectangle, use M-n to fill the rectangle with a numeric sequence (such
|
|
|
|
|
as 10 20 30...), use M-r to replace a regexp in the rectangle, and use
|
|
|
|
|
M-' or M-/ to restrict command on the rectangle to a subset of the
|
|
|
|
|
rows. See the commentary in cua-base.el for more rectangle commands.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cua also provides unified support for registers: Use a numeric
|
|
|
|
|
prefix argument between 0 and 9, i.e. M-0 .. M-9, for C-x, C-c, and
|
|
|
|
|
C-v to cut or copy into register 0-9, or paste from register 0-9.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The last text deleted (not killed) is automatically stored in
|
|
|
|
|
register 0. This includes text deleted by typing text.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Finally, cua provides a global mark which is set using S-C-space.
|
|
|
|
|
When the global mark is active, any text which is cut or copied is
|
|
|
|
|
automatically inserted at the global mark position. See the
|
|
|
|
|
commentary in cua-base.el for more global mark related commands.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The features of cua also works with the standard emacs bindings for
|
|
|
|
|
kill, copy, yank, and undo. If you want to use cua mode, but don't
|
|
|
|
|
want the C-x, C-c, C-v, and C-z bindings, you may customize the
|
|
|
|
|
`cua-enable-cua-keys' variable.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-02-07 21:47:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Note: This version of cua mode is not backwards compatible with older
|
|
|
|
|
versions of cua.el and cua-mode.el. To ensure proper operation, you
|
|
|
|
|
must remove older versions of cua.el or cua-mode.el as well as the
|
|
|
|
|
loading and customization of those packages from the .emacs file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-10-28 23:38:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new keypad setup package provides several common bindings for
|
2002-09-11 21:03:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
the numeric keypad which is available on most keyboards. The numeric
|
|
|
|
|
keypad typically has the digits 0 to 9, a decimal point, keys marked
|
|
|
|
|
+, -, /, and *, an Enter key, and a NumLock toggle key. The keypad
|
|
|
|
|
package only controls the use of the digit and decimal keys.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By customizing the variables `keypad-setup', `keypad-shifted-setup',
|
|
|
|
|
`keypad-numlock-setup', and `keypad-numlock-shifted-setup', or by
|
|
|
|
|
using the function `keypad-setup', you can rebind all digit keys and
|
|
|
|
|
the decimal key of the keypad in one step for each of the four
|
|
|
|
|
possible combinations of the Shift key state (not pressed/pressed) and
|
|
|
|
|
the NumLock toggle state (off/on).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The choices for the keypad keys in each of the above states are:
|
|
|
|
|
`Plain numeric keypad' where the keys generates plain digits,
|
|
|
|
|
`Numeric keypad with decimal key' where the character produced by the
|
|
|
|
|
decimal key can be customized individually (for internationalization),
|
|
|
|
|
`Numeric Prefix Arg' where the keypad keys produce numeric prefix args
|
|
|
|
|
for emacs editing commands, `Cursor keys' and `Shifted Cursor keys'
|
|
|
|
|
where the keys work like (shifted) arrow keys, home/end, etc., and
|
2002-09-14 20:54:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`Unspecified/User-defined' where the keypad keys (kp-0, kp-1, etc.)
|
|
|
|
|
are left unspecified and can be bound individually through the global
|
|
|
|
|
or local keymaps.
|
2002-04-29 13:38:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-10 08:41:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-10-28 23:38:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new kmacro package provides a simpler user interface to
|
2002-07-01 22:17:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
emacs' keyboard macro facilities.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-08-29 13:12:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Basically, it uses two function keys (default F3 and F4) like this:
|
|
|
|
|
F3 starts a macro, F4 ends the macro, and pressing F4 again executes
|
|
|
|
|
the last macro. While defining the macro, F3 inserts a counter value
|
2002-07-01 22:17:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
which automatically increments every time the macro is executed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-08-19 23:14:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
There is now a keyboard macro ring which stores the most recently
|
|
|
|
|
defined macros.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The C-x C-k sequence is now a prefix for the kmacro keymap which
|
|
|
|
|
defines bindings for moving through the keyboard macro ring,
|
|
|
|
|
C-x C-k C-p and C-x C-k C-n, editing the last macro C-x C-k C-e,
|
|
|
|
|
manipulating the macro counter and format via C-x C-k C-c,
|
|
|
|
|
C-x C-k C-a, and C-x C-k C-f. See the commentary in kmacro.el
|
|
|
|
|
for more commands.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-08-28 12:57:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
The normal macro bindings C-x (, C-x ), and C-x e now interfaces to
|
2002-08-19 23:14:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
the keyboard macro ring.
|
2002-07-01 22:17:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-09-08 21:47:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
The C-x e command now automatically terminates the current macro
|
|
|
|
|
before calling it, if used while defining a macro.
|
2002-08-29 13:12:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In addition, when ending or calling a macro with C-x e, the macro can
|
|
|
|
|
be repeated immediately by typing just the `e'. You can customize
|
|
|
|
|
this behaviour via the variable kmacro-call-repeat-key and
|
|
|
|
|
kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-09-08 21:47:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Keyboard macros can now be debugged and edited interactively.
|
2004-07-17 12:00:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
C-x C-k SPC steps through the last keyboard macro one key sequence
|
2002-09-08 21:47:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
at a time, prompting for the actions to take.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-01-20 09:12:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
|
** The old Octave mode bindings C-c f and C-c i have been changed
|
|
|
|
|
to C-c C-f and C-c C-i. The C-c C-i subcommands now have duplicate
|
|
|
|
|
bindings on control characters--thus, C-c C-i C-b is the same as
|
|
|
|
|
C-c C-i b, and so on.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-02-07 21:47:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The printing package is now part of the Emacs distribution.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you enable the printing package by including (require 'printing) in
|
|
|
|
|
the .emacs file, the normal Print item on the File menu is replaced
|
|
|
|
|
with a Print sub-menu which allows you to preview output through
|
|
|
|
|
ghostview, use ghostscript to print (if you don't have a PostScript
|
|
|
|
|
printer) or send directly to printer a PostScript code generated by
|
|
|
|
|
`ps-print' package. Use M-x pr-help for more information.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-09 10:40:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-10-28 23:38:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Calc is now part of the Emacs distribution.
|
2001-11-09 10:40:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Calc is an advanced desk calculator and mathematical tool written in
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs Lisp. Its documentation is in a separate manual; within Emacs,
|
2001-11-10 10:37:58 +00:00
|
|
|
|
type "C-h i m calc RET" to read that manual. A reference card is
|
|
|
|
|
available in `etc/calccard.tex' and `etc/calccard.ps'.
|
2001-11-09 10:40:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-10 14:48:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-10-28 23:38:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Tramp is now part of the distribution.
|
2002-06-18 09:55:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This package is similar to Ange-FTP: it allows you to edit remote
|
|
|
|
|
files. But whereas Ange-FTP uses FTP to access the remote host,
|
|
|
|
|
Tramp uses a shell connection. The shell connection is always used
|
|
|
|
|
for filename completion and directory listings and suchlike, but for
|
|
|
|
|
the actual file transfer, you can choose between the so-called
|
|
|
|
|
`inline' methods (which transfer the files through the shell
|
|
|
|
|
connection using base64 or uu encoding) and the `out-of-band' methods
|
|
|
|
|
(which invoke an external copying program such as `rcp' or `scp' or
|
|
|
|
|
`rsync' to do the copying).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shell connections can be acquired via `rsh', `ssh', `telnet' and also
|
|
|
|
|
`su' and `sudo'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-04-30 05:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2002-10-28 23:38:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new global minor mode `file-name-shadow-mode' modifies the way
|
2002-08-28 00:53:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
filenames being entered by the user in the minibuffer are displayed, so
|
|
|
|
|
that it's clear when part of the entered filename will be ignored due to
|
|
|
|
|
emacs' filename parsing rules. The ignored portion can be made dim,
|
|
|
|
|
invisible, or otherwise less visually noticable. The display method may
|
|
|
|
|
be displayed by customizing the variable `file-name-shadow-properties'.
|
2002-04-16 14:28:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-07-07 18:30:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2002-10-28 23:38:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The ruler-mode.el library provides a minor mode for displaying an
|
2001-10-10 09:20:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
"active" ruler in the header line. You can use the mouse to visually
|
|
|
|
|
change the `fill-column', `window-margins' and `tab-stop-list'
|
|
|
|
|
settings.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-07-07 18:30:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2002-10-28 23:38:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The minor mode Reveal mode makes text visible on the fly as you
|
2003-05-31 23:36:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
move your cursor into hidden regions of the buffer.
|
2001-11-28 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
It should work with any package that uses overlays to hide parts
|
|
|
|
|
of a buffer, such as outline-minor-mode, hs-minor-mode, hide-ifdef-mode, ...
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-04-30 05:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
There is also Global Reveal mode which affects all buffers.
|
2001-10-11 19:29:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-04-30 05:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2002-10-28 23:38:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new package ibuffer provides a powerful, completely
|
2002-04-24 21:04:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
customizable replacement for buff-menu.el.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-10-28 23:38:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new package table.el implements editable, WYSIWYG, embedded
|
2002-08-19 00:58:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`text tables' in Emacs buffers. It simulates the effect of putting
|
|
|
|
|
these tables in a special major mode. The package emulates WYSIWYG
|
|
|
|
|
table editing available in modern word processors. The package also
|
|
|
|
|
can generate a table source in typesetting and markup languages such
|
|
|
|
|
as latex and html from the visually laid out text table.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-10-29 05:26:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-10-28 23:38:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** SES mode (ses-mode) is a new major mode for creating and editing
|
|
|
|
|
spreadsheet files. Besides the usual Emacs features (intuitive command
|
|
|
|
|
letters, undo, cell formulas in Lisp, plaintext files, etc.) it also offers
|
|
|
|
|
viral immunity and import/export of tab-separated values.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-04-30 05:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
|
** Support for `magic cookie' standout modes has been removed.
|
2002-04-16 14:28:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Emacs will still work on terminals that require magic cookies in order
|
|
|
|
|
to use standout mode, however they will not be able to display
|
|
|
|
|
mode-lines in inverse-video.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-12-07 21:41:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2003-07-31 00:12:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** cplus-md.el has been removed to avoid problems with Custom.
|
2002-07-25 11:15:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2003-02-03 15:00:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New package benchmark.el contains simple support for convenient
|
|
|
|
|
timing measurements of code (including the garbage collection component).
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-07-08 17:47:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new Lisp library fringe.el controls the appearance of fringes.
|
2003-10-21 11:32:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** `cfengine-mode' is a major mode for editing GNU Cfengine
|
|
|
|
|
configuration files.
|
2001-10-05 09:13:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-01-04 18:01:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
* Incompatible Lisp Changes in Emacs 21.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** Mode line display ignores text properties as well as the
|
|
|
|
|
:propertize and :eval forms in the value of a variable whose
|
|
|
|
|
`risky-local-variable' property is nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-04-21 17:15:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
* Lisp Changes in Emacs 21.4
|
2004-03-02 11:09:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-12-27 19:57:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** If a buffer sets buffer-save-without-query to non-nil,
|
|
|
|
|
save-some-buffers will always save that buffer without asking
|
|
|
|
|
(if it's modified).
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-12-27 17:08:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** The function symbol-file tells you which file defined
|
|
|
|
|
a certain function or variable.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-12-17 15:19:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Lisp code can now test if a given buffer position is inside a
|
|
|
|
|
clickable link with the new function `mouse-on-link-p'. This is the
|
|
|
|
|
function used by the new `mouse-1-click-follows-link' functionality.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-12-21 11:47:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2004-12-13 21:51:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** (while-no-input BODY...) runs BODY, but only so long as no input
|
2004-12-13 19:46:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
arrives. If the user types or clicks anything, BODY stops as if a
|
|
|
|
|
quit had occurred. while-no-input returns the value of BODY, if BODY
|
|
|
|
|
finishes. It returns nil if BODY was aborted.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-12-21 11:47:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** `set-auto-mode' now gives the interpreter magic line (if present)
|
|
|
|
|
precedence over the file name. Likewise an <?xml or <!DOCTYPE declaration
|
|
|
|
|
will give the buffer XML or SGML mode, based on the new var
|
|
|
|
|
`magic-mode-alist'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** New function `looking-back' checks whether a regular expression matches
|
|
|
|
|
the text before point. Specifying the LIMIT argument bounds how far
|
|
|
|
|
back the match can start; this is a way to keep it from taking too long.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** New functions `make-progress-reporter', `progress-reporter-update',
|
|
|
|
|
`progress-reporter-force-update' and `progress-reporter-done' provide
|
2004-12-21 11:49:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
a simple and efficient way for a command to present progress messages
|
|
|
|
|
for the user.
|
2004-12-21 11:47:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-12-10 04:58:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
|
** To manipulate the File menu using easy-menu, you must specify the
|
|
|
|
|
proper name "file". In previous Emacs versions, you had to specify
|
|
|
|
|
"files", even though the menu item itself was changed to say "File"
|
|
|
|
|
several versions ago.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-11-20 22:09:16 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** read-from-minibuffer now accepts an additional argument KEEP-ALL
|
|
|
|
|
saying to put all inputs in the history list, even empty ones.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-11-20 14:18:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** The new variable search-spaces-regexp controls how to search
|
|
|
|
|
for spaces in a regular expression. If it is non-nil, it should be a
|
|
|
|
|
regular expression, and any series of spaces stands for that regular
|
|
|
|
|
expression. If it is nil, spaces stand for themselves.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Spaces inside of constructs such as [..] and *, +, ? are never
|
|
|
|
|
replaced with search-spaces-regexp.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-11-16 17:31:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
|
** list-buffers-noselect now takes an additional argument, BUFFER-LIST.
|
|
|
|
|
If it is non-nil, it specifies which buffers to list.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
|
** set-buffer-file-coding-system now takes an additional argument,
|
|
|
|
|
NOMODIFY. If it is non-nil, it means don't mark the buffer modified.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-11-09 11:10:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2004-11-08 16:46:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new function syntax-after returns the syntax code
|
|
|
|
|
of the character after a specified buffer position, taking account
|
|
|
|
|
of text properties as well as the character code.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-11-06 17:05:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** The new primitive `get-internal-run-time' returns the processor
|
|
|
|
|
run time used by Emacs since start-up.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-11-01 07:48:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** The new function `called-interactively-p' does what many people
|
2004-11-19 03:03:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
have mistakenly believed `interactive-p' did: it returns t if the
|
|
|
|
|
calling function was called through `call-interactively'. This should
|
|
|
|
|
only be used when you cannot add a new "interactive" argument to the
|
|
|
|
|
command.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** The new function `assoc-string' replaces `assoc-ignore-case' and
|
|
|
|
|
`assoc-ignore-representation', which are still available, but have
|
|
|
|
|
been declared obsolete.
|
2004-11-01 07:48:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-10-26 12:59:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** An interactive specification may now use the code letter 'U' to get
|
|
|
|
|
the up-event that was discarded in case the last key sequence read for a
|
|
|
|
|
previous 'k' or 'K' argument was a down-event; otherwise nil is used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-10-22 13:17:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Function `translate-region' accepts also a char-table as TABLE
|
|
|
|
|
argument.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-09-26 02:34:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2004-09-19 01:11:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Major mode functions now run the new normal hook
|
2004-09-21 01:11:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`after-change-major-mode-hook', at their very end, after the mode hooks.
|
2004-09-19 01:11:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-09-08 03:26:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** `auto-save-file-format' has been renamed to
|
|
|
|
|
`buffer-auto-save-file-format' and made into a permanent local.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-08-08 17:09:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** Both the variable and the function `disabled-command-hook' have
|
2004-08-08 17:14:58 +00:00
|
|
|
|
been renamed to `disabled-command-function'. The variable
|
2004-08-08 17:09:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`disabled-command-hook' has been kept as an obsolete alias.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-08-02 15:30:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Function `compute-motion' now calculates the usable window
|
|
|
|
|
width if the WIDTH argument is nil. If the TOPOS argument is nil,
|
|
|
|
|
the usable window height and width is used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-07-15 00:38:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** `visited-file-modtime' and `calendar-time-from-absolute' now return
|
|
|
|
|
a list of two integers, instead of a cons.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If a command sets transient-mark-mode to `only', that
|
2004-07-09 16:57:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
enables Transient Mark mode for the following command only.
|
|
|
|
|
During that following command, the value of transient-mark-mode
|
|
|
|
|
is `identity'. If it is still `identity' at the end of the command,
|
|
|
|
|
it changes to nil.
|
2004-06-21 03:26:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-13 22:39:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** Cleaner way to enter key sequences.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can enter a constant key sequence in a more natural format, the
|
|
|
|
|
same one used for saving keyboard macros, using the macro `kbd'. For
|
|
|
|
|
example,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(kbd "C-x C-f") => "\^x\^f"
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-07 21:03:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The sentinel is now called when a network process is deleted with
|
2004-06-06 22:40:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
delete-process. The status message passed to the sentinel for a
|
|
|
|
|
deleted network process is "deleted". The message passed to the
|
|
|
|
|
sentinel when the connection is closed by the remote peer has been
|
|
|
|
|
changed to "connection broken by remote peer".
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-05-29 16:26:16 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** If the buffer's undo list for the current command gets longer than
|
|
|
|
|
undo-outer-limit, garbage collection empties it. This is to prevent
|
|
|
|
|
it from using up the available memory and choking Emacs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-13 22:39:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2004-05-12 11:03:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New function quail-find-key returns a list of keys to type in the
|
|
|
|
|
current input method to input a character.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-13 22:39:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** New functions posn-at-point and posn-at-x-y return
|
2004-04-21 19:36:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
click-event-style position information for a given visible buffer
|
|
|
|
|
position or for a given window pixel coordinate.
|
2004-04-20 22:44:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-21 03:10:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** skip-chars-forward and skip-chars-backward now handle
|
|
|
|
|
character classes such as [:alpha:], along with individual characters
|
|
|
|
|
and ranges.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-04-21 19:36:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Function pos-visible-in-window-p now returns the pixel coordinates
|
|
|
|
|
and partial visiblity state of the corresponding row, if the PARTIALLY
|
|
|
|
|
arg is non-nil.
|
2004-04-20 22:44:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-04-19 15:29:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The function `eql' is now available without requiring the CL package.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-04-27 13:17:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** The new primitive `set-file-times' sets a file's access and
|
|
|
|
|
modification times. Magic file name handlers can handle this
|
|
|
|
|
operation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-09-22 23:12:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2004-03-19 22:26:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The display space :width and :align-to text properties are now
|
|
|
|
|
supported on text terminals.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-09-22 23:12:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2004-04-20 22:44:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Support for displaying image slices
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New display property (slice X Y WIDTH HEIGHT) may be used with
|
|
|
|
|
an image property to display only a specific slice of the image.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Function insert-image has new optional fourth arg to
|
|
|
|
|
specify image slice (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New function insert-sliced-image inserts a given image as a
|
|
|
|
|
specified number of evenly sized slices (rows x columns).
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-09-22 23:12:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2004-04-26 22:22:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New line-height and line-spacing properties for newline characters
|
2004-04-25 00:42:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-05-02 00:26:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
A newline may now have line-height and line-spacing text or overlay
|
|
|
|
|
properties that control the height of the corresponding display row.
|
2004-04-25 00:42:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-01-05 16:36:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
If the line-height property value is t, the newline does not
|
2004-04-26 22:22:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
contribute to the height of the display row; instead the height of the
|
2004-05-04 13:45:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
newline glyph is reduced. Also, a line-spacing property on this
|
|
|
|
|
newline is ignored. This can be used to tile small images or image
|
|
|
|
|
slices without adding blank areas between the images.
|
2004-04-25 00:42:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-04-26 22:22:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
If the line-height property value is a positive integer, the value
|
|
|
|
|
specifies the minimum line height in pixels. If necessary, the line
|
|
|
|
|
height it increased by increasing the line's ascent.
|
2004-04-25 00:42:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-04-26 22:22:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
If the line-height property value is a float, the minimum line height
|
2004-04-29 22:41:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
is calculated by multiplying the default frame line height by the
|
|
|
|
|
given value.
|
2004-04-26 22:22:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-01-05 16:36:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
If the line-height property value is a cons (FACE . RATIO), the
|
2004-04-29 22:41:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
minimum line height is calculated as RATIO * height of named FACE.
|
|
|
|
|
RATIO is int or float. If FACE is t, it specifies the current face.
|
2004-04-26 22:22:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-01-05 16:36:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
If the line-height property value is a cons (nil . RATIO), the line
|
|
|
|
|
height is calculated as RATIO * actual height of the line's contents.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the line-height value is a cons (HEIGHT . TOTAL), HEIGHT specifies
|
|
|
|
|
the line height as described above, while TOTAL is any of the forms
|
|
|
|
|
described above and specifies the total height of the line, causing a
|
|
|
|
|
varying number of pixels to be inserted after the line to make it line
|
|
|
|
|
exactly that many pixels high.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-04-29 22:41:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
If the line-spacing property value is an positive integer, the value
|
|
|
|
|
is used as additional pixels to insert after the display line; this
|
|
|
|
|
overrides the default frame line-spacing and any buffer local value of
|
|
|
|
|
the line-spacing variable.
|
2004-04-26 22:22:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-04-29 22:41:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
If the line-spacing property may be a float or cons, the line spacing
|
|
|
|
|
is calculated as specified above for the line-height property.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The buffer local line-spacing variable may now have a float value,
|
|
|
|
|
which is used as a height relative to the default frame line height.
|
2004-04-20 22:44:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-09-22 23:12:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2004-03-19 22:26:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Enhancements to stretch display properties
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The display property stretch specification form `(space PROPS)', where
|
|
|
|
|
PROPS is a property list now allows pixel based width and height
|
2004-03-20 15:05:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
specifications, as well as enhanced horizontal text alignment.
|
2004-03-19 22:26:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The value of these properties can now be a (primitive) expression
|
|
|
|
|
which is evaluated during redisplay. The following expressions
|
|
|
|
|
are supported:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXPR ::= NUM | (NUM) | UNIT | ELEM | POS | IMAGE | FORM
|
|
|
|
|
NUM ::= INTEGER | FLOAT | SYMBOL
|
|
|
|
|
UNIT ::= in | mm | cm | width | height
|
|
|
|
|
ELEM ::= left-fringe | right-fringe | left-margin | right-margin
|
|
|
|
|
| scroll-bar | text
|
|
|
|
|
POS ::= left | center | right
|
|
|
|
|
FORM ::= (NUM . EXPR) | (OP EXPR ...)
|
|
|
|
|
OP ::= + | -
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The form `NUM' specifies a fractional width or height of the default
|
|
|
|
|
frame font size. The form `(NUM)' specifies an absolute number of
|
|
|
|
|
pixels. If a symbol is specified, its buffer-local variable binding
|
|
|
|
|
is used. The `in', `mm', and `cm' units specifies the number of
|
|
|
|
|
pixels per inch, milli-meter, and centi-meter, resp. The `width' and
|
|
|
|
|
`height' units correspond to the width and height of the current face
|
|
|
|
|
font. An image specification corresponds to the width or height of
|
|
|
|
|
the image.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The `left-fringe', `right-fringe', `left-margin', `right-margin',
|
|
|
|
|
`scroll-bar', and `text' elements specify to the width of the
|
2004-03-20 15:05:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
corresponding area of the window.
|
2004-03-19 22:26:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The `left', `center', and `right' positions can be used with :align-to
|
|
|
|
|
to specify a position relative to the left edge, center, or right edge
|
|
|
|
|
of the text area. One of the above window elements (except `text')
|
|
|
|
|
can also be used with :align-to to specify that the position is
|
|
|
|
|
relative to the left edge of the given area. Once the base offset for
|
|
|
|
|
a relative position has been set (by the first occurrence of one of
|
|
|
|
|
these symbols), further occurences of these symbols are interpreted as
|
|
|
|
|
the width of the area.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For example, to align to the center of the left-margin, use
|
|
|
|
|
:align-to (+ left-margin (0.5 . left-margin))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If no specific base offset is set for alignment, it is always relative
|
|
|
|
|
to the left edge of the text area. For example, :align-to 0 in a
|
|
|
|
|
header-line aligns with the first text column in the text area.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The value of the form `(NUM . EXPR)' is the value of NUM multiplied by
|
|
|
|
|
the value of the expression EXPR. For example, (2 . in) specifies a
|
|
|
|
|
width of 2 inches, while (0.5 . IMAGE) specifies half the width (or
|
|
|
|
|
height) of the specified image.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The form `(+ EXPR ...)' adds up the value of the expressions.
|
|
|
|
|
The form `(- EXPR ...)' negates or subtracts the value of the expressions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-09-22 23:12:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2004-09-07 21:16:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Normally, the cursor is displayed at the end of any overlay and
|
|
|
|
|
text property string that may be present at the current window
|
|
|
|
|
position. The cursor may now be placed on any character of such
|
|
|
|
|
strings by giving that character a non-nil `cursor' text property.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-03-04 22:56:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New macro with-local-quit temporarily sets inhibit-quit to nil for use
|
|
|
|
|
around potentially blocking or long-running code in timers
|
|
|
|
|
and post-command-hooks.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-12-13 19:46:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The first face specification element in a defface can specify
|
|
|
|
|
`default' instead of frame classification. Then its attributes act as
|
|
|
|
|
defaults that apply to all the subsequent cases (and may be overridden
|
|
|
|
|
by them).
|
2004-12-07 05:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-02-27 17:14:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** New face attribute `min-colors' can be used to tailor the face color
|
|
|
|
|
to the number of colors supported by a display, and define the
|
|
|
|
|
foreground and background colors accordingly so that they look best on
|
|
|
|
|
a terminal that supports at least this many colors. This is now the
|
|
|
|
|
preferred method for defining default faces in a way that makes a good
|
|
|
|
|
use of the capabilities of the display.
|
2004-01-24 17:40:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-09-22 23:12:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** Customizable fringe bitmaps
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-09-29 12:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** New function 'define-fringe-bitmap' can now be used to create new
|
|
|
|
|
fringe bitmaps, as well as change the built-in fringe bitmaps.
|
2004-02-15 18:15:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-09-29 12:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
To change a built-in bitmap, do (require 'fringe) and use the symbol
|
|
|
|
|
identifing the bitmap such as `left-truncation or `continued-line'.
|
2004-02-15 18:15:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-09-22 23:12:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** New function 'destroy-fringe-bitmap' may be used to destroy a
|
2004-02-15 18:15:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
previously created bitmap, or restore a built-in bitmap.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-09-22 23:12:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** New function 'set-fringe-bitmap-face' can now be used to set a
|
2004-02-15 18:15:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
specific face to be used for a specific fringe bitmap. Normally,
|
|
|
|
|
this should be a face derived from the `fringe' face, specifying
|
|
|
|
|
the foreground color as the desired color of the bitmap.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-09-22 23:12:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** There are new display properties, left-fringe and right-fringe,
|
2004-02-15 18:15:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
that can be used to show a specific bitmap in the left or right fringe
|
|
|
|
|
bitmap of the display line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Format is 'display '(left-fringe BITMAP [FACE]), where BITMAP is a
|
2004-09-29 12:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
symbol identifying a fringe bitmap, either built-in or defined with
|
2004-02-15 18:15:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`define-fringe-bitmap', and FACE is an optional face name to be used
|
|
|
|
|
for displaying the bitmap.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-10-05 08:57:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** New function `fringe-bitmaps-at-pos' returns the current fringe
|
|
|
|
|
bitmaps in the display line at a given buffer position.
|
2004-02-15 18:15:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-03-02 11:09:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Multiple overlay arrows can now be defined and managed via the new
|
|
|
|
|
variable `overlay-arrow-variable-list'. It contains a list of
|
|
|
|
|
varibles which contain overlay arrow position markers, including
|
|
|
|
|
the original `overlay-arrow-position' variable.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Each variable on this list may have individual `overlay-arrow-string'
|
|
|
|
|
and `overlay-arrow-bitmap' properties that specify an overlay arrow
|
|
|
|
|
string (for non-window terminals) or fringe bitmap (for window
|
|
|
|
|
systems) to display at the corresponding overlay arrow position.
|
|
|
|
|
If either property is not set, the default `overlay-arrow-string' or
|
|
|
|
|
'overlay-arrow-fringe-bitmap' will be used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-02-07 01:03:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** New function `line-number-at-pos' returns line number of current
|
|
|
|
|
line in current buffer, or if optional buffer position is given, line
|
|
|
|
|
number of corresponding line in current buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-10-09 18:57:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2004-01-27 07:42:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The default value of `sentence-end' is now defined using the new
|
|
|
|
|
variable `sentence-end-without-space' which contains such characters
|
2004-02-01 00:04:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
that end a sentence without following spaces.
|
2004-01-27 07:42:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-10-09 18:57:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2004-04-18 22:23:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The function `sentence-end' should be used to obtain the value of
|
|
|
|
|
the variable `sentence-end'. If the variable `sentence-end' is nil,
|
|
|
|
|
then this function returns the regexp constructed from the variables
|
|
|
|
|
`sentence-end-without-period', `sentence-end-double-space' and
|
|
|
|
|
`sentence-end-without-space'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-01-24 17:40:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** The flags, width, and precision options for %-specifications in function
|
|
|
|
|
`format' are now documented. Some flags that were accepted but not
|
|
|
|
|
implemented (such as "*") are no longer accepted.
|
2001-11-05 00:14:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-04-12 04:44:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New function `macroexpand-all' expands all macros in a form.
|
|
|
|
|
It is similar to the Common-Lisp function of the same name.
|
|
|
|
|
One difference is that it guarantees to return the original argument
|
|
|
|
|
if no expansion is done, which may be tested using `eq'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-01-20 23:09:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2004-01-20 00:08:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New function `delete-dups' destructively removes `equal' duplicates
|
|
|
|
|
from a list. Of several `equal' occurrences of an element in the list,
|
2004-02-17 03:18:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
the first one is kept.
|
2004-01-20 00:08:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-01-16 01:48:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** `declare' is now a macro. This change was made mostly for
|
|
|
|
|
documentation purposes and should have no real effect on Lisp code.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-01-05 18:21:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new hook `before-save-hook' is invoked by `basic-save-buffer'
|
|
|
|
|
before saving buffers. This allows packages to perform various final
|
|
|
|
|
tasks, for example; it can be used by the copyright package to make
|
|
|
|
|
sure saved files have the current year in any copyright headers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-02-21 20:15:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2003-12-29 11:46:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The function `insert-for-yank' now supports strings where the
|
|
|
|
|
`yank-handler' property does not span the first character of the
|
|
|
|
|
string. The old behavior is available if you call
|
|
|
|
|
`insert-for-yank-1' instead.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-12-01 02:29:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New function `get-char-property-and-overlay' accepts the same
|
|
|
|
|
arguments as `get-char-property' and returns a cons whose car is the
|
|
|
|
|
return value of `get-char-property' called with those arguments and
|
|
|
|
|
whose cdr is the overlay in which the property was found, or nil if
|
|
|
|
|
it was found as a text property or not found at all.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-09-22 23:12:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++ (lispref)
|
|
|
|
|
??? (man)
|
2003-12-28 00:40:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The mouse pointer shape in void text areas (i.e. after the end of a
|
|
|
|
|
line or below the last line in the buffer) of the text window is now
|
|
|
|
|
controlled by the new variable `void-text-area-pointer'. The default
|
|
|
|
|
is to use the `arrow' (non-text) pointer. Other choices are `text'
|
|
|
|
|
(or nil), `hand', `vdrag', `hdrag', `modeline', and `hourglass'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-09-22 23:12:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2003-12-28 00:40:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The mouse pointer shape over an image can now be controlled by the
|
|
|
|
|
:pointer image property.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-09-22 23:12:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2003-12-28 00:40:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The mouse pointer shape over ordinary text or images may now be
|
|
|
|
|
controlled/overriden via the `pointer' text property.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-09-22 23:12:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2003-12-28 00:40:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Images may now have an associated image map via the :map property.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
An image map is an alist where each element has the format (AREA ID PLIST).
|
|
|
|
|
An AREA is specified as either a rectangle, a circle, or a polygon:
|
|
|
|
|
A rectangle is a cons (rect . ((x0 . y0) . (x1 . y1))) specifying the
|
|
|
|
|
pixel coordinates of the upper left and bottom right corners.
|
|
|
|
|
A circle is a cons (circle . ((x0 . y0) . r)) specifying the center
|
|
|
|
|
and the radius of the circle; r may be a float or integer.
|
|
|
|
|
A polygon is a cons (poly . [x0 y0 x1 y1 ...]) where each pair in the
|
|
|
|
|
vector describes one corner in the polygon.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When the mouse pointer is above a hot-spot area of an image, the
|
|
|
|
|
PLIST of that hot-spot is consulted; if it contains a `help-echo'
|
|
|
|
|
property it defines a tool-tip for the hot-spot, and if it contains
|
|
|
|
|
a `pointer' property, it defines the shape of the mouse cursor when
|
|
|
|
|
it is over the hot-spot. See the variable 'void-area-text-pointer'
|
|
|
|
|
for possible pointer shapes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When you click the mouse when the mouse pointer is over a hot-spot,
|
|
|
|
|
an event is composed by combining the ID of the hot-spot with the
|
|
|
|
|
mouse event, e.g. [area4 mouse-1] if the hot-spot's ID is `area4'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-11-23 22:56:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Mouse event enhancements:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Mouse clicks on fringes now generates left-fringe or right-fringes
|
|
|
|
|
events, rather than a text area click event.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-01-06 23:49:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** Mouse clicks in the left and right marginal areas now includes a
|
|
|
|
|
sensible buffer position corresponding to the first character in the
|
|
|
|
|
corresponding text row.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Function `mouse-set-point' now works for events outside text area.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-11-23 22:56:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
*** Mouse events now includes buffer position for all event types.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
*** `posn-point' now returns buffer position for non-text area events.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2003-12-01 13:06:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** New function `posn-area' returns window area clicked on (nil means
|
2003-11-23 22:56:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
text area).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
*** Mouse events include actual glyph column and row for all event types.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
*** New function `posn-actual-col-row' returns actual glyph coordinates.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-11-27 21:59:16 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
*** Mouse events may now include image object in addition to string object.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
*** Mouse events include relative x and y pixel coordinates relative to
|
2003-12-01 02:29:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
the top left corner of the object (image or character) clicked on.
|
2003-11-27 21:59:16 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-01-06 23:49:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
*** Mouse events include the pixel width and height of the object
|
|
|
|
|
(image or character) clicked on.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
*** New functions 'posn-object', 'posn-object-x-y', and
|
|
|
|
|
'posn-object-width-height' return the image or string object of a mouse
|
|
|
|
|
click, the x and y pixel coordinates relative to the top left corner
|
|
|
|
|
of that object, and the total width and height of that object.
|
2003-11-27 21:59:16 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2003-11-23 22:56:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New function `force-window-update' can initiate a full redisplay of
|
|
|
|
|
one or all windows. Normally, this is not needed as changes in window
|
|
|
|
|
contents are detected automatically. However, certain implicit
|
|
|
|
|
changes to mode lines, header lines, or display properties may require
|
|
|
|
|
forcing an explicit window update.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** New function `redirect-debugging-output' can be used to redirect
|
|
|
|
|
debugging output on the stderr file handle to a file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-11-14 23:14:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** `split-string' now includes null substrings in the returned list if
|
|
|
|
|
the optional argument SEPARATORS is non-nil and there are matches for
|
|
|
|
|
SEPARATORS at the beginning or end of the string. If SEPARATORS is
|
|
|
|
|
nil, or if the new optional third argument OMIT-NULLS is non-nil, all
|
|
|
|
|
empty matches are omitted from the returned list.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-11-09 03:38:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** `makehash' is now obsolete. Use `make-hash-table' instead.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-11-05 05:11:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** If optional third argument APPEND to `add-to-list' is non-nil, a
|
|
|
|
|
new element gets added at the end of the list instead of at the
|
|
|
|
|
beginning. This change actually occurred in Emacs-21.1, but was not
|
|
|
|
|
documented.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-09-06 17:57:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Major modes can define `eldoc-print-current-symbol-info-function'
|
|
|
|
|
locally to provide Eldoc functionality by some method appropriate to
|
|
|
|
|
the language.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-12-01 02:29:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2003-09-01 18:51:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New coding system property `mime-text-unsuitable' indicates that
|
|
|
|
|
the coding system's `mime-charset' is not suitable for MIME text
|
|
|
|
|
parts, e.g. utf-16.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-09-12 00:44:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2003-08-17 00:27:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The argument to forward-word, backward-word, forward-to-indentation
|
|
|
|
|
and backward-to-indentation is now optional, and defaults to 1.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-09-12 00:44:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** (char-displayable-p CHAR) returns non-nil if Emacs ought to be able
|
|
|
|
|
to display CHAR. More precisely, if the selected frame's fontset has
|
|
|
|
|
a font to display the character set that CHAR belongs to.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fontsets can specify a font on a per-character basis; when the fontset
|
|
|
|
|
does that, this value may not be accurate.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2003-07-07 21:06:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new function `window-inside-edges' returns the edges of the
|
|
|
|
|
actual text portion of the window, not including the scroll bar or
|
|
|
|
|
divider line, the fringes, the display margins, the header line and
|
|
|
|
|
the mode line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2003-07-07 21:06:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new functions `window-pixel-edges' and `window-inside-pixel-edges'
|
|
|
|
|
return window edges in units of pixels, rather than columns and lines.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2003-06-05 23:35:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The kill-buffer-hook is now permanent-local.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** `select-window' takes an optional second argument `norecord', like
|
|
|
|
|
`switch-to-buffer'.
|
2003-05-18 19:34:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** The new macro `with-selected-window' temporarily switches the
|
|
|
|
|
selected window without impacting the order of buffer-list.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** The `keymap' property now also works at the ends of overlays and
|
|
|
|
|
text-properties, according to their stickiness. This also means that it
|
|
|
|
|
works with empty overlays. The same hold for the `local-map' property.
|
2003-05-18 19:34:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2003-05-13 20:15:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** (map-keymap FUNCTION KEYMAP) applies the function to each binding
|
|
|
|
|
in the keymap.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2003-05-13 20:15:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** VC changes for backends:
|
|
|
|
|
*** (vc-switches BACKEND OPERATION) is a new function for use by backends.
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new `find-version' backend function replaces the `destfile'
|
|
|
|
|
parameter of the `checkout' backend function.
|
|
|
|
|
Old code still works thanks to a default `find-version' behavior that
|
|
|
|
|
uses the old `destfile' parameter.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2003-07-07 21:06:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new macro dynamic-completion-table supports using functions
|
|
|
|
|
as a dynamic completion table.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(dynamic-completion-table FUN)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FUN is called with one argument, the string for which completion is required,
|
|
|
|
|
and it should return an alist containing all the intended possible
|
|
|
|
|
completions. This alist may be a full list of possible completions so that FUN
|
|
|
|
|
can ignore the value of its argument. If completion is performed in the
|
|
|
|
|
minibuffer, FUN will be called in the buffer from which the minibuffer was
|
|
|
|
|
entered. dynamic-completion-table then computes the completion.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2003-07-07 21:06:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new macro lazy-completion-table initializes a variable
|
|
|
|
|
as a lazy completion table.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(lazy-completion-table VAR FUN &rest ARGS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the completion table VAR is used for the first time (e.g., by passing VAR
|
|
|
|
|
as an argument to `try-completion'), the function FUN is called with arguments
|
|
|
|
|
ARGS. FUN must return the completion table that will be stored in VAR. If
|
|
|
|
|
completion is requested in the minibuffer, FUN will be called in the buffer
|
|
|
|
|
from which the minibuffer was entered. The return value of
|
|
|
|
|
`lazy-completion-table' must be used to initialize the value of VAR.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2003-04-16 05:10:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** `minor-mode-list' now holds a list of minor mode commands.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-21 09:58:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** The new function `modify-all-frames-parameters' modifies parameters
|
2003-04-16 05:10:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
for all (existing and future) frames.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2003-04-16 05:10:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** `sit-for' can now be called with args (SECONDS &optional NODISP).
|
2003-04-14 16:31:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2003-04-14 16:31:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New standard font-lock face `font-lock-preprocessor-face'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2003-04-14 16:31:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The macro `with-syntax-table' does not copy the table any more.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-21 09:58:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2003-04-11 07:45:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The variable `face-font-rescale-alist' specifies how much larger
|
|
|
|
|
(or smaller) font we should use. For instance, if the value is
|
2003-04-11 08:40:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
'((SOME-FONTNAME-PATTERN . 1.3)) and a face requests a font of 10
|
2003-04-11 07:45:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
point, we actually use a font of 13 point if the font matches
|
|
|
|
|
SOME-FONTNAME-PATTERN.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-21 09:58:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2003-04-06 20:42:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The function `number-sequence' returns a list of equally-separated
|
|
|
|
|
numbers. For instance, (number-sequence 4 9) returns (4 5 6 7 8 9).
|
|
|
|
|
By default, the separation is 1, but you can specify a different separation
|
|
|
|
|
as the third argument. (number-sequence 1.5 6 2) returns (1.5 3.5 5.5).
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-21 09:58:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2003-06-17 21:11:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** `file-chase-links' now takes an optional second argument LIMIT which
|
2003-04-09 01:41:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
specifies the maximum number of links to chase through. If after that
|
|
|
|
|
many iterations the file name obtained is still a symbolic link,
|
|
|
|
|
`file-chase-links' returns it anyway.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-21 09:58:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2003-02-20 12:49:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** `set-fontset-font', `fontset-info', `fontset-font' now operate on
|
|
|
|
|
the default fontset if the argument NAME is nil..
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-21 09:58:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2003-03-07 09:05:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The escape sequence \s is now interpreted as a SPACE character,
|
2003-02-13 13:15:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
unless it is followed by a `-' in a character constant (e.g. ?\s-A),
|
|
|
|
|
in which case it is still interpreted as the super modifier.
|
|
|
|
|
In strings, \s is always interpreted as a space.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-21 09:58:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2003-02-10 08:24:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New function `set-process-filter-multibyte' sets the multibyteness
|
|
|
|
|
of a string given to a process's filter.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-21 09:58:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2003-02-10 08:24:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New function `process-filter-multibyte-p' returns t if
|
|
|
|
|
a string given to a process's filter is multibyte.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-21 09:58:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2003-02-10 08:24:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** A filter function of a process is called with a multibyte string if
|
|
|
|
|
the filter's multibyteness is t. That multibyteness is decided by the
|
|
|
|
|
value of `default-enable-multibyte-characters' when the process is
|
|
|
|
|
created and can be changed later by `set-process-filter-multibyte'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-21 09:58:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2003-02-10 08:24:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** If a process's coding system is raw-text or no-conversion and its
|
|
|
|
|
buffer is multibyte, the output of the process is at first converted
|
|
|
|
|
to multibyte by `string-to-multibyte' then inserted in the buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
Previously, it was converted to multibyte by `string-as-multibyte',
|
|
|
|
|
which was not compatible with the behaviour of file reading.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-21 09:58:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2003-02-09 08:38:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New function `string-to-multibyte' converts a unibyte string to a
|
|
|
|
|
multibyte string with the same individual character codes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-21 09:58:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2003-01-30 14:27:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New variables `gc-elapsed' and `gcs-done' provide extra information
|
|
|
|
|
on garbage collection.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-21 09:58:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2003-02-09 08:38:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New function `decode-coding-inserted-region' decodes a region as if
|
|
|
|
|
it is read from a file without decoding.
|
2003-01-22 02:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-21 09:58:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** New function `locale-info' accesses locale information.
|
2003-01-23 23:34:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-21 09:58:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-12-23 18:42:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** `save-selected-window' now saves and restores the selected window
|
|
|
|
|
of every frame. This way, it restores everything that can be changed
|
|
|
|
|
by calling `select-window'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-21 09:58:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2002-12-23 18:42:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** `easy-menu-define' now allows you to use nil for the symbol name
|
|
|
|
|
if you don't need to give the menu a name. If you install the menu
|
|
|
|
|
into other keymaps right away (MAPS is non-nil), it usually doesn't
|
|
|
|
|
need to have a name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-12-15 16:52:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Byte compiler changes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-21 09:58:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2002-12-15 16:52:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** `(featurep 'xemacs)' is treated by the compiler as nil. This
|
|
|
|
|
helps to avoid noisy compiler warnings in code meant to run under both
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs and XEmacs and may sometimes make the result significantly more
|
|
|
|
|
efficient. Since byte code from recent versions of XEmacs won't
|
|
|
|
|
generally run in Emacs and vice versa, this optimization doesn't lose
|
|
|
|
|
you anything.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-21 09:58:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-12-15 16:52:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** You can avoid warnings for possibly-undefined symbols with a
|
|
|
|
|
simple convention that the compiler understands. (This is mostly
|
|
|
|
|
useful in code meant to be portable to different Emacs versions.)
|
|
|
|
|
Write forms like the following, or code that macroexpands into such
|
|
|
|
|
forms:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(if (fboundp 'foo) <then> <else>)
|
|
|
|
|
(if (boundp 'foo) <then> <else)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In the first case, using `foo' as a function inside the <then> form
|
|
|
|
|
won't produce a warning if it's not defined as a function, and in the
|
|
|
|
|
second case, using `foo' as a variable won't produce a warning if it's
|
|
|
|
|
unbound. The test must be in exactly one of the above forms (after
|
|
|
|
|
macro expansion), but such tests may be nested. Note that `when' and
|
|
|
|
|
`unless' expand to `if', but `cond' doesn't.
|
2003-01-31 15:24:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-21 09:58:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new macro `with-no-warnings' suppresses all compiler warnings
|
|
|
|
|
inside its body. In terms of execution, it is equivalent to `progn'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** The new translation table `translation-table-for-input'
|
|
|
|
|
is used for customizing self-insertion. The character to
|
|
|
|
|
be inserted is translated through it.
|
2002-12-09 18:12:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-12-07 21:41:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** `load-history' can now have elements of the form (t . FUNNAME),
|
2002-12-09 18:12:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
which means FUNNAME was previously defined as an autoload (before the
|
2002-12-07 21:41:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
current file redefined it).
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-12-27 17:08:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** `load-history' now records (defun . FUNNAME) when a function is
|
|
|
|
|
defined. For a variable, it records just the variable name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-21 09:58:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-10-27 16:26:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New Lisp library testcover.el works with edebug to help you determine
|
|
|
|
|
whether you've tested all your Lisp code. Function testcover-start
|
|
|
|
|
instruments all functions in a given file. Then test your code. Function
|
|
|
|
|
testcover-mark-all adds overlay "splotches" to the Lisp file's buffer to
|
|
|
|
|
show where coverage is lacking. Command testcover-next-mark (bind it to
|
|
|
|
|
a key!) will move point forward to the next spot that has a splotch.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Normally, a red splotch indicates the form was never completely evaluated;
|
|
|
|
|
a brown splotch means it always evaluated to the same value. The red
|
|
|
|
|
splotches are skipped for forms that can't possibly complete their evaluation,
|
|
|
|
|
such as `error'. The brown splotches are skipped for forms that are expected
|
|
|
|
|
to always evaluate to the same value, such as (setq x 14).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** For difficult cases, you can add do-nothing macros to your code to help
|
2003-11-30 07:33:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
out the test coverage tool. The macro `noreturn' suppresses a red splotch.
|
|
|
|
|
It is an error if the argument to `noreturn' does return. The macro 1value
|
|
|
|
|
suppresses a brown splotch for its argument. This macro is a no-op except
|
|
|
|
|
during test-coverage -- then it signals an error if the argument actually
|
|
|
|
|
returns differing values.
|
2002-10-27 16:26:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-10-29 05:26:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-10-27 16:26:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New function unsafep returns nil if the given Lisp form can't possibly
|
|
|
|
|
do anything dangerous; otherwise it returns a reason why the form might be
|
|
|
|
|
unsafe (calls dangerous function, alters global variable, etc).
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-21 09:58:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** The new variable `print-continuous-numbering', when non-nil, says
|
|
|
|
|
that successive calls to print functions should use the same
|
|
|
|
|
numberings for circular structure references. This is only relevant
|
|
|
|
|
when `print-circle' is non-nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When you bind `print-continuous-numbering' to t, you should
|
|
|
|
|
also bind `print-number-table' to nil.
|
2002-09-18 16:14:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-21 09:58:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-09-12 03:30:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** When using non-toolkit scroll bars with the default width,
|
|
|
|
|
the scroll-bar-width frame parameter value is nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-21 09:58:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-09-12 03:30:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new function copy-abbrev-table returns a new abbrev table that
|
|
|
|
|
is a copy of a given abbrev table.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-09-09 19:17:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-08-27 18:49:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The option --script FILE runs Emacs in batch mode and loads FILE.
|
|
|
|
|
It is useful for writing Emacs Lisp shell script files, because they
|
2002-09-09 19:17:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
can start with this line:
|
2002-08-27 18:49:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#!/usr/bin/emacs --script
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-09-08 12:53:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The option --directory DIR now modifies `load-path' immediately.
|
|
|
|
|
Directories are added to the front of `load-path' in the order they
|
|
|
|
|
appear on the command line. For example, with this command line:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
emacs -batch -L .. -L /tmp --eval "(require 'foo)"
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs looks for library `foo' in the parent directory, then in /tmp, then
|
|
|
|
|
in the other directories in `load-path'. (-L is short for --directory.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-21 09:58:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-08-19 21:47:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** A function's docstring can now hold the function's usage info on
|
|
|
|
|
its last line. It should match the regexp "\n\n(fn.*)\\'".
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-21 09:58:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2002-07-24 23:01:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New CCL functions `lookup-character' and `lookup-integer' access
|
|
|
|
|
hash tables defined by the Lisp function `define-translation-hash-table'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-21 09:58:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-09-26 10:17:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new function `minibufferp' returns non-nil if its optional buffer
|
|
|
|
|
argument is a minibuffer. If the argument is omitted it defaults to
|
|
|
|
|
the current buffer.
|
2002-08-13 22:55:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2003-08-06 01:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-07-20 22:16:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** There is a new Warnings facility; see the functions `warn'
|
|
|
|
|
and `display-warning'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-21 09:58:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-07-07 21:28:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The functions all-completions and try-completion now accept lists
|
|
|
|
|
of strings as well as hash-tables additionally to alists, obarrays
|
|
|
|
|
and functions. Furthermore, the function `test-completion' is now
|
|
|
|
|
exported to Lisp.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-21 09:58:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2002-06-24 09:42:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** When pure storage overflows while dumping, Emacs now prints how
|
|
|
|
|
much pure storage it will approximately need.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-21 09:58:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-07-07 18:30:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new variable `auto-coding-functions' lets you specify functions
|
|
|
|
|
to examine a file being visited and deduce the proper coding system
|
|
|
|
|
for it. (If the coding system is detected incorrectly for a specific
|
|
|
|
|
file, you can put a `coding:' tags to override it.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-21 09:58:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2002-08-02 18:03:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new function `merge-coding-systems' fills in unspecified aspects
|
|
|
|
|
of one coding system from another coding system.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-04-05 22:03:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-07-07 18:30:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The variable `safe-local-eval-forms' specifies a list of forms that
|
|
|
|
|
are ok to evaluate when they appear in an `eval' local variables
|
|
|
|
|
specification. Normally Emacs asks for confirmation before evaluating
|
|
|
|
|
such a form, but if the form appears in this list, no confirmation is
|
|
|
|
|
needed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-08-06 01:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2002-07-07 18:30:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** If a function has a non-nil `safe-local-eval-function' property,
|
|
|
|
|
that means it is ok to evaluate some calls to that function when it
|
|
|
|
|
appears in an `eval' local variables specification. If the property
|
|
|
|
|
is t, then any form calling that function with constant arguments is
|
|
|
|
|
ok. If the property is a function or list of functions, they are called
|
|
|
|
|
with the form as argument, and if any returns t, the form is ok to call.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the form is not "ok to call", that means Emacs asks for
|
|
|
|
|
confirmation as before.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-08-06 01:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2003-05-24 23:54:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Controlling the default left and right fringe widths.
|
2002-07-07 18:30:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2003-05-24 23:54:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
The default left and right fringe widths for all windows of a frame
|
|
|
|
|
can now be controlled by setting the `left-fringe' and `right-fringe'
|
|
|
|
|
frame parameters to an integer value specifying the width in pixels.
|
|
|
|
|
Setting the width to 0 effectively removes the corresponding fringe.
|
2002-07-07 18:30:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2003-05-24 23:54:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
The actual default fringe widths for the frame may deviate from the
|
|
|
|
|
specified widths, since the combined fringe widths must match an
|
|
|
|
|
integral number of columns. The extra width is distributed evenly
|
|
|
|
|
between the left and right fringe. For force a specific fringe width,
|
|
|
|
|
specify the width as a negative integer (if both widths are negative,
|
|
|
|
|
only the left fringe gets the specified width).
|
2002-07-07 18:30:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Setting the width to nil (the default), restores the default fringe
|
|
|
|
|
width which is the minimum number of pixels necessary to display any
|
|
|
|
|
of the currently defined fringe bitmaps. The width of the built-in
|
|
|
|
|
fringe bitmaps is 8 pixels.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-08-06 01:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2003-05-24 23:54:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Per-window fringes settings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Windows can now have their own individual fringe widths and position
|
|
|
|
|
settings.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To control the fringe widths of a window, either set the buffer-local
|
|
|
|
|
variables `left-fringe-width', `right-fringe-width', or call
|
|
|
|
|
`set-window-fringes'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To control the fringe position in a window, that is, whether fringes
|
|
|
|
|
are positioned between the display margins and the window's text area,
|
|
|
|
|
or at the edges of the window, either set the buffer-local variable
|
|
|
|
|
`fringes-outside-margins' or call `set-window-fringes'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The function `window-fringes' can be used to obtain the current
|
|
|
|
|
settings. To make `left-fringe-width', `right-fringe-width', and
|
|
|
|
|
`fringes-outside-margins' take effect, you must set them before
|
|
|
|
|
displaying the buffer in a window, or use `set-window-buffer' to force
|
|
|
|
|
an update of the display margins.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-09-12 00:44:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2003-05-24 23:54:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Per-window vertical scroll-bar settings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Windows can now have their own individual scroll-bar settings
|
|
|
|
|
controlling the width and position of scroll-bars.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To control the scroll-bar of a window, either set the buffer-local
|
|
|
|
|
variables `scroll-bar-mode' and `scroll-bar-width', or call
|
|
|
|
|
`set-window-scroll-bars'. The function `window-scroll-bars' can be
|
|
|
|
|
used to obtain the current settings. To make `scroll-bar-mode' and
|
|
|
|
|
`scroll-bar-width' take effect, you must set them before displaying
|
|
|
|
|
the buffer in a window, or use `set-window-buffer' to force an update
|
|
|
|
|
of the display margins.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-08-06 01:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2003-05-24 23:54:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The function `set-window-buffer' now has an optional third argument
|
|
|
|
|
KEEP-MARGINS which will preserve the window's current margin, fringe,
|
|
|
|
|
and scroll-bar settings if non-nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-06-23 22:15:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2004-10-28 23:35:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Renamed hooks to better follow the naming convention:
|
2002-06-23 21:43:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
find-file-hooks to find-file-hook,
|
|
|
|
|
find-file-not-found-hooks to find-file-not-found-functions,
|
|
|
|
|
write-file-hooks to write-file-functions,
|
2004-10-28 23:35:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
write-contents-hooks to write-contents-functions,
|
|
|
|
|
x-lost-selection-hooks to x-lost-selection-functions,
|
|
|
|
|
x-sent-selection-hooks to x-sent-selection-functions.
|
2002-06-23 21:43:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Marked local-write-file-hooks as obsolete (use the LOCAL arg of `add-hook').
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-08-06 01:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2003-01-31 15:24:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new variable `delete-frame-functions' replaces `delete-frame-hook'.
|
2002-10-03 00:52:39 +00:00
|
|
|
|
It was renamed to follow the naming conventions for abnormal hooks. The old
|
|
|
|
|
name remains available as an alias, but has been marked obsolete.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-08-06 01:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-05-27 22:14:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The `read-file-name' function now takes an additional argument which
|
|
|
|
|
specifies a predicate which the file name read must satify. The
|
|
|
|
|
new variable `read-file-name-predicate' contains the predicate argument
|
|
|
|
|
while reading the file name from the minibuffer; the predicate in this
|
|
|
|
|
variable is used by read-file-name-internal to filter the completion list.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-08-06 01:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2002-05-27 22:14:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new variable `read-file-name-function' can be used by lisp code
|
|
|
|
|
to override the internal read-file-name function.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-07-06 18:49:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new variable `read-file-name-completion-ignore-case' specifies
|
|
|
|
|
whether completion ignores case when reading a file name with the
|
|
|
|
|
`read-file-name' function.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-08-06 01:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-06-11 22:33:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new function `read-directory-name' can be used instead of
|
|
|
|
|
`read-file-name' to read a directory name; when used, completion
|
|
|
|
|
will only show directories.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-08-06 01:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-07-07 10:52:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new function `file-remote-p' tests a file name and returns
|
|
|
|
|
non-nil if it specifies a remote file (one that Emacs accesses using
|
|
|
|
|
its own special methods and not directly through the file system).
|
2004-11-25 03:22:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
The value in that case is an identifier for the remote file system.
|
2002-07-07 10:52:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2003-08-06 01:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2002-07-07 10:52:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** When a Lisp file uses CL functions at run-time, compiling the file
|
|
|
|
|
now issues warnings about these calls, unless the file performs
|
|
|
|
|
(require 'cl) when loaded.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-08-06 01:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-03-24 20:03:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The `defmacro' form may contain declarations specifying how to
|
|
|
|
|
indent the macro in Lisp mode and how to debug it with Edebug. The
|
|
|
|
|
syntax of defmacro has been extended to
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(defmacro NAME LAMBDA-LIST [DOC-STRING] [DECLARATION ...] ...)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DECLARATION is a list `(declare DECLARATION-SPECIFIER ...)'. The
|
|
|
|
|
declaration specifiers supported are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(indent INDENT)
|
|
|
|
|
Set NAME's `lisp-indent-function' property to INDENT.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(edebug DEBUG)
|
|
|
|
|
Set NAME's `edebug-form-spec' property to DEBUG. (This is
|
|
|
|
|
equivalent to writing a `def-edebug-spec' for the macro.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-08-17 00:27:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-02-06 23:08:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Interactive commands can be remapped through keymaps.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is an alternative to using defadvice or substitute-key-definition
|
2002-08-21 00:18:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
to modify the behavior of a key binding using the normal keymap
|
2002-02-06 23:08:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
binding and lookup functionality.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When a key sequence is bound to a command, and that command is
|
|
|
|
|
remapped to another command, that command is run instead of the
|
|
|
|
|
original command.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
|
Suppose that minor mode my-mode has defined the commands
|
|
|
|
|
my-kill-line and my-kill-word, and it wants C-k (and any other key
|
|
|
|
|
bound to kill-line) to run the command my-kill-line instead of
|
|
|
|
|
kill-line, and likewise it wants to run my-kill-word instead of
|
|
|
|
|
kill-word.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instead of rebinding C-k and the other keys in the minor mode map,
|
|
|
|
|
command remapping allows you to directly map kill-line into
|
|
|
|
|
my-kill-line and kill-word into my-kill-word through the minor mode
|
|
|
|
|
map using define-key:
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-23 23:42:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(define-key my-mode-map [remap kill-line] 'my-kill-line)
|
|
|
|
|
(define-key my-mode-map [remap kill-word] 'my-kill-word)
|
2002-02-06 23:08:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Now, when my-mode is enabled, and the user enters C-k or M-d,
|
|
|
|
|
the commands my-kill-line and my-kill-word are run.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notice that only one level of remapping is supported. In the above
|
|
|
|
|
example, this means that if my-kill-line is remapped to other-kill,
|
|
|
|
|
then C-k still runs my-kill-line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following changes have been made to provide command remapping:
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-23 23:42:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
- Command remappings are defined using `define-key' with a prefix-key
|
|
|
|
|
`remap', i.e. `(define-key MAP [remap CMD] DEF)' remaps command CMD
|
|
|
|
|
to definition DEF in keymap MAP. The definition is not limited to
|
|
|
|
|
another command; it can be anything accepted for a normal binding.
|
2002-02-06 23:08:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2003-02-12 23:16:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
- The new function `command-remapping' returns the binding for a
|
|
|
|
|
remapped command in the current keymaps, or nil if not remapped.
|
2002-02-06 23:08:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- key-binding now remaps interactive commands unless the optional
|
2002-02-23 23:42:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
third argument NO-REMAP is non-nil.
|
2002-02-06 23:08:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- where-is-internal now returns nil for a remapped command (e.g.
|
|
|
|
|
kill-line if my-mode is enabled), and the actual key binding for
|
|
|
|
|
the command it is remapped to (e.g. C-k for my-kill-line).
|
|
|
|
|
It also has a new optional fifth argument, NO-REMAP, which inhibits
|
|
|
|
|
remapping if non-nil (e.g. it returns C-k for kill-line and
|
|
|
|
|
<kill-line> for my-kill-line).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- The new variable `this-original-command' contains the original
|
|
|
|
|
command before remapping. It is equal to `this-command' when the
|
|
|
|
|
command was not remapped.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-08-17 00:27:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-05-10 07:14:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New variable emulation-mode-map-alists.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lisp packages using many minor mode keymaps can now maintain their own
|
|
|
|
|
keymap alist separate from minor-mode-map-alist by adding their keymap
|
|
|
|
|
alist to this list.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-09-12 00:44:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-02-06 15:44:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Atomic change groups.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To perform some changes in the current buffer "atomically" so that
|
|
|
|
|
they either all succeed or are all undone, use `atomic-change-group'
|
|
|
|
|
around the code that makes changes. For instance:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(atomic-change-group
|
|
|
|
|
(insert foo)
|
|
|
|
|
(delete-region x y))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If an error (or other nonlocal exit) occurs inside the body of
|
|
|
|
|
`atomic-change-group', it unmakes all the changes in that buffer that
|
|
|
|
|
were during the execution of the body. The change group has no effect
|
|
|
|
|
on any other buffers--any such changes remain.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you need something more sophisticated, you can directly call the
|
|
|
|
|
lower-level functions that `atomic-change-group' uses. Here is how.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To set up a change group for one buffer, call `prepare-change-group'.
|
|
|
|
|
Specify the buffer as argument; it defaults to the current buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
This function returns a "handle" for the change group. You must save
|
|
|
|
|
the handle to activate the change group and then finish it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Before you change the buffer again, you must activate the change
|
|
|
|
|
group. Pass the handle to `activate-change-group' afterward to
|
|
|
|
|
do this.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
After you make the changes, you must finish the change group. You can
|
|
|
|
|
either accept the changes or cancel them all. Call
|
|
|
|
|
`accept-change-group' to accept the changes in the group as final;
|
|
|
|
|
call `cancel-change-group' to undo them all.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You should use `unwind-protect' to make sure the group is always
|
|
|
|
|
finished. The call to `activate-change-group' should be inside the
|
|
|
|
|
`unwind-protect', in case the user types C-g just after it runs.
|
|
|
|
|
(This is one reason why `prepare-change-group' and
|
|
|
|
|
`activate-change-group' are separate functions.) Once you finish the
|
|
|
|
|
group, don't use the handle again--don't try to finish the same group
|
|
|
|
|
twice.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To make a multibuffer change group, call `prepare-change-group' once
|
|
|
|
|
for each buffer you want to cover, then use `nconc' to combine the
|
|
|
|
|
returned values, like this:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(nconc (prepare-change-group buffer-1)
|
|
|
|
|
(prepare-change-group buffer-2))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can then activate the multibuffer change group with a single call
|
|
|
|
|
to `activate-change-group', and finish it with a single call to
|
|
|
|
|
`accept-change-group' or `cancel-change-group'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nested use of several change groups for the same buffer works as you
|
|
|
|
|
would expect. Non-nested use of change groups for the same buffer
|
|
|
|
|
will lead to undesirable results, so don't let it happen; the first
|
|
|
|
|
change group you start for any given buffer should be the last one
|
|
|
|
|
finished.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-06-08 21:00:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** New variable char-property-alias-alist.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This variable allows you to create alternative names for text
|
|
|
|
|
properties. It works at the same level as `default-text-properties',
|
|
|
|
|
although it applies to overlays as well. This variable was introduced
|
|
|
|
|
to implement the `font-lock-face' property.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-08-17 00:27:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-06-08 21:00:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New special text property `font-lock-face'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This property acts like the `face' property, but it is controlled by
|
|
|
|
|
M-x font-lock-mode. It is not, strictly speaking, a builtin text
|
|
|
|
|
property. Instead, it is implemented inside font-core.el, using the
|
|
|
|
|
new variable `char-property-alias-alist'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-08-17 00:27:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-04-19 00:29:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New function remove-list-of-text-properties.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The new function `remove-list-of-text-properties' is almost the same
|
|
|
|
|
as `remove-text-properties'. The only difference is that it takes
|
|
|
|
|
a list of property names as argument rather than a property list.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-08-17 00:27:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2003-01-19 00:27:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New function insert-for-yank.
|
2002-04-21 17:15:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2003-01-19 00:27:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
This function normally works like `insert' but removes the text
|
|
|
|
|
properties in the `yank-excluded-properties' list. However, if the
|
|
|
|
|
inserted text has a `yank-handler' text property on the first
|
|
|
|
|
character of the string, the insertion of the text may be modified in
|
|
|
|
|
a number of ways. See the description of `yank-handler' below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-08-17 00:27:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2003-01-19 00:27:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New function insert-buffer-substring-as-yank.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function works like `insert-buffer-substring', but removes the
|
|
|
|
|
text properties in the `yank-excluded-properties' list.
|
2002-04-21 17:15:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2003-08-17 00:27:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-04-21 17:15:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New function insert-buffer-substring-no-properties.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-01-19 00:27:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
This function is like insert-buffer-substring, but removes all
|
|
|
|
|
text properties from the inserted substring.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-08-17 00:27:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2003-01-19 00:27:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New `yank-handler' text property may be used to control how
|
|
|
|
|
previously killed text on the kill-ring is reinserted.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-08-17 00:27:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
The value of the yank-handler property must be a list with one to four
|
2003-01-19 00:27:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
elements with the following format:
|
2003-01-27 21:46:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(FUNCTION PARAM NOEXCLUDE UNDO).
|
2003-01-19 00:27:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The `insert-for-yank' function looks for a yank-handler property on
|
|
|
|
|
the first character on its string argument (typically the first
|
|
|
|
|
element on the kill-ring). If a yank-handler property is found,
|
|
|
|
|
the normal behaviour of `insert-for-yank' is modified in various ways:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When FUNCTION is present and non-nil, it is called instead of `insert'
|
|
|
|
|
to insert the string. FUNCTION takes one argument--the object to insert.
|
|
|
|
|
If PARAM is present and non-nil, it replaces STRING as the object
|
|
|
|
|
passed to FUNCTION (or `insert'); for example, if FUNCTION is
|
|
|
|
|
`yank-rectangle', PARAM should be a list of strings to insert as a
|
|
|
|
|
rectangle.
|
|
|
|
|
If NOEXCLUDE is present and non-nil, the normal removal of the
|
|
|
|
|
yank-excluded-properties is not performed; instead FUNCTION is
|
|
|
|
|
responsible for removing those properties. This may be necessary
|
|
|
|
|
if FUNCTION adjusts point before or after inserting the object.
|
|
|
|
|
If UNDO is present and non-nil, it is a function that will be called
|
|
|
|
|
by `yank-pop' to undo the insertion of the current object. It is
|
2003-01-31 15:24:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
called with two arguments, the start and end of the current region.
|
2003-01-19 00:27:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
FUNCTION may set `yank-undo-function' to override the UNDO value.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-08-17 00:27:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The functions kill-new, kill-append, and kill-region now have an
|
|
|
|
|
optional argument to specify the yank-handler text property to put on
|
|
|
|
|
the killed text.
|
2003-01-19 00:27:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function yank-pop will now use a non-nil value of the variable
|
|
|
|
|
`yank-undo-function' (instead of delete-region) to undo the previous
|
|
|
|
|
yank or yank-pop command (or a call to insert-for-yank). The function
|
|
|
|
|
insert-for-yank automatically sets that variable according to the UNDO
|
|
|
|
|
element of the string argument's yank-handler text property if present.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-09-12 00:44:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-06-11 01:50:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New function display-supports-face-attributes-p may be used to test
|
|
|
|
|
whether a given set of face attributes is actually displayable.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A new predicate `supports' has also been added to the `defface' face
|
|
|
|
|
specification language, which can be used to do this test for faces
|
|
|
|
|
defined with defface.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-04 02:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The function face-differs-from-default-p now truly checks whether the
|
|
|
|
|
given face displays differently from the default face or not (previously
|
|
|
|
|
it did only a very cursory check).
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-09-12 00:44:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-07-08 00:02:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** face-attribute, face-foreground, face-background, and face-stipple now
|
|
|
|
|
accept a new optional argument, INHERIT, which controls how face
|
|
|
|
|
inheritance is used when determining the value of a face attribute.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-09-12 00:44:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-07-08 00:02:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New functions face-attribute-relative-p and merge-face-attribute
|
|
|
|
|
help with handling relative face attributes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-07 07:02:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The priority of faces in an :inherit attribute face-list is reversed.
|
|
|
|
|
If a face contains an :inherit attribute with a list of faces, earlier
|
|
|
|
|
faces in the list override later faces in the list; in previous releases
|
|
|
|
|
of Emacs, the order was the opposite. This change was made so that
|
|
|
|
|
:inherit face-lists operate identically to face-lists in text `face'
|
|
|
|
|
properties.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-09-12 00:44:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2003-01-13 11:59:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Enhancements to process support
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Function list-processes now has an optional argument; if non-nil,
|
|
|
|
|
only the processes whose query-on-exit flag is set are listed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New set-process-query-on-exit-flag and process-query-on-exit-flag
|
|
|
|
|
functions. The existing process-kill-without-query function is still
|
|
|
|
|
supported, but new code should use the new functions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Function signal-process now accepts a process object or process
|
|
|
|
|
name in addition to a process id to identify the signalled process.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-01-14 10:18:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** Processes now have an associated property list where programs can
|
2003-01-31 15:24:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
maintain process state and other per-process related information.
|
2003-01-14 10:18:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The new functions process-get and process-put are used to access, add,
|
|
|
|
|
and modify elements on this property list.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The new low-level functions process-plist and set-process-plist are
|
|
|
|
|
used to access and replace the entire property list of a process.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-08-17 22:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** Function accept-process-output now has an optional fourth arg
|
|
|
|
|
`just-this-one'. If non-nil, only output from the specified process
|
|
|
|
|
is handled, suspending output from other processes. If value is an
|
|
|
|
|
integer, also inhibit running timers. This feature is generally not
|
|
|
|
|
recommended, but may be necessary for specific applications, such as
|
|
|
|
|
speech synthesis.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-01-01 23:44:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** Adaptive read buffering of subprocess output.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On some systems, when emacs reads the output from a subprocess, the
|
|
|
|
|
output data is read in very small blocks, potentially resulting in
|
|
|
|
|
very poor performance. This behaviour can be remedied to some extent
|
|
|
|
|
by setting the new variable process-adaptive-read-buffering to a
|
|
|
|
|
non-nil value (the default), as it will automatically delay reading
|
|
|
|
|
from such processes, to allowing them to produce more output before
|
|
|
|
|
emacs tries to read it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-09-12 00:44:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-03-17 20:37:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Enhanced networking support.
|
2002-03-01 00:15:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-03-17 20:37:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** There is a new `make-network-process' function which supports
|
|
|
|
|
opening of stream and datagram connections to a server, as well as
|
|
|
|
|
create a stream or datagram server inside emacs.
|
2002-03-01 00:15:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-03-17 20:37:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
- A server is started using :server t arg.
|
2002-03-21 12:41:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
- Datagram connection is selected using :type 'datagram arg.
|
2002-03-17 20:37:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
- A server can open on a random port using :service t arg.
|
|
|
|
|
- Local sockets are supported using :family 'local arg.
|
|
|
|
|
- Non-blocking connect is supported using :nowait t arg.
|
2003-01-14 10:18:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
- The process' property list may be initialized using :plist PLIST arg;
|
|
|
|
|
a copy of the server process' property list is automatically inherited
|
|
|
|
|
by new client processes created to handle incoming connections.
|
2002-03-01 00:15:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-03-21 12:41:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
To test for the availability of a given feature, use featurep like this:
|
|
|
|
|
(featurep 'make-network-process '(:type datagram))
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-03-17 20:37:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** Original open-network-stream is now emulated using make-network-process.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New function open-network-stream-nowait.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function initiates a non-blocking connect and returns immediately
|
2003-01-10 11:02:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
without waiting for the connection to be established. It takes the
|
|
|
|
|
filter and sentinel functions as arguments; when the non-blocking
|
|
|
|
|
connect completes, the sentinel is called with a status string
|
|
|
|
|
matching "open" or "failed".
|
2002-03-17 20:37:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New function open-network-stream-server.
|
2003-01-10 11:02:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function creates a network server process for a TCP service.
|
|
|
|
|
When a client connects to the specified service, a new subprocess
|
|
|
|
|
is created to handle the new connection, and the sentinel function
|
|
|
|
|
is called for the new process.
|
2002-03-17 20:37:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New functions process-datagram-address and set-process-datagram-address.
|
2003-01-10 11:02:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These functions are used with datagram-based network processes to get
|
|
|
|
|
and set the current address of the remote partner.
|
2002-03-17 20:37:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-10-28 23:38:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** New function format-network-address.
|
2003-01-10 11:02:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function reformats the lisp representation of a network address
|
|
|
|
|
to a printable string. For example, an IP address A.B.C.D and port
|
|
|
|
|
number P is represented as a five element vector [A B C D P], and the
|
|
|
|
|
printable string returned for this vector is "A.B.C.D:P". See the doc
|
|
|
|
|
string for other formatting options.
|
2002-10-28 23:38:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-03-17 20:37:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** By default, the function process-contact still returns (HOST SERVICE)
|
|
|
|
|
for a network process. Using the new optional KEY arg, the complete list
|
|
|
|
|
of network process properties or a specific property can be selected.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Using :local and :remote as the KEY, the address of the local or
|
|
|
|
|
remote end-point is returned. An Inet address is represented as a 5
|
|
|
|
|
element vector, where the first 4 elements contain the IP address and
|
|
|
|
|
the fifth is the port number.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Network processes can now be stopped and restarted with
|
|
|
|
|
`stop-process' and `continue-process'. For a server process, no
|
|
|
|
|
connections are accepted in the stopped state. For a client process,
|
|
|
|
|
no input is received in the stopped state.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-09-13 23:41:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** New function network-interface-list.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function returns a list of network interface names and their
|
|
|
|
|
current network addresses.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-09-20 23:25:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** New function network-interface-info.
|
2003-09-13 23:41:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function returns the network address, hardware address, current
|
|
|
|
|
status, and other information about a specific network interface.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-09-12 00:44:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-06-12 03:39:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New function copy-tree.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-09-12 00:44:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-01-25 02:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New function substring-no-properties.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-09-12 00:44:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-03-02 00:14:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New function minibuffer-selected-window.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-09-12 00:44:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-04-16 14:28:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New function `call-process-shell-command'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-10-24 13:26:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New function `process-file'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is similar to `call-process', but obeys file handlers. The file
|
|
|
|
|
handler is chosen based on default-directory.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-09-12 00:44:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2002-04-29 05:12:58 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The dummy function keys made by easymenu
|
|
|
|
|
are now always lower case. If you specify the
|
|
|
|
|
menu item name "Ada", for instance, it uses `ada'
|
|
|
|
|
as the "key" bound by that key binding.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is relevant only if Lisp code looks for
|
|
|
|
|
the bindings that were made with easymenu.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-08-17 00:27:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-04-29 05:12:58 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The function `commandp' takes an additional optional
|
|
|
|
|
argument. If it is non-nil, then `commandp' checks
|
|
|
|
|
for a function that could be called with `call-interactively',
|
|
|
|
|
and does not return t for keyboard macros.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-09-12 00:44:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2002-04-30 05:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** master-mode.el implements a minor mode for scrolling a slave
|
|
|
|
|
buffer without leaving your current buffer, the master buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
It can be used by sql.el, for example: the SQL buffer is the master
|
|
|
|
|
and its SQLi buffer is the slave. This allows you to scroll the SQLi
|
|
|
|
|
buffer containing the output from the SQL buffer containing the
|
|
|
|
|
commands.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is how to use sql.el and master.el together: the variable
|
|
|
|
|
sql-buffer contains the slave buffer. It is a local variable in the
|
|
|
|
|
SQL buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
|
|
|
|
|
(function (lambda ()
|
|
|
|
|
(master-mode t)
|
|
|
|
|
(master-set-slave sql-buffer))))
|
|
|
|
|
(add-hook 'sql-set-sqli-hook
|
|
|
|
|
(function (lambda ()
|
|
|
|
|
(master-set-slave sql-buffer))))
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-09-12 00:44:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-04-06 22:06:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** File local variables.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A file local variables list cannot specify a string with text
|
|
|
|
|
properties--any specified text properties are discarded.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-01-18 05:45:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** New function window-body-height.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is like window-height but does not count the mode line
|
|
|
|
|
or the header line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-08-17 00:27:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-06-11 22:33:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New function format-mode-line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This returns the mode-line or header-line of the selected (or a
|
2002-06-27 20:44:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
specified) window as a string with or without text properties.
|
2002-06-11 22:33:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-11-15 15:20:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** New function safe-plist-get.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function is like plist-get, but never signals an error for
|
|
|
|
|
a malformed property list.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-08-17 00:27:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-03-26 09:20:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New functions `lax-plist-get' and `lax-plist-put'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These functions are like `plist-get' and `plist-put' except that they
|
|
|
|
|
compare the property name using `equal' rather than `eq'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-08-17 00:27:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-04-01 16:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New function `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-12-07 21:41:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
The `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' must not be used (as previously
|
2002-04-01 16:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
recommended) for making entries in the tool bar for local keymaps.
|
|
|
|
|
Instead, use the function `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu', which lets
|
|
|
|
|
you specify the map to use as an argument.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-19 11:07:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** The function `atan' now accepts an optional second argument.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When called with 2 arguments, as in `(atan Y X)', `atan' returns the
|
|
|
|
|
angle in radians between the vector [X, Y] and the X axis. (This is
|
|
|
|
|
equivalent to the standard C library function `atan2'.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-01-20 23:19:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** You can now make a window as short as one line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A window that is just one line tall does not display either a mode
|
|
|
|
|
line or a header line, even if the variables `mode-line-format' and
|
|
|
|
|
`header-line-format' call for them. A window that is two lines tall
|
|
|
|
|
cannot display both a mode line and a header line at once; if the
|
|
|
|
|
variables call for both, only the mode line actually appears.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-01-14 13:51:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** The new frame parameter `tty-color-mode' specifies the mode to use
|
|
|
|
|
for color support on character terminal frames. Its value can be a
|
|
|
|
|
number of colors to support, or a symbol. See the Emacs Lisp
|
|
|
|
|
Reference manual for more detailed documentation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-09-26 12:53:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** The new mode-line construct `(:propertize ELT PROPS...)' can be
|
|
|
|
|
used to add text properties to mode-line elements.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-09-08 08:06:58 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** The new `%i' and `%I' constructs for `mode-line-format' can be used
|
|
|
|
|
to display the size of the accessible part of the buffer on the mode
|
|
|
|
|
line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-06-24 09:42:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
|
** Indentation of simple and extended loop forms has been added to the
|
|
|
|
|
cl-indent package. The new user options
|
|
|
|
|
`lisp-loop-keyword-indentation', `lisp-loop-forms-indentation', and
|
|
|
|
|
`lisp-simple-loop-indentation' can be used to customize the
|
|
|
|
|
indentation of keywords and forms in loop forms.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
---
|
|
|
|
|
** Indentation of backquoted forms has been made customizable in the
|
|
|
|
|
cl-indent package. See the new user option `lisp-backquote-indentation'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-10-20 23:46:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-01-09 07:39:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Already true in Emacs 21.1, but not emphasized clearly enough:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Multibyte buffers can now faithfully record all 256 character codes
|
|
|
|
|
from 0 to 255. As a result, most of the past reasons to use unibyte
|
|
|
|
|
buffers no longer exist. We only know of three reasons to use them
|
|
|
|
|
now:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. If you prefer to use unibyte text all of the time.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2. For reading files into temporary buffers, when you want to avoid
|
|
|
|
|
the time it takes to convert the format.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3. For binary files where format conversion would be pointless and
|
|
|
|
|
wasteful.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-10-20 23:46:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-01-02 21:55:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** If text has a `keymap' property, that keymap takes precedence
|
|
|
|
|
over minor mode keymaps.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-10-20 23:46:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2001-12-30 03:25:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** A hex escape in a string forces the string to be multibyte.
|
|
|
|
|
An octal escape makes it unibyte.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-10-20 23:46:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2003-04-16 05:10:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** At the end of a command, point moves out from within invisible
|
|
|
|
|
text, in the same way it moves out from within text covered by an
|
|
|
|
|
image or composition property.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-05-13 20:15:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
This makes it generally unnecessary to mark invisible text as intangible.
|
|
|
|
|
This is particularly good because the intangible property often has
|
|
|
|
|
unexpected side-effects since the property applies to everything
|
|
|
|
|
(including `goto-char', ...) whereas this new code is only run after
|
|
|
|
|
post-command-hook and thus does not care about intermediate states.
|
2003-06-17 21:11:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-04-16 15:06:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** field-beginning and field-end now accept an additional optional
|
|
|
|
|
argument, LIMIT.
|
2001-12-28 05:19:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-12-30 20:11:39 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2001-12-30 20:00:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** define-abbrev now accepts an optional argument SYSTEM-FLAG. If
|
|
|
|
|
non-nil, this marks the abbrev as a "system" abbrev, which means that
|
|
|
|
|
it won't be stored in the user's abbrevs file if he saves the abbrevs.
|
|
|
|
|
Major modes that predefine some abbrevs should always specify this
|
|
|
|
|
flag.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2001-12-22 14:18:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Support for Mocklisp has been removed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2001-12-22 14:18:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The function insert-string is now obsolete.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2001-11-26 23:03:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The precedence of file-name-handlers has been changed.
|
|
|
|
|
Instead of blindly choosing the first handler that matches,
|
|
|
|
|
find-file-name-handler now gives precedence to a file-name handler
|
|
|
|
|
that matches near the end of the file name. More specifically, the
|
|
|
|
|
handler whose (match-beginning 0) is the largest is chosen.
|
|
|
|
|
In case of ties, the old "first matched" rule applies.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2001-11-26 22:32:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Dense keymaps now handle inheritance correctly.
|
2001-12-06 16:24:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Previously a dense keymap would hide all of the simple-char key
|
|
|
|
|
bindings of the parent keymap.
|
2001-11-26 22:32:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2001-11-21 01:43:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** jit-lock obeys a new text-property `jit-lock-defer-multiline'.
|
|
|
|
|
If a piece of text with that property gets contextually refontified
|
|
|
|
|
(see jit-lock-defer-contextually), then all of that text will
|
|
|
|
|
be refontified. This is useful when the syntax of a textual element
|
|
|
|
|
depends on text several lines further down (and when font-lock-multiline
|
|
|
|
|
is not appropriate to solve that problem). For example in Perl:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
s{
|
|
|
|
|
foo
|
|
|
|
|
}{
|
|
|
|
|
bar
|
|
|
|
|
}e
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adding/removing the last `e' changes the `bar' from being a piece of
|
|
|
|
|
text to being a piece of code, so you'd put a jit-lock-defer-multiline
|
|
|
|
|
property over the second half of the command to force (deferred)
|
|
|
|
|
refontification of `bar' whenever the `e' is added/removed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2001-11-19 23:04:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** describe-vector now takes a second argument `describer' which is
|
2001-12-19 09:37:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
called to print the entries' values. It defaults to `princ'.
|
2001-11-19 23:04:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-18 05:59:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** defcustom and other custom declarations now use a default group
|
2003-12-01 02:29:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(the last prior group defined in the same file) when no :group was given.
|
2001-11-18 05:59:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2001-11-18 05:59:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** emacsserver now runs pre-command-hook and post-command-hook when
|
|
|
|
|
it receives a request from emacsclient.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2001-11-25 02:42:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The variable `recursive-load-depth-limit' has been deleted.
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs now signals an error if the same file is loaded with more
|
|
|
|
|
than 3 levels of nesting.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2001-11-13 03:14:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** If a major mode function has a non-nil `no-clone-indirect'
|
|
|
|
|
property, `clone-indirect-buffer' signals an error if you use
|
|
|
|
|
it in that buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2001-11-22 11:11:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** In `replace-match', the replacement text no longer inherits
|
2001-11-21 19:42:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
properties from surrounding text.
|
2001-11-13 03:14:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-07-08 17:47:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2004-07-17 12:00:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The list returned by `(match-data t)' now has the buffer as a final
|
|
|
|
|
element, if the last match was on a buffer. `set-match-data'
|
|
|
|
|
accepts such a list for restoring the match state.
|
2004-07-08 17:47:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2001-11-05 00:14:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New function `buffer-local-value'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function returns the buffer-local binding of VARIABLE (a symbol)
|
|
|
|
|
in buffer BUFFER. If VARIABLE does not have a buffer-local binding in
|
|
|
|
|
buffer BUFFER, it returns the default value of VARIABLE instead.
|
2001-10-05 09:13:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2001-10-30 08:51:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New function `text-clone-create'. Text clones are chunks of text
|
|
|
|
|
that are kept identical by transparently propagating changes from one
|
|
|
|
|
clone to the other.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2001-10-30 08:51:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** font-lock can manage arbitrary text-properties beside `face'.
|
|
|
|
|
*** the FACENAME returned in font-lock-keywords can be a list
|
2002-03-01 01:23:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
of the form (face FACE PROP1 VAL1 PROP2 VAL2 ...) so you can set
|
2001-10-30 08:51:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
other properties than `face'.
|
|
|
|
|
*** font-lock-extra-managed-props can be set to make sure those extra
|
|
|
|
|
properties are automatically cleaned up by font-lock.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2002-03-15 14:06:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The special treatment of faces whose names are of the form `fg:COLOR'
|
|
|
|
|
or `bg:COLOR' has been removed. Lisp programs should use the
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`defface' facility for defining faces with specific colors, or use
|
|
|
|
|
the feature of specifying the face attributes :foreground and :background
|
|
|
|
|
directly in the `face' property instead of using a named face.
|
2002-03-15 14:06:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2001-10-30 08:51:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new function `run-mode-hooks' and the new macro `delay-mode-hooks'
|
|
|
|
|
are used by define-derived-mode to make sure the mode hook for the
|
|
|
|
|
parent mode is run at the end of the child mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2003-04-11 19:05:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** define-minor-mode now accepts arbitrary additional keyword arguments
|
|
|
|
|
and simply passes them to defcustom, if applicable.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-09-12 03:30:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** define-derived-mode by default creates a new empty abbrev table.
|
|
|
|
|
It does not copy abbrevs from the parent mode's abbrev table.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-07-07 21:28:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2001-10-30 08:51:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** `provide' and `featurep' now accept an optional second argument
|
|
|
|
|
to test/provide subfeatures. Also `provide' now checks `after-load-alist'
|
2003-06-23 18:36:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
and runs any code associated with the provided feature.
|
2001-10-30 08:51:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-10-22 16:17:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
|
|
|
|
** Functions `file-name-sans-extension' and `file-name-extension' now
|
|
|
|
|
ignore the leading dots in file names, so that file names such as
|
|
|
|
|
`.emacs' are treated as extensionless.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2001-10-11 17:26:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Functions `user-uid' and `user-real-uid' now return floats if the
|
|
|
|
|
user UID doesn't fit in a Lisp integer. Function `user-full-name'
|
|
|
|
|
accepts a float as UID parameter.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2001-10-11 02:08:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** `define-key-after' now accepts keys longer than 1.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2001-10-11 02:08:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The local variable `no-byte-compile' in elisp files is now obeyed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-06-24 09:42:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The Emacs Lisp byte-compiler now displays the actual line and
|
|
|
|
|
character position of errors, where possible. Additionally, the form
|
|
|
|
|
of its warning and error messages have been brought more in line with
|
|
|
|
|
the output of other GNU tools.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2001-10-12 21:21:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New functions `keymap-prompt' and `current-active-maps'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2001-10-12 21:21:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New function `describe-buffer-bindings'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2001-10-12 21:21:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New vars `exec-suffixes' and `load-suffixes' used when
|
|
|
|
|
searching for an executable resp. an elisp file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2002-06-01 21:57:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Variable aliases have been implemented:
|
2001-10-05 09:13:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** defvaralias ALIAS-VAR BASE-VAR [DOCSTRING]
|
2001-10-05 09:13:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-07-16 11:43:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
This function defines the symbol ALIAS-VAR as a variable alias for
|
|
|
|
|
symbol BASE-VAR. This means that retrieving the value of ALIAS-VAR
|
|
|
|
|
returns the value of BASE-VAR, and changing the value of ALIAS-VAR
|
|
|
|
|
changes the value of BASE-VAR.
|
2001-10-05 09:13:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-07-15 15:50:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
DOCSTRING, if present, is the documentation for ALIAS-VAR; else it has
|
|
|
|
|
the same documentation as BASE-VAR.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** indirect-variable VARIABLE
|
2001-10-05 09:13:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function returns the variable at the end of the chain of aliases
|
|
|
|
|
of VARIABLE. If VARIABLE is not a symbol, or if VARIABLE is not
|
|
|
|
|
defined as an alias, the function returns VARIABLE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
It might be noteworthy that variables aliases work for all kinds of
|
|
|
|
|
variables, including buffer-local and frame-local variables.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2001-10-05 09:13:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Functions from `post-gc-hook' are run at the end of garbage
|
|
|
|
|
collection. The hook is run with GC inhibited, so use it with care.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2001-10-05 12:54:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** If the second argument to `copy-file' is the name of a directory,
|
|
|
|
|
the file is copied to that directory instead of signaling an error.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
+++
|
2001-10-07 11:19:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The variables most-positive-fixnum and most-negative-fixnum
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
hold the largest and smallest possible integer values.
|
2001-10-07 11:19:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
---
|
2001-11-21 19:39:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** On MS Windows, locale-coding-system is used to interact with the OS.
|
|
|
|
|
The Windows specific variable w32-system-coding-system, which was
|
|
|
|
|
formerly used for that purpose is now an alias for locale-coding-system.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 16:05:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Functions y-or-n-p, read-char, read-key-sequence and the like, that
|
|
|
|
|
display a prompt but don't use the minibuffer, now display the prompt
|
2002-03-06 17:00:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
using the text properties (esp. the face) of the prompt string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-10-12 15:30:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New function x-send-client-message sends a client message when
|
|
|
|
|
running under X.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-04-27 21:00:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Arguments for remove-overlays are now optional, so that you can remove
|
2004-04-29 22:41:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
all overlays in the buffer by just calling (remove-overlay).
|
2004-04-27 21:00:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-10-11 02:08:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New packages:
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 20:37:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The new package gdb-ui.el provides an enhanced graphical interface to
|
|
|
|
|
GDB. You can interact with GDB through the GUD buffer in the usual way, but
|
|
|
|
|
there are also further buffers which control the execution and describe the
|
|
|
|
|
state of your program. It separates the input/output of your program from
|
2003-10-21 23:08:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
that of GDB and watches expressions in the speedbar. It also uses features of
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs 21 such as the display margin for breakpoints, and the toolbar.
|
2003-07-14 20:37:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Use M-x gdba to start GDB-UI.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-10-11 02:08:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The new package syntax.el provides an efficient way to find the
|
|
|
|
|
current syntactic context (as returned by parse-partial-sexp).
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-07-01 22:17:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The new package bindat.el provides functions to unpack and pack
|
|
|
|
|
binary data structures, such as network packets, to and from Lisp
|
|
|
|
|
data structures.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-21 02:53:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The TCL package tcl-mode.el was replaced by tcl.el.
|
2002-01-13 06:00:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
This was actually done in Emacs-21.1, and was not documented.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-04-16 14:28:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The new package button.el implements simple and fast `clickable buttons'
|
|
|
|
|
in emacs buffers. `buttons' are much lighter-weight than the `widgets'
|
|
|
|
|
implemented by widget.el, and can be used by lisp code that doesn't
|
|
|
|
|
require the full power of widgets. Emacs uses buttons for such things
|
|
|
|
|
as help and apropos buffers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-14 20:37:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Installation changes in Emacs 21.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Support for GNU/Linux on little-endian MIPS and on IBM S390 has
|
|
|
|
|
been added.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Changes in Emacs 21.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The obsolete C mode (c-mode.el) has been removed to avoid problems
|
|
|
|
|
with Custom.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** UTF-16 coding systems are available, encoding the same characters
|
2004-05-08 19:15:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
as mule-utf-8.
|
2003-07-14 20:37:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** There is a new language environment for UTF-8 (set up automatically
|
|
|
|
|
in UTF-8 locales).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Translation tables are available between equivalent characters in
|
|
|
|
|
different Emacs charsets -- for instance `e with acute' coming from the
|
|
|
|
|
Latin-1 and Latin-2 charsets. User options `unify-8859-on-encoding-mode'
|
|
|
|
|
and `unify-8859-on-decoding-mode' respectively turn on translation
|
|
|
|
|
between ISO 8859 character sets (`unification') on encoding
|
|
|
|
|
(e.g. writing a file) and decoding (e.g. reading a file). Note that
|
|
|
|
|
`unify-8859-on-encoding-mode' is useful and safe, but
|
|
|
|
|
`unify-8859-on-decoding-mode' can cause text to change when you read
|
|
|
|
|
it and write it out again without edits, so it is not generally advisable.
|
|
|
|
|
By default `unify-8859-on-encoding-mode' is turned on.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In Emacs running on the X window system, the default value of
|
|
|
|
|
`selection-coding-system' is now `compound-text-with-extensions'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you want the old behavior, set selection-coding-system to
|
|
|
|
|
compound-text, which may be significantly more efficient. Using
|
|
|
|
|
compound-text-with-extensions seems to be necessary only for decoding
|
|
|
|
|
text from applications under XFree86 4.2, whose behaviour is actually
|
|
|
|
|
contrary to the compound text specification.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Installation changes in Emacs 21.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Support for BSD/OS 5.0 has been added.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Support for AIX 5.1 was added.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Changes in Emacs 21.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Emacs now supports compound-text extended segments in X selections.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
X applications can use `extended segments' to encode characters in
|
|
|
|
|
compound text that belong to character sets which are not part of the
|
|
|
|
|
list of approved standard encodings for X, e.g. Big5. To paste
|
|
|
|
|
selections with such characters into Emacs, use the new coding system
|
|
|
|
|
compound-text-with-extensions as the value of selection-coding-system.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The default values of `tooltip-delay' and `tooltip-hide-delay'
|
|
|
|
|
were changed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** On terminals whose erase-char is ^H (Backspace), Emacs
|
|
|
|
|
now uses normal-erase-is-backspace-mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** When the *scratch* buffer is recreated, its mode is set from
|
|
|
|
|
initial-major-mode, which normally is lisp-interaction-mode,
|
|
|
|
|
instead of using default-major-mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new option `Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes' causes Info to behave
|
|
|
|
|
like the stand-alone Info reader (from the GNU Texinfo package) as far
|
|
|
|
|
as motion between nodes and their subnodes is concerned. If it is t
|
|
|
|
|
(the default), Emacs behaves as before when you type SPC in a menu: it
|
|
|
|
|
visits the subnode pointed to by the first menu entry. If this option
|
|
|
|
|
is nil, SPC scrolls to the end of the current node, and only then goes
|
|
|
|
|
to the first menu item, like the stand-alone reader does.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This change was already in Emacs 21.1, but wasn't advertised in the
|
|
|
|
|
NEWS.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Lisp Changes in Emacs 21.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The meanings of scroll-up-aggressively and scroll-down-aggressively
|
|
|
|
|
have been interchanged, so that the former now controls scrolling up,
|
|
|
|
|
and the latter now controls scrolling down.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The variable `compilation-parse-errors-filename-function' can
|
|
|
|
|
be used to transform filenames found in compilation output.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-01-25 20:15:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-12 17:16:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
* Installation Changes in Emacs 21.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-02-11 18:35:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
See the INSTALL file for information on installing extra libraries and
|
|
|
|
|
fonts to take advantage of the new graphical features and extra
|
|
|
|
|
charsets in this release.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-03 20:24:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Support for GNU/Linux on IA64 machines has been added.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-21 14:45:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Support for LynxOS has been added.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-03-16 13:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** There are new configure options associated with the support for
|
2000-06-27 16:06:58 +00:00
|
|
|
|
images and toolkit scrollbars. Use the --help option in `configure'
|
|
|
|
|
to list them.
|
2000-06-16 15:47:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-07-26 11:25:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** You can build a 64-bit Emacs for SPARC/Solaris systems which
|
2000-10-05 22:24:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
support 64-bit executables and also on Irix 6.5. This increases the
|
2000-11-14 14:41:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
maximum buffer size. See etc/MACHINES for instructions. Changes to
|
|
|
|
|
build on other 64-bit systems should be straightforward modulo any
|
|
|
|
|
necessary changes to unexec.
|
2000-08-03 20:24:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** There is a new configure option `--disable-largefile' to omit
|
|
|
|
|
Unix-98-style support for large files if that is available.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** There is a new configure option `--without-xim' that instructs
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs to not use X Input Methods (XIM), if these are available.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** `movemail' defaults to supporting POP. You can turn this off using
|
|
|
|
|
the --without-pop configure option, should that be necessary.
|
2000-10-12 15:43:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-10-25 11:27:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** This version can be built for the Macintosh, but does not implement
|
2000-10-27 17:15:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
all of the new display features described below. The port currently
|
2000-12-05 13:55:16 +00:00
|
|
|
|
lacks unexec, asynchronous processes, and networking support. See the
|
|
|
|
|
"Emacs and the Mac OS" appendix in the Emacs manual, for the
|
|
|
|
|
description of aspects specific to the Mac.
|
2000-10-12 15:43:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Note that the MS-Windows port does not yet implement various of the
|
|
|
|
|
new display features described below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-01-25 20:15:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-03-16 13:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
* Changes in Emacs 21.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-15 12:13:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Emacs has a new redisplay engine.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The new redisplay handles characters of variable width and height.
|
|
|
|
|
Italic text can be used without redisplay problems. Fonts containing
|
|
|
|
|
oversized characters, i.e. characters larger than the logical height
|
|
|
|
|
of a font can be used. Images of various formats can be displayed in
|
|
|
|
|
the text.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Emacs has a new face implementation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The new faces no longer fundamentally use X font names to specify the
|
|
|
|
|
font. Instead, each face has several independent attributes--family,
|
|
|
|
|
height, width, weight and slant--that it may or may not specify.
|
|
|
|
|
These attributes can be merged from various faces, and then together
|
|
|
|
|
specify a font.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Faces are supported on terminals that can display color or fonts.
|
|
|
|
|
These terminal capabilities are auto-detected. Details can be found
|
|
|
|
|
under Lisp changes, below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Emacs can display faces on TTY frames.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs automatically detects terminals that are able to display colors.
|
|
|
|
|
Faces with a weight greater than normal are displayed extra-bright, if
|
|
|
|
|
the terminal supports it. Faces with a weight less than normal and
|
|
|
|
|
italic faces are displayed dimmed, if the terminal supports it.
|
|
|
|
|
Underlined faces are displayed underlined if possible. Other face
|
|
|
|
|
attributes such as `overline', `strike-through', and `box' are ignored
|
|
|
|
|
on terminals.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The command-line options `-fg COLOR', `-bg COLOR', and `-rv' are now
|
|
|
|
|
supported on character terminals.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Emacs automatically remaps all X-style color specifications to one of
|
|
|
|
|
the colors supported by the terminal. This means you could have the
|
|
|
|
|
same color customizations that work both on a windowed display and on
|
|
|
|
|
a TTY or when Emacs is invoked with the -nw option.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-15 12:13:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New default font is Courier 12pt under X.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Sound support
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs supports playing sound files on GNU/Linux and FreeBSD (Voxware
|
|
|
|
|
driver and native BSD driver, a.k.a. Luigi's driver). Currently
|
|
|
|
|
supported file formats are RIFF-WAVE (*.wav) and Sun Audio (*.au).
|
2001-09-01 18:03:16 +00:00
|
|
|
|
You must configure Emacs with the option `--with-sound=yes' to enable
|
|
|
|
|
sound support.
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-15 12:13:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Emacs now resizes mini-windows if appropriate.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If a message is longer than one line, or minibuffer contents are
|
|
|
|
|
longer than one line, Emacs can resize the minibuffer window unless it
|
|
|
|
|
is on a frame of its own. You can control resizing and the maximum
|
|
|
|
|
minibuffer window size by setting the following variables:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- User option: max-mini-window-height
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum height for resizing mini-windows. If a float, it specifies a
|
|
|
|
|
fraction of the mini-window frame's height. If an integer, it
|
|
|
|
|
specifies a number of lines.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Default is 0.25.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- User option: resize-mini-windows
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
How to resize mini-windows. If nil, don't resize. If t, always
|
|
|
|
|
resize to fit the size of the text. If `grow-only', let mini-windows
|
|
|
|
|
grow only, until they become empty, at which point they are shrunk
|
|
|
|
|
again.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Default is `grow-only'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** LessTif support.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs now runs with the LessTif toolkit (see
|
2001-04-03 11:36:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
<http://www.lesstif.org>). You will need version 0.92.26, or later.
|
2001-03-15 12:13:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** LessTif/Motif file selection dialog.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When Emacs is configured to use LessTif or Motif, reading a file name
|
|
|
|
|
from a menu will pop up a file selection dialog if `use-dialog-box' is
|
|
|
|
|
non-nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-09-27 13:37:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** File selection dialog on MS-Windows is supported.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When a file is visited by clicking File->Open, the MS-Windows version
|
|
|
|
|
now pops up a standard file selection dialog where you can select a
|
|
|
|
|
file to visit. File->Save As also pops up that dialog.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-15 12:13:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Toolkit scroll bars.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs now uses toolkit scroll bars if available. When configured for
|
|
|
|
|
LessTif/Motif, it will use that toolkit's scroll bar. Otherwise, when
|
|
|
|
|
configured for Lucid and Athena widgets, it will use the Xaw3d scroll
|
|
|
|
|
bar if Xaw3d is available. You can turn off the use of toolkit scroll
|
|
|
|
|
bars by specifying `--with-toolkit-scroll-bars=no' when configuring
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When you encounter problems with the Xaw3d scroll bar, watch out how
|
|
|
|
|
Xaw3d is compiled on your system. If the Makefile generated from
|
|
|
|
|
Xaw3d's Imakefile contains a `-DNARROWPROTO' compiler option, and your
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs system configuration file `s/your-system.h' does not contain a
|
|
|
|
|
define for NARROWPROTO, you might consider adding it. Take
|
|
|
|
|
`s/freebsd.h' as an example.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Alternatively, if you don't have access to the Xaw3d source code, take
|
|
|
|
|
a look at your system's imake configuration file, for example in the
|
|
|
|
|
directory `/usr/X11R6/lib/X11/config' (paths are different on
|
|
|
|
|
different systems). You will find files `*.cf' there. If your
|
|
|
|
|
system's cf-file contains a line like `#define NeedWidePrototypes NO',
|
|
|
|
|
add a `#define NARROWPROTO' to your Emacs system configuration file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The reason for this is that one Xaw3d function uses `double' or
|
|
|
|
|
`float' function parameters depending on the setting of NARROWPROTO.
|
|
|
|
|
This is not a problem when Imakefiles are used because each system's
|
2001-04-03 11:38:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
imake configuration file contains the necessary information. Since
|
2001-03-15 12:13:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Emacs doesn't use imake, this has do be done manually.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Tool bar support.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs supports a tool bar at the top of a frame under X. For details
|
|
|
|
|
of how to define a tool bar, see the page describing Lisp-level
|
|
|
|
|
changes. Tool-bar global minor mode controls whether or not it is
|
|
|
|
|
displayed and is on by default. The appearance of the bar is improved
|
|
|
|
|
if Emacs has been built with XPM image support. Otherwise monochrome
|
|
|
|
|
icons will be used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To make the tool bar more useful, we need contributions of extra icons
|
2001-11-24 12:36:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
for specific modes (with copyright assignments).
|
2001-03-15 12:13:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Tooltips.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tooltips are small X windows displaying a help string at the current
|
|
|
|
|
mouse position. The Lisp package `tooltip' implements them. You can
|
|
|
|
|
turn them off via the user option `tooltip-mode'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tooltips also provides support for GUD debugging. If activated,
|
|
|
|
|
variable values can be displayed in tooltips by pointing at them with
|
|
|
|
|
the mouse in source buffers. You can customize various aspects of the
|
|
|
|
|
tooltip display in the group `tooltip'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Automatic Hscrolling
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Horizontal scrolling now happens automatically if
|
|
|
|
|
`automatic-hscrolling' is set (the default). This setting can be
|
|
|
|
|
customized.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If a window is scrolled horizontally with set-window-hscroll, or
|
|
|
|
|
scroll-left/scroll-right (C-x <, C-x >), this serves as a lower bound
|
|
|
|
|
for automatic horizontal scrolling. Automatic scrolling will scroll
|
|
|
|
|
the text more to the left if necessary, but won't scroll the text more
|
|
|
|
|
to the right than the column set with set-window-hscroll etc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-15 12:13:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** When using a windowing terminal, each Emacs window now has a cursor
|
|
|
|
|
of its own. By default, when a window is selected, the cursor is
|
|
|
|
|
solid; otherwise, it is hollow. The user-option
|
2001-04-05 20:41:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`cursor-in-non-selected-windows' controls how to display the
|
2001-03-15 12:13:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
cursor in non-selected windows. If nil, no cursor is shown, if
|
2001-03-20 00:34:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
non-nil a hollow box cursor is shown.
|
2001-03-15 12:13:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Fringes to the left and right of windows are used to display
|
|
|
|
|
truncation marks, continuation marks, overlay arrows and alike. The
|
|
|
|
|
foreground, background, and stipple of these areas can be changed by
|
|
|
|
|
customizing face `fringe'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The mode line under X is now drawn with shadows by default.
|
|
|
|
|
You can change its appearance by modifying the face `mode-line'.
|
|
|
|
|
In particular, setting the `:box' attribute to nil turns off the 3D
|
|
|
|
|
appearance of the mode line. (The 3D appearance makes the mode line
|
|
|
|
|
occupy more space, and thus might cause the first or the last line of
|
|
|
|
|
the window to be partially obscured.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `mode-line-inverse-video', which was used in older
|
2001-08-15 17:06:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
versions of emacs to make the mode-line stand out, is now deprecated.
|
|
|
|
|
However, setting it to nil will cause the `mode-line' face to be
|
|
|
|
|
ignored, and mode-lines to be drawn using the default text face.
|
2001-03-15 12:13:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Mouse-sensitive mode line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-16 16:45:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Different parts of the mode line have been made mouse-sensitive on all
|
|
|
|
|
systems which support the mouse. Moving the mouse to a
|
|
|
|
|
mouse-sensitive part in the mode line changes the appearance of the
|
|
|
|
|
mouse pointer to an arrow, and help about available mouse actions is
|
|
|
|
|
displayed either in the echo area, or in the tooltip window if you
|
|
|
|
|
have enabled one.
|
2001-03-15 12:13:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Currently, the following actions have been defined:
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-11 17:58:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
- Mouse-1 on the buffer name in the mode line goes to the next buffer.
|
2001-03-15 12:13:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-11 17:58:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
- Mouse-3 on the buffer-name goes to the previous buffer.
|
2001-03-15 12:13:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Mouse-2 on the read-only or modified status in the mode line (`%' or
|
|
|
|
|
`*') toggles the status.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Mouse-3 on the mode name displays a minor-mode menu.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Hourglass pointer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs can optionally display an hourglass pointer under X. You can
|
|
|
|
|
turn the display on or off by customizing group `cursor'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Blinking cursor
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
M-x blink-cursor-mode toggles a blinking cursor under X and on
|
|
|
|
|
terminals having terminal capabilities `vi', `vs', and `ve'. Blinking
|
|
|
|
|
and related parameters like frequency and delay can be customized in
|
|
|
|
|
the group `cursor'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** New font-lock support mode `jit-lock-mode'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This support mode is roughly equivalent to `lazy-lock' but is
|
|
|
|
|
generally faster. It supports stealth and deferred fontification.
|
|
|
|
|
See the documentation of the function `jit-lock-mode' for more
|
|
|
|
|
details.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Font-lock uses jit-lock-mode as default support mode, so you don't
|
|
|
|
|
have to do anything to activate it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The default binding of the Delete key has changed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The new user-option `normal-erase-is-backspace' can be set to
|
|
|
|
|
determine the effect of the Delete and Backspace function keys.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On window systems, the default value of this option is chosen
|
|
|
|
|
according to the keyboard used. If the keyboard has both a Backspace
|
|
|
|
|
key and a Delete key, and both are mapped to their usual meanings, the
|
|
|
|
|
option's default value is set to t, so that Backspace can be used to
|
|
|
|
|
delete backward, and Delete can be used to delete forward. On
|
|
|
|
|
keyboards which either have only one key (usually labeled DEL), or two
|
|
|
|
|
keys DEL and BS which produce the same effect, the option's value is
|
|
|
|
|
set to nil, and these keys delete backward.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If not running under a window system, setting this option accomplishes
|
|
|
|
|
a similar effect by mapping C-h, which is usually generated by the
|
|
|
|
|
Backspace key, to DEL, and by mapping DEL to C-d via
|
|
|
|
|
`keyboard-translate'. The former functionality of C-h is available on
|
|
|
|
|
the F1 key. You should probably not use this setting on a text-only
|
|
|
|
|
terminal if you don't have both Backspace, Delete and F1 keys.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Programmatically, you can call function normal-erase-is-backspace-mode
|
|
|
|
|
to toggle the behavior of the Delete and Backspace keys.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-15 12:13:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The default for user-option `next-line-add-newlines' has been
|
|
|
|
|
changed to nil, i.e. C-n will no longer add newlines at the end of a
|
|
|
|
|
buffer by default.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The <home> and <end> keys now move to the beginning or end of the
|
|
|
|
|
current line, respectively. C-<home> and C-<end> move to the
|
|
|
|
|
beginning and end of the buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Emacs now checks for recursive loads of Lisp files. If the
|
|
|
|
|
recursion depth exceeds `recursive-load-depth-limit', an error is
|
|
|
|
|
signaled.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** When an error is signaled during the loading of the user's init
|
|
|
|
|
file, Emacs now pops up the *Messages* buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Emacs now refuses to load compiled Lisp files which weren't
|
|
|
|
|
compiled with Emacs. Set `load-dangerous-libraries' to t to change
|
|
|
|
|
this behavior.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
The reason for this change is an incompatible change in XEmacs's byte
|
2001-03-15 12:13:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
compiler. Files compiled with XEmacs can contain byte codes that let
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs dump core.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Toggle buttons and radio buttons in menus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When compiled with LessTif (or Motif) support, Emacs uses toolkit
|
|
|
|
|
widgets for radio and toggle buttons in menus. When configured for
|
|
|
|
|
Lucid, Emacs draws radio buttons and toggle buttons similar to Motif.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The menu bar configuration has changed. The new configuration is
|
|
|
|
|
more CUA-compliant. The most significant change is that Options is
|
|
|
|
|
now a separate menu-bar item, with Mule and Customize as its submenus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Item Save Options on the Options menu allows saving options set
|
|
|
|
|
using that menu.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Highlighting of trailing whitespace.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When `show-trailing-whitespace' is non-nil, Emacs displays trailing
|
|
|
|
|
whitespace in the face `trailing-whitespace'. Trailing whitespace is
|
|
|
|
|
defined as spaces or tabs at the end of a line. To avoid busy
|
|
|
|
|
highlighting when entering new text, trailing whitespace is not
|
|
|
|
|
displayed if point is at the end of the line containing the
|
|
|
|
|
whitespace.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** C-x 5 1 runs the new command delete-other-frames which deletes
|
|
|
|
|
all frames except the selected one.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new user-option `confirm-kill-emacs' can be customized to
|
|
|
|
|
let Emacs ask for confirmation before exiting.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The header line in an Info buffer is now displayed as an emacs
|
|
|
|
|
header-line (which is like a mode-line, but at the top of the window),
|
|
|
|
|
so that it remains visible even when the buffer has been scrolled.
|
|
|
|
|
This behavior may be disabled by customizing the option
|
|
|
|
|
`Info-use-header-line'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Polish, Czech, German, and French translations of Emacs' reference card
|
|
|
|
|
have been added. They are named `pl-refcard.tex', `cs-refcard.tex',
|
|
|
|
|
`de-refcard.tex' and `fr-refcard.tex'. Postscript files are included.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** An `Emacs Survival Guide', etc/survival.tex, is available.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** A reference card for Dired has been added. Its name is
|
|
|
|
|
`dired-ref.tex'. A French translation is available in
|
|
|
|
|
`fr-drdref.tex'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** C-down-mouse-3 is bound differently. Now if the menu bar is not
|
|
|
|
|
displayed it pops up a menu containing the items which would be on the
|
|
|
|
|
menu bar. If the menu bar is displayed, it pops up the major mode
|
|
|
|
|
menu or the Edit menu if there is no major mode menu.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Variable `load-path' is no longer customizable through Customize.
|
2001-06-16 08:04:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-06-18 16:41:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
You can no longer use `M-x customize-variable' to customize `load-path'
|
2001-06-16 08:04:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
because it now contains a version-dependent component. You can still
|
|
|
|
|
use `add-to-list' and `setq' to customize this variable in your
|
|
|
|
|
`~/.emacs' init file or to modify it from any Lisp program in general.
|
2001-03-15 12:13:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** C-u C-x = provides detailed information about the character at
|
|
|
|
|
point in a pop-up window.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Emacs can now support 'wheeled' mice (such as the MS IntelliMouse)
|
|
|
|
|
under XFree86. To enable this, use the `mouse-wheel-mode' command, or
|
|
|
|
|
customize the variable `mouse-wheel-mode'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variables `mouse-wheel-follow-mouse' and `mouse-wheel-scroll-amount'
|
|
|
|
|
determine where and by how much buffers are scrolled.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Emacs' auto-save list files are now by default stored in a
|
|
|
|
|
sub-directory `.emacs.d/auto-save-list/' of the user's home directory.
|
|
|
|
|
(On MS-DOS, this subdirectory's name is `_emacs.d/auto-save.list/'.)
|
2001-04-17 12:20:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
You can customize `auto-save-list-file-prefix' to change this location.
|
2001-03-15 12:13:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The function `getenv' is now callable interactively.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-12-06 14:22:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new user-option `even-window-heights' can be set to nil
|
|
|
|
|
to prevent `display-buffer' from evening out window heights.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-11-22 23:00:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new command M-x delete-trailing-whitespace RET will delete the
|
2000-11-29 12:21:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
trailing whitespace within the current restriction. You can also add
|
2000-11-22 23:00:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
this function to `write-file-hooks' or `local-write-file-hooks'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-11-16 17:09:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** When visiting a file with M-x find-file-literally, no newlines will
|
2001-02-06 17:32:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
be added to the end of the buffer even if `require-final-newline' is
|
|
|
|
|
non-nil.
|
2000-11-16 17:09:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-19 15:37:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new user-option `find-file-suppress-same-file-warnings' can be
|
|
|
|
|
set to suppress warnings ``X and Y are the same file'' when visiting a
|
|
|
|
|
file that is already visited under a different name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-21 11:49:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new user-option `electric-help-shrink-window' can be set to
|
|
|
|
|
nil to prevent adjusting the help window size to the buffer size.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-19 15:37:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New command M-x describe-character-set reads a character set name
|
2000-10-08 10:56:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
and displays information about that.
|
2000-08-29 07:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-08 18:42:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new variable `auto-mode-interpreter-regexp' contains a regular
|
|
|
|
|
expression matching interpreters, for file mode determination.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This regular expression is matched against the first line of a file to
|
|
|
|
|
determine the file's mode in `set-auto-mode' when Emacs can't deduce a
|
|
|
|
|
mode from the file's name. If it matches, the file is assumed to be
|
|
|
|
|
interpreted by the interpreter matched by the second group of the
|
|
|
|
|
regular expression. The mode is then determined as the mode
|
|
|
|
|
associated with that interpreter in `interpreter-mode-alist'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-06-09 10:23:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New function executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p is
|
2000-08-21 14:45:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
suitable as an after-save-hook as an alternative to `executable-chmod'.
|
2000-06-09 10:23:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-06-08 16:04:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The most preferred coding-system is now used to save a buffer if
|
|
|
|
|
buffer-file-coding-system is `undecided' and it is safe for the buffer
|
|
|
|
|
contents. (The most preferred is set by set-language-environment or
|
|
|
|
|
by M-x prefer-coding-system.) Thus if you visit an ASCII file and
|
|
|
|
|
insert a non-ASCII character from your current language environment,
|
|
|
|
|
the file will be saved silently with the appropriate coding.
|
|
|
|
|
Previously you would be prompted for a safe coding system.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The many obsolete language `setup-...-environment' commands have
|
|
|
|
|
been removed -- use `set-language-environment'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new Custom option `keyboard-coding-system' specifies a coding
|
|
|
|
|
system for keyboard input.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-07-18 14:42:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New variable `inhibit-iso-escape-detection' determines if Emacs'
|
|
|
|
|
coding system detection algorithm should pay attention to ISO2022's
|
|
|
|
|
escape sequences. If this variable is non-nil, the algorithm ignores
|
|
|
|
|
such escape sequences. The default value is nil, and it is
|
|
|
|
|
recommended not to change it except for the special case that you
|
2000-07-21 06:59:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
always want to read any escape code verbatim. If you just want to
|
2000-07-18 14:42:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
read a specific file without decoding escape codes, use C-x RET c
|
2000-07-21 06:59:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(`universal-coding-system-argument'). For instance, C-x RET c latin-1
|
|
|
|
|
RET C-x C-f filename RET.
|
2000-07-14 02:03:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-06-08 14:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Variable `default-korean-keyboard' is initialized properly from the
|
|
|
|
|
environment variable `HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** New command M-x list-charset-chars reads a character set name and
|
|
|
|
|
displays all characters in that character set.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** M-x set-terminal-coding-system (C-x RET t) now allows CCL-based
|
|
|
|
|
coding systems such as cpXXX and cyrillic-koi8.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Emacs now attempts to determine the initial language environment
|
|
|
|
|
and preferred and locale coding systems systematically from the
|
|
|
|
|
LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, and LANG environment variables during startup.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** New language environments `Polish', `Latin-8' and `Latin-9'.
|
|
|
|
|
Latin-8 and Latin-9 correspond respectively to the ISO character sets
|
|
|
|
|
8859-14 (Celtic) and 8859-15 (updated Latin-1, with the Euro sign).
|
|
|
|
|
GNU Intlfonts doesn't support these yet but recent X releases have
|
|
|
|
|
8859-15. See etc/INSTALL for information on obtaining extra fonts.
|
|
|
|
|
There are new Leim input methods for Latin-8 and Latin-9 prefix (only)
|
|
|
|
|
and Polish `slash'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** New language environments `Dutch' and `Spanish'.
|
|
|
|
|
These new environments mainly select appropriate translations
|
|
|
|
|
of the tutorial.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In Ethiopic language environment, special key bindings for
|
|
|
|
|
function keys are changed as follows. This is to conform to "Emacs
|
|
|
|
|
Lisp Coding Convention".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
new command old-binding
|
|
|
|
|
--- ------- -----------
|
|
|
|
|
f3 ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer f5
|
|
|
|
|
S-f3 ethio-fidel-to-sera-region f5
|
|
|
|
|
C-f3 ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker f5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
f4 ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer unchanged
|
|
|
|
|
S-f4 ethio-sera-to-fidel-region unchanged
|
|
|
|
|
C-f4 ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker unchanged
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
S-f5 ethio-toggle-punctuation f3
|
|
|
|
|
S-f6 ethio-modify-vowel f6
|
|
|
|
|
S-f7 ethio-replace-space f7
|
|
|
|
|
S-f8 ethio-input-special-character f8
|
|
|
|
|
S-f9 ethio-replace-space unchanged
|
|
|
|
|
C-f9 ethio-toggle-space f2
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-10-13 13:16:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** There are new Leim input methods.
|
|
|
|
|
New input methods "turkish-postfix", "turkish-alt-postfix",
|
|
|
|
|
"greek-mizuochi", "TeX", and "greek-babel" are now part of the Leim
|
|
|
|
|
package.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The rule of input method "slovak" is slightly changed. Now the
|
|
|
|
|
rules for translating "q" and "Q" to "`" (backquote) are deleted, thus
|
|
|
|
|
typing them inserts "q" and "Q" respectively. Rules for translating
|
|
|
|
|
"=q", "+q", "=Q", and "+Q" to "`" are also deleted. Now, to input
|
|
|
|
|
"`", you must type "=q".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** When your terminal can't display characters from some of the ISO
|
|
|
|
|
8859 character sets but can display Latin-1, you can display
|
|
|
|
|
more-or-less mnemonic sequences of ASCII/Latin-1 characters instead of
|
|
|
|
|
empty boxes (under a window system) or question marks (not under a
|
|
|
|
|
window system). Customize the option `latin1-display' to turn this
|
|
|
|
|
on.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** M-; now calls comment-dwim which tries to do something clever based
|
|
|
|
|
on the context. M-x kill-comment is now an alias to comment-kill,
|
|
|
|
|
defined in newcomment.el. You can choose different styles of region
|
|
|
|
|
commenting with the variable `comment-style'.
|
2000-05-25 20:00:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-03 17:16:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New user options `display-time-mail-face' and
|
|
|
|
|
`display-time-use-mail-icon' control the appearance of mode-line mail
|
|
|
|
|
indicator used by the display-time package. On a suitable display the
|
|
|
|
|
indicator can be an icon and is mouse-sensitive.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-04-24 14:01:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** On window-systems, additional space can be put between text lines
|
|
|
|
|
on the display using several methods
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- By setting frame parameter `line-spacing' to PIXELS. PIXELS must be
|
|
|
|
|
a positive integer, and specifies that PIXELS number of pixels should
|
|
|
|
|
be put below text lines on the affected frame or frames.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- By setting X resource `lineSpacing', class `LineSpacing'. This is
|
2000-11-24 04:27:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
equivalent to specifying the frame parameter.
|
2000-04-24 14:01:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-11 09:32:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
- By specifying `--line-spacing=N' or `-lsp N' on the command line.
|
2000-04-24 14:01:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- By setting buffer-local variable `line-spacing'. The meaning is
|
|
|
|
|
the same, but applies to the a particular buffer only.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-06-19 16:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new command `clone-indirect-buffer' can be used to create
|
2000-04-19 20:42:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
an indirect buffer that is a twin copy of the current buffer. The
|
2000-06-19 16:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
command `clone-indirect-buffer-other-window', bound to C-x 4 c,
|
2000-04-19 20:42:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
does the same but displays the indirect buffer in another window.
|
2000-04-17 15:27:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-04-09 17:23:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New user options `backup-directory-alist' and
|
2000-04-28 17:09:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`make-backup-file-name-function' control the placement of backups,
|
|
|
|
|
typically in a single directory or in an invisible sub-directory.
|
2000-04-09 17:23:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-03-29 18:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New commands iso-iso2sgml and iso-sgml2iso convert between Latin-1
|
|
|
|
|
characters and the corresponding SGML (HTML) entities.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-03-15 19:59:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New X resources recognized
|
2000-03-05 10:44:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-03-14 17:02:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The X resource `synchronous', class `Synchronous', specifies
|
|
|
|
|
whether Emacs should run in synchronous mode. Synchronous mode
|
|
|
|
|
is useful for debugging X problems.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-03-15 19:59:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
emacs.synchronous: true
|
2000-03-14 17:02:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-03-05 10:44:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The X resource `visualClass, class `VisualClass', specifies the
|
|
|
|
|
visual Emacs should use. The resource's value should be a string of
|
|
|
|
|
the form `CLASS-DEPTH', where CLASS is the name of the visual class,
|
|
|
|
|
and DEPTH is the requested color depth as a decimal number. Valid
|
|
|
|
|
visual class names are
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TrueColor
|
|
|
|
|
PseudoColor
|
|
|
|
|
DirectColor
|
|
|
|
|
StaticColor
|
|
|
|
|
GrayScale
|
|
|
|
|
StaticGray
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Visual class names specified as X resource are case-insensitive, i.e.
|
|
|
|
|
`pseudocolor', `Pseudocolor' and `PseudoColor' all have the same
|
|
|
|
|
meaning.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The program `xdpyinfo' can be used to list the visual classes
|
|
|
|
|
supported on your display, and which depths they have. If
|
|
|
|
|
`visualClass' is not specified, Emacs uses the display's default
|
|
|
|
|
visual.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-03-15 19:59:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
emacs.visualClass: TrueColor-8
|
2000-03-05 10:44:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The X resource `privateColormap', class `PrivateColormap',
|
|
|
|
|
specifies that Emacs should use a private colormap if it is using the
|
|
|
|
|
default visual, and that visual is of class PseudoColor. Recognized
|
|
|
|
|
resource values are `true' or `on'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-03-15 19:59:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
emacs.privateColormap: true
|
2000-03-05 10:44:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Faces and frame parameters.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
There are four new faces `scroll-bar', `border', `cursor' and `mouse'.
|
|
|
|
|
Setting the frame parameters `scroll-bar-foreground' and
|
|
|
|
|
`scroll-bar-background' sets foreground and background color of face
|
|
|
|
|
`scroll-bar' and vice versa. Setting frame parameter `border-color'
|
|
|
|
|
sets the background color of face `border' and vice versa. Likewise
|
|
|
|
|
for frame parameters `cursor-color' and face `cursor', and frame
|
|
|
|
|
parameter `mouse-color' and face `mouse'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changing frame parameter `font' sets font-related attributes of the
|
|
|
|
|
`default' face and vice versa. Setting frame parameters
|
1999-11-01 11:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`foreground-color' or `background-color' sets the colors of the
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`default' face and vice versa.
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-09 19:06:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New face `menu'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The face `menu' can be used to change colors and font of Emacs' menus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New frame parameter `screen-gamma' for gamma correction.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The new frame parameter `screen-gamma' specifies gamma-correction for
|
|
|
|
|
colors. Its value may be nil, the default, in which case no gamma
|
|
|
|
|
correction occurs, or a number > 0, usually a float, that specifies
|
|
|
|
|
the screen gamma of a frame's display.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PC monitors usually have a screen gamma of 2.2. smaller values result
|
|
|
|
|
in darker colors. You might want to try a screen gamma of 1.5 for LCD
|
|
|
|
|
color displays. The viewing gamma Emacs uses is 0.4545. (1/2.2).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The X resource name of this parameter is `screenGamma', class
|
|
|
|
|
`ScreenGamma'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Tabs and variable-width text.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tabs are now displayed with stretch properties; the width of a tab is
|
|
|
|
|
defined as a multiple of the normal character width of a frame, and is
|
|
|
|
|
independent of the fonts used in the text where the tab appears.
|
|
|
|
|
Thus, tabs can be used to line up text in different fonts.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Enhancements of the Lucid menu bar
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The Lucid menu bar now supports the resource "margin".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
emacs.pane.menubar.margin: 5
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-04-21 07:39:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
The default margin is 4 which makes the menu bar appear like the
|
|
|
|
|
LessTif/Motif one.
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-04-21 07:39:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** Arrows that indicate sub-menus are now drawn with shadows, as in
|
|
|
|
|
LessTif and Motif.
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** A block cursor can be drawn as wide as the glyph under it under X.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As an example: if a block cursor is over a tab character, it will be
|
|
|
|
|
drawn as wide as that tab on the display. To do this, set
|
|
|
|
|
`x-stretch-cursor' to a non-nil value.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Empty display lines at the end of a buffer may be marked with a
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
bitmap (this is similar to the tilde displayed by vi and Less).
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This behavior is activated by setting the buffer-local variable
|
|
|
|
|
`indicate-empty-lines' to a non-nil value. The default value of this
|
|
|
|
|
variable is found in `default-indicate-empty-lines'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** There is a new "aggressive" scrolling method.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When scrolling up because point is above the window start, if the
|
2000-11-20 01:21:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
value of the buffer-local variable `scroll-up-aggressively' is a
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
number, Emacs chooses a new window start so that point ends up that
|
2000-08-23 09:37:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
fraction of the window's height from the top of the window.
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When scrolling down because point is below the window end, if the
|
2001-01-29 13:31:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
value of the buffer-local variable `scroll-down-aggressively' is a
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
number, Emacs chooses a new window start so that point ends up that
|
2000-08-23 09:37:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
fraction of the window's height from the bottom of the window.
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** You can now easily create new *Info* buffers using either
|
|
|
|
|
M-x clone-buffer, C-u m <entry> RET or C-u g <entry> RET.
|
|
|
|
|
M-x clone-buffer can also be used on *Help* and several other special
|
|
|
|
|
buffers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The command `Info-search' now uses a search history.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Listing buffers with M-x list-buffers (C-x C-b) now shows
|
|
|
|
|
abbreviated file names. Abbreviations can be customized by changing
|
|
|
|
|
`directory-abbrev-alist'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** A new variable, backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch, gives
|
|
|
|
|
the highest file uid for which backup-by-copying-when-mismatch will be
|
|
|
|
|
forced on. The assumption is that uids less than or equal to this
|
|
|
|
|
value are special uids (root, bin, daemon, etc.--not real system
|
|
|
|
|
users) and that files owned by these users should not change ownership,
|
|
|
|
|
even if your system policy allows users other than root to edit them.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The default is 200; set the variable to nil to disable the feature.
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The rectangle commands now avoid inserting undesirable spaces,
|
|
|
|
|
notably at the end of lines.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All these functions have been rewritten to avoid inserting unwanted
|
|
|
|
|
spaces, and an optional prefix now allows them to behave the old way.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-04-24 10:57:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The function `replace-rectangle' is an alias for `string-rectangle'.
|
2000-03-12 19:14:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-04-24 10:57:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new command M-x string-insert-rectangle is like `string-rectangle',
|
|
|
|
|
but inserts text instead of replacing it.
|
2001-01-27 12:30:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new command M-x query-replace-regexp-eval acts like
|
|
|
|
|
query-replace-regexp, but takes a Lisp expression which is evaluated
|
|
|
|
|
after each match to get the replacement text.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-06-28 11:59:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** M-x query-replace recognizes a new command `e' (or `E') that lets
|
|
|
|
|
you edit the replacement string.
|
2000-05-03 19:49:39 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-23 13:32:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new command mail-abbrev-complete-alias, bound to `M-TAB'
|
|
|
|
|
(if you load the library `mailabbrev'), lets you complete mail aliases
|
|
|
|
|
in the text, analogous to lisp-complete-symbol.
|
2000-05-03 19:49:39 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The variable `echo-keystrokes' may now have a floating point value.
|
2001-02-11 18:35:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** If your init file is compiled (.emacs.elc), `user-init-file' is set
|
|
|
|
|
to the source name (.emacs.el), if that exists, after loading it.
|
2000-09-23 02:46:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The help string specified for a menu-item whose definition contains
|
|
|
|
|
the property `:help HELP' is now displayed under X, on MS-Windows, and
|
|
|
|
|
MS-DOS, either in the echo area or with tooltips. Many standard menus
|
|
|
|
|
displayed by Emacs now have help strings.
|
2001-06-18 12:35:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-23 13:32:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
--
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New user option `read-mail-command' specifies a command to use to
|
|
|
|
|
read mail from the menu etc.
|
2000-01-10 16:36:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The environment variable `EMACSLOCKDIR' is no longer used on MS-Windows.
|
|
|
|
|
This environment variable was used when creating lock files. Emacs on
|
|
|
|
|
MS-Windows does not use this variable anymore. This change was made
|
|
|
|
|
before Emacs 21.1, but wasn't documented until now.
|
2000-01-10 16:36:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Highlighting of mouse-sensitive regions is now supported in the
|
|
|
|
|
MS-DOS version of Emacs.
|
2000-08-21 14:45:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new command `msdos-set-mouse-buttons' forces the MS-DOS version
|
|
|
|
|
of Emacs to behave as if the mouse had a specified number of buttons.
|
|
|
|
|
This comes handy with mice that don't report their number of buttons
|
|
|
|
|
correctly. One example is the wheeled mice, which report 3 buttons,
|
|
|
|
|
but clicks on the middle button are not passed to the MS-DOS version
|
|
|
|
|
of Emacs.
|
1999-12-27 12:36:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Customize changes
|
1999-12-27 12:36:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** Customize now supports comments about customized items. Use the
|
|
|
|
|
`State' menu to add comments, or give a prefix argument to
|
|
|
|
|
M-x customize-set-variable or M-x customize-set-value. Note that
|
|
|
|
|
customization comments will cause the customizations to fail in
|
|
|
|
|
earlier versions of Emacs.
|
2000-09-21 15:08:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The new option `custom-buffer-done-function' says whether to kill
|
|
|
|
|
Custom buffers when you've done with them or just bury them (the
|
|
|
|
|
default).
|
2000-10-19 14:44:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** If Emacs was invoked with the `-q' or `--no-init-file' options, it
|
|
|
|
|
does not allow you to save customizations in your `~/.emacs' init
|
|
|
|
|
file. This is because saving customizations from such a session would
|
|
|
|
|
wipe out all the other customizationss you might have on your init
|
|
|
|
|
file.
|
2000-10-19 14:44:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-02 13:12:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** If Emacs was invoked with the `-q' or `--no-init-file' options, it
|
|
|
|
|
does not save disabled and enabled commands for future sessions, to
|
|
|
|
|
avoid overwriting existing customizations of this kind that are
|
|
|
|
|
already in your init file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New features in evaluation commands
|
1999-12-21 09:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The commands to evaluate Lisp expressions, such as C-M-x in Lisp
|
|
|
|
|
modes, C-j in Lisp Interaction mode, and M-:, now bind the variables
|
|
|
|
|
print-level, print-length, and debug-on-error based on the new
|
|
|
|
|
customizable variables eval-expression-print-level,
|
|
|
|
|
eval-expression-print-length, and eval-expression-debug-on-error.
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-07-25 16:25:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
The default values for the first two of these variables are 12 and 4
|
|
|
|
|
respectively, which means that `eval-expression' now prints at most
|
|
|
|
|
the first 12 members of a list and at most 4 nesting levels deep (if
|
|
|
|
|
the list is longer or deeper than that, an ellipsis `...' is
|
|
|
|
|
printed).
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-07-27 15:29:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
<RET> or <mouse-2> on the printed text toggles between an abbreviated
|
|
|
|
|
printed representation and an unabbreviated one.
|
2001-07-26 12:34:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-07-25 16:25:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
The default value of eval-expression-debug-on-error is t, so any error
|
|
|
|
|
during evaluation produces a backtrace.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-10-30 18:41:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The function `eval-defun' (C-M-x) now loads Edebug and instruments
|
2000-07-05 15:17:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
code when called with a prefix argument.
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-12-12 18:44:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** CC mode changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note: This release contains changes that might not be compatible with
|
|
|
|
|
current user setups (although it's believed that these
|
|
|
|
|
incompatibilities will only show in very uncommon circumstances).
|
|
|
|
|
However, since the impact is uncertain, these changes may be rolled
|
|
|
|
|
back depending on user feedback. Therefore there's no forward
|
|
|
|
|
compatibility guarantee wrt the new features introduced in this
|
|
|
|
|
release.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-26 16:39:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The hardcoded switch to "java" style in Java mode is gone.
|
|
|
|
|
CC Mode used to automatically set the style to "java" when Java mode
|
|
|
|
|
is entered. This has now been removed since it caused too much
|
|
|
|
|
confusion.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
However, to keep backward compatibility to a certain extent, the
|
|
|
|
|
default value for c-default-style now specifies the "java" style for
|
|
|
|
|
java-mode, but "gnu" for all other modes (as before). So you won't
|
|
|
|
|
notice the change if you haven't touched that variable.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New cleanups, space-before-funcall and compact-empty-funcall.
|
|
|
|
|
Two new cleanups have been added to c-cleanup-list:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
space-before-funcall causes a space to be inserted before the opening
|
|
|
|
|
parenthesis of a function call, which gives the style "foo (bar)".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
compact-empty-funcall causes any space before a function call opening
|
|
|
|
|
parenthesis to be removed if there are no arguments to the function.
|
|
|
|
|
It's typically useful together with space-before-funcall to get the
|
|
|
|
|
style "foo (bar)" and "foo()".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Some keywords now automatically trigger reindentation.
|
|
|
|
|
Keywords like "else", "while", "catch" and "finally" have been made
|
|
|
|
|
"electric" to make them reindent automatically when they continue an
|
|
|
|
|
earlier statement. An example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < 17; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
if (a[i])
|
|
|
|
|
res += a[i]->offset;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Here, the "else" should be indented like the preceding "if", since it
|
|
|
|
|
continues that statement. CC Mode will automatically reindent it after
|
|
|
|
|
the "else" has been typed in full, since it's not until then it's
|
|
|
|
|
possible to decide whether it's a new statement or a continuation of
|
|
|
|
|
the preceding "if".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CC Mode uses Abbrev mode to achieve this, which is therefore turned on
|
|
|
|
|
by default.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** M-a and M-e now moves by sentence in multiline strings.
|
|
|
|
|
Previously these two keys only moved by sentence in comments, which
|
|
|
|
|
meant that sentence movement didn't work in strings containing
|
|
|
|
|
documentation or other natural language text.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The reason it's only activated in multiline strings (i.e. strings that
|
|
|
|
|
contain a newline, even when escaped by a '\') is to avoid stopping in
|
|
|
|
|
the short strings that often reside inside statements. Multiline
|
|
|
|
|
strings almost always contain text in a natural language, as opposed
|
|
|
|
|
to other strings that typically contain format specifications,
|
|
|
|
|
commands, etc. Also, it's not that bothersome that M-a and M-e misses
|
|
|
|
|
sentences in single line strings, since they're short anyway.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Support for autodoc comments in Pike mode.
|
|
|
|
|
Autodoc comments for Pike are used to extract documentation from the
|
|
|
|
|
source, like Javadoc in Java. Pike mode now recognize this markup in
|
|
|
|
|
comment prefixes and paragraph starts.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The comment prefix regexps on c-comment-prefix may be mode specific.
|
|
|
|
|
When c-comment-prefix is an association list, it specifies the comment
|
|
|
|
|
line prefix on a per-mode basis, like c-default-style does. This
|
|
|
|
|
change came about to support the special autodoc comment prefix in
|
|
|
|
|
Pike mode only.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Better handling of syntactic errors.
|
|
|
|
|
The recovery after unbalanced parens earlier in the buffer has been
|
|
|
|
|
improved; CC Mode now reports them by dinging and giving a message
|
|
|
|
|
stating the offending line, but still recovers and indent the
|
|
|
|
|
following lines in a sane way (most of the time). An "else" with no
|
|
|
|
|
matching "if" is handled similarly. If an error is discovered while
|
|
|
|
|
indenting a region, the whole region is still indented and the error
|
|
|
|
|
is reported afterwards.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Lineup functions may now return absolute columns.
|
|
|
|
|
A lineup function can give an absolute column to indent the line to by
|
|
|
|
|
returning a vector with the desired column as the first element.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** More robust and warning-free byte compilation.
|
|
|
|
|
Although this is strictly not a user visible change (well, depending
|
|
|
|
|
on the view of a user), it's still worth mentioning that CC Mode now
|
|
|
|
|
can be compiled in the standard ways without causing trouble. Some
|
|
|
|
|
code have also been moved between the subpackages to enhance the
|
|
|
|
|
modularity somewhat. Thanks to Martin Buchholz for doing the
|
|
|
|
|
groundwork.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-07-24 11:17:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** c-style-variables-are-local-p now defaults to t.
|
|
|
|
|
This is an incompatible change that has been made to make the behavior
|
|
|
|
|
of the style system wrt global variable settings less confusing for
|
|
|
|
|
non-advanced users. If you know what this variable does you might
|
|
|
|
|
want to set it to nil in your .emacs, otherwise you probably don't
|
|
|
|
|
have to bother.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Defaulting c-style-variables-are-local-p to t avoids the confusing
|
|
|
|
|
situation that occurs when a user sets some style variables globally
|
2000-07-25 10:53:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
and edits both a Java and a non-Java file in the same Emacs session.
|
2000-07-24 11:17:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
If the style variables aren't buffer local in this case, loading of
|
|
|
|
|
the second file will cause the default style (either "gnu" or "java"
|
|
|
|
|
by default) to override the global settings made by the user.
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-12-12 18:44:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** New initialization procedure for the style system.
|
|
|
|
|
When the initial style for a buffer is determined by CC Mode (from the
|
|
|
|
|
variable c-default-style), the global values of style variables now
|
|
|
|
|
take precedence over the values specified by the chosen style. This
|
|
|
|
|
is different than the old behavior: previously, the style-specific
|
|
|
|
|
settings would override the global settings. This change makes it
|
|
|
|
|
possible to do simple configuration in the intuitive way with
|
|
|
|
|
Customize or with setq lines in one's .emacs file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By default, the global value of every style variable is the new
|
|
|
|
|
special symbol set-from-style, which causes the value to be taken from
|
|
|
|
|
the style system. This means that in effect, only an explicit setting
|
|
|
|
|
of a style variable will cause the "overriding" behavior described
|
|
|
|
|
above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Also note that global settings override style-specific settings *only*
|
|
|
|
|
when the initial style of a buffer is chosen by a CC Mode major mode
|
|
|
|
|
function. When a style is chosen in other ways --- for example, by a
|
|
|
|
|
call like (c-set-style "gnu") in a hook, or via M-x c-set-style ---
|
|
|
|
|
then the style-specific values take precedence over any global style
|
|
|
|
|
values. In Lisp terms, global values override style-specific values
|
|
|
|
|
only when the new second argument to c-set-style is non-nil; see the
|
|
|
|
|
function documentation for more info.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The purpose of these changes is to make it easier for users,
|
|
|
|
|
especially novice users, to do simple customizations with Customize or
|
|
|
|
|
with setq in their .emacs files. On the other hand, the new system is
|
|
|
|
|
intended to be compatible with advanced users' customizations as well,
|
|
|
|
|
such as those that choose styles in hooks or whatnot. This new system
|
|
|
|
|
is believed to be almost entirely compatible with current
|
|
|
|
|
configurations, in spite of the changed precedence between style and
|
|
|
|
|
global variable settings when a buffer's default style is set.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Thanks to Eric Eide for clarifying this explanation a bit.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** c-offsets-alist is now a customizable variable.
|
|
|
|
|
This became possible as a result of the new initialization behavior.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This variable is treated slightly differently from the other style
|
|
|
|
|
variables; instead of using the symbol set-from-style, it will be
|
|
|
|
|
completed with the syntactic symbols it doesn't already contain when
|
|
|
|
|
the style is first initialized. This means it now defaults to the
|
|
|
|
|
empty list to make all syntactic elements get their values from the
|
|
|
|
|
style system.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** Compatibility variable to restore the old behavior.
|
|
|
|
|
In case your configuration doesn't work with this change, you can set
|
|
|
|
|
c-old-style-variable-behavior to non-nil to get the old behavior back
|
|
|
|
|
as far as possible.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Improvements to line breaking and text filling.
|
|
|
|
|
CC Mode now handles this more intelligently and seamlessly wrt the
|
|
|
|
|
surrounding code, especially inside comments. For details see the new
|
|
|
|
|
chapter about this in the manual.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** New variable to recognize comment line prefix decorations.
|
|
|
|
|
The variable c-comment-prefix-regexp has been added to properly
|
|
|
|
|
recognize the line prefix in both block and line comments. It's
|
|
|
|
|
primarily used to initialize the various paragraph recognition and
|
|
|
|
|
adaptive filling variables that the text handling functions uses.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** New variable c-block-comment-prefix.
|
|
|
|
|
This is a generalization of the now obsolete variable
|
|
|
|
|
c-comment-continuation-stars to handle arbitrary strings.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** CC Mode now uses adaptive fill mode.
|
|
|
|
|
This to make it adapt better to the paragraph style inside comments.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
It's also possible to use other adaptive filling packages inside CC
|
|
|
|
|
Mode, notably Kyle E. Jones' Filladapt mode (http://wonderworks.com/).
|
|
|
|
|
A new convenience function c-setup-filladapt sets up Filladapt for use
|
|
|
|
|
inside CC Mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note though that the 2.12 version of Filladapt lacks a feature that
|
|
|
|
|
causes it to work suboptimally when c-comment-prefix-regexp can match
|
|
|
|
|
the empty string (which it commonly does). A patch for that is
|
|
|
|
|
available from the CC Mode web site (http://www.python.org/emacs/
|
|
|
|
|
cc-mode/).
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-21 16:37:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
**** The variables `c-hanging-comment-starter-p' and
|
|
|
|
|
`c-hanging-comment-ender-p', which controlled how comment starters and
|
|
|
|
|
enders were filled, are not used anymore. The new version of the
|
|
|
|
|
function `c-fill-paragraph' keeps the comment starters and enders as
|
|
|
|
|
they were before the filling.
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-12-12 18:44:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
**** It's now possible to selectively turn off auto filling.
|
|
|
|
|
The variable c-ignore-auto-fill is used to ignore auto fill mode in
|
|
|
|
|
specific contexts, e.g. in preprocessor directives and in string
|
|
|
|
|
literals.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** New context sensitive line break function c-context-line-break.
|
|
|
|
|
It works like newline-and-indent in normal code, and adapts the line
|
|
|
|
|
prefix according to the comment style when used inside comments. If
|
|
|
|
|
you're normally using newline-and-indent, you might want to switch to
|
|
|
|
|
this function.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Fixes to IDL mode.
|
|
|
|
|
It now does a better job in recognizing only the constructs relevant
|
|
|
|
|
to IDL. E.g. it no longer matches "class" as the beginning of a
|
|
|
|
|
struct block, but it does match the CORBA 2.3 "valuetype" keyword.
|
|
|
|
|
Thanks to Eric Eide.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Improvements to the Whitesmith style.
|
|
|
|
|
It now keeps the style consistently on all levels and both when
|
|
|
|
|
opening braces hangs and when they don't.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** New lineup function c-lineup-whitesmith-in-block.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New lineup functions c-lineup-template-args and c-indent-multi-line-block.
|
|
|
|
|
See their docstrings for details. c-lineup-template-args does a
|
|
|
|
|
better job of tracking the brackets used as parens in C++ templates,
|
|
|
|
|
and is used by default to line up continued template arguments.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** c-lineup-comment now preserves alignment with a comment on the
|
|
|
|
|
previous line. It used to instead preserve comments that started in
|
|
|
|
|
the column specified by comment-column.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** c-lineup-C-comments handles "free form" text comments.
|
|
|
|
|
In comments with a long delimiter line at the start, the indentation
|
|
|
|
|
is kept unchanged for lines that start with an empty comment line
|
|
|
|
|
prefix. This is intended for the type of large block comments that
|
|
|
|
|
contain documentation with its own formatting. In these you normally
|
|
|
|
|
don't want CC Mode to change the indentation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The `c' syntactic symbol is now relative to the comment start
|
|
|
|
|
instead of the previous line, to make integers usable as lineup
|
|
|
|
|
arguments.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** All lineup functions have gotten docstrings.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** More preprocessor directive movement functions.
|
|
|
|
|
c-down-conditional does the reverse of c-up-conditional.
|
|
|
|
|
c-up-conditional-with-else and c-down-conditional-with-else are
|
|
|
|
|
variants of these that also stops at "#else" lines (suggested by Don
|
|
|
|
|
Provan).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Minor improvements to many movement functions in tricky situations.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Dired changes
|
2000-04-04 21:15:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** New variable `dired-recursive-deletes' determines if the delete
|
|
|
|
|
command will delete non-empty directories recursively. The default
|
|
|
|
|
is, delete only empty directories.
|
2000-04-04 21:15:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** New variable `dired-recursive-copies' determines if the copy
|
|
|
|
|
command will copy directories recursively. The default is, do not
|
|
|
|
|
copy directories recursively.
|
1999-11-11 13:34:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** In command `dired-do-shell-command' (usually bound to `!') a `?'
|
|
|
|
|
in the shell command has a special meaning similar to `*', but with
|
|
|
|
|
the difference that the command will be run on each file individually.
|
2000-07-26 14:48:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The new command `dired-find-alternate-file' (usually bound to `a')
|
|
|
|
|
replaces the Dired buffer with the buffer for an alternate file or
|
|
|
|
|
directory.
|
2000-04-04 21:15:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-28 09:12:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The new command `dired-show-file-type' (usually bound to `y') shows
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
a message in the echo area describing what type of file the point is on.
|
|
|
|
|
This command invokes the external program `file' do its work, and so
|
|
|
|
|
will only work on systems with that program, and will be only as
|
|
|
|
|
accurate or inaccurate as it is.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Dired now properly handles undo changes of adding/removing `-R'
|
|
|
|
|
from ls switches.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Dired commands that prompt for a destination file now allow the use
|
|
|
|
|
of the `M-n' command in the minibuffer to insert the source filename,
|
|
|
|
|
which the user can then edit. This only works if there is a single
|
|
|
|
|
source file, not when operating on multiple marked files.
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Gnus changes.
|
1999-11-11 13:34:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
The Gnus NEWS entries are short, but they reflect sweeping changes in
|
|
|
|
|
four areas: Article display treatment, MIME treatment,
|
|
|
|
|
internationalization and mail-fetching.
|
1999-11-11 13:34:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The mail-fetching functions have changed. See the manual for the
|
|
|
|
|
many details. In particular, all procmail fetching variables are gone.
|
1999-11-11 13:34:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
If you used procmail like in
|
1999-11-11 13:34:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(setq nnmail-use-procmail t)
|
|
|
|
|
(setq nnmail-spool-file 'procmail)
|
|
|
|
|
(setq nnmail-procmail-directory "~/mail/incoming/")
|
|
|
|
|
(setq nnmail-procmail-suffix "\\.in")
|
2000-01-28 12:53:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
this now has changed to
|
1999-11-11 13:34:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(setq mail-sources
|
|
|
|
|
'((directory :path "~/mail/incoming/"
|
|
|
|
|
:suffix ".in")))
|
2000-03-18 01:42:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
More information is available in the info doc at Select Methods ->
|
|
|
|
|
Getting Mail -> Mail Sources
|
1999-10-08 16:52:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** Gnus is now a MIME-capable reader. This affects many parts of
|
|
|
|
|
Gnus, and adds a slew of new commands. See the manual for details.
|
|
|
|
|
Separate MIME packages like RMIME, mime-compose etc., will probably no
|
|
|
|
|
longer work; remove them and use the native facilities.
|
2000-03-18 01:42:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
The FLIM/SEMI package still works with Emacs 21, but if you want to
|
|
|
|
|
use the native facilities, you must remove any mailcap.el[c] that was
|
|
|
|
|
installed by FLIM/SEMI version 1.13 or earlier.
|
2000-07-28 16:27:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** Gnus has also been multilingualized. This also affects too many
|
|
|
|
|
parts of Gnus to summarize here, and adds many new variables. There
|
|
|
|
|
are built-in facilities equivalent to those of gnus-mule.el, which is
|
|
|
|
|
now just a compatibility layer.
|
1999-10-12 12:28:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-23 13:32:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** gnus-mule.el is now just a compatibility layer over the built-in
|
|
|
|
|
Gnus facilities.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** gnus-auto-select-first can now be a function to be
|
|
|
|
|
called to position point.
|
1999-10-12 12:28:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The user can now decide which extra headers should be included in
|
|
|
|
|
summary buffers and NOV files.
|
1999-11-01 11:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** `gnus-article-display-hook' has been removed. Instead, a number
|
|
|
|
|
of variables starting with `gnus-treat-' have been added.
|
1999-11-01 11:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The Gnus posting styles have been redone again and now work in a
|
|
|
|
|
subtly different manner.
|
1999-11-01 16:40:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** New web-based backends have been added: nnslashdot, nnwarchive
|
|
|
|
|
and nnultimate. nnweb has been revamped, again, to keep up with
|
|
|
|
|
ever-changing layouts.
|
1999-11-01 11:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** Gnus can now read IMAP mail via nnimap.
|
1999-11-01 11:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** There is image support of various kinds and some sound support.
|
2001-01-28 16:14:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Changes in Texinfo mode.
|
2001-01-28 16:14:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** A couple of new key bindings have been added for inserting Texinfo
|
|
|
|
|
macros
|
1999-11-01 11:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Key binding Macro
|
|
|
|
|
-------------------------
|
|
|
|
|
C-c C-c C-s @strong
|
|
|
|
|
C-c C-c C-e @emph
|
|
|
|
|
C-c C-c u @uref
|
|
|
|
|
C-c C-c q @quotation
|
|
|
|
|
C-c C-c m @email
|
|
|
|
|
C-c C-o @<block> ... @end <block>
|
|
|
|
|
M-RET @item
|
1999-11-01 11:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The " key now inserts either " or `` or '' depending on context.
|
1999-11-01 11:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Changes in Outline mode.
|
1999-11-01 11:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
There is now support for Imenu to index headings. A new command
|
|
|
|
|
`outline-headers-as-kill' copies the visible headings in the region to
|
|
|
|
|
the kill ring, e.g. to produce a table of contents.
|
2001-01-14 20:48:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Changes to Emacs Server
|
1999-11-01 11:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The new option `server-kill-new-buffers' specifies what to do
|
|
|
|
|
with buffers when done with them. If non-nil, the default, buffers
|
|
|
|
|
are killed, unless they were already present before visiting them with
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs Server. If nil, `server-temp-file-regexp' specifies which
|
|
|
|
|
buffers to kill, as before.
|
1999-11-01 11:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Please note that only buffers are killed that still have a client,
|
|
|
|
|
i.e. buffers visited with `emacsclient --no-wait' are never killed in
|
|
|
|
|
this way.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Both emacsclient and Emacs itself now accept command line options
|
|
|
|
|
of the form +LINE:COLUMN in addition to +LINE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes to Show Paren mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Overlays used by Show Paren mode now use a priority property.
|
|
|
|
|
The new user option show-paren-priority specifies the priority to
|
|
|
|
|
use. Default is 1000.
|
1999-11-01 11:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New command M-x check-parens can be used to find unbalanced paren
|
|
|
|
|
groups and strings in buffers in Lisp mode (or other modes).
|
1999-12-06 16:46:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Changes to hideshow.el
|
2000-03-21 21:53:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** Generalized block selection and traversal
|
1999-12-06 16:46:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
A block is now recognized by its start and end regexps (both strings),
|
|
|
|
|
and an integer specifying which sub-expression in the start regexp
|
|
|
|
|
serves as the place where a `forward-sexp'-like function can operate.
|
|
|
|
|
See the documentation of variable `hs-special-modes-alist'.
|
1999-12-06 16:46:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** During incremental search, if Hideshow minor mode is active,
|
|
|
|
|
hidden blocks are temporarily shown. The variable `hs-headline' can
|
|
|
|
|
be used in the mode line format to show the line at the beginning of
|
|
|
|
|
the open block.
|
1999-12-06 16:46:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** User option `hs-hide-all-non-comment-function' specifies a
|
|
|
|
|
function to be called at each top-level block beginning, instead of
|
|
|
|
|
the normal block-hiding function.
|
1999-12-06 16:46:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The command `hs-show-region' has been removed.
|
1999-12-06 16:46:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The key bindings have changed to fit the Emacs conventions,
|
|
|
|
|
roughly imitating those of Outline minor mode. Notably, the prefix
|
|
|
|
|
for all bindings is now `C-c @'. For details, see the documentation
|
|
|
|
|
for `hs-minor-mode'.
|
1999-12-06 16:46:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The variable `hs-show-hidden-short-form' has been removed, and
|
|
|
|
|
hideshow.el now always behaves as if this variable were set to t.
|
1999-12-06 16:46:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Changes to Change Log mode and Add-Log functions
|
1999-12-06 16:46:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** If you invoke `add-change-log-entry' from a backup file, it makes
|
|
|
|
|
an entry appropriate for the file's parent. This is useful for making
|
|
|
|
|
log entries by comparing a version with deleted functions.
|
2000-12-04 21:25:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
**** New command M-x change-log-merge merges another log into the
|
|
|
|
|
current buffer.
|
2001-03-12 11:47:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** New command M-x change-log-redate fixes any old-style date entries
|
|
|
|
|
in a log file.
|
2001-03-15 12:13:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** Change Log mode now adds a file's version number to change log
|
|
|
|
|
entries if user-option `change-log-version-info-enabled' is non-nil.
|
|
|
|
|
Unless the file is under version control the search for a file's
|
|
|
|
|
version number is performed based on regular expressions from
|
|
|
|
|
`change-log-version-number-regexp-list' which can be customized.
|
|
|
|
|
Version numbers are only found in the first 10 percent of a file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Change Log mode now defines its own faces for font-lock highlighting.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes to cmuscheme
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The user-option `scheme-program-name' has been renamed
|
|
|
|
|
`cmuscheme-program-name' due to conflicts with xscheme.el.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes in Font Lock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new function `font-lock-remove-keywords' can be used to remove
|
|
|
|
|
font-lock keywords from the current buffer or from a specific major mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Multi-line patterns are now supported. Modes using this, should
|
|
|
|
|
set font-lock-multiline to t in their font-lock-defaults.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** `font-lock-syntactic-face-function' allows major-modes to choose
|
|
|
|
|
the face used for each string/comment.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** A new standard face `font-lock-doc-face'.
|
|
|
|
|
Meant for Lisp docstrings, Javadoc comments and other "documentation in code".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes to Shell mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The `shell' command now accepts an optional argument to specify the buffer
|
|
|
|
|
to use, which defaults to "*shell*". When used interactively, a
|
|
|
|
|
non-default buffer may be specified by giving the `shell' command a
|
|
|
|
|
prefix argument (causing it to prompt for the buffer name).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Comint (subshell) changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These changes generally affect all modes derived from comint mode, which
|
|
|
|
|
include shell-mode, gdb-mode, scheme-interaction-mode, etc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Comint now by default interprets some carriage-control characters.
|
|
|
|
|
Comint now removes CRs from CR LF sequences, and treats single CRs and
|
|
|
|
|
BSs in the output in a way similar to a terminal (by deleting to the
|
|
|
|
|
beginning of the line, or deleting the previous character,
|
|
|
|
|
respectively). This is achieved by adding `comint-carriage-motion' to
|
|
|
|
|
the `comint-output-filter-functions' hook by default.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** By default, comint no longer uses the variable `comint-prompt-regexp'
|
|
|
|
|
to distinguish prompts from user-input. Instead, it notices which
|
|
|
|
|
parts of the text were output by the process, and which entered by the
|
|
|
|
|
user, and attaches `field' properties to allow emacs commands to use
|
|
|
|
|
this information. Common movement commands, notably beginning-of-line,
|
|
|
|
|
respect field boundaries in a fairly natural manner. To disable this
|
|
|
|
|
feature, and use the old behavior, customize the user option
|
|
|
|
|
`comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Comint now includes new features to send commands to running processes
|
|
|
|
|
and redirect the output to a designated buffer or buffers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The command M-x comint-redirect-send-command reads a command and
|
|
|
|
|
buffer name from the mini-buffer. The command is sent to the current
|
|
|
|
|
buffer's process, and its output is inserted into the specified buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The command M-x comint-redirect-send-command-to-process acts like
|
|
|
|
|
M-x comint-redirect-send-command but additionally reads the name of
|
|
|
|
|
the buffer whose process should be used from the mini-buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Packages based on comint now highlight user input and program prompts,
|
|
|
|
|
and support choosing previous input with mouse-2. To control these features,
|
|
|
|
|
see the user-options `comint-highlight-input' and `comint-highlight-prompt'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new command `comint-write-output' (usually bound to `C-c C-s')
|
|
|
|
|
saves the output from the most recent command to a file. With a prefix
|
|
|
|
|
argument, it appends to the file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The command `comint-kill-output' has been renamed `comint-delete-output'
|
|
|
|
|
(usually bound to `C-c C-o'); the old name is aliased to it for
|
|
|
|
|
compatibility.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new function `comint-add-to-input-history' adds commands to the input
|
|
|
|
|
ring (history).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new variable `comint-input-history-ignore' is a regexp for
|
|
|
|
|
identifying history lines that should be ignored, like tcsh time-stamp
|
|
|
|
|
strings, starting with a `#'. The default value of this variable is "^#".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes to Rmail mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new user-option rmail-user-mail-address-regexp can be
|
|
|
|
|
set to fine tune the identification of the correspondent when
|
|
|
|
|
receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender, the
|
|
|
|
|
recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail. If nil, the default,
|
|
|
|
|
`user-login-name' and `user-mail-address' are used to exclude yourself
|
|
|
|
|
as correspondent.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect
|
|
|
|
|
mails sent by you under different user names. Then it should be a
|
|
|
|
|
regexp matching your mail addresses.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new user-option rmail-confirm-expunge controls whether and how
|
|
|
|
|
to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages from an
|
|
|
|
|
Rmail file. You can choose between no confirmation, confirmation
|
|
|
|
|
with y-or-n-p, or confirmation with yes-or-no-p. Default is to ask
|
|
|
|
|
for confirmation with yes-or-no-p.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** RET is now bound in the Rmail summary to rmail-summary-goto-msg,
|
|
|
|
|
like `j'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** There is a new user option `rmail-digest-end-regexps' that
|
|
|
|
|
specifies the regular expressions to detect the line that ends a
|
|
|
|
|
digest message.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new user option `rmail-automatic-folder-directives' specifies
|
|
|
|
|
in which folder to put messages automatically.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new function `rmail-redecode-body' allows to fix a message
|
|
|
|
|
with non-ASCII characters if Emacs happens to decode it incorrectly
|
|
|
|
|
due to missing or malformed "charset=" header.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new user-option `mail-envelope-from' can be used to specify
|
|
|
|
|
an envelope-from address different from user-mail-address.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-23 13:32:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The variable mail-specify-envelope-from controls whether to
|
|
|
|
|
use the -f option when sending mail.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-09-16 08:07:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The Rmail command `o' (`rmail-output-to-rmail-file') now writes the
|
|
|
|
|
current message in the internal `emacs-mule' encoding, rather than in
|
|
|
|
|
the encoding taken from the variable `buffer-file-coding-system'.
|
|
|
|
|
This allows to save messages whose characters cannot be safely encoded
|
|
|
|
|
by the buffer's coding system, and makes sure the message will be
|
|
|
|
|
displayed correctly when you later visit the target Rmail file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you want your Rmail files be encoded in a specific coding system
|
|
|
|
|
other than `emacs-mule', you can customize the variable
|
|
|
|
|
`rmail-file-coding-system' to set its value to that coding system.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Changes to TeX mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The default mode has been changed from `plain-tex-mode' to
|
|
|
|
|
`latex-mode'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** latex-mode now has a simple indentation algorithm.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** M-f and M-p jump around \begin...\end pairs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Added support for outline-minor-mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes to RefTeX mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** RefTeX has new support for index generation. Index entries can be
|
|
|
|
|
created with `C-c <', with completion available on index keys.
|
|
|
|
|
Pressing `C-c /' indexes the word at the cursor with a default
|
|
|
|
|
macro. `C-c >' compiles all index entries into an alphabetically
|
|
|
|
|
sorted *Index* buffer which looks like the final index. Entries
|
|
|
|
|
can be edited from that buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Label and citation key selection now allow to select several
|
|
|
|
|
items and reference them together (use `m' to mark items, `a' or
|
|
|
|
|
`A' to use all marked entries).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** reftex.el has been split into a number of smaller files to reduce
|
|
|
|
|
memory use when only a part of RefTeX is being used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** a new command `reftex-view-crossref-from-bibtex' (bound to `C-c &'
|
|
|
|
|
in BibTeX-mode) can be called in a BibTeX database buffer in order
|
|
|
|
|
to show locations in LaTeX documents where a particular entry has
|
|
|
|
|
been cited.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Emacs Lisp mode now allows multiple levels of outline headings.
|
|
|
|
|
The level of a heading is determined from the number of leading
|
|
|
|
|
semicolons in a heading line. Toplevel forms starting with a `('
|
|
|
|
|
in column 1 are always made leaves.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The M-x time-stamp command (most commonly used on write-file-hooks)
|
|
|
|
|
has the following new features:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The patterns for finding the time stamp and for updating a pattern
|
|
|
|
|
may match text spanning multiple lines. For example, some people like
|
|
|
|
|
to have the filename and date on separate lines. The new variable
|
|
|
|
|
time-stamp-inserts-lines controls the matching for multi-line patterns.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** More than one time stamp can be updated in the same file. This
|
|
|
|
|
feature is useful if you need separate time stamps in a program source
|
|
|
|
|
file to both include in formatted documentation and insert in the
|
|
|
|
|
compiled binary. The same time-stamp will be written at each matching
|
|
|
|
|
pattern. The variable time-stamp-count enables this new feature; it
|
|
|
|
|
defaults to 1.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Partial Completion mode now completes environment variables in
|
|
|
|
|
file names.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Ispell changes
|
1999-10-23 08:26:16 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The command `ispell' now spell-checks a region if
|
|
|
|
|
transient-mark-mode is on, and the mark is active. Otherwise it
|
|
|
|
|
spell-checks the current buffer.
|
1999-10-14 10:36:16 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** Support for synchronous subprocesses - DOS/Windoze - has been
|
|
|
|
|
added.
|
2001-01-09 12:05:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** An "alignment error" bug was fixed when a manual spelling
|
|
|
|
|
correction is made and re-checked.
|
2001-02-28 12:41:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2003-02-14 18:57:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** Italian, Portuguese, and Slovak dictionary definitions have been added.
|
2001-02-28 12:41:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** Region skipping performance has been vastly improved in some
|
|
|
|
|
cases.
|
2001-02-28 12:41:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** Spell checking HTML buffers has been improved and isn't so strict
|
|
|
|
|
on syntax errors.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The buffer-local words are now always placed on a new line at the
|
|
|
|
|
end of the buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Spell checking now works in the MS-DOS version of Emacs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Makefile mode changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The mode now uses the abbrev table `makefile-mode-abbrev-table'.
|
2001-02-28 12:41:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** Conditionals and include statements are now highlighted when
|
|
|
|
|
Fontlock mode is active.
|
2001-03-21 11:48:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Isearch changes
|
1999-11-29 22:37:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** Isearch now puts a call to `isearch-resume' in the command history,
|
|
|
|
|
so that searches can be resumed.
|
1999-11-29 22:37:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-10-30 18:41:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** In Isearch mode, C-M-s and C-M-r are now bound like C-s and C-r,
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
respectively, i.e. you can repeat a regexp isearch with the same keys
|
|
|
|
|
that started the search.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** In Isearch mode, mouse-2 in the echo area now yanks the current
|
|
|
|
|
selection into the search string rather than giving an error.
|
1999-12-08 15:04:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** There is a new lazy highlighting feature in incremental search.
|
2000-04-03 19:34:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Lazy highlighting is switched on/off by customizing variable
|
|
|
|
|
`isearch-lazy-highlight'. When active, all matches for the current
|
|
|
|
|
search string are highlighted. The current match is highlighted as
|
|
|
|
|
before using face `isearch' or `region'. All other matches are
|
|
|
|
|
highlighted using face `isearch-lazy-highlight-face' which defaults to
|
|
|
|
|
`secondary-selection'.
|
2000-07-26 18:54:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
The extra highlighting makes it easier to anticipate where the cursor
|
|
|
|
|
will end up each time you press C-s or C-r to repeat a pending search.
|
|
|
|
|
Highlighting of these additional matches happens in a deferred fashion
|
|
|
|
|
using "idle timers," so the cycles needed do not rob isearch of its
|
|
|
|
|
usual snappy response.
|
2000-08-15 21:34:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
If `isearch-lazy-highlight-cleanup' is set to t, highlights for
|
|
|
|
|
matches are automatically cleared when you end the search. If it is
|
|
|
|
|
set to nil, you can remove the highlights manually with `M-x
|
|
|
|
|
isearch-lazy-highlight-cleanup'.
|
2000-08-28 16:08:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-04 20:05:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** VC Changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VC has been overhauled internally. It is now modular, making it
|
|
|
|
|
easier to plug-in arbitrary version control backends. (See Lisp
|
|
|
|
|
Changes for details on the new structure.) As a result, the mechanism
|
|
|
|
|
to enable and disable support for particular version systems has
|
|
|
|
|
changed: everything is now controlled by the new variable
|
2001-02-22 10:18:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`vc-handled-backends'. Its value is a list of symbols that identify
|
2000-09-04 20:05:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
version systems; the default is '(RCS CVS SCCS). When finding a file,
|
|
|
|
|
each of the backends in that list is tried in order to see whether the
|
|
|
|
|
file is registered in that backend.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When registering a new file, VC first tries each of the listed
|
|
|
|
|
backends to see if any of them considers itself "responsible" for the
|
|
|
|
|
directory of the file (e.g. because a corresponding subdirectory for
|
|
|
|
|
master files exists). If none of the backends is responsible, then
|
|
|
|
|
the first backend in the list that could register the file is chosen.
|
|
|
|
|
As a consequence, the variable `vc-default-back-end' is now obsolete.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The old variable `vc-master-templates' is also obsolete, although VC
|
|
|
|
|
still supports it for backward compatibility. To define templates for
|
|
|
|
|
RCS or SCCS, you should rather use the new variables
|
|
|
|
|
vc-{rcs,sccs}-master-templates. (There is no such feature under CVS
|
|
|
|
|
where it doesn't make sense.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variables `vc-ignore-vc-files' and `vc-handle-cvs' are also
|
|
|
|
|
obsolete now, you must set `vc-handled-backends' to nil or exclude
|
|
|
|
|
`CVS' from the list, respectively, to achieve their effect now.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** General Changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `vc-checkout-carefully' is obsolete: the corresponding
|
|
|
|
|
checks are always done now.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-23 02:46:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
VC Dired buffers are now kept up-to-date during all version control
|
2000-09-04 20:05:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
operations.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-10-31 21:07:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`vc-diff' output is now displayed in `diff-mode'.
|
|
|
|
|
`vc-print-log' uses `log-view-mode'.
|
|
|
|
|
`vc-log-mode' (used for *VC-Log*) has been replaced by `log-edit-mode'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-11-16 11:04:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
The command C-x v m (vc-merge) now accepts an empty argument as the
|
|
|
|
|
first revision number. This means that any recent changes on the
|
|
|
|
|
current branch should be picked up from the repository and merged into
|
|
|
|
|
the working file (``merge news'').
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The commands C-x v s (vc-create-snapshot) and C-x v r
|
|
|
|
|
(vc-retrieve-snapshot) now ask for a directory name from which to work
|
|
|
|
|
downwards.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Multiple Backends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VC now lets you register files in more than one backend. This is
|
|
|
|
|
useful, for example, if you are working with a slow remote CVS
|
|
|
|
|
repository. You can then use RCS for local editing, and occasionally
|
|
|
|
|
commit your changes back to CVS, or pick up changes from CVS into your
|
|
|
|
|
local RCS archives.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To make this work, the ``more local'' backend (RCS in our example)
|
|
|
|
|
should come first in `vc-handled-backends', and the ``more remote''
|
|
|
|
|
backend (CVS) should come later. (The default value of
|
|
|
|
|
`vc-handled-backends' already has it that way.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-02-22 10:18:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
You can then commit changes to another backend (say, RCS), by typing
|
|
|
|
|
C-u C-x v v RCS RET (i.e. vc-next-action now accepts a backend name as
|
|
|
|
|
a revision number). VC registers the file in the more local backend
|
|
|
|
|
if that hasn't already happened, and commits to a branch based on the
|
|
|
|
|
current revision number from the more remote backend.
|
2000-11-16 11:04:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If a file is registered in multiple backends, you can switch to
|
|
|
|
|
another one using C-x v b (vc-switch-backend). This does not change
|
|
|
|
|
any files, it only changes VC's perspective on the file. Use this to
|
|
|
|
|
pick up changes from CVS while working under RCS locally.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
After you are done with your local RCS editing, you can commit your
|
|
|
|
|
changes back to CVS using C-u C-x v v CVS RET. In this case, the
|
|
|
|
|
local RCS archive is removed after the commit, and the log entry
|
|
|
|
|
buffer is initialized to contain the entire RCS change log of the file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-04 20:05:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** Changes for CVS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
There is a new user option, `vc-cvs-stay-local'. If it is `t' (the
|
|
|
|
|
default), then VC avoids network queries for files registered in
|
|
|
|
|
remote repositories. The state of such files is then only determined
|
|
|
|
|
by heuristics and past information. `vc-cvs-stay-local' can also be a
|
|
|
|
|
regexp to match against repository hostnames; only files from hosts
|
|
|
|
|
that match it are treated locally. If the variable is nil, then VC
|
|
|
|
|
queries the repository just as often as it does for local files.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-11-16 11:04:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
If `vc-cvs-stay-local' is on, then VC also makes local backups of
|
|
|
|
|
repository versions. This means that ordinary diffs (C-x v =) and
|
|
|
|
|
revert operations (C-x v u) can be done completely locally, without
|
|
|
|
|
any repository interactions at all. The name of a local version
|
|
|
|
|
backup of FILE is FILE.~REV.~, where REV is the repository version
|
|
|
|
|
number. This format is similar to that used by C-x v ~
|
|
|
|
|
(vc-version-other-window), except for the trailing dot. As a matter
|
|
|
|
|
of fact, the two features can each use the files created by the other,
|
|
|
|
|
the only difference being that files with a trailing `.' are deleted
|
2000-11-24 16:52:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
automatically after commit. (This feature doesn't work on MS-DOS,
|
|
|
|
|
since DOS disallows more than a single dot in the trunk of a file
|
|
|
|
|
name.)
|
2000-11-16 11:04:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-04 20:05:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
If `vc-cvs-stay-local' is on, and there have been changes in the
|
|
|
|
|
repository, VC notifies you about it when you actually try to commit.
|
|
|
|
|
If you want to check for updates from the repository without trying to
|
2000-11-16 11:04:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
commit, you can either use C-x v m RET to perform an update on the
|
2000-09-04 20:05:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
current file, or you can use C-x v r RET to get an update for an
|
|
|
|
|
entire directory tree.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The new user option `vc-cvs-use-edit' indicates whether VC should call
|
|
|
|
|
"cvs edit" to make files writeable; it defaults to `t'. (This option
|
|
|
|
|
is only meaningful if the CVSREAD variable is set, or if files are
|
|
|
|
|
"watched" by other developers.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-11-16 11:04:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
The commands C-x v s (vc-create-snapshot) and C-x v r
|
|
|
|
|
(vc-retrieve-snapshot) are now also implemented for CVS. If you give
|
2001-02-22 10:18:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
an empty snapshot name to the latter, that performs a `cvs update',
|
2000-11-16 11:04:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
starting at the given directory.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-04 20:05:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** Lisp Changes in VC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VC has been restructured internally to make it modular. You can now
|
|
|
|
|
add support for arbitrary version control backends by writing a
|
|
|
|
|
library that provides a certain set of backend-specific functions, and
|
|
|
|
|
then telling VC to use that library. For example, to add support for
|
2001-02-22 10:18:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
a version system named SYS, you write a library named vc-sys.el, which
|
|
|
|
|
provides a number of functions vc-sys-... (see commentary at the top
|
2000-09-04 20:05:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
of vc.el for a detailed list of them). To make VC use that library,
|
2001-02-22 10:18:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
you need to put it somewhere into Emacs' load path and add the symbol
|
|
|
|
|
`SYS' to the list `vc-handled-backends'.
|
2000-09-04 20:05:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-05 10:26:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The customizable EDT emulation package now supports the EDT
|
2001-01-09 12:05:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
SUBS command and EDT scroll margins. It also works with more
|
|
|
|
|
terminal/keyboard configurations and it now works under XEmacs.
|
|
|
|
|
See etc/edt-user.doc for more information.
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New modes and packages
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-12-09 04:12:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The new global minor mode `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'
|
|
|
|
|
automatically hides the `(default ...)' part of minibuffer prompts when
|
|
|
|
|
the default is not applicable.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-11-19 14:36:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** Artist is an Emacs lisp package that allows you to draw lines,
|
|
|
|
|
rectangles and ellipses by using your mouse and/or keyboard. The
|
|
|
|
|
shapes are made up with the ascii characters |, -, / and \.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Features are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Intersecting: When a `|' intersects with a `-', a `+' is
|
|
|
|
|
drawn, like this: | \ /
|
2000-11-22 23:00:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
--+-- X
|
2000-11-19 14:36:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
| / \
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Rubber-banding: When drawing lines you can interactively see the
|
|
|
|
|
result while holding the mouse button down and moving the mouse. If
|
|
|
|
|
your machine is not fast enough (a 386 is a bit too slow, but a
|
|
|
|
|
pentium is well enough), you can turn this feature off. You will
|
|
|
|
|
then see 1's and 2's which mark the 1st and 2nd endpoint of the line
|
|
|
|
|
you are drawing.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Arrows: After having drawn a (straight) line or a (straight)
|
|
|
|
|
poly-line, you can set arrows on the line-ends by typing < or >.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Flood-filling: You can fill any area with a certain character by
|
|
|
|
|
flood-filling.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Cut copy and paste: You can cut, copy and paste rectangular
|
|
|
|
|
regions. Artist also interfaces with the rect package (this can be
|
|
|
|
|
turned off if it causes you any trouble) so anything you cut in
|
|
|
|
|
artist can be yanked with C-x r y and vice versa.
|
2000-11-22 23:00:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-11-19 14:36:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
- Drawing with keys: Everything you can do with the mouse, you can
|
|
|
|
|
also do without the mouse.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Aspect-ratio: You can set the variable artist-aspect-ratio to
|
|
|
|
|
reflect the height-width ratio for the font you are using. Squares
|
|
|
|
|
and circles are then drawn square/round. Note, that once your
|
|
|
|
|
ascii-file is shown with font with a different height-width ratio,
|
|
|
|
|
the squares won't be square and the circles won't be round.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Drawing operations: The following drawing operations are implemented:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
lines straight-lines
|
|
|
|
|
rectangles squares
|
|
|
|
|
poly-lines straight poly-lines
|
|
|
|
|
ellipses circles
|
|
|
|
|
text (see-thru) text (overwrite)
|
|
|
|
|
spray-can setting size for spraying
|
|
|
|
|
vaporize line vaporize lines
|
|
|
|
|
erase characters erase rectangles
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Straight lines are lines that go horizontally, vertically or
|
|
|
|
|
diagonally. Plain lines go in any direction. The operations in
|
|
|
|
|
the right column are accessed by holding down the shift key while
|
|
|
|
|
drawing.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
It is possible to vaporize (erase) entire lines and connected lines
|
|
|
|
|
(rectangles for example) as long as the lines being vaporized are
|
|
|
|
|
straight and connected at their endpoints. Vaporizing is inspired
|
|
|
|
|
by the drawrect package by Jari Aalto <jari.aalto@poboxes.com>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Picture mode compatibility: Artist is picture mode compatible (this
|
|
|
|
|
can be turned off).
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-10-13 09:34:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The new package Eshell is an operating system command shell
|
|
|
|
|
implemented entirely in Emacs Lisp. Use `M-x eshell' to invoke it.
|
|
|
|
|
It functions similarly to bash and zsh, and allows running of Lisp
|
|
|
|
|
functions and external commands using the same syntax. It supports
|
|
|
|
|
history lists, aliases, extended globbing, smart scrolling, etc. It
|
|
|
|
|
will work on any platform Emacs has been ported to. And since most of
|
|
|
|
|
the basic commands -- ls, rm, mv, cp, ln, du, cat, etc. -- have been
|
|
|
|
|
rewritten in Lisp, it offers an operating-system independent shell,
|
|
|
|
|
all within the scope of your Emacs process.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-14 12:45:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The new package timeclock.el is a mode is for keeping track of time
|
|
|
|
|
intervals. You can use it for whatever purpose you like, but the
|
|
|
|
|
typical scenario is to keep track of how much time you spend working
|
|
|
|
|
on certain projects.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-02-06 15:47:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The new package hi-lock.el provides commands to highlight matches
|
|
|
|
|
of interactively entered regexps. For example,
|
2000-08-02 21:29:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-14 19:47:39 +00:00
|
|
|
|
M-x highlight-regexp RET clearly RET RET
|
2000-08-02 21:29:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
will highlight all occurrences of `clearly' using a yellow background
|
|
|
|
|
face. New occurrences of `clearly' will be highlighted as they are
|
|
|
|
|
typed. `M-x unhighlight-regexp RET' will remove the highlighting.
|
|
|
|
|
Any existing face can be used for highlighting and a set of
|
|
|
|
|
appropriate faces is provided. The regexps can be written into the
|
|
|
|
|
current buffer in a form that will be recognized the next time the
|
2001-02-06 15:47:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
corresponding file is read. There are commands to highlight matches
|
|
|
|
|
to phrases and to highlight entire lines containing a match.
|
2000-08-02 21:29:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-14 19:47:39 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The new package zone.el plays games with Emacs' display when
|
2000-08-02 21:29:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Emacs is idle.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-06-18 11:02:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The new package tildify.el allows to add hard spaces or other text
|
|
|
|
|
fragments in accordance with the current major mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-07-19 14:09:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The new package xml.el provides a simple but generic XML
|
|
|
|
|
parser. It doesn't parse the DTDs however.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-25 20:00:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The comment operations are now provided by the newcomment.el
|
|
|
|
|
package which allows different styles of comment-region and should
|
|
|
|
|
be more robust while offering the same functionality.
|
2000-11-27 15:34:39 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`comment-region' now doesn't always comment a-line-at-a-time, but only
|
|
|
|
|
comments the region, breaking the line at point if necessary.
|
2000-05-25 20:00:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-11 19:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The Ebrowse package implements a C++ class browser and tags
|
|
|
|
|
facilities tailored for use with C++. It is documented in a
|
|
|
|
|
separate Texinfo file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-21 14:45:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The PCL-CVS package available by either running M-x cvs-examine or
|
|
|
|
|
by visiting a CVS administrative directory (with a prefix argument)
|
|
|
|
|
provides an alternative interface to VC-dired for CVS. It comes with
|
|
|
|
|
`log-view-mode' to view RCS and SCCS logs and `log-edit-mode' used to
|
2001-01-29 13:31:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
enter check-in log messages.
|
2000-05-10 21:34:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-08 16:02:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The new package called `woman' allows to browse Unix man pages
|
|
|
|
|
without invoking external programs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The command `M-x woman' formats manual pages entirely in Emacs Lisp
|
|
|
|
|
and then displays them, like `M-x manual-entry' does. Unlike
|
|
|
|
|
`manual-entry', `woman' does not invoke any external programs, so it
|
|
|
|
|
is useful on systems such as MS-DOS/MS-Windows where the `man' and
|
2000-05-17 12:08:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Groff or `troff' commands are not readily available.
|
2000-05-08 16:02:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The command `M-x woman-find-file' asks for the file name of a man
|
|
|
|
|
page, then formats and displays it like `M-x woman' does.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-03-12 13:49:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The new command M-x re-builder offers a convenient interface for
|
|
|
|
|
authoring regular expressions with immediate visual feedback.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The buffer from which the command was called becomes the target for
|
|
|
|
|
the regexp editor popping up in a separate window. Matching text in
|
|
|
|
|
the target buffer is immediately color marked during the editing.
|
|
|
|
|
Each sub-expression of the regexp will show up in a different face so
|
|
|
|
|
even complex regexps can be edited and verified on target data in a
|
|
|
|
|
single step.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On displays not supporting faces the matches instead blink like
|
|
|
|
|
matching parens to make them stand out. On such a setup you will
|
|
|
|
|
probably also want to use the sub-expression mode when the regexp
|
|
|
|
|
contains such to get feedback about their respective limits.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-02-07 23:29:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** glasses-mode is a minor mode that makes
|
|
|
|
|
unreadableIdentifiersLikeThis readable. It works as glasses, without
|
|
|
|
|
actually modifying content of a buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-01-29 12:15:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The package ebnf2ps translates an EBNF to a syntactic chart in
|
|
|
|
|
PostScript.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Currently accepts ad-hoc EBNF, ISO EBNF and Bison/Yacc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ad-hoc default EBNF syntax has the following elements:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
; comment (until end of line)
|
|
|
|
|
A non-terminal
|
|
|
|
|
"C" terminal
|
|
|
|
|
?C? special
|
|
|
|
|
$A default non-terminal
|
|
|
|
|
$"C" default terminal
|
|
|
|
|
$?C? default special
|
|
|
|
|
A = B. production (A is the header and B the body)
|
|
|
|
|
C D sequence (C occurs before D)
|
|
|
|
|
C | D alternative (C or D occurs)
|
|
|
|
|
A - B exception (A excluding B, B without any non-terminal)
|
|
|
|
|
n * A repetition (A repeats n (integer) times)
|
|
|
|
|
(C) group (expression C is grouped together)
|
|
|
|
|
[C] optional (C may or not occurs)
|
|
|
|
|
C+ one or more occurrences of C
|
|
|
|
|
{C}+ one or more occurrences of C
|
|
|
|
|
{C}* zero or more occurrences of C
|
|
|
|
|
{C} zero or more occurrences of C
|
|
|
|
|
C / D equivalent to: C {D C}*
|
|
|
|
|
{C || D}+ equivalent to: C {D C}*
|
|
|
|
|
{C || D}* equivalent to: [C {D C}*]
|
|
|
|
|
{C || D} equivalent to: [C {D C}*]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Please, see ebnf2ps documentation for EBNF syntax and how to use it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-01-14 22:32:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The package align.el will align columns within a region, using M-x
|
|
|
|
|
align. Its mode-specific rules, based on regular expressions,
|
|
|
|
|
determine where the columns should be split. In C and C++, for
|
|
|
|
|
example, it will align variable names in declaration lists, or the
|
|
|
|
|
equal signs of assignments.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-01-10 16:36:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** `paragraph-indent-minor-mode' is a new minor mode supporting
|
|
|
|
|
paragraphs in the same style as `paragraph-indent-text-mode'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-12-28 13:05:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** bs.el is a new package for buffer selection similar to
|
|
|
|
|
list-buffers or electric-buffer-list. Use M-x bs-show to display a
|
2001-03-20 00:34:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
buffer menu with this package. See the Custom group `bs'.
|
1999-12-28 13:05:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-06-16 15:47:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** find-lisp.el is a package emulating the Unix find command in Lisp.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-02-17 12:15:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** calculator.el is a small calculator package that is intended to
|
|
|
|
|
replace desktop calculators such as xcalc and calc.exe. Actually, it
|
|
|
|
|
is not too small - it has more features than most desktop calculators,
|
|
|
|
|
and can be customized easily to get many more functions. It should
|
|
|
|
|
not be confused with "calc" which is a much bigger mathematical tool
|
|
|
|
|
which answers different needs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-12-21 09:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The minor modes cwarn-mode and global-cwarn-mode highlights
|
|
|
|
|
suspicious C and C++ constructions. Currently, assignments inside
|
|
|
|
|
expressions, semicolon following `if', `for' and `while' (except, of
|
|
|
|
|
course, after a `do .. while' statement), and C++ functions with
|
|
|
|
|
reference parameters are recognized. The modes require font-lock mode
|
|
|
|
|
to be enabled.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-01-03 00:29:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** smerge-mode.el provides `smerge-mode', a simple minor-mode for files
|
|
|
|
|
containing diff3-style conflict markers, such as generated by RCS.
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** 5x5.el is a simple puzzle game.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-24 11:21:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** hl-line.el provides `hl-line-mode', a minor mode to highlight the
|
|
|
|
|
current line in the current buffer. It also provides
|
2002-08-21 00:18:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`global-hl-line-mode' to provide the same behavior in all buffers.
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** ansi-color.el translates ANSI terminal escapes into text-properties.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-01-25 20:21:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Please note: if `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' and
|
2000-09-27 12:37:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`global-font-lock-mode' are non-nil, loading ansi-color.el will
|
|
|
|
|
disable font-lock and add `ansi-color-apply' to
|
|
|
|
|
`comint-preoutput-filter-functions' for all shell-mode buffers. This
|
|
|
|
|
displays the output of "ls --color=yes" using the correct foreground
|
|
|
|
|
and background colors.
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** delphi.el provides a major mode for editing the Delphi (Object
|
|
|
|
|
Pascal) language.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** quickurl.el provides a simple method of inserting a URL based on
|
|
|
|
|
the text at point.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** sql.el provides an interface to SQL data bases.
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-04 13:53:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** fortune.el uses the fortune program to create mail/news signatures.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-01-09 12:05:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** whitespace.el is a package for warning about and cleaning bogus
|
|
|
|
|
whitespace in a file.
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-12 15:01:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** PostScript mode (ps-mode) is a new major mode for editing PostScript
|
|
|
|
|
files. It offers: interaction with a PostScript interpreter, including
|
|
|
|
|
(very basic) error handling; fontification, easily customizable for
|
|
|
|
|
interpreter messages; auto-indentation; insertion of EPSF templates and
|
|
|
|
|
often used code snippets; viewing of BoundingBox; commenting out /
|
|
|
|
|
uncommenting regions; conversion of 8bit characters to PostScript octal
|
|
|
|
|
codes. All functionality is accessible through a menu.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** delim-col helps to prettify columns in a text region or rectangle.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Here is an example of columns:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
horse apple bus
|
|
|
|
|
dog pineapple car EXTRA
|
|
|
|
|
porcupine strawberry airplane
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Doing the following settings:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(setq delimit-columns-str-before "[ ")
|
|
|
|
|
(setq delimit-columns-str-after " ]")
|
|
|
|
|
(setq delimit-columns-str-separator ", ")
|
|
|
|
|
(setq delimit-columns-separator "\t")
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selecting the lines above and typing:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
M-x delimit-columns-region
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
It results:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[ horse , apple , bus , ]
|
|
|
|
|
[ dog , pineapple , car , EXTRA ]
|
|
|
|
|
[ porcupine, strawberry, airplane, ]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
delim-col has the following options:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
delimit-columns-str-before Specify a string to be inserted
|
|
|
|
|
before all columns.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
delimit-columns-str-separator Specify a string to be inserted
|
|
|
|
|
between each column.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
delimit-columns-str-after Specify a string to be inserted
|
|
|
|
|
after all columns.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
delimit-columns-separator Specify a regexp which separates
|
|
|
|
|
each column.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
delim-col has the following commands:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
delimit-columns-region Prettify all columns in a text region.
|
|
|
|
|
delimit-columns-rectangle Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-20 00:34:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** Recentf mode maintains a menu for visiting files that were
|
|
|
|
|
operated on recently. User option recentf-menu-filter specifies a
|
|
|
|
|
menu filter function to change the menu appearance. For example, the
|
|
|
|
|
recent file list can be displayed:
|
1999-10-14 22:26:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-07-19 14:09:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
- organized by major modes, directories or user defined rules.
|
2001-01-29 13:31:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
- sorted by file paths, file names, ascending or descending.
|
|
|
|
|
- showing paths relative to the current default-directory
|
1999-10-14 22:26:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-07-19 14:09:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
The `recentf-filter-changer' menu filter function allows to
|
|
|
|
|
dynamically change the menu appearance.
|
1999-10-14 22:26:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-23 18:06:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** elide-head.el provides a mechanism for eliding boilerplate header
|
|
|
|
|
text.
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-12-16 19:09:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** footnote.el provides `footnote-mode', a minor mode supporting use
|
1999-12-09 23:54:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
of footnotes. It is intended for use with Message mode, but isn't
|
|
|
|
|
specific to Message mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-12-16 19:09:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** diff-mode.el provides `diff-mode', a major mode for
|
|
|
|
|
viewing/editing context diffs (patches). It is selected for files
|
|
|
|
|
with extension `.diff', `.diffs', `.patch' and `.rej'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-02-16 22:32:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** EUDC, the Emacs Unified Directory Client, provides a common user
|
|
|
|
|
interface to access directory servers using different directory
|
|
|
|
|
protocols. It has a separate manual.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-03-12 19:14:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** autoconf.el provides a major mode for editing configure.in files
|
|
|
|
|
for Autoconf, selected automatically.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-04-25 19:43:58 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** windmove.el provides moving between windows.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-07-26 18:54:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** crm.el provides a facility to read multiple strings from the
|
2000-04-25 19:43:58 +00:00
|
|
|
|
minibuffer with completion.
|
2000-02-16 22:32:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-11 22:11:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** todo-mode.el provides management of TODO lists and integration
|
|
|
|
|
with the diary features.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-14 19:04:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** autoarg.el provides a feature reported from Twenex Emacs whereby
|
|
|
|
|
numeric keys supply prefix args rather than self inserting.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-06-20 18:36:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The function `turn-off-auto-fill' unconditionally turns off Auto
|
|
|
|
|
Fill mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-10-29 05:18:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** pcomplete.el is a library that provides programmable completion
|
|
|
|
|
facilities for Emacs, similar to what zsh and tcsh offer. The main
|
|
|
|
|
difference is that completion functions are written in Lisp, meaning
|
|
|
|
|
they can be profiled, debugged, etc.
|
2000-10-13 17:31:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-07-12 07:18:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** antlr-mode is a new major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
|
|
|
|
|
It is automatically turned on for files whose names have the extension
|
|
|
|
|
`.g'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-22 07:11:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Changes in sort.el
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The function sort-numeric-fields interprets numbers starting with `0'
|
|
|
|
|
as octal and numbers starting with `0x' or `0X' as hexadecimal. The
|
|
|
|
|
new user-option sort-numeric-base can be used to specify a default
|
|
|
|
|
numeric base.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes to Ange-ftp
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Ange-ftp allows you to specify of a port number in remote file
|
|
|
|
|
names cleanly. It is appended to the host name, separated by a hash
|
|
|
|
|
sign, e.g. `/foo@bar.org#666:mumble'. (This syntax comes from EFS.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** If the new user-option `ange-ftp-try-passive-mode' is set, passive
|
|
|
|
|
ftp mode will be used if the ftp client supports that.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Ange-ftp handles the output of the w32-style clients which
|
|
|
|
|
output ^M at the end of lines.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The recommended way of using Iswitchb is via the new global minor
|
|
|
|
|
mode `iswitchb-mode'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Just loading the msb package doesn't switch on Msb mode anymore.
|
|
|
|
|
If you have `(require 'msb)' in your .emacs, please replace it with
|
|
|
|
|
`(msb-mode 1)'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Flyspell mode has various new options. See the `flyspell' Custom
|
|
|
|
|
group.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The user option `backward-delete-char-untabify-method' controls the
|
|
|
|
|
behavior of `backward-delete-char-untabify'. The following values
|
|
|
|
|
are recognized:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`untabify' -- turn a tab to many spaces, then delete one space;
|
|
|
|
|
`hungry' -- delete all whitespace, both tabs and spaces;
|
|
|
|
|
`all' -- delete all whitespace, including tabs, spaces and newlines;
|
|
|
|
|
nil -- just delete one character.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Default value is `untabify'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[This change was made in Emacs 20.3 but not mentioned then.]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In Cperl mode `cperl-invalid-face' should now be a normal face
|
|
|
|
|
symbol, not double-quoted.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Some packages are declared obsolete, to be removed in a future
|
|
|
|
|
version. They are: auto-show, c-mode, hilit19, hscroll, ooutline,
|
|
|
|
|
profile, rnews, rnewspost, and sc. Their implementations have been
|
|
|
|
|
moved to lisp/obsolete.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** auto-compression mode is no longer enabled just by loading jka-compr.el.
|
|
|
|
|
To control it, set `auto-compression-mode' via Custom or use the
|
|
|
|
|
`auto-compression-mode' command.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** `browse-url-gnome-moz' is a new option for
|
|
|
|
|
`browse-url-browser-function', invoking Mozilla in GNOME, and
|
|
|
|
|
`browse-url-kde' can be chosen for invoking the KDE browser.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The user-option `browse-url-new-window-p' has been renamed to
|
|
|
|
|
`browse-url-new-window-flag'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The functions `keep-lines', `flush-lines' and `how-many' now
|
|
|
|
|
operate on the active region in Transient Mark mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** `gnus-user-agent' is a new possibility for `mail-user-agent'. It
|
|
|
|
|
is like `message-user-agent', but with all the Gnus paraphernalia.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The Strokes package has been updated. If your Emacs has XPM
|
|
|
|
|
support, you can use it for pictographic editing. In Strokes mode,
|
|
|
|
|
use C-mouse-2 to compose a complex stoke and insert it into the
|
|
|
|
|
buffer. You can encode or decode a strokes buffer with new commands
|
|
|
|
|
M-x strokes-encode-buffer and M-x strokes-decode-buffer. There is a
|
|
|
|
|
new command M-x strokes-list-strokes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Hexl contains a new command `hexl-insert-hex-string' which inserts
|
|
|
|
|
a string of hexadecimal numbers read from the mini-buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Hexl mode allows to insert non-ASCII characters.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The non-ASCII characters are encoded using the same encoding as the
|
|
|
|
|
file you are visiting in Hexl mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Shell script mode changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shell script mode (sh-script) can now indent scripts for shells
|
|
|
|
|
derived from sh and rc. The indentation style is customizable, and
|
|
|
|
|
sh-script can attempt to "learn" the current buffer's style.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Etags changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** In DOS, etags looks for file.cgz if it cannot find file.c.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New option --ignore-case-regex is an alternative to --regex. It is now
|
|
|
|
|
possible to bind a regexp to a language, by prepending the regexp with
|
|
|
|
|
{lang}, where lang is one of the languages that `etags --help' prints out.
|
|
|
|
|
This feature is useful especially for regex files, where each line contains
|
|
|
|
|
a regular expression. The manual contains details.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** In C and derived languages, etags creates tags for function
|
|
|
|
|
declarations when given the --declarations option.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** In C++, tags are created for "operator". The tags have the form
|
|
|
|
|
"operator+", without spaces between the keyword and the operator.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** You shouldn't generally need any more the -C or -c++ option: etags
|
|
|
|
|
automatically switches to C++ parsing when it meets the `class' or
|
|
|
|
|
`template' keywords.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Etags now is able to delve at arbitrary deeps into nested structures in
|
|
|
|
|
C-like languages. Previously, it was limited to one or two brace levels.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New language Ada: tags are functions, procedures, packages, tasks, and
|
|
|
|
|
types.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** In Fortran, `procedure' is not tagged.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** In Java, tags are created for "interface".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** In Lisp, "(defstruct (foo", "(defun (operator" and similar constructs
|
|
|
|
|
are now tagged.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** In makefiles, tags the targets.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** In Perl, the --globals option tags global variables. my and local
|
|
|
|
|
variables are tagged.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New language Python: def and class at the beginning of a line are tags.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** .ss files are Scheme files, .pdb is Postscript with C syntax, .psw is
|
|
|
|
|
for PSWrap.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes in etags.el
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new user-option tags-case-fold-search can be used to make
|
|
|
|
|
tags operations case-sensitive or case-insensitive. The default
|
|
|
|
|
is to use the same setting as case-fold-search.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** You can display additional output with M-x tags-apropos by setting
|
|
|
|
|
the new variable tags-apropos-additional-actions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If non-nil, the variable's value should be a list of triples (TITLE
|
|
|
|
|
FUNCTION TO-SEARCH). For each triple, M-x tags-apropos processes
|
|
|
|
|
TO-SEARCH and lists tags from it. TO-SEARCH should be an alist,
|
|
|
|
|
obarray, or symbol. If it is a symbol, the symbol's value is used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TITLE is a string to use to label the list of tags from TO-SEARCH.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FUNCTION is a function to call when an entry is selected in the Tags
|
|
|
|
|
List buffer. It is called with one argument, the selected symbol.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A useful example value for this variable might be something like:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
'(("Emacs Lisp" Info-goto-emacs-command-node obarray)
|
|
|
|
|
("Common Lisp" common-lisp-hyperspec common-lisp-hyperspec-obarray)
|
|
|
|
|
("SCWM" scwm-documentation scwm-obarray))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The face tags-tag-face can be used to customize the appearance
|
|
|
|
|
of tags in the output of M-x tags-apropos.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Setting tags-apropos-verbose to a non-nil value displays the
|
|
|
|
|
names of tags files in the *Tags List* buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** You can now search for tags that are part of the filename itself.
|
|
|
|
|
If you have tagged the files topfile.c subdir/subfile.c
|
|
|
|
|
/tmp/tempfile.c, you can now search for tags "topfile.c", "subfile.c",
|
|
|
|
|
"dir/sub", "tempfile", "tempfile.c". If the tag matches the file name,
|
|
|
|
|
point will go to the beginning of the file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Compressed files are now transparently supported if
|
|
|
|
|
auto-compression-mode is active. You can tag (with Etags) and search
|
|
|
|
|
(with find-tag) both compressed and uncompressed files.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Tags commands like M-x tags-search no longer change point
|
|
|
|
|
in buffers where no match is found. In buffers where a match is
|
|
|
|
|
found, the original value of point is pushed on the marker ring.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Fortran mode has a new command `fortran-strip-sequence-nos' to
|
|
|
|
|
remove text past column 72. The syntax class of `\' in Fortran is now
|
|
|
|
|
appropriate for C-style escape sequences in strings.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** SGML mode's default `sgml-validate-command' is now `nsgmls'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** A new command `view-emacs-problems' (C-h P) displays the PROBLEMS file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The Dabbrev package has a new user-option `dabbrev-ignored-regexps'
|
|
|
|
|
containing a list of regular expressions. Buffers matching a regular
|
|
|
|
|
expression from that list, are not checked.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Emacs can now figure out modification times of remote files.
|
|
|
|
|
When you do C-x C-f /user@host:/path/file RET and edit the file,
|
|
|
|
|
and someone else modifies the file, you will be prompted to revert
|
|
|
|
|
the buffer, just like for the local files.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The buffer menu (C-x C-b) no longer lists the *Buffer List* buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** When invoked with a prefix argument, the command `list-abbrevs' now
|
|
|
|
|
displays local abbrevs, only.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-11-08 10:57:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Refill minor mode provides preliminary support for keeping
|
|
|
|
|
paragraphs filled as you modify them.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-07-30 14:08:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The variable `double-click-fuzz' specifies how much the mouse
|
|
|
|
|
may be moved between clicks that are recognized as a pair. Its value
|
|
|
|
|
is measured in pixels.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-11-08 10:57:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new global minor mode `auto-image-file-mode' allows image files
|
|
|
|
|
to be visited as images.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-09-13 09:17:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Two new user-options `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'
|
|
|
|
|
were added to compile.el.
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Withdrawn packages
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** mldrag.el has been removed. mouse.el provides the same
|
|
|
|
|
functionality with aliases for the mldrag functions.
|
1999-10-22 14:25:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-01-19 18:50:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** eval-reg.el has been obsoleted by changes to edebug.el and removed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** ph.el has been obsoleted by EUDC and removed.
|
2000-05-23 09:44:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-01-25 20:15:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-11-29 12:36:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
* Incompatible Lisp changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
There are a few Lisp changes which are not backwards-compatible and
|
|
|
|
|
may require changes to existing code. Here is a list for reference.
|
2001-01-19 13:49:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
See the sections below for details.
|
2000-11-29 12:36:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-01-14 20:48:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Since `format' preserves text properties, the idiom
|
2001-02-02 07:57:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`(format "%s" foo)' no longer works to copy and remove properties.
|
2001-11-15 18:53:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Use `copy-sequence' to copy the string, then use `set-text-properties'
|
|
|
|
|
to remove the properties of the copy.
|
2000-11-29 12:36:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Since the `keymap' text property now has significance, some code
|
|
|
|
|
which uses both `local-map' and `keymap' properties (for portability)
|
|
|
|
|
may, for instance, give rise to duplicate menus when the keymaps from
|
|
|
|
|
these properties are active.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-11-30 11:23:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The change in the treatment of non-ASCII characters in search
|
2000-11-29 12:36:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ranges may affect some code.
|
2000-11-29 19:14:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** A non-nil value for the LOCAL arg of add-hook makes the hook
|
|
|
|
|
buffer-local even if `make-local-hook' hasn't been called, which might
|
|
|
|
|
make a difference to some code.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-11-30 11:23:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new treatment of the minibuffer prompt might affect code which
|
|
|
|
|
operates on the minibuffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-12-01 15:47:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new character sets `eight-bit-control' and `eight-bit-graphic'
|
|
|
|
|
cause `no-conversion' and `emacs-mule-unix' coding systems to produce
|
|
|
|
|
different results when reading files with non-ASCII characters
|
|
|
|
|
(previously, both coding systems would produce the same results).
|
|
|
|
|
Specifically, `no-conversion' interprets each 8-bit byte as a separate
|
|
|
|
|
character. This makes `no-conversion' inappropriate for reading
|
|
|
|
|
multibyte text, e.g. buffers written to disk in their internal MULE
|
|
|
|
|
encoding (auto-saving does that, for example). If a Lisp program
|
|
|
|
|
reads such files with `no-conversion', each byte of the multibyte
|
|
|
|
|
sequence, including the MULE leading codes such as \201, is treated as
|
|
|
|
|
a separate character, which prevents them from being interpreted in
|
|
|
|
|
the buffer as multibyte characters.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Therefore, Lisp programs that read files which contain the internal
|
|
|
|
|
MULE encoding should use `emacs-mule-unix'. `no-conversion' is only
|
|
|
|
|
appropriate for reading truly binary files.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-12-15 15:07:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Code that relies on the obsolete `before-change-function' and
|
2001-01-11 16:44:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`after-change-function' to detect buffer changes will now fail. Use
|
|
|
|
|
`before-change-functions' and `after-change-functions' instead.
|
2000-12-15 15:07:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Code that uses `concat' with integer args now gets an error, as
|
2002-03-22 13:30:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
long promised. So does any code that uses derivatives of `concat',
|
|
|
|
|
such as `mapconcat'.
|
2000-12-15 15:07:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-01 16:03:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The function base64-decode-string now always returns a unibyte
|
|
|
|
|
string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-02-20 20:56:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Not a Lisp incompatibility as such but, with the introduction of
|
|
|
|
|
extra private charsets, there is now only one slot free for a new
|
|
|
|
|
dimension-2 private charset. User code which tries to add more than
|
|
|
|
|
one extra will fail unless you rebuild Emacs with some standard
|
|
|
|
|
charset(s) removed; that is probably inadvisable because it changes
|
|
|
|
|
the emacs-mule encoding. Also, files stored in the emacs-mule
|
2001-03-01 18:47:58 +00:00
|
|
|
|
encoding using Emacs 20 with additional private charsets defined will
|
|
|
|
|
probably not be read correctly by Emacs 21.
|
2001-02-16 12:31:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-30 10:02:16 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The variable `directory-sep-char' is slated for removal.
|
|
|
|
|
Not really a change (yet), but a projected one that you should be
|
|
|
|
|
aware of: The variable `directory-sep-char' is deprecated, and should
|
|
|
|
|
not be used. It was always ignored on GNU/Linux and Unix systems and
|
|
|
|
|
on MS-DOS, but the MS-Windows port tried to support it by adapting the
|
|
|
|
|
behavior of certain primitives to the value of this variable. It
|
|
|
|
|
turned out that such support cannot be reliable, so it was decided to
|
|
|
|
|
remove this variable in the near future. Lisp programs are well
|
|
|
|
|
advised not to set it to anything but '/', because any different value
|
|
|
|
|
will not have any effect when support for this variable is removed.
|
2001-03-29 15:23:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-01-25 20:15:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-23 09:44:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
* Lisp changes made after edition 2.6 of the Emacs Lisp Manual,
|
|
|
|
|
(Display-related features are described in a page of their own below.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-09-03 08:21:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Function assq-delete-all replaces function assoc-delete-all.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-21 19:42:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new function animate-string, from lisp/play/animate.el
|
2001-07-23 10:08:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
allows the animated display of strings.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-29 14:25:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new function `interactive-form' can be used to obtain the
|
|
|
|
|
interactive form of a function.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-20 00:34:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The keyword :set-after in defcustom allows to specify dependencies
|
|
|
|
|
between custom options. Example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(defcustom default-input-method nil
|
|
|
|
|
"*Default input method for multilingual text (a string).
|
|
|
|
|
This is the input method activated automatically by the command
|
|
|
|
|
`toggle-input-method' (\\[toggle-input-method])."
|
|
|
|
|
:group 'mule
|
|
|
|
|
:type '(choice (const nil) string)
|
|
|
|
|
:set-after '(current-language-environment))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This specifies that default-input-method should be set after
|
|
|
|
|
current-language-environment even if default-input-method appears
|
|
|
|
|
first in a custom-set-variables statement.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-02-02 16:36:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new hook `kbd-macro-termination-hook' is run at the end of
|
2001-01-08 13:19:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
function execute-kbd-macro. Functions on this hook are called with no
|
|
|
|
|
args. The hook is run independent of how the macro was terminated
|
|
|
|
|
(signal or normal termination).
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-01-05 16:56:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Functions `butlast' and `nbutlast' for removing trailing elements
|
|
|
|
|
from a list are now available without requiring the CL package.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-12-06 14:22:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new user-option `even-window-heights' can be set to nil
|
|
|
|
|
to prevent `display-buffer' from evening out window heights.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-11-10 15:00:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The user-option `face-font-registry-alternatives' specifies
|
|
|
|
|
alternative font registry names to try when looking for a font.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-11-30 14:03:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Function `md5' calculates the MD5 "message digest"/"checksum".
|
2000-11-10 11:37:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-10-26 12:46:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Function `delete-frame' runs `delete-frame-hook' before actually
|
|
|
|
|
deleting the frame. The hook is called with one arg, the frame
|
|
|
|
|
being deleted.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-10-25 03:02:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** `add-hook' now makes the hook local if called with a non-nil LOCAL arg.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-10-13 17:32:16 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The treatment of non-ASCII characters in search ranges has changed.
|
2000-10-13 17:31:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
If a range in a regular expression or the arg of
|
|
|
|
|
skip-chars-forward/backward starts with a unibyte character C and ends
|
|
|
|
|
with a multibyte character C2, the range is divided into two: one is
|
|
|
|
|
C..?\377, the other is C1..C2, where C1 is the first character of C2's
|
|
|
|
|
charset.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-10-08 01:36:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new function `display-message-or-buffer' displays a message in
|
|
|
|
|
the echo area or pops up a buffer, depending on the length of the
|
|
|
|
|
message.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-10-01 03:22:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new macro `with-auto-compression-mode' allows evaluating an
|
|
|
|
|
expression with auto-compression-mode enabled.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-15 11:49:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** In image specifications, `:heuristic-mask' has been replaced
|
|
|
|
|
with the more general `:mask' property.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-01-17 14:11:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Image specifications accept more `:conversion's.
|
2000-09-19 15:37:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-12 12:51:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** A `?' can be used in a symbol name without escaping it with a
|
|
|
|
|
backslash.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-21 14:45:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Reading from the mini-buffer now reads from standard input if Emacs
|
|
|
|
|
is running in batch mode. For example,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(message "%s" (read t))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
will read a Lisp expression from standard input and print the result
|
|
|
|
|
to standard output.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The argument of `down-list', `backward-up-list', `up-list',
|
|
|
|
|
`kill-sexp', `backward-kill-sexp' and `mark-sexp' is now optional.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-02 20:23:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** If `display-buffer-reuse-frames' is set, function `display-buffer'
|
|
|
|
|
will raise frames displaying a buffer, instead of creating a new
|
|
|
|
|
frame or window.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-07-27 20:16:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Two new functions for removing elements from lists/sequences
|
|
|
|
|
were added
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Function: remove ELT SEQ
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-01-29 13:31:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Return a copy of SEQ with all occurrences of ELT removed. SEQ must be
|
2000-07-27 20:16:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
a list, vector, or string. The comparison is done with `equal'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Function: remq ELT LIST
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-01-29 13:31:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Return a copy of LIST with all occurrences of ELT removed. The
|
2000-07-27 20:16:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
comparison is done with `eq'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The function `delete' now also works with vectors and strings.
|
2000-07-27 15:51:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-07-27 13:28:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The meaning of the `:weakness WEAK' argument of make-hash-table
|
2001-09-01 18:03:16 +00:00
|
|
|
|
has been changed: WEAK can now have new values `key-or-value' and
|
2003-11-09 22:02:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`key-and-value', in addition to `nil', `key', `value', and `t'.
|
2000-07-27 13:28:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-07-21 06:59:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Function `aset' stores any multibyte character in any string
|
|
|
|
|
without signaling "Attempt to change char length of a string". It may
|
|
|
|
|
convert a unibyte string to multibyte if necessary.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-07-14 14:01:16 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The value of the `help-echo' text property is called as a function
|
|
|
|
|
or evaluated, if it is not a string already, to obtain a help string.
|
2000-07-13 23:56:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-07-12 11:55:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Function `make-obsolete' now has an optional arg to say when the
|
|
|
|
|
function was declared obsolete.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-07-26 18:54:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Function `plist-member' is renamed from `widget-plist-member' (which is
|
2000-07-12 11:55:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
retained as an alias).
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-12-10 04:58:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Easy-menu's :filter now takes the unconverted form of the menu and
|
|
|
|
|
the result is automatically converted to Emacs' form.
|
2000-07-05 17:04:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-07-04 19:01:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new function `window-list' has been defined
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-11-19 15:30:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
- Function: window-list &optional FRAME WINDOW MINIBUF
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return a list of windows on FRAME, starting with WINDOW. FRAME nil or
|
|
|
|
|
omitted means use the selected frame. WINDOW nil or omitted means use
|
|
|
|
|
the selected window. MINIBUF t means include the minibuffer window,
|
|
|
|
|
even if it isn't active. MINIBUF nil or omitted means include the
|
|
|
|
|
minibuffer window only if it's active. MINIBUF neither nil nor t
|
|
|
|
|
means never include the minibuffer window.
|
2000-07-04 19:01:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-09-07 11:37:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** There's a new function `get-window-with-predicate' defined as follows
|
2000-07-03 09:18:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-09-07 11:37:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
- Function: get-window-with-predicate PREDICATE &optional MINIBUF ALL-FRAMES DEFAULT
|
2000-07-03 09:18:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return a window satisfying PREDICATE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function cycles through all visible windows using `walk-windows',
|
|
|
|
|
calling PREDICATE on each one. PREDICATE is called with a window as
|
|
|
|
|
argument. The first window for which PREDICATE returns a non-nil
|
|
|
|
|
value is returned. If no window satisfies PREDICATE, DEFAULT is
|
|
|
|
|
returned.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Optional second arg MINIBUF t means count the minibuffer window even
|
|
|
|
|
if not active. MINIBUF nil or omitted means count the minibuffer iff
|
|
|
|
|
it is active. MINIBUF neither t nor nil means not to count the
|
|
|
|
|
minibuffer even if it is active.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Several frames may share a single minibuffer; if the minibuffer
|
|
|
|
|
counts, all windows on all frames that share that minibuffer count
|
|
|
|
|
too. Therefore, if you are using a separate minibuffer frame
|
|
|
|
|
and the minibuffer is active and MINIBUF says it counts,
|
|
|
|
|
`walk-windows' includes the windows in the frame from which you
|
|
|
|
|
entered the minibuffer, as well as the minibuffer window.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ALL-FRAMES is the optional third argument.
|
|
|
|
|
ALL-FRAMES nil or omitted means cycle within the frames as specified above.
|
|
|
|
|
ALL-FRAMES = `visible' means include windows on all visible frames.
|
|
|
|
|
ALL-FRAMES = 0 means include windows on all visible and iconified frames.
|
|
|
|
|
ALL-FRAMES = t means include windows on all frames including invisible frames.
|
|
|
|
|
If ALL-FRAMES is a frame, it means include windows on that frame.
|
|
|
|
|
Anything else means restrict to the selected frame.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-02 20:23:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The function `single-key-description' now encloses function key and
|
|
|
|
|
event names in angle brackets. When called with a second optional
|
|
|
|
|
argument non-nil, angle brackets won't be printed.
|
2000-06-14 20:26:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-06-13 23:51:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** If the variable `message-truncate-lines' is bound to t around a
|
|
|
|
|
call to `message', the echo area will not be resized to display that
|
2000-07-18 13:05:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
message; it will be truncated instead, as it was done in 20.x.
|
|
|
|
|
Default value is nil.
|
2000-06-13 23:51:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-07-26 18:54:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The user option `line-number-display-limit' can now be set to nil,
|
2000-06-13 22:10:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
meaning no limit.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-06-20 10:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new user option `line-number-display-limit-width' controls
|
|
|
|
|
the maximum width of lines in a buffer for which Emacs displays line
|
|
|
|
|
numbers in the mode line. The default is 200.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-07-26 18:54:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** `select-safe-coding-system' now also checks the most preferred
|
2000-06-08 16:04:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
coding-system if buffer-file-coding-system is `undecided' and
|
|
|
|
|
DEFAULT-CODING-SYSTEM is not specified,
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-11-29 15:02:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The function `subr-arity' provides information about the argument
|
|
|
|
|
list of a primitive.
|
2000-05-26 10:28:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-10-31 21:07:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** `where-is-internal' now also accepts a list of keymaps.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-29 12:07:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The text property `keymap' specifies a key map which overrides the
|
|
|
|
|
buffer's local map and the map specified by the `local-map' property.
|
|
|
|
|
This is probably what most current uses of `local-map' want, rather
|
|
|
|
|
than replacing the local map.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-01-11 23:15:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The obsolete variables `before-change-function' and
|
|
|
|
|
`after-change-function' are no longer acted upon and have been
|
|
|
|
|
removed. Use `before-change-functions' and `after-change-functions'
|
|
|
|
|
instead.
|
2000-06-07 15:38:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The function `apropos-mode' runs the hook `apropos-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-10-31 21:07:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** `concat' no longer accepts individual integer arguments,
|
|
|
|
|
as promised long ago.
|
2000-07-20 09:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-07-26 18:54:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new function `float-time' returns the current time as a float.
|
2001-05-16 11:03:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new variable auto-coding-regexp-alist specifies coding systems
|
|
|
|
|
for reading specific files, analogous to auto-coding-alist, but
|
|
|
|
|
patterns are checked against file contents instead of file names.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-01-25 20:15:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
* Lisp changes in Emacs 21.1 (see following page for display-related features)
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-10-01 07:38:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new package rx.el provides an alternative sexp notation for
|
|
|
|
|
regular expressions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Function: rx-to-string SEXP
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Translate SEXP into a regular expression in string notation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Macro: rx SEXP
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Translate SEXP into a regular expression in string notation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
|
|
|
|
|
notation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STRING
|
|
|
|
|
matches string STRING literally.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHAR
|
|
|
|
|
matches character CHAR literally.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`not-newline'
|
|
|
|
|
matches any character except a newline.
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
|
`anything'
|
|
|
|
|
matches any character
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`(any SET)'
|
|
|
|
|
matches any character in SET. SET may be a character or string.
|
|
|
|
|
Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-10-23 15:46:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
'(in SET)'
|
2001-10-01 07:38:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
like `any'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`(not (any SET))'
|
|
|
|
|
matches any character not in SET
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`line-start'
|
|
|
|
|
matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
|
|
|
|
|
in the text being matched
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`line-end'
|
|
|
|
|
is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`string-start'
|
|
|
|
|
matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
|
|
|
|
|
string being matched against.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`string-end'
|
|
|
|
|
matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
|
|
|
|
|
string being matched against.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`buffer-start'
|
|
|
|
|
matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
|
|
|
|
|
buffer being matched against.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`buffer-end'
|
|
|
|
|
matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
|
|
|
|
|
buffer being matched against.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`point'
|
|
|
|
|
matches the empty string, but only at point.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`word-start'
|
|
|
|
|
matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
|
|
|
|
|
word.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`word-end'
|
|
|
|
|
matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`word-boundary'
|
|
|
|
|
matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
|
|
|
|
|
word.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`(not word-boundary)'
|
|
|
|
|
matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
|
|
|
|
|
word.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`digit'
|
|
|
|
|
matches 0 through 9.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`control'
|
|
|
|
|
matches ASCII control characters.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`hex-digit'
|
|
|
|
|
matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`blank'
|
|
|
|
|
matches space and tab only.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`graphic'
|
|
|
|
|
matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
|
|
|
|
|
space, and DEL.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`printing'
|
|
|
|
|
matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
|
|
|
|
|
and DEL.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`alphanumeric'
|
|
|
|
|
matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
|
|
|
|
|
it matches anything that has word syntax.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`letter'
|
|
|
|
|
matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
|
|
|
|
|
it matches anything that has word syntax.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`ascii'
|
|
|
|
|
matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`nonascii'
|
|
|
|
|
matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`lower'
|
|
|
|
|
matches anything lower-case.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`upper'
|
|
|
|
|
matches anything upper-case.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`punctuation'
|
|
|
|
|
matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
|
|
|
|
|
it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`space'
|
|
|
|
|
matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`word'
|
|
|
|
|
matches anything that has word syntax.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`(syntax SYNTAX)'
|
|
|
|
|
matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
|
|
|
|
|
of the following symbols.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
|
|
|
|
|
`punctuation' (\\s.)
|
|
|
|
|
`word' (\\sw)
|
|
|
|
|
`symbol' (\\s_)
|
|
|
|
|
`open-parenthesis' (\\s()
|
|
|
|
|
`close-parenthesis' (\\s))
|
|
|
|
|
`expression-prefix' (\\s')
|
|
|
|
|
`string-quote' (\\s\")
|
|
|
|
|
`paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
|
|
|
|
|
`escape' (\\s\\)
|
|
|
|
|
`character-quote' (\\s/)
|
|
|
|
|
`comment-start' (\\s<)
|
|
|
|
|
`comment-end' (\\s>)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
|
|
|
|
|
matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`(category CATEGORY)'
|
|
|
|
|
matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
|
|
|
|
|
either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
|
|
|
|
|
`base-vowel' (\\c1)
|
|
|
|
|
`upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
|
|
|
|
|
`lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
|
|
|
|
|
`tone-mark' (\\c4)
|
|
|
|
|
`symbol' (\\c5)
|
|
|
|
|
`digit' (\\c6)
|
|
|
|
|
`vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
|
|
|
|
|
`vowel-sign' (\\c8)
|
|
|
|
|
`semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
|
|
|
|
|
`not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
|
|
|
|
|
`not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
|
|
|
|
|
`alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
|
|
|
|
|
`chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
|
|
|
|
|
`greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
|
|
|
|
|
`japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
|
2003-01-23 23:34:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`indian-two-byte' (\\cI)
|
2001-10-01 07:38:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
|
|
|
|
|
`korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
|
|
|
|
|
`cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
|
|
|
|
|
`ascii' (\\ca)
|
|
|
|
|
`arabic' (\\cb)
|
|
|
|
|
`chinese' (\\cc)
|
|
|
|
|
`ethiopic' (\\ce)
|
|
|
|
|
`greek' (\\cg)
|
|
|
|
|
`korean' (\\ch)
|
|
|
|
|
`indian' (\\ci)
|
|
|
|
|
`japanese' (\\cj)
|
|
|
|
|
`japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
|
|
|
|
|
`latin' (\\cl)
|
|
|
|
|
`lao' (\\co)
|
|
|
|
|
`tibetan' (\\cq)
|
|
|
|
|
`japanese-roman' (\\cr)
|
|
|
|
|
`thai' (\\ct)
|
|
|
|
|
`vietnamese' (\\cv)
|
|
|
|
|
`hebrew' (\\cw)
|
|
|
|
|
`cyrillic' (\\cy)
|
|
|
|
|
`can-break' (\\c|)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`(not (category CATEGORY))'
|
|
|
|
|
matches a character that has not category CATEGORY.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
|
|
|
|
|
matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
|
|
|
|
|
like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
|
|
|
|
|
`match-beginning', and `match-string'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
|
|
|
|
|
another name for `submatch'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
|
|
|
|
|
matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
|
|
|
|
|
args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
|
|
|
|
|
regular expression.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`(minimal-match SEXP)'
|
|
|
|
|
produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
|
2002-06-18 14:37:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
|
2001-10-01 07:38:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
|
|
|
|
|
still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`(maximal-match SEXP)'
|
2002-09-06 09:07:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
|
2001-10-01 07:38:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`(zero-or-more SEXP)'
|
|
|
|
|
matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`(0+ SEXP)'
|
|
|
|
|
like `zero-or-more'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`(* SEXP)'
|
|
|
|
|
like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`(*? SEXP)'
|
|
|
|
|
like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`(one-or-more SEXP)'
|
|
|
|
|
matches one or more occurrences of A.
|
2001-10-23 15:46:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-10-01 07:38:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`(1+ SEXP)'
|
|
|
|
|
like `one-or-more'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`(+ SEXP)'
|
|
|
|
|
like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`(+? SEXP)'
|
|
|
|
|
like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`(zero-or-one SEXP)'
|
|
|
|
|
matches zero or one occurrences of A.
|
2001-10-23 15:46:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-10-01 07:38:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`(optional SEXP)'
|
|
|
|
|
like `zero-or-one'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`(? SEXP)'
|
|
|
|
|
like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`(?? SEXP)'
|
|
|
|
|
like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`(repeat N SEXP)'
|
|
|
|
|
matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`(repeat N M SEXP)'
|
|
|
|
|
matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`(eval FORM)'
|
2002-09-06 09:07:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
|
2001-10-01 07:38:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`regexp-quote' it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`(regexp REGEXP)'
|
|
|
|
|
include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-14 16:37:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The features `md5' and `overlay' are now provided by default.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-18 01:05:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The special form `save-restriction' now works correctly even if the
|
|
|
|
|
buffer is widened inside the save-restriction and changes made outside
|
|
|
|
|
the original restriction. Previously, doing this would cause the saved
|
|
|
|
|
restriction to be restored incorrectly.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-06-08 14:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The functions `find-charset-region' and `find-charset-string' include
|
|
|
|
|
`eight-bit-control' and/or `eight-bit-graphic' in the returned list
|
2001-03-01 18:47:58 +00:00
|
|
|
|
when they find 8-bit characters. Previously, they included `ascii' in a
|
2000-06-08 14:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
multibyte buffer and `unknown' in a unibyte buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-09-12 13:08:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The functions `set-buffer-multibyte', `string-as-multibyte' and
|
2001-09-08 18:02:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`string-as-unibyte' change the byte sequence of a buffer or a string
|
|
|
|
|
if it contains a character from the `eight-bit-control' character set.
|
2000-06-08 14:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The handling of multibyte sequences in a multibyte buffer is
|
|
|
|
|
changed. Previously, a byte sequence matching the pattern
|
|
|
|
|
[\200-\237][\240-\377]+ was interpreted as a single character
|
|
|
|
|
regardless of the length of the trailing bytes [\240-\377]+. Thus, if
|
|
|
|
|
the sequence was longer than what the leading byte indicated, the
|
|
|
|
|
extra trailing bytes were ignored by Lisp functions. Now such extra
|
|
|
|
|
bytes are independent 8-bit characters belonging to the charset
|
|
|
|
|
eight-bit-graphic.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Fontsets are now implemented using char-tables.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-02-02 07:57:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
A fontset can now be specified for each independent character, for
|
2000-06-08 14:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
a group of characters or for a character set rather than just for a
|
|
|
|
|
character set as previously.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The arguments of the function `set-fontset-font' are changed.
|
|
|
|
|
They are NAME, CHARACTER, FONTNAME, and optional FRAME. The function
|
|
|
|
|
modifies fontset NAME to use FONTNAME for CHARACTER.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHARACTER may be a cons (FROM . TO), where FROM and TO are non-generic
|
|
|
|
|
characters. In that case FONTNAME is used for all characters in the
|
|
|
|
|
range FROM and TO (inclusive). CHARACTER may be a charset. In that
|
|
|
|
|
case FONTNAME is used for all character in the charset.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FONTNAME may be a cons (FAMILY . REGISTRY), where FAMILY is the family
|
2001-02-02 07:57:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
name of a font and REGISTRY is a registry name of a font.
|
2000-06-08 14:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Variable x-charset-registry has been deleted. The default charset
|
|
|
|
|
registries of character sets are set in the default fontset
|
|
|
|
|
"fontset-default".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function `create-fontset-from-fontset-spec' ignores the second
|
|
|
|
|
argument STYLE-VARIANT. It never creates style-variant fontsets.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The method of composing characters is changed. Now character
|
|
|
|
|
composition is done by a special text property `composition' in
|
|
|
|
|
buffers and strings.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Charset composition is deleted. Emacs never creates a `composite
|
|
|
|
|
character' which is an independent character with a unique character
|
|
|
|
|
code. Thus the following functions handling `composite characters'
|
|
|
|
|
have been deleted: composite-char-component,
|
|
|
|
|
composite-char-component-count, composite-char-composition-rule,
|
|
|
|
|
composite-char-composition-rule and decompose-composite-char delete.
|
|
|
|
|
The variables leading-code-composition and min-composite-char have
|
|
|
|
|
also been deleted.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Three more glyph reference points are added. They can be used to
|
|
|
|
|
specify a composition rule. See the documentation of the variable
|
|
|
|
|
`reference-point-alist' for more detail.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function `compose-region' takes new arguments COMPONENTS and
|
|
|
|
|
MODIFICATION-FUNC. With COMPONENTS, you can specify not only a
|
|
|
|
|
composition rule but also characters to be composed. Such characters
|
|
|
|
|
may differ between buffer and string text.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function `compose-string' takes new arguments START, END,
|
|
|
|
|
COMPONENTS, and MODIFICATION-FUNC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function `compose-string' puts text property `composition'
|
|
|
|
|
directly on the argument STRING instead of returning a new string.
|
|
|
|
|
Likewise, the function `decompose-string' just removes text property
|
|
|
|
|
`composition' from STRING.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new function `find-composition' returns information about
|
|
|
|
|
a composition at a specified position in a buffer or a string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function `decompose-composite-char' is now labeled as
|
|
|
|
|
obsolete.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-02-11 18:35:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new coding system `mac-roman' is primarily intended for use on
|
|
|
|
|
the Macintosh but may be used generally for Macintosh-encoded text.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-11-08 10:57:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new character sets `mule-unicode-0100-24ff',
|
2001-02-06 17:32:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`mule-unicode-2500-33ff', and `mule-unicode-e000-ffff' have been
|
|
|
|
|
introduced for Unicode characters in the range U+0100..U+24FF,
|
|
|
|
|
U+2500..U+33FF, U+E000..U+FFFF respectively.
|
2000-06-08 14:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-06-10 10:13:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Note that the character sets are not yet unified in Emacs, so
|
|
|
|
|
characters which belong to charsets such as Latin-2, Greek, Hebrew,
|
|
|
|
|
etc. and the same characters in the `mule-unicode-*' charsets are
|
|
|
|
|
different characters, as far as Emacs is concerned. For example, text
|
|
|
|
|
which includes Unicode characters from the Latin-2 locale cannot be
|
|
|
|
|
encoded by Emacs with ISO 8859-2 coding system.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new coding system `mule-utf-8' has been added.
|
|
|
|
|
It provides limited support for decoding/encoding UTF-8 text. For
|
|
|
|
|
details, please see the documentation string of this coding system.
|
2001-01-25 13:14:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-06-08 14:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new character sets `japanese-jisx0213-1' and
|
2001-02-06 17:32:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`japanese-jisx0213-2' have been introduced for the new Japanese
|
|
|
|
|
standard JIS X 0213 Plane 1 and Plane 2.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new character sets `latin-iso8859-14' and `latin-iso8859-15'
|
|
|
|
|
have been introduced.
|
2000-06-08 14:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new character sets `eight-bit-control' and `eight-bit-graphic'
|
2001-02-06 17:32:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
have been introduced for 8-bit characters in the ranges 0x80..0x9F and
|
2001-03-01 18:47:58 +00:00
|
|
|
|
0xA0..0xFF respectively. Note that the multibyte representation of
|
|
|
|
|
eight-bit-control is never exposed; this leads to an exception in the
|
|
|
|
|
emacs-mule coding system, which encodes everything else to the
|
2001-03-20 00:34:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
buffer/string internal representation. Note that to search for
|
|
|
|
|
eight-bit-graphic characters in a multibyte buffer, the search string
|
|
|
|
|
must be multibyte, otherwise such characters will be converted to
|
|
|
|
|
their multibyte equivalent.
|
2000-06-08 14:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-10 08:54:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** If the APPEND argument of `write-region' is an integer, it seeks to
|
|
|
|
|
that offset in the file before writing.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-07-05 17:04:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The function `add-minor-mode' has been added for convenience and
|
|
|
|
|
compatibility with XEmacs (and is used internally by define-minor-mode).
|
2000-04-26 17:46:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-04-25 19:43:58 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The function `shell-command' now sets the default directory of the
|
|
|
|
|
`*Shell Command Output*' buffer to the default directory of the buffer
|
|
|
|
|
from which the command was issued.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The functions `query-replace', `query-replace-regexp',
|
|
|
|
|
`query-replace-regexp-eval' `map-query-replace-regexp',
|
|
|
|
|
`replace-string', `replace-regexp', and `perform-replace' take two
|
|
|
|
|
additional optional arguments START and END that specify the region to
|
|
|
|
|
operate on.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-04-19 19:12:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new function `count-screen-lines' is a more flexible alternative
|
|
|
|
|
to `window-buffer-height'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Function: count-screen-lines &optional BEG END COUNT-FINAL-NEWLINE WINDOW
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return the number of screen lines in the region between BEG and END.
|
|
|
|
|
The number of screen lines may be different from the number of actual
|
|
|
|
|
lines, due to line breaking, display table, etc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Optional arguments BEG and END default to `point-min' and `point-max'
|
|
|
|
|
respectively.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-01-29 13:31:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
If region ends with a newline, ignore it unless optional third argument
|
2000-04-19 19:12:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
COUNT-FINAL-NEWLINE is non-nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The optional fourth argument WINDOW specifies the window used for
|
|
|
|
|
obtaining parameters such as width, horizontal scrolling, and so
|
|
|
|
|
on. The default is to use the selected window's parameters.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Like `vertical-motion', `count-screen-lines' always uses the current
|
|
|
|
|
buffer, regardless of which buffer is displayed in WINDOW. This makes
|
|
|
|
|
possible to use `count-screen-lines' in any buffer, whether or not it
|
|
|
|
|
is currently displayed in some window.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-04-12 17:20:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new function `mapc' is like `mapcar' but doesn't collect the
|
|
|
|
|
argument function's results.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-04-03 21:21:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The functions base64-decode-region and base64-decode-string now
|
2001-08-01 16:03:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
signal an error instead of returning nil if decoding fails. Also,
|
2001-09-01 18:03:16 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`base64-decode-string' now always returns a unibyte string (in Emacs
|
|
|
|
|
20, it returned a multibyte string when the result was a valid multibyte
|
2001-08-01 16:03:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
sequence).
|
2000-04-03 21:21:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-04-03 19:34:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The function sendmail-user-agent-compose now recognizes a `body'
|
2000-09-23 18:24:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
header in the list of headers passed to it.
|
2000-04-03 19:34:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new function member-ignore-case works like `member', but
|
|
|
|
|
ignores differences in case and text representation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The buffer-local variable cursor-type can be used to specify the
|
2000-03-26 16:27:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
cursor to use in windows displaying a buffer. Values are interpreted
|
|
|
|
|
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
t use the cursor specified for the frame (default)
|
|
|
|
|
nil don't display a cursor
|
|
|
|
|
`bar' display a bar cursor with default width
|
|
|
|
|
(bar . WIDTH) display a bar cursor with width WIDTH
|
|
|
|
|
others display a box cursor.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-03-24 20:56:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The variable open-paren-in-column-0-is-defun-start controls whether
|
|
|
|
|
an open parenthesis in column 0 is considered to be the start of a
|
|
|
|
|
defun. If set, the default, it is considered a defun start. If not
|
|
|
|
|
set, an open parenthesis in column 0 has no special meaning.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-03-18 01:42:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new function `string-to-syntax' can be used to translate syntax
|
2000-05-10 21:34:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
specifications in string form as accepted by `modify-syntax-entry' to
|
2000-03-18 01:42:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
the cons-cell form that is used for the values of the `syntax-table'
|
|
|
|
|
text property, and in `font-lock-syntactic-keywords'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(string-to-syntax "()")
|
|
|
|
|
=> (4 . 41)
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-03-16 13:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Emacs' reader supports CL read syntax for integers in bases
|
|
|
|
|
other than 10.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** `#BINTEGER' or `#bINTEGER' reads INTEGER in binary (radix 2).
|
|
|
|
|
INTEGER optionally contains a sign.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-07-26 18:54:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#b1111
|
2000-03-16 13:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
=> 15
|
2000-07-26 18:54:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#b-1111
|
2000-03-16 13:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
=> -15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** `#OINTEGER' or `#oINTEGER' reads INTEGER in octal (radix 8).
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-07-26 18:54:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#o666
|
2000-03-16 13:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
=> 438
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** `#XINTEGER' or `#xINTEGER' reads INTEGER in hexadecimal (radix 16).
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-07-26 18:54:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#xbeef
|
2000-03-16 13:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
=> 48815
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** `#RADIXrINTEGER' reads INTEGER in radix RADIX, 2 <= RADIX <= 36.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-07-26 18:54:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#2R-111
|
2000-03-16 13:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
=> -7
|
2000-07-26 18:54:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#25rah
|
2000-03-16 13:24:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
=> 267
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-03-26 19:33:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The function `documentation-property' now evaluates the value of
|
2000-07-05 17:04:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
the given property to obtain a string if it doesn't refer to etc/DOC
|
2000-03-07 14:21:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
and isn't a string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-03-26 19:33:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** If called for a symbol, the function `documentation' now looks for
|
|
|
|
|
a `function-documentation' property of that symbol. If it has a non-nil
|
|
|
|
|
value, the documentation is taken from that value. If the value is
|
|
|
|
|
not a string, it is evaluated to obtain a string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-02-26 14:00:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The last argument of `define-key-after' defaults to t for convenience.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-03-14 23:01:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new function `replace-regexp-in-string' replaces all matches
|
2000-02-26 14:00:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
for a regexp in a string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** `mouse-position' now runs the abnormal hook
|
|
|
|
|
`mouse-position-function'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-02-23 12:52:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The function string-to-number now returns a float for numbers
|
|
|
|
|
that don't fit into a Lisp integer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-02-23 10:47:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The variable keyword-symbols-constants-flag has been removed.
|
|
|
|
|
Keywords are now always considered constants.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-02-18 22:03:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new function `delete-and-extract-region' deletes text and
|
|
|
|
|
returns it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-01-11 13:24:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The function `clear-this-command-keys' now also clears the vector
|
|
|
|
|
returned by function `recent-keys'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-01-21 03:42:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Variables `beginning-of-defun-function' and `end-of-defun-function'
|
|
|
|
|
can be used to define handlers for the functions that find defuns.
|
2001-10-30 18:41:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Major modes can define these locally instead of rebinding C-M-a
|
2000-01-21 03:42:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
etc. if the normal conventions for defuns are not appropriate for the
|
|
|
|
|
mode.
|
2000-01-05 18:15:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-01-03 00:29:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** easy-mmode-define-minor-mode now takes an additional BODY argument
|
|
|
|
|
and is renamed `define-minor-mode'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-01-21 03:42:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** If an abbrev has a hook function which is a symbol, and that symbol
|
|
|
|
|
has a non-nil `no-self-insert' property, the return value of the hook
|
|
|
|
|
function specifies whether an expansion has been done or not. If it
|
|
|
|
|
returns nil, abbrev-expand also returns nil, meaning "no expansion has
|
|
|
|
|
been performed."
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When abbrev expansion is done by typing a self-inserting character,
|
|
|
|
|
and the abbrev has a hook with the `no-self-insert' property, and the
|
|
|
|
|
hook function returns non-nil meaning expansion has been done,
|
|
|
|
|
then the self-inserting character is not inserted.
|
1999-12-30 12:32:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:57:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The function `intern-soft' now accepts a symbol as first argument.
|
|
|
|
|
In this case, that exact symbol is looked up in the specified obarray,
|
|
|
|
|
and the function's value is nil if it is not found.
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-11-16 13:35:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new macro `with-syntax-table' can be used to evaluate forms
|
|
|
|
|
with the syntax table of the current buffer temporarily set to a
|
|
|
|
|
specified table.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(with-syntax-table TABLE &rest BODY)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Evaluate BODY with syntax table of current buffer set to a copy of
|
1999-11-22 15:14:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
TABLE. The current syntax table is saved, BODY is evaluated, and the
|
|
|
|
|
saved table is restored, even in case of an abnormal exit. Value is
|
|
|
|
|
what BODY returns.
|
1999-11-16 13:35:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-02-14 17:02:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Regular expressions now support intervals \{n,m\} as well as
|
2000-03-08 23:26:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Perl's shy-groups \(?:...\) and non-greedy *? +? and ?? operators.
|
2001-01-29 13:31:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Also back-references like \2 are now considered as an error if the
|
2000-11-27 15:34:39 +00:00
|
|
|
|
corresponding subgroup does not exist (or is not closed yet).
|
|
|
|
|
Previously it would have been silently turned into `2' (ignoring the `\').
|
2000-01-03 00:29:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-11-10 12:14:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The optional argument BUFFER of function file-local-copy has been
|
|
|
|
|
removed since it wasn't used by anything.
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-11-05 14:04:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The file name argument of function `file-locked-p' is now required
|
|
|
|
|
instead of being optional.
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-11-01 14:21:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The new built-in error `text-read-only' is signaled when trying to
|
|
|
|
|
modify read-only text.
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-23 08:26:16 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New functions and variables for locales.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The new variable `locale-coding-system' specifies how to encode and
|
|
|
|
|
decode strings passed to low-level message functions like strerror and
|
1999-11-22 08:17:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
time functions like strftime. The new variables
|
|
|
|
|
`system-messages-locale' and `system-time-locale' give the system
|
|
|
|
|
locales to be used when invoking these two types of functions.
|
1999-10-23 08:26:16 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The new function `set-locale-environment' sets the language
|
|
|
|
|
environment, preferred coding system, and locale coding system from
|
|
|
|
|
the system locale as specified by the LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, and LANG
|
1999-11-22 08:17:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
environment variables. Normally, it is invoked during startup and need
|
|
|
|
|
not be invoked thereafter. It uses the new variables
|
|
|
|
|
`locale-language-names', `locale-charset-language-names', and
|
|
|
|
|
`locale-preferred-coding-systems' to make its decisions.
|
1999-10-23 08:26:16 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-19 18:08:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** syntax tables now understand nested comments.
|
|
|
|
|
To declare a comment syntax as allowing nesting, just add an `n'
|
|
|
|
|
modifier to either of the characters of the comment end and the comment
|
|
|
|
|
start sequences.
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-07 20:27:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The function `pixmap-spec-p' has been renamed `bitmap-spec-p'
|
|
|
|
|
because `bitmap' is more in line with the usual X terminology.
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New function `propertize'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The new function `propertize' can be used to conveniently construct
|
|
|
|
|
strings with text properties.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Function: propertize STRING &rest PROPERTIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value is a copy of STRING with text properties assigned as specified
|
|
|
|
|
by PROPERTIES. PROPERTIES is a sequence of pairs PROPERTY VALUE, with
|
|
|
|
|
PROPERTY being the name of a text property and VALUE being the
|
|
|
|
|
specified value of that property. Example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(propertize "foo" 'face 'bold 'read-only t)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** push and pop macros.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-01-21 03:42:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Simple versions of the push and pop macros of Common Lisp
|
|
|
|
|
are now defined in Emacs Lisp. These macros allow only symbols
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
as the place that holds the list to be changed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(push NEWELT LISTNAME) add NEWELT to the front of LISTNAME's value.
|
|
|
|
|
(pop LISTNAME) return first elt of LISTNAME, and remove it
|
|
|
|
|
(thus altering the value of LISTNAME).
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-01-21 03:42:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New dolist and dotimes macros.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-01-21 05:31:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Simple versions of the dolist and dotimes macros of Common Lisp
|
|
|
|
|
are now defined in Emacs Lisp.
|
2000-01-21 03:42:21 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(dolist (VAR LIST [RESULT]) BODY...)
|
|
|
|
|
Execute body once for each element of LIST,
|
|
|
|
|
using the variable VAR to hold the current element.
|
|
|
|
|
Then return the value of RESULT, or nil if RESULT is omitted.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(dotimes (VAR COUNT [RESULT]) BODY...)
|
|
|
|
|
Execute BODY with VAR bound to successive integers running from 0,
|
|
|
|
|
inclusive, to COUNT, exclusive.
|
|
|
|
|
Then return the value of RESULT, or nil if RESULT is omitted.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-12-04 12:28:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Regular expressions now support Posix character classes such as
|
|
|
|
|
[:alpha:], [:space:] and so on. These must be used within a character
|
|
|
|
|
class--for instance, [-[:digit:].+] matches digits or a period
|
|
|
|
|
or a sign.
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[:digit:] matches 0 through 9
|
|
|
|
|
[:cntrl:] matches ASCII control characters
|
|
|
|
|
[:xdigit:] matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
|
|
|
|
|
[:blank:] matches space and tab only
|
|
|
|
|
[:graph:] matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
|
|
|
|
|
space, and DEL.
|
|
|
|
|
[:print:] matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
|
|
|
|
|
and DEL.
|
|
|
|
|
[:alnum:] matches letters and digits.
|
|
|
|
|
(But at present, for multibyte characters,
|
|
|
|
|
it matches anything that has word syntax.)
|
|
|
|
|
[:alpha:] matches letters.
|
|
|
|
|
(But at present, for multibyte characters,
|
|
|
|
|
it matches anything that has word syntax.)
|
|
|
|
|
[:ascii:] matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
|
|
|
|
|
[:nonascii:] matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
|
|
|
|
|
[:lower:] matches anything lower-case.
|
|
|
|
|
[:punct:] matches punctuation.
|
|
|
|
|
(But at present, for multibyte characters,
|
|
|
|
|
it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
|
|
|
|
|
[:space:] matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
|
|
|
|
|
[:upper:] matches anything upper-case.
|
|
|
|
|
[:word:] matches anything that has word syntax.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Emacs now has built-in hash tables.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following functions are defined for hash tables:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Function: make-hash-table ARGS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The argument list ARGS consists of keyword/argument pairs. All arguments
|
|
|
|
|
are optional. The following arguments are defined:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
:test TEST
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TEST must be a symbol specifying how to compare keys. Default is `eql'.
|
|
|
|
|
Predefined are `eq', `eql' and `equal'. If TEST is not predefined,
|
|
|
|
|
it must have been defined with `define-hash-table-test'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
:size SIZE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SIZE must be an integer > 0 giving a hint to the implementation how
|
|
|
|
|
many elements will be put in the hash table. Default size is 65.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
:rehash-size REHASH-SIZE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REHASH-SIZE specifies by how much to grow a hash table once it becomes
|
|
|
|
|
full. If REHASH-SIZE is an integer, add that to the hash table's old
|
|
|
|
|
size to get the new size. Otherwise, REHASH-SIZE must be a float >
|
|
|
|
|
1.0, and the new size is computed by multiplying REHASH-SIZE with the
|
|
|
|
|
old size. Default rehash size is 1.5.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
:rehash-threshold THRESHOLD
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
THRESHOLD must be a float > 0 and <= 1.0 specifying when to resize the
|
|
|
|
|
hash table. It is resized when the ratio of (number of entries) /
|
|
|
|
|
(size of hash table) is >= THRESHOLD. Default threshold is 0.8.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
:weakness WEAK
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-07-27 13:28:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
WEAK must be either nil, one of the symbols `key, `value',
|
|
|
|
|
`key-or-value', `key-and-value', or t, meaning the same as
|
|
|
|
|
`key-and-value'. Entries are removed from weak tables during garbage
|
|
|
|
|
collection if their key and/or value are not referenced elsewhere
|
|
|
|
|
outside of the hash table. Default are non-weak hash tables.
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Function: makehash &optional TEST
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Similar to make-hash-table, but only TEST can be specified.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Function: hash-table-p TABLE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns non-nil if TABLE is a hash table object.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Function: copy-hash-table TABLE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns a copy of TABLE. Only the table itself is copied, keys and
|
|
|
|
|
values are shared.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Function: hash-table-count TABLE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the number of entries in TABLE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Function: hash-table-rehash-size TABLE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the rehash size of TABLE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Function: hash-table-rehash-threshold TABLE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the rehash threshold of TABLE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Function: hash-table-rehash-size TABLE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the size of TABLE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-14 19:47:39 +00:00
|
|
|
|
- Function: hash-table-test TABLE
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the test TABLE uses to compare keys.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Function: hash-table-weakness TABLE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the weakness specified for TABLE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Function: clrhash TABLE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Clear TABLE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Function: gethash KEY TABLE &optional DEFAULT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Look up KEY in TABLE and return its associated VALUE or DEFAULT if
|
|
|
|
|
not found.
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-11-01 11:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
- Function: puthash KEY VALUE TABLE
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Associate KEY with VALUE in TABLE. If KEY is already associated with
|
|
|
|
|
another value, replace the old value with VALUE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Function: remhash KEY TABLE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Remove KEY from TABLE if it is there.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Function: maphash FUNCTION TABLE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Call FUNCTION for all elements in TABLE. FUNCTION must take two
|
|
|
|
|
arguments KEY and VALUE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Function: sxhash OBJ
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return a hash code for Lisp object OBJ.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Function: define-hash-table-test NAME TEST-FN HASH-FN
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Define a new hash table test named NAME. If NAME is specified as
|
|
|
|
|
a test in `make-hash-table', the table created will use TEST-FN for
|
1999-11-01 11:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
comparing keys, and HASH-FN to compute hash codes for keys. Test
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
and hash function are stored as symbol property `hash-table-test'
|
|
|
|
|
of NAME with a value of (TEST-FN HASH-FN).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TEST-FN must take two arguments and return non-nil if they are the same.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HASH-FN must take one argument and return an integer that is the hash
|
|
|
|
|
code of the argument. The function should use the whole range of
|
|
|
|
|
integer values for hash code computation, including negative integers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Example: The following creates a hash table whose keys are supposed to
|
|
|
|
|
be strings that are compared case-insensitively.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(defun case-fold-string= (a b)
|
|
|
|
|
(compare-strings a nil nil b nil nil t))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(defun case-fold-string-hash (a)
|
|
|
|
|
(sxhash (upcase a)))
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-11-01 11:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(define-hash-table-test 'case-fold 'case-fold-string=
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
'case-fold-string-hash))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(make-hash-table :test 'case-fold)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The Lisp reader handles circular structure.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
It now works to use the #N= and #N# constructs to represent
|
|
|
|
|
circular structures. For example, #1=(a . #1#) represents
|
|
|
|
|
a cons cell which is its own cdr.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The Lisp printer handles circular structure.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you bind print-circle to a non-nil value, the Lisp printer outputs
|
|
|
|
|
#N= and #N# constructs to represent circular and shared structure.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If the second argument to `move-to-column' is anything but nil or
|
|
|
|
|
t, that means replace a tab with spaces if necessary to reach the
|
|
|
|
|
specified column, but do not add spaces at the end of the line if it
|
|
|
|
|
is too short to reach that column.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** perform-replace has a new feature: the REPLACEMENTS argument may
|
|
|
|
|
now be a cons cell (FUNCTION . DATA). This means to call FUNCTION
|
|
|
|
|
after each match to get the replacement text. FUNCTION is called with
|
|
|
|
|
two arguments: DATA, and the number of replacements already made.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the FROM-STRING contains any upper-case letters,
|
|
|
|
|
perform-replace also turns off `case-fold-search' temporarily
|
|
|
|
|
and inserts the replacement text without altering case in it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The function buffer-size now accepts an optional argument
|
|
|
|
|
to specify which buffer to return the size of.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The calendar motion commands now run the normal hook
|
|
|
|
|
calendar-move-hook after moving point.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new variable small-temporary-file-directory specifies a
|
|
|
|
|
directory to use for creating temporary files that are likely to be
|
|
|
|
|
small. (Certain Emacs features use this directory.) If
|
|
|
|
|
small-temporary-file-directory is nil, they use
|
|
|
|
|
temporary-file-directory instead.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The variable `inhibit-modification-hooks', if non-nil, inhibits all
|
|
|
|
|
the hooks that track changes in the buffer. This affects
|
|
|
|
|
`before-change-functions' and `after-change-functions', as well as
|
|
|
|
|
hooks attached to text properties and overlay properties.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-20 00:34:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** assq-delete-all is a new function that deletes all the
|
|
|
|
|
elements of an alist which have a car `eq' to a particular value.
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** make-temp-file provides a more reliable way to create a temporary file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
make-temp-file is used like make-temp-name, except that it actually
|
|
|
|
|
creates the file before it returns. This prevents a timing error,
|
|
|
|
|
ensuring that no other job can use the same name for a temporary file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** New exclusive-open feature in `write-region'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The optional seventh arg is now called MUSTBENEW. If non-nil, it insists
|
|
|
|
|
on a check for an existing file with the same name. If MUSTBENEW
|
|
|
|
|
is `excl', that means to get an error if the file already exists;
|
|
|
|
|
never overwrite. If MUSTBENEW is neither nil nor `excl', that means
|
|
|
|
|
ask for confirmation before overwriting, but do go ahead and
|
|
|
|
|
overwrite the file if the user gives confirmation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the MUSTBENEW argument in `write-region' is `excl',
|
|
|
|
|
that means to use a special feature in the `open' system call
|
|
|
|
|
to get an error if the file exists at that time.
|
|
|
|
|
The error reported is `file-already-exists'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Function `format' now handles text properties.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Text properties of the format string are applied to the result string.
|
|
|
|
|
If the result string is longer than the format string, text properties
|
|
|
|
|
ending at the end of the format string are extended to the end of the
|
|
|
|
|
result string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Text properties from string arguments are applied to the result
|
|
|
|
|
string where arguments appear in the result string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(let ((s1 "hello, %s")
|
|
|
|
|
(s2 "world"))
|
|
|
|
|
(put-text-property 0 (length s1) 'face 'bold s1)
|
|
|
|
|
(put-text-property 0 (length s2) 'face 'italic s2)
|
1999-10-15 00:09:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(format s1 s2))
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
results in a bold-face string with an italic `world' at the end.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Messages can now be displayed with text properties.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Text properties are handled as described above for function `format'.
|
|
|
|
|
The following example displays a bold-face message with an italic
|
|
|
|
|
argument in it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(let ((msg "hello, %s!")
|
|
|
|
|
(arg "world"))
|
|
|
|
|
(put-text-property 0 (length msg) 'face 'bold msg)
|
|
|
|
|
(put-text-property 0 (length arg) 'face 'italic arg)
|
|
|
|
|
(message msg arg))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Sound support
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs supports playing sound files on GNU/Linux and the free BSDs
|
|
|
|
|
(Voxware driver and native BSD driver, aka as Luigi's driver).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Currently supported file formats are RIFF-WAVE (*.wav) and Sun Audio
|
|
|
|
|
(*.au). You must configure Emacs with the option `--with-sound=yes'
|
|
|
|
|
to enable sound support.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sound files can be played by calling (play-sound SOUND). SOUND is a
|
|
|
|
|
list of the form `(sound PROPERTY...)'. The function is only defined
|
|
|
|
|
when sound support is present for the system on which Emacs runs. The
|
|
|
|
|
functions runs `play-sound-functions' with one argument which is the
|
|
|
|
|
sound to play, before playing the sound.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following sound properties are supported:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `:file FILE'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FILE is a file name. If FILE isn't an absolute name, it will be
|
|
|
|
|
searched relative to `data-directory'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-01-04 14:52:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
- `:data DATA'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DATA is a string containing sound data. Either :file or :data
|
|
|
|
|
may be present, but not both.
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
- `:volume VOLUME'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOLUME must be an integer in the range 0..100 or a float in the range
|
|
|
|
|
0..1. This property is optional.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-11-29 12:36:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
- `:device DEVICE'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEVICE is a string specifying the system device on which to play the
|
|
|
|
|
sound. The default device is system-dependent.
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Other properties are ignored.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-11-29 12:36:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
An alternative interface is called as
|
|
|
|
|
(play-sound-file FILE &optional VOLUME DEVICE).
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** `multimedia' is a new Finder keyword and Custom group.
|
1999-12-17 17:41:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** keywordp is a new predicate to test efficiently for an object being
|
|
|
|
|
a keyword symbol.
|
2000-01-04 12:35:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes to garbage collection
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function garbage-collect now additionally returns the number
|
|
|
|
|
of live and free strings.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** There is a new variable `strings-consed' holding the number of
|
|
|
|
|
strings that have been consed so far.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-01-25 20:15:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-24 13:10:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
* Lisp-level Display features added after release 2.6 of the Emacs
|
|
|
|
|
Lisp Manual
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-11-08 17:20:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The user-option `resize-mini-windows' controls how Emacs resizes
|
|
|
|
|
mini-windows.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-12-09 02:53:58 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The function `pos-visible-in-window-p' now has a third optional
|
|
|
|
|
argument, PARTIALLY. If a character is only partially visible, nil is
|
|
|
|
|
returned, unless PARTIALLY is non-nil.
|
2000-10-26 14:25:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-11-08 17:20:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** On window systems, `glyph-table' is no longer used.
|
2000-08-28 12:29:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-07-14 15:00:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Help strings in menu items are now used to provide `help-echo' text.
|
2000-06-26 13:14:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The function `image-size' can be used to determine the size of an
|
|
|
|
|
image.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Function: image-size SPEC &optional PIXELS FRAME
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return the size of an image as a pair (WIDTH . HEIGHT).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPEC is an image specification. PIXELS non-nil means return sizes
|
|
|
|
|
measured in pixels, otherwise return sizes measured in canonical
|
|
|
|
|
character units (fractions of the width/height of the frame's default
|
|
|
|
|
font). FRAME is the frame on which the image will be displayed.
|
|
|
|
|
FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-15 15:22:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The function `image-mask-p' can be used to determine if an image
|
|
|
|
|
has a mask bitmap.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Function: image-mask-p SPEC &optional FRAME
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return t if image SPEC has a mask bitmap.
|
|
|
|
|
FRAME is the frame on which the image will be displayed. FRAME nil
|
|
|
|
|
or omitted means use the selected frame.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-06-08 14:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The function `find-image' can be used to find a usable image
|
|
|
|
|
satisfying one of a list of specifications.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The STRING argument of `put-image' and `insert-image' is now
|
|
|
|
|
optional.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-24 13:34:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Image specifications may contain the property `:ascent center' (see
|
|
|
|
|
below).
|
2000-05-24 13:10:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-01-25 20:15:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
* New Lisp-level Display features in Emacs 21.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-04-18 13:42:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The function tty-suppress-bold-inverse-default-colors can be used
|
|
|
|
|
to make Emacs avoid displaying text with bold black foreground on TTYs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Some terminals, notably PC consoles, emulate bold text by displaying
|
|
|
|
|
text in brighter colors. On such a console, a bold black foreground
|
|
|
|
|
is displayed in a gray color. If this turns out to be hard to read on
|
|
|
|
|
your monitor---the problem occurred with the mode line on
|
|
|
|
|
laptops---you can instruct Emacs to ignore the text's boldness, and to
|
|
|
|
|
just display it black instead.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This situation can't be detected automatically. You will have to put
|
|
|
|
|
a line like
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(tty-suppress-bold-inverse-default-colors t)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in your `.emacs'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New face implementation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs faces have been reimplemented from scratch. They don't use XLFD
|
|
|
|
|
font names anymore and face merging now works as expected.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New faces.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Each face can specify the following display attributes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. Font family or fontset alias name.
|
1999-11-01 11:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2. Relative proportionate width, aka character set width or set
|
|
|
|
|
width (swidth), e.g. `semi-compressed'.
|
1999-11-01 11:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
3. Font height in 1/10pt
|
1999-11-01 11:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
4. Font weight, e.g. `bold'.
|
1999-11-01 11:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
5. Font slant, e.g. `italic'.
|
1999-11-01 11:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
6. Foreground color.
|
1999-11-01 11:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
7. Background color.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8. Whether or not characters should be underlined, and in what color.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9. Whether or not characters should be displayed in inverse video.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10. A background stipple, a bitmap.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11. Whether or not characters should be overlined, and in what color.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12. Whether or not characters should be strike-through, and in what
|
|
|
|
|
color.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13. Whether or not a box should be drawn around characters, its
|
|
|
|
|
color, the width of the box lines, and 3D appearance.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Faces are frame-local by nature because Emacs allows to define the
|
|
|
|
|
same named face (face names are symbols) differently for different
|
|
|
|
|
frames. Each frame has an alist of face definitions for all named
|
|
|
|
|
faces. The value of a named face in such an alist is a Lisp vector
|
2001-02-02 18:06:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
with the symbol `face' in slot 0, and a slot for each of the face
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
attributes mentioned above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
There is also a global face alist `face-new-frame-defaults'. Face
|
|
|
|
|
definitions from this list are used to initialize faces of newly
|
|
|
|
|
created frames.
|
1999-11-01 11:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
A face doesn't have to specify all attributes. Those not specified
|
|
|
|
|
have a nil value. Faces specifying all attributes are called
|
|
|
|
|
`fully-specified'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Face merging.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The display style of a given character in the text is determined by
|
|
|
|
|
combining several faces. This process is called `face merging'. Any
|
|
|
|
|
aspect of the display style that isn't specified by overlays or text
|
|
|
|
|
properties is taken from the `default' face. Since it is made sure
|
|
|
|
|
that the default face is always fully-specified, face merging always
|
|
|
|
|
results in a fully-specified face.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Face realization.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
After all face attributes for a character have been determined by
|
|
|
|
|
merging faces of that character, that face is `realized'. The
|
|
|
|
|
realization process maps face attributes to what is physically
|
|
|
|
|
available on the system where Emacs runs. The result is a `realized
|
|
|
|
|
face' in form of an internal structure which is stored in the face
|
|
|
|
|
cache of the frame on which it was realized.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Face realization is done in the context of the charset of the
|
|
|
|
|
character to display because different fonts and encodings are used
|
|
|
|
|
for different charsets. In other words, for characters of different
|
|
|
|
|
charsets, different realized faces are needed to display them.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Except for composite characters, faces are always realized for a
|
|
|
|
|
specific character set and contain a specific font, even if the face
|
|
|
|
|
being realized specifies a fontset. The reason is that the result of
|
|
|
|
|
the new font selection stage is better than what can be done with
|
|
|
|
|
statically defined font name patterns in fontsets.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In unibyte text, Emacs' charsets aren't applicable; function
|
|
|
|
|
`char-charset' reports ASCII for all characters, including those >
|
|
|
|
|
0x7f. The X registry and encoding of fonts to use is determined from
|
|
|
|
|
the variable `face-default-registry' in this case. The variable is
|
|
|
|
|
initialized at Emacs startup time from the font the user specified for
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Currently all unibyte text, i.e. all buffers with
|
|
|
|
|
`enable-multibyte-characters' nil are displayed with fonts of the same
|
|
|
|
|
registry and encoding `face-default-registry'. This is consistent
|
|
|
|
|
with the fact that languages can also be set globally, only.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** Clearing face caches.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Lisp function `clear-face-cache' can be called to clear face caches
|
|
|
|
|
on all frames. If called with a non-nil argument, it will also unload
|
|
|
|
|
unused fonts.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Font selection.
|
1999-11-01 11:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Font selection tries to find the best available matching font for a
|
|
|
|
|
given (charset, face) combination. This is done slightly differently
|
|
|
|
|
for faces specifying a fontset, or a font family name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the face specifies a fontset name, that fontset determines a
|
|
|
|
|
pattern for fonts of the given charset. If the face specifies a font
|
|
|
|
|
family, a font pattern is constructed. Charset symbols have a
|
|
|
|
|
property `x-charset-registry' for that purpose that maps a charset to
|
|
|
|
|
an XLFD registry and encoding in the font pattern constructed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Available fonts on the system on which Emacs runs are then matched
|
|
|
|
|
against the font pattern. The result of font selection is the best
|
|
|
|
|
match for the given face attributes in this font list.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Font selection can be influenced by the user.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The user can specify the relative importance he gives the face
|
|
|
|
|
attributes width, height, weight, and slant by setting
|
|
|
|
|
face-font-selection-order (faces.el) to a list of face attribute
|
|
|
|
|
names. The default is (:width :height :weight :slant), and means
|
|
|
|
|
that font selection first tries to find a good match for the font
|
|
|
|
|
width specified by a face, then---within fonts with that width---tries
|
|
|
|
|
to find a best match for the specified font height, etc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-11-10 15:00:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Setting `face-font-family-alternatives' allows the user to specify
|
|
|
|
|
alternative font families to try if a family specified by a face
|
2001-01-14 20:48:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
doesn't exist.
|
2000-12-16 01:44:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Setting `face-font-registry-alternatives' allows the user to specify
|
2001-01-29 13:31:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
all alternative font registry names to try for a face specifying a
|
2000-12-16 01:44:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
registry.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-01-29 13:31:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Please note that the interpretations of the above two variables are
|
2000-12-16 01:44:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
slightly different.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Setting face-ignored-fonts allows the user to ignore specific fonts.
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** Scalable fonts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs can make use of scalable fonts but doesn't do so by default,
|
|
|
|
|
since the use of too many or too big scalable fonts may crash XFree86
|
|
|
|
|
servers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To enable scalable font use, set the variable
|
1999-10-15 00:09:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`scalable-fonts-allowed'. A value of nil, the default, means never use
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
scalable fonts. A value of t means any scalable font may be used.
|
|
|
|
|
Otherwise, the value must be a list of regular expressions. A
|
|
|
|
|
scalable font may then be used if it matches a regular expression from
|
|
|
|
|
that list. Example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(setq scalable-fonts-allowed '("muleindian-2$"))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
allows the use of scalable fonts with registry `muleindian-2'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Functions and variables related to font selection.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Function: x-family-fonts &optional FAMILY FRAME
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return a list of available fonts of family FAMILY on FRAME. If FAMILY
|
|
|
|
|
is omitted or nil, list all families. Otherwise, FAMILY must be a
|
|
|
|
|
string, possibly containing wildcards `?' and `*'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame. Each element of
|
|
|
|
|
the result is a vector [FAMILY WIDTH POINT-SIZE WEIGHT SLANT FIXED-P
|
|
|
|
|
FULL REGISTRY-AND-ENCODING]. FAMILY is the font family name.
|
|
|
|
|
POINT-SIZE is the size of the font in 1/10 pt. WIDTH, WEIGHT, and
|
|
|
|
|
SLANT are symbols describing the width, weight and slant of the font.
|
|
|
|
|
These symbols are the same as for face attributes. FIXED-P is non-nil
|
|
|
|
|
if the font is fixed-pitch. FULL is the full name of the font, and
|
|
|
|
|
REGISTRY-AND-ENCODING is a string giving the registry and encoding of
|
|
|
|
|
the font. The result list is sorted according to the current setting
|
|
|
|
|
of the face font sort order.
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-11-01 11:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
- Function: x-font-family-list
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return a list of available font families on FRAME. If FRAME is
|
|
|
|
|
omitted or nil, use the selected frame. Value is a list of conses
|
|
|
|
|
(FAMILY . FIXED-P) where FAMILY is a font family, and FIXED-P is
|
|
|
|
|
non-nil if fonts of that family are fixed-pitch.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Variable: font-list-limit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Limit for font matching. If an integer > 0, font matching functions
|
|
|
|
|
won't load more than that number of fonts when searching for a
|
|
|
|
|
matching font. The default is currently 100.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Setting face attributes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the most part, the new face implementation is interface-compatible
|
|
|
|
|
with the old one. Old face attribute related functions are now
|
|
|
|
|
implemented in terms of the new functions `set-face-attribute' and
|
|
|
|
|
`face-attribute'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Face attributes are identified by their names which are keyword
|
|
|
|
|
symbols. All attributes can be set to `unspecified'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following attributes are recognized:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`:family'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VALUE must be a string specifying the font family, e.g. ``courier'',
|
|
|
|
|
or a fontset alias name. If a font family is specified, wild-cards `*'
|
|
|
|
|
and `?' are allowed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`:width'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VALUE specifies the relative proportionate width of the font to use.
|
|
|
|
|
It must be one of the symbols `ultra-condensed', `extra-condensed',
|
|
|
|
|
`condensed', `semi-condensed', `normal', `semi-expanded', `expanded',
|
|
|
|
|
`extra-expanded', or `ultra-expanded'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`:height'
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-26 05:58:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
VALUE must be either an integer specifying the height of the font to use
|
|
|
|
|
in 1/10 pt, a floating point number specifying the amount by which to
|
|
|
|
|
scale any underlying face, or a function, which is called with the old
|
|
|
|
|
height (from the underlying face), and should return the new height.
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`:weight'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VALUE specifies the weight of the font to use. It must be one of the
|
|
|
|
|
symbols `ultra-bold', `extra-bold', `bold', `semi-bold', `normal',
|
|
|
|
|
`semi-light', `light', `extra-light', `ultra-light'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`:slant'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VALUE specifies the slant of the font to use. It must be one of the
|
|
|
|
|
symbols `italic', `oblique', `normal', `reverse-italic', or
|
|
|
|
|
`reverse-oblique'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`:foreground', `:background'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VALUE must be a color name, a string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`:underline'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be underlined. If
|
|
|
|
|
VALUE is t, underline with foreground color of the face. If VALUE is
|
|
|
|
|
a string, underline with that color. If VALUE is nil, explicitly
|
|
|
|
|
don't underline.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`:overline'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be overlined. If
|
|
|
|
|
VALUE is t, overline with foreground color of the face. If VALUE is a
|
|
|
|
|
string, overline with that color. If VALUE is nil, explicitly don't
|
|
|
|
|
overline.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`:strike-through'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be drawn with a line
|
|
|
|
|
striking through them. If VALUE is t, use the foreground color of the
|
|
|
|
|
face. If VALUE is a string, strike-through with that color. If VALUE
|
|
|
|
|
is nil, explicitly don't strike through.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`:box'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should have a box drawn
|
|
|
|
|
around them. If VALUE is nil, explicitly don't draw boxes. If
|
|
|
|
|
VALUE is t, draw a box with lines of width 1 in the foreground color
|
|
|
|
|
of the face. If VALUE is a string, the string must be a color name,
|
|
|
|
|
and the box is drawn in that color with a line width of 1. Otherwise,
|
|
|
|
|
VALUE must be a property list of the form `(:line-width WIDTH
|
|
|
|
|
:color COLOR :style STYLE)'. If a keyword/value pair is missing from
|
|
|
|
|
the property list, a default value will be used for the value, as
|
|
|
|
|
specified below. WIDTH specifies the width of the lines to draw; it
|
|
|
|
|
defaults to 1. COLOR is the name of the color to draw in, default is
|
|
|
|
|
the foreground color of the face for simple boxes, and the background
|
|
|
|
|
color of the face for 3D boxes. STYLE specifies whether a 3D box
|
|
|
|
|
should be draw. If STYLE is `released-button', draw a box looking
|
|
|
|
|
like a released 3D button. If STYLE is `pressed-button' draw a box
|
|
|
|
|
that appears like a pressed button. If STYLE is nil, the default if
|
|
|
|
|
the property list doesn't contain a style specification, draw a 2D
|
|
|
|
|
box.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`:inverse-video'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be displayed in
|
|
|
|
|
inverse video. VALUE must be one of t or nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`:stipple'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If VALUE is a string, it must be the name of a file of pixmap data.
|
|
|
|
|
The directories listed in the `x-bitmap-file-path' variable are
|
|
|
|
|
searched. Alternatively, VALUE may be a list of the form (WIDTH
|
|
|
|
|
HEIGHT DATA) where WIDTH and HEIGHT are the size in pixels, and DATA
|
|
|
|
|
is a string containing the raw bits of the bitmap. VALUE nil means
|
|
|
|
|
explicitly don't use a stipple pattern.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For convenience, attributes `:family', `:width', `:height', `:weight',
|
|
|
|
|
and `:slant' may also be set in one step from an X font name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`:font'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Set font-related face attributes from VALUE. VALUE must be a valid
|
|
|
|
|
XLFD font name. If it is a font name pattern, the first matching font
|
|
|
|
|
is used--this is for compatibility with the behavior of previous
|
|
|
|
|
versions of Emacs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For compatibility with Emacs 20, keywords `:bold' and `:italic' can
|
|
|
|
|
be used to specify that a bold or italic font should be used. VALUE
|
|
|
|
|
must be t or nil in that case. A value of `unspecified' is not allowed."
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Please see also the documentation of `set-face-attribute' and
|
|
|
|
|
`defface'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-26 05:58:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`:inherit'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VALUE is the name of a face from which to inherit attributes, or a list
|
|
|
|
|
of face names. Attributes from inherited faces are merged into the face
|
|
|
|
|
like an underlying face would be, with higher priority than underlying faces.
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** Face attributes and X resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following X resource names can be used to set face attributes
|
|
|
|
|
from X resources:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Face attribute X resource class
|
|
|
|
|
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
|
:family attributeFamily . Face.AttributeFamily
|
|
|
|
|
:width attributeWidth Face.AttributeWidth
|
|
|
|
|
:height attributeHeight Face.AttributeHeight
|
|
|
|
|
:weight attributeWeight Face.AttributeWeight
|
|
|
|
|
:slant attributeSlant Face.AttributeSlant
|
|
|
|
|
foreground attributeForeground Face.AttributeForeground
|
|
|
|
|
:background attributeBackground . Face.AttributeBackground
|
|
|
|
|
:overline attributeOverline Face.AttributeOverline
|
|
|
|
|
:strike-through attributeStrikeThrough Face.AttributeStrikeThrough
|
|
|
|
|
:box attributeBox Face.AttributeBox
|
|
|
|
|
:underline attributeUnderline Face.AttributeUnderline
|
|
|
|
|
:inverse-video attributeInverse Face.AttributeInverse
|
|
|
|
|
:stipple attributeStipple Face.AttributeStipple
|
1999-11-01 11:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
or attributeBackgroundPixmap
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Face.AttributeBackgroundPixmap
|
|
|
|
|
:font attributeFont Face.AttributeFont
|
|
|
|
|
:bold attributeBold Face.AttributeBold
|
|
|
|
|
:italic attributeItalic . Face.AttributeItalic
|
|
|
|
|
:font attributeFont Face.AttributeFont
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Text property `face'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The value of the `face' text property can now be a single face
|
|
|
|
|
specification or a list of such specifications. Each face
|
|
|
|
|
specification can be
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. A symbol or string naming a Lisp face.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2. A property list of the form (KEYWORD VALUE ...) where each
|
|
|
|
|
KEYWORD is a face attribute name, and VALUE is an appropriate value
|
|
|
|
|
for that attribute. Please see the doc string of `set-face-attribute'
|
|
|
|
|
for face attribute names.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3. Conses of the form (FOREGROUND-COLOR . COLOR) or
|
|
|
|
|
(BACKGROUND-COLOR . COLOR) where COLOR is a color name. This is
|
|
|
|
|
for compatibility with previous Emacs versions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Support functions for colors on text-only terminals.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-01-02 14:21:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
The function `tty-color-define' can be used to define colors for use
|
|
|
|
|
on TTY and MSDOS frames. It maps a color name to a color number on
|
|
|
|
|
the terminal. Emacs defines a couple of common color mappings by
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
default. You can get defined colors with a call to
|
2000-01-02 14:21:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`defined-colors'. The function `tty-color-clear' can be
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
used to clear the mapping table.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-01-02 14:21:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Unified support for colors independent of frame type.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The new functions `defined-colors', `color-defined-p', `color-values',
|
|
|
|
|
and `display-color-p' work for any type of frame. On frames whose
|
|
|
|
|
type is neither x nor w32, these functions transparently map X-style
|
|
|
|
|
color specifications to the closest colors supported by the frame
|
|
|
|
|
display. Lisp programs should use these new functions instead of the
|
|
|
|
|
old `x-defined-colors', `x-color-defined-p', `x-color-values', and
|
|
|
|
|
`x-display-color-p'. (The old function names are still available for
|
|
|
|
|
compatibility; they are now aliases of the new names.) Lisp programs
|
|
|
|
|
should no more look at the value of the variable window-system to
|
|
|
|
|
modify their color-related behavior.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The primitives `color-gray-p' and `color-supported-p' also work for
|
|
|
|
|
any frame type.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-02-02 11:54:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Platform-independent functions to describe display capabilities.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The new functions `display-mouse-p', `display-popup-menus-p',
|
|
|
|
|
`display-graphic-p', `display-selections-p', `display-screens',
|
|
|
|
|
`display-pixel-width', `display-pixel-height', `display-mm-width',
|
|
|
|
|
`display-mm-height', `display-backing-store', `display-save-under',
|
|
|
|
|
`display-planes', `display-color-cells', `display-visual-class', and
|
|
|
|
|
`display-grayscale-p' describe the basic capabilities of a particular
|
|
|
|
|
display. Lisp programs should call these functions instead of testing
|
|
|
|
|
the value of the variables `window-system' or `system-type', or calling
|
|
|
|
|
platform-specific functions such as `x-display-pixel-width'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-07-17 13:00:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
The new function `display-images-p' returns non-nil if a particular
|
|
|
|
|
display can display image files.
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** The minibuffer prompt is now actually inserted in the minibuffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-17 12:58:58 +00:00
|
|
|
|
This makes it possible to scroll through the prompt, if you want to.
|
2000-11-21 18:02:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
To disallow this completely (like previous versions of emacs), customize
|
|
|
|
|
the variable `minibuffer-prompt-properties', and turn on the
|
|
|
|
|
`Inviolable' option.
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-08 12:29:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
The function `minibuffer-prompt-end' returns the current position of the
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
end of the minibuffer prompt, if the minibuffer is current.
|
2002-02-08 12:29:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Otherwise, it returns `(point-min)'.
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-17 12:58:58 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** New `field' abstraction in buffers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
There is now code to support an abstraction called `fields' in emacs
|
|
|
|
|
buffers. A field is a contiguous region of text with the same `field'
|
2000-08-14 09:16:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
property (which can be a text property or an overlay).
|
1999-10-17 12:58:58 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-11-02 12:09:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Many emacs functions, such as forward-word, forward-sentence,
|
1999-10-17 12:58:58 +00:00
|
|
|
|
forward-paragraph, beginning-of-line, etc., stop moving when they come
|
1999-11-02 12:09:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
to the boundary between fields; beginning-of-line and end-of-line will
|
1999-10-17 12:58:58 +00:00
|
|
|
|
not let the point move past the field boundary, but other movement
|
2000-01-04 12:29:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
commands continue into the next field if repeated. Stopping at field
|
|
|
|
|
boundaries can be suppressed programmatically by binding
|
|
|
|
|
`inhibit-field-text-motion' to a non-nil value around calls to these
|
|
|
|
|
functions.
|
1999-10-17 12:58:58 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Now that the minibuffer prompt is inserted into the minibuffer, it is in
|
1999-11-02 12:09:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
a separate field from the user-input part of the buffer, so that common
|
1999-10-17 12:58:58 +00:00
|
|
|
|
editing commands treat the user's text separately from the prompt.
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-11-02 12:09:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
The following functions are defined for operating on fields:
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-14 09:16:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
- Function: constrain-to-field NEW-POS OLD-POS &optional ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE ONLY-IN-LINE INHIBIT-CAPTURE-PROPERTY
|
1999-11-02 12:09:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return the position closest to NEW-POS that is in the same field as OLD-POS.
|
2000-08-14 09:16:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-11-02 12:09:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
|
|
|
|
|
If NEW-POS is nil, then the current point is used instead, and set to the
|
2001-02-02 07:57:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
constrained position if that is different.
|
1999-11-02 12:09:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If OLD-POS is at the boundary of two fields, then the allowable
|
|
|
|
|
positions for NEW-POS depends on the value of the optional argument
|
|
|
|
|
ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE: If ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE is nil, then NEW-POS is
|
2000-08-14 09:16:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
constrained to the field that has the same `field' char-property
|
1999-11-02 12:09:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
as any new characters inserted at OLD-POS, whereas if ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE
|
|
|
|
|
is non-nil, NEW-POS is constrained to the union of the two adjacent
|
2000-08-14 09:16:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
fields. Additionally, if two fields are separated by another field with
|
|
|
|
|
the special value `boundary', then any point within this special field is
|
|
|
|
|
also considered to be `on the boundary'.
|
1999-11-02 12:09:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the optional argument ONLY-IN-LINE is non-nil and constraining
|
|
|
|
|
NEW-POS would move it to a different line, NEW-POS is returned
|
|
|
|
|
unconstrained. This useful for commands that move by line, like
|
|
|
|
|
C-n or C-a, which should generally respect field boundaries
|
|
|
|
|
only in the case where they can still move to the right line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-14 09:16:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
If the optional argument INHIBIT-CAPTURE-PROPERTY is non-nil, and OLD-POS has
|
|
|
|
|
a non-nil property of that name, then any field boundaries are ignored.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Field boundaries are not noticed if `inhibit-field-text-motion' is non-nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Function: delete-field &optional POS
|
1999-11-02 12:09:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-14 09:16:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Delete the field surrounding POS.
|
1999-11-02 12:09:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
|
2000-08-14 09:16:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
|
1999-11-02 12:09:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Function: field-beginning &optional POS ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return the beginning of the field surrounding POS.
|
|
|
|
|
A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
|
2000-08-14 09:16:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
|
|
|
|
|
If ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE is non-nil and POS is at the beginning of its
|
1999-11-02 12:09:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
field, then the beginning of the *previous* field is returned.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Function: field-end &optional POS ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return the end of the field surrounding POS.
|
|
|
|
|
A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
|
2000-08-14 09:16:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
|
|
|
|
|
If ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE is non-nil and POS is at the end of its field,
|
1999-11-02 12:09:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
then the end of the *following* field is returned.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Function: field-string &optional POS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return the contents of the field surrounding POS as a string.
|
|
|
|
|
A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
|
2000-08-14 09:16:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
|
1999-11-02 12:09:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Function: field-string-no-properties &optional POS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return the contents of the field around POS, without text-properties.
|
|
|
|
|
A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
|
2000-08-14 09:16:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
|
1999-11-02 12:09:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** Image support.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs can now display images. Images are inserted into text by giving
|
|
|
|
|
strings or buffer text a `display' text property containing one of
|
|
|
|
|
(AREA IMAGE) or IMAGE. The display of the `display' property value
|
|
|
|
|
replaces the display of the characters having that property.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the property value has the form (AREA IMAGE), AREA must be one of
|
|
|
|
|
`(margin left-margin)', `(margin right-margin)' or `(margin nil)'. If
|
|
|
|
|
AREA is `(margin nil)', IMAGE will be displayed in the text area of a
|
|
|
|
|
window, otherwise it will be displayed in the left or right marginal
|
|
|
|
|
area.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IMAGE is an image specification.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Image specifications
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Image specifications are lists of the form `(image PROPS)' where PROPS
|
|
|
|
|
is a property list whose keys are keyword symbols. Each
|
|
|
|
|
specifications must contain a property `:type TYPE' with TYPE being a
|
1999-11-10 22:53:16 +00:00
|
|
|
|
symbol specifying the image type, e.g. `xbm'. Properties not
|
|
|
|
|
described below are ignored.
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following is a list of properties all image types share.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`:ascent ASCENT'
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-02 20:12:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ASCENT must be a number in the range 0..100, or the symbol `center'.
|
|
|
|
|
If it is a number, it specifies the percentage of the image's height
|
2000-07-26 18:54:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
to use for its ascent.
|
2000-05-02 20:12:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If not specified, ASCENT defaults to the value 50 which means that the
|
|
|
|
|
image will be centered with the base line of the row it appears in.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-07-26 18:54:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
If ASCENT is `center' the image is vertically centered around a
|
2000-05-24 13:10:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
centerline which is the vertical center of text drawn at the position
|
|
|
|
|
of the image, in the manner specified by the text properties and
|
|
|
|
|
overlays that apply to the image.
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`:margin MARGIN'
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-01-12 15:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
MARGIN must be either a number >= 0 specifying how many pixels to put
|
|
|
|
|
as margin around the image, or a pair (X . Y) with X specifying the
|
|
|
|
|
horizontal margin and Y specifying the vertical margin. Default is 0.
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`:relief RELIEF'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RELIEF is analogous to the `:relief' attribute of faces. Puts a relief
|
|
|
|
|
around an image.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-01-17 14:11:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`:conversion ALGO'
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-15 11:49:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Apply an image algorithm to the image before displaying it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ALGO `laplace' or `emboss' means apply a Laplace or ``emboss''
|
|
|
|
|
edge-detection algorithm to the image.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ALGO `(edge-detection :matrix MATRIX :color-adjust ADJUST)' means
|
|
|
|
|
apply a general edge-detection algorithm. MATRIX must be either a
|
|
|
|
|
nine-element list or a nine-element vector of numbers. A pixel at
|
|
|
|
|
position x/y in the transformed image is computed from original pixels
|
|
|
|
|
around that position. MATRIX specifies, for each pixel in the
|
|
|
|
|
neighborhood of x/y, a factor with which that pixel will influence the
|
|
|
|
|
transformed pixel; element 0 specifies the factor for the pixel at
|
|
|
|
|
x-1/y-1, element 1 the factor for the pixel at x/y-1 etc. as shown
|
|
|
|
|
below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(x-1/y-1 x/y-1 x+1/y-1
|
|
|
|
|
x-1/y x/y x+1/y
|
|
|
|
|
x-1/y+1 x/y+1 x+1/y+1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The resulting pixel is computed from the color intensity of the color
|
|
|
|
|
resulting from summing up the RGB values of surrounding pixels,
|
|
|
|
|
multiplied by the specified factors, and dividing that sum by the sum
|
|
|
|
|
of the factors' absolute values.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-23 02:46:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Laplace edge-detection currently uses a matrix of
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-15 11:49:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(1 0 0
|
|
|
|
|
0 0 0
|
|
|
|
|
9 9 -1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emboss edge-detection uses a matrix of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
( 2 -1 0
|
|
|
|
|
-1 0 1
|
|
|
|
|
0 1 -2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-19 15:37:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ALGO `disabled' means transform the image so that it looks
|
|
|
|
|
``disabled''.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-15 11:49:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`:mask MASK'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If MASK is `heuristic' or `(heuristic BG)', build a clipping mask for
|
|
|
|
|
the image, so that the background of a frame is visible behind the
|
|
|
|
|
image. If BG is not specified, or if BG is t, determine the
|
|
|
|
|
background color of the image by looking at the 4 corners of the
|
2001-01-29 13:31:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
image, assuming the most frequently occurring color from the corners is
|
2000-09-15 11:49:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
the background color of the image. Otherwise, BG must be a list `(RED
|
|
|
|
|
GREEN BLUE)' specifying the color to assume for the background of the
|
|
|
|
|
image.
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-15 11:49:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
If MASK is nil, remove a mask from the image, if it has one. Images
|
|
|
|
|
in some formats include a mask which can be removed by specifying
|
|
|
|
|
`:mask nil'.
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`:file FILE'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Load image from FILE. If FILE is not absolute after expanding it,
|
|
|
|
|
search for the image in `data-directory'. Some image types support
|
|
|
|
|
building images from data. When this is done, no `:file' property
|
|
|
|
|
may be present in the image specification.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-01-01 16:46:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`:data DATA'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Get image data from DATA. (As of this writing, this is not yet
|
|
|
|
|
supported for image type `postscript'). Either :file or :data may be
|
|
|
|
|
present in an image specification, but not both. All image types
|
|
|
|
|
support strings as DATA, some types allow additional types of DATA.
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** Supported image types
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-15 00:09:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
**** XBM, image type `xbm'.
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XBM images don't require an external library. Additional image
|
2003-01-29 15:52:39 +00:00
|
|
|
|
properties supported are:
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`:foreground FG'
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-05-30 15:31:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
FG must be a string specifying the image foreground color, or nil
|
2003-01-29 15:52:39 +00:00
|
|
|
|
meaning to use the default. Default is the frame's foreground color.
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-10-17 11:57:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`:background BG'
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2003-01-29 15:52:39 +00:00
|
|
|
|
BG must be a string specifying the image background color, or nil
|
2001-05-30 15:31:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
meaning to use the default. Default is the frame's background color.
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XBM images can be constructed from data instead of file. In this
|
|
|
|
|
case, the image specification must contain the following properties
|
|
|
|
|
instead of a `:file' property.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`:width WIDTH'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WIDTH specifies the width of the image in pixels.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`:height HEIGHT'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HEIGHT specifies the height of the image in pixels.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`:data DATA'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DATA must be either
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. a string large enough to hold the bitmap data, i.e. it must
|
|
|
|
|
have a size >= (WIDTH + 7) / 8 * HEIGHT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2. a bool-vector of size >= WIDTH * HEIGHT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3. a vector of strings or bool-vectors, one for each line of the
|
|
|
|
|
bitmap.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-04-27 19:12:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
4. a string that's an in-memory XBM file. Neither width nor
|
|
|
|
|
height may be specified in this case because these are defined
|
|
|
|
|
in the file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
**** XPM, image type `xpm'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPM images require the external library `libXpm', package
|
|
|
|
|
`xpm-3.4k.tar.gz', version 3.4k or later. Make sure the library is
|
|
|
|
|
found when Emacs is configured by supplying appropriate paths via
|
|
|
|
|
`--x-includes' and `--x-libraries'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional image properties supported are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`:color-symbols SYMBOLS'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOLS must be a list of pairs (NAME . COLOR), with NAME being the
|
|
|
|
|
name of color as it appears in an XPM file, and COLOR being an X color
|
|
|
|
|
name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPM images can be built from memory instead of files. In that case,
|
|
|
|
|
add a `:data' property instead of a `:file' property.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The XPM library uses libz in its implementation so that it is able
|
|
|
|
|
to display compressed images.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** PBM, image type `pbm'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PBM images don't require an external library. Color, gray-scale and
|
2000-10-16 20:08:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
mono images are supported. Additional image properties supported for
|
2003-01-29 15:52:39 +00:00
|
|
|
|
mono images are:
|
2000-10-16 20:08:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`:foreground FG'
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-05-30 15:31:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
FG must be a string specifying the image foreground color, or nil
|
2003-01-29 15:52:39 +00:00
|
|
|
|
meaning to use the default. Default is the frame's foreground color.
|
2000-10-16 20:08:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`:background FG'
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-01-29 15:52:39 +00:00
|
|
|
|
BG must be a string specifying the image background color, or nil
|
2001-05-30 15:31:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
meaning to use the default. Default is the frame's background color.
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** JPEG, image type `jpeg'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Support for JPEG images requires the external library `libjpeg',
|
2003-01-29 15:52:39 +00:00
|
|
|
|
package `jpegsrc.v6a.tar.gz', or later. There are no additional image
|
|
|
|
|
properties defined.
|
1999-12-31 15:04:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
**** TIFF, image type `tiff'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Support for TIFF images requires the external library `libtiff',
|
|
|
|
|
package `tiff-v3.4-tar.gz', or later. There are no additional image
|
|
|
|
|
properties defined.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** GIF, image type `gif'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Support for GIF images requires the external library `libungif', package
|
|
|
|
|
`libungif-4.1.0', or later.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional image properties supported are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`:index INDEX'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INDEX must be an integer >= 0. Load image number INDEX from a
|
2003-12-29 19:18:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
multi-image GIF file. If INDEX is too large, the image displays
|
|
|
|
|
as a hollow box.
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This could be used to implement limited support for animated GIFs.
|
|
|
|
|
For example, the following function displays a multi-image GIF file
|
|
|
|
|
at point-min in the current buffer, switching between sub-images
|
|
|
|
|
every 0.1 seconds.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(defun show-anim (file max)
|
|
|
|
|
"Display multi-image GIF file FILE which contains MAX subimages."
|
|
|
|
|
(display-anim (current-buffer) file 0 max t))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(defun display-anim (buffer file idx max first-time)
|
|
|
|
|
(when (= idx max)
|
|
|
|
|
(setq idx 0))
|
2000-01-01 16:46:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(let ((img (create-image file nil nil :index idx)))
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(save-excursion
|
|
|
|
|
(set-buffer buffer)
|
|
|
|
|
(goto-char (point-min))
|
|
|
|
|
(unless first-time (delete-char 1))
|
|
|
|
|
(insert-image img "x"))
|
|
|
|
|
(run-with-timer 0.1 nil 'display-anim buffer file (1+ idx) max nil)))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** PNG, image type `png'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Support for PNG images requires the external library `libpng',
|
|
|
|
|
package `libpng-1.0.2.tar.gz', or later. There are no additional image
|
|
|
|
|
properties defined.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** Ghostscript, image type `postscript'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional image properties supported are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`:pt-width WIDTH'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WIDTH is width of the image in pt (1/72 inch). WIDTH must be an
|
1999-10-15 00:09:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
integer. This is a required property.
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`:pt-height HEIGHT'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HEIGHT specifies the height of the image in pt (1/72 inch). HEIGHT
|
1999-10-15 00:09:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
must be a integer. This is an required property.
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`:bounding-box BOX'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BOX must be a list or vector of 4 integers giving the bounding box of
|
|
|
|
|
the PS image, analogous to the `BoundingBox' comment found in PS
|
|
|
|
|
files. This is an required property.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Part of the Ghostscript interface is implemented in Lisp. See
|
|
|
|
|
lisp/gs.el.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Lisp interface.
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-11-01 11:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
The variable `image-types' contains a list of those image types
|
|
|
|
|
which are supported in the current configuration.
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Images are stored in an image cache and removed from the cache when
|
|
|
|
|
they haven't been displayed for `image-cache-eviction-delay seconds.
|
|
|
|
|
The function `clear-image-cache' can be used to clear the image cache
|
2000-04-29 13:19:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
manually. Images in the cache are compared with `equal', i.e. all
|
|
|
|
|
images with `equal' specifications share the same image.
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Simplified image API, image.el
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The new Lisp package image.el contains functions that simplify image
|
|
|
|
|
creation and putting images into text. The function `create-image'
|
|
|
|
|
can be used to create images. The macro `defimage' can be used to
|
|
|
|
|
define an image based on available image types. The functions
|
|
|
|
|
`put-image' and `insert-image' can be used to insert an image into a
|
|
|
|
|
buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Display margins.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Windows can now have margins which are used for special text
|
|
|
|
|
and images.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To give a window margins, either set the buffer-local variables
|
|
|
|
|
`left-margin-width' and `right-margin-width', or call
|
|
|
|
|
`set-window-margins'. The function `window-margins' can be used to
|
|
|
|
|
obtain the current settings. To make `left-margin-width' and
|
|
|
|
|
`right-margin-width' take effect, you must set them before displaying
|
|
|
|
|
the buffer in a window, or use `set-window-buffer' to force an update
|
|
|
|
|
of the display margins.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can put text in margins by giving it a `display' text property
|
|
|
|
|
containing a pair of the form `(LOCATION . VALUE)', where LOCATION is
|
|
|
|
|
one of `left-margin' or `right-margin' or nil. VALUE can be either a
|
|
|
|
|
string, an image specification or a stretch specification (see later
|
|
|
|
|
in this file).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Help display
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs displays short help messages in the echo area, when the mouse
|
|
|
|
|
moves over a tool-bar item or a piece of text that has a text property
|
|
|
|
|
`help-echo'. This feature also applies to strings in the mode line
|
|
|
|
|
that have a `help-echo' property.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-07-14 14:01:16 +00:00
|
|
|
|
If the value of the `help-echo' property is a function, that function
|
2000-07-18 19:04:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
is called with three arguments WINDOW, OBJECT and POSITION. WINDOW is
|
2000-07-21 15:54:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
the window in which the help was found.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If OBJECT is a buffer, POS is the position in the buffer where the
|
|
|
|
|
`help-echo' text property was found.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If OBJECT is an overlay, that overlay has a `help-echo' property, and
|
|
|
|
|
POS is the position in the overlay's buffer under the mouse.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If OBJECT is a string (an overlay string or a string displayed with
|
2000-07-26 11:25:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
the `display' property), POS is the position in that string under the
|
2000-07-21 15:54:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
mouse.
|
2000-07-13 23:56:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-07-14 14:01:16 +00:00
|
|
|
|
If the value of the `help-echo' property is neither a function nor a
|
|
|
|
|
string, it is evaluated to obtain a help string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For tool-bar and menu-bar items, their key definition is used to
|
|
|
|
|
determine the help to display. If their definition contains a
|
|
|
|
|
property `:help FORM', FORM is evaluated to determine the help string.
|
|
|
|
|
For tool-bar items without a help form, the caption of the item is
|
|
|
|
|
used as help string.
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The hook `show-help-function' can be set to a function that displays
|
2000-07-20 09:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
the help string differently. For example, enabling a tooltip window
|
|
|
|
|
causes the help display to appear there instead of in the echo area.
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Vertical fractional scrolling.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The display of text in windows can be scrolled smoothly in pixels.
|
|
|
|
|
This is useful, for example, for making parts of large images visible.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The function `window-vscroll' returns the current value of vertical
|
|
|
|
|
scrolling, a non-negative fraction of the canonical character height.
|
|
|
|
|
The function `set-window-vscroll' can be used to set the vertical
|
|
|
|
|
scrolling value. Here is an example of how these function might be
|
|
|
|
|
used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-11-01 11:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(global-set-key [A-down]
|
|
|
|
|
#'(lambda ()
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(interactive)
|
1999-11-01 11:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(set-window-vscroll (selected-window)
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(+ 0.5 (window-vscroll)))))
|
1999-11-01 11:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(global-set-key [A-up]
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#'(lambda ()
|
|
|
|
|
(interactive)
|
1999-11-01 11:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(set-window-vscroll (selected-window)
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(- (window-vscroll) 0.5)))))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** New hook `fontification-functions'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Functions from `fontification-functions' are called from redisplay
|
|
|
|
|
when it encounters a region of text that is not yet fontified. This
|
|
|
|
|
variable automatically becomes buffer-local when set. Each function
|
|
|
|
|
is called with one argument, POS.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At least one of the hook functions should fontify one or more
|
|
|
|
|
characters starting at POS in the current buffer. It should mark them
|
|
|
|
|
as fontified by giving them a non-nil value of the `fontified' text
|
|
|
|
|
property. It may be reasonable for these functions to check for the
|
|
|
|
|
`fontified' property and not put it back on, but they do not have to.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Tool bar support.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs supports a tool bar at the top of a frame under X. The frame
|
|
|
|
|
parameter `tool-bar-lines' (X resource "toolBar", class "ToolBar")
|
|
|
|
|
controls how may lines to reserve for the tool bar. A zero value
|
|
|
|
|
suppresses the tool bar. If the value is non-zero and
|
|
|
|
|
`auto-resize-tool-bars' is non-nil the tool bar's size will be changed
|
|
|
|
|
automatically so that all tool bar items are visible.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Tool bar item definitions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tool bar items are defined using `define-key' with a prefix-key
|
|
|
|
|
`tool-bar'. For example `(define-key global-map [tool-bar item1] ITEM)'
|
|
|
|
|
where ITEM is a list `(menu-item CAPTION BINDING PROPS...)'.
|
1999-11-01 11:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
CAPTION is the caption of the item, If it's not a string, it is
|
|
|
|
|
evaluated to get a string. The caption is currently not displayed in
|
|
|
|
|
the tool bar, but it is displayed if the item doesn't have a `:help'
|
|
|
|
|
property (see below).
|
1999-11-01 11:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
BINDING is the tool bar item's binding. Tool bar items with keymaps as
|
|
|
|
|
binding are currently ignored.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following properties are recognized:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`:enable FORM'.
|
1999-11-01 11:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
FORM is evaluated and specifies whether the tool bar item is enabled
|
|
|
|
|
or disabled.
|
1999-11-01 11:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`:visible FORM'
|
1999-11-01 11:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
FORM is evaluated and specifies whether the tool bar item is displayed.
|
1999-11-01 11:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`:filter FUNCTION'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FUNCTION is called with one parameter, the same list BINDING in which
|
|
|
|
|
FUNCTION is specified as the filter. The value FUNCTION returns is
|
|
|
|
|
used instead of BINDING to display this item.
|
1999-11-01 11:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`:button (TYPE SELECTED)'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE must be one of `:radio' or `:toggle'. SELECTED is evaluated
|
|
|
|
|
and specifies whether the button is selected (pressed) or not.
|
1999-11-01 11:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`:image IMAGES'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IMAGES is either a single image specification or a vector of four
|
|
|
|
|
image specifications. If it is a vector, this table lists the
|
|
|
|
|
meaning of each of the four elements:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Index Use when item is
|
|
|
|
|
----------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
|
0 enabled and selected
|
|
|
|
|
1 enabled and deselected
|
|
|
|
|
2 disabled and selected
|
|
|
|
|
3 disabled and deselected
|
1999-11-01 11:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-16 20:51:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
If IMAGE is a single image specification, a Laplace edge-detection
|
|
|
|
|
algorithm is used on that image to draw the image in disabled state.
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`:help HELP-STRING'.
|
1999-11-01 11:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Gives a help string to display for the tool bar item. This help
|
|
|
|
|
is displayed when the mouse is moved over the item.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-15 17:33:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
The function `toolbar-add-item' is a convenience function for adding
|
2000-09-19 17:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
toolbar items generally, and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' can be used
|
|
|
|
|
to define a toolbar item with a binding copied from an item on the
|
|
|
|
|
menu bar.
|
2000-09-15 17:33:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-11-14 14:41:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
The default bindings use a menu-item :filter to derive the tool-bar
|
|
|
|
|
dynamically from variable `tool-bar-map' which may be set
|
|
|
|
|
buffer-locally to override the global map.
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** Tool-bar-related variables.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If `auto-resize-tool-bar' is non-nil, the tool bar will automatically
|
|
|
|
|
resize to show all defined tool bar items. It will never grow larger
|
|
|
|
|
than 1/4 of the frame's size.
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-11-01 11:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
If `auto-raise-tool-bar-buttons' is non-nil, tool bar buttons will be
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
raised when the mouse moves over them.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can add extra space between tool bar items by setting
|
|
|
|
|
`tool-bar-button-margin' to a positive integer specifying a number of
|
2001-01-12 15:21:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
pixels, or a pair of integers (X . Y) specifying horizontal and
|
|
|
|
|
vertical margins . Default is 1.
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can change the shadow thickness of tool bar buttons by setting
|
|
|
|
|
`tool-bar-button-relief' to an integer. Default is 3.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Tool-bar clicks with modifiers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can bind commands to clicks with control, shift, meta etc. on
|
1999-11-01 11:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
a tool bar item. If
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(define-key global-map [tool-bar shell]
|
|
|
|
|
'(menu-item "Shell" shell
|
|
|
|
|
:image (image :type xpm :file "shell.xpm")))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
is the original tool bar item definition, then
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(define-key global-map [tool-bar S-shell] 'some-command)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
makes a binding to run `some-command' for a shifted click on the same
|
|
|
|
|
item.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Mode line changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Mouse-sensitive mode line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The mode line can be made mouse-sensitive by displaying strings there
|
|
|
|
|
that have a `local-map' text property. There are three ways to display
|
|
|
|
|
a string with a `local-map' property in the mode line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. The mode line spec contains a variable whose string value has
|
|
|
|
|
a `local-map' text property.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2. The mode line spec contains a format specifier (e.g. `%12b'), and
|
|
|
|
|
that format specifier has a `local-map' property.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3. The mode line spec contains a list containing `:eval FORM'. FORM
|
|
|
|
|
is evaluated. If the result is a string, and that string has a
|
|
|
|
|
`local-map' property.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The same mechanism is used to determine the `face' and `help-echo'
|
|
|
|
|
properties of strings in the mode line. See `bindings.el' for an
|
|
|
|
|
example.
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-11-05 13:50:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** If a mode line element has the form `(:eval FORM)', FORM is
|
|
|
|
|
evaluated and the result is used as mode line element.
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** You can suppress mode-line display by setting the buffer-local
|
|
|
|
|
variable mode-line-format to nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** A headerline can now be displayed at the top of a window.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This mode line's contents are controlled by the new variable
|
|
|
|
|
`header-line-format' and `default-header-line-format' which are
|
|
|
|
|
completely analogous to `mode-line-format' and
|
|
|
|
|
`default-mode-line-format'. A value of nil means don't display a top
|
|
|
|
|
line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The appearance of top mode lines is controlled by the face
|
|
|
|
|
`header-line'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The function `coordinates-in-window-p' returns `header-line' for a
|
|
|
|
|
position in the header-line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Text property `display'
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-21 19:27:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
The `display' text property is used to insert images into text,
|
|
|
|
|
replace text with other text, display text in marginal area, and it is
|
|
|
|
|
also used to control other aspects of how text displays. The value of
|
|
|
|
|
the `display' property should be a display specification, as described
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
below, or a list or vector containing display specifications.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-21 19:27:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** Replacing text, displaying text in marginal areas
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To replace the text having the `display' property with some other
|
|
|
|
|
text, use a display specification of the form `(LOCATION STRING)'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If LOCATION is `(margin left-margin)', STRING is displayed in the left
|
|
|
|
|
marginal area, if it is `(margin right-margin)', it is displayed in
|
|
|
|
|
the right marginal area, and if LOCATION is `(margin nil)' STRING
|
|
|
|
|
is displayed in the text. In the latter case you can also use the
|
|
|
|
|
simpler form STRING as property value.
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** Variable width and height spaces
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To display a space of fractional width or height, use a display
|
|
|
|
|
specification of the form `(LOCATION STRECH)'. If LOCATION is
|
|
|
|
|
`(margin left-margin)', the space is displayed in the left marginal
|
|
|
|
|
area, if it is `(margin right-margin)', it is displayed in the right
|
|
|
|
|
marginal area, and if LOCATION is `(margin nil)' the space is
|
|
|
|
|
displayed in the text. In the latter case you can also use the
|
|
|
|
|
simpler form STRETCH as property value.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The stretch specification STRETCH itself is a list of the form `(space
|
|
|
|
|
PROPS)', where PROPS is a property list which can contain the
|
|
|
|
|
properties described below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The display of the fractional space replaces the display of the
|
|
|
|
|
characters having the `display' property.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- :width WIDTH
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Specifies that the space width should be WIDTH times the normal
|
|
|
|
|
character width. WIDTH can be an integer or floating point number.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- :relative-width FACTOR
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Specifies that the width of the stretch should be computed from the
|
|
|
|
|
first character in a group of consecutive characters that have the
|
|
|
|
|
same `display' property. The computation is done by multiplying the
|
|
|
|
|
width of that character by FACTOR.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- :align-to HPOS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Specifies that the space should be wide enough to reach HPOS. The
|
|
|
|
|
value HPOS is measured in units of the normal character width.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exactly one of the above properties should be used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- :height HEIGHT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Specifies the height of the space, as HEIGHT, measured in terms of the
|
|
|
|
|
normal line height.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- :relative-height FACTOR
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The height of the space is computed as the product of the height
|
|
|
|
|
of the text having the `display' property and FACTOR.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- :ascent ASCENT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Specifies that ASCENT percent of the height of the stretch should be
|
|
|
|
|
used for the ascent of the stretch, i.e. for the part above the
|
|
|
|
|
baseline. The value of ASCENT must be a non-negative number less or
|
|
|
|
|
equal to 100.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You should not use both `:height' and `:relative-height' together.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Images
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A display specification for an image has the form `(LOCATION
|
|
|
|
|
. IMAGE)', where IMAGE is an image specification. The image replaces,
|
|
|
|
|
in the display, the characters having this display specification in
|
|
|
|
|
their `display' text property. If LOCATION is `(margin left-margin)',
|
|
|
|
|
the image will be displayed in the left marginal area, if it is
|
|
|
|
|
`(margin right-margin)' it will be displayed in the right marginal
|
|
|
|
|
area, and if LOCATION is `(margin nil)' the image will be displayed in
|
|
|
|
|
the text. In the latter case you can also use the simpler form IMAGE
|
|
|
|
|
as display specification.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Other display properties
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-11-15 13:37:16 +00:00
|
|
|
|
- (space-width FACTOR)
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Specifies that space characters in the text having that property
|
|
|
|
|
should be displayed FACTOR times as wide as normal; FACTOR must be an
|
|
|
|
|
integer or float.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-11-15 13:37:16 +00:00
|
|
|
|
- (height HEIGHT)
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Display text having this property in a font that is smaller or larger.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If HEIGHT is a list of the form `(+ N)', where N is an integer, that
|
|
|
|
|
means to use a font that is N steps larger. If HEIGHT is a list of
|
|
|
|
|
the form `(- N)', that means to use a font that is N steps smaller. A
|
|
|
|
|
``step'' is defined by the set of available fonts; each size for which
|
|
|
|
|
a font is available counts as a step.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If HEIGHT is a number, that means to use a font that is HEIGHT times
|
|
|
|
|
as tall as the frame's default font.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If HEIGHT is a symbol, it is called as a function with the current
|
|
|
|
|
height as argument. The function should return the new height to use.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Otherwise, HEIGHT is evaluated to get the new height, with the symbol
|
|
|
|
|
`height' bound to the current specified font height.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-11-15 13:37:16 +00:00
|
|
|
|
- (raise FACTOR)
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FACTOR must be a number, specifying a multiple of the current
|
|
|
|
|
font's height. If it is positive, that means to display the characters
|
|
|
|
|
raised. If it is negative, that means to display them lower down. The
|
|
|
|
|
amount of raising or lowering is computed without taking account of the
|
2000-11-15 13:37:16 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`height' subproperty.
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Conditional display properties
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All display specifications can be conditionalized. If a specification
|
2001-08-30 12:12:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
has the form `(when CONDITION . SPEC)', the specification SPEC applies
|
|
|
|
|
only when CONDITION yields a non-nil value when evaluated. During the
|
|
|
|
|
evaluation, `object' is bound to the string or buffer having the
|
|
|
|
|
conditional display property; `position' and `buffer-position' are
|
|
|
|
|
bound to the position within `object' and the buffer position where
|
|
|
|
|
the display property was found, respectively. Both positions can be
|
|
|
|
|
different when object is a string.
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The normal specification consisting of SPEC only is equivalent to
|
2001-08-30 12:12:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`(when t . SPEC)'.
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** New menu separator types.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs now supports more than one menu separator type. Menu items with
|
|
|
|
|
item names consisting of dashes only (including zero dashes) are
|
|
|
|
|
treated like before. In addition, the following item names are used
|
|
|
|
|
to specify other menu separator types.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `--no-line' or `--space', or `--:space', or `--:noLine'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
No separator lines are drawn, but a small space is inserted where the
|
|
|
|
|
separator occurs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `--single-line' or `--:singleLine'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A single line in the menu's foreground color.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `--double-line' or `--:doubleLine'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A double line in the menu's foreground color.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `--single-dashed-line' or `--:singleDashedLine'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A single dashed line in the menu's foreground color.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `--double-dashed-line' or `--:doubleDashedLine'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A double dashed line in the menu's foreground color.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `--shadow-etched-in' or `--:shadowEtchedIn'
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-02-02 16:36:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
A single line with 3D sunken appearance. This is the form
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
displayed for item names consisting of dashes only.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `--shadow-etched-out' or `--:shadowEtchedOut'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A single line with 3D raised appearance.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `--shadow-etched-in-dash' or `--:shadowEtchedInDash'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A single dashed line with 3D sunken appearance.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `--shadow-etched-out-dash' or `--:shadowEtchedOutDash'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A single dashed line with 3D raise appearance.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `--shadow-double-etched-in' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedIn'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Two lines with 3D sunken appearance.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `--shadow-double-etched-out' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedOut'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Two lines with 3D raised appearance.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `--shadow-double-etched-in-dash' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedInDash'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Two dashed lines with 3D sunken appearance.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- `--shadow-double-etched-out-dash' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedOutDash'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Two dashed lines with 3D raised appearance.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Under LessTif/Motif, the last four separator types are displayed like
|
|
|
|
|
the corresponding single-line separators.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** New frame parameters for scroll bar colors.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The new frame parameters `scroll-bar-foreground' and
|
|
|
|
|
`scroll-bar-background' can be used to change scroll bar colors.
|
|
|
|
|
Their value must be either a color name, a string, or nil to specify
|
|
|
|
|
that scroll bars should use a default color. For toolkit scroll bars,
|
|
|
|
|
default colors are toolkit specific. For non-toolkit scroll bars, the
|
|
|
|
|
default background is the background color of the frame, and the
|
|
|
|
|
default foreground is black.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The X resource name of these parameters are `scrollBarForeground'
|
|
|
|
|
(class ScrollBarForeground) and `scrollBarBackground' (class
|
|
|
|
|
`ScrollBarBackground').
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Setting these parameters overrides toolkit specific X resource
|
|
|
|
|
settings for scroll bar colors.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** You can set `redisplay-dont-pause' to a non-nil value to prevent
|
|
|
|
|
display updates from being interrupted when input is pending.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changing a window's width may now change its window start if it
|
|
|
|
|
starts on a continuation line. The new window start is computed based
|
|
|
|
|
on the window's new width, starting from the start of the continued
|
|
|
|
|
line as the start of the screen line with the minimum distance from
|
|
|
|
|
the original window start.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The variable `hscroll-step' and the functions
|
|
|
|
|
`hscroll-point-visible' and `hscroll-window-column' have been removed
|
|
|
|
|
now that proper horizontal scrolling is implemented.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Windows can now be made fixed-width and/or fixed-height.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A window is fixed-size if its buffer has a buffer-local variable
|
|
|
|
|
`window-size-fixed' whose value is not nil. A value of `height' makes
|
|
|
|
|
windows fixed-height, a value of `width' makes them fixed-width, any
|
|
|
|
|
other non-nil value makes them both fixed-width and fixed-height.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following code makes all windows displaying the current buffer
|
|
|
|
|
fixed-width and fixed-height.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(set (make-local-variable 'window-size-fixed) t)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A call to enlarge-window on a window gives an error if that window is
|
|
|
|
|
fixed-width and it is tried to change the window's width, or if the
|
|
|
|
|
window is fixed-height, and it is tried to change its height. To
|
|
|
|
|
change the size of a fixed-size window, bind `window-size-fixed'
|
|
|
|
|
temporarily to nil, for example
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(let ((window-size-fixed nil))
|
|
|
|
|
(enlarge-window 10))
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-11-01 11:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Likewise, an attempt to split a fixed-height window vertically,
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
or a fixed-width window horizontally results in a error.
|
2000-03-12 12:36:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The cursor-type frame parameter is now supported on MS-DOS
|
|
|
|
|
terminals. When Emacs starts, it by default changes the cursor shape
|
|
|
|
|
to a solid box, as it does on Unix. The `cursor-type' frame parameter
|
|
|
|
|
overrides this as it does on Unix, except that the bar cursor is
|
|
|
|
|
horizontal rather than vertical (since the MS-DOS display doesn't
|
|
|
|
|
support a vertical-bar cursor).
|
2000-06-09 10:27:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-01-25 20:15:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
* Emacs 20.7 is a bug-fix release with few user-visible changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** It is now possible to use CCL-based coding systems for keyboard
|
|
|
|
|
input.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** ange-ftp now handles FTP security extensions, like Kerberos.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Rmail has been extended to recognize more forms of digest messages.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Now, most coding systems set in keyboard coding system work not
|
|
|
|
|
only for character input, but also in incremental search. The
|
|
|
|
|
exceptions are such coding systems that handle 2-byte character sets
|
|
|
|
|
(e.g euc-kr, euc-jp) and that use ISO's escape sequence
|
|
|
|
|
(e.g. iso-2022-jp). They are ignored in incremental search.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Support for Macintosh PowerPC-based machines running GNU/Linux has
|
|
|
|
|
been added.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-01-25 20:15:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
* Emacs 20.6 is a bug-fix release with one user-visible change
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Support for ARM-based non-RISCiX machines has been added.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-01-22 16:44:16 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-01-25 20:15:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
* Emacs 20.5 is a bug-fix release with no user-visible changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Not new, but not mentioned before:
|
|
|
|
|
M-w when Transient Mark mode is enabled disables the mark.
|
2001-01-25 20:15:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
* Changes in Emacs 20.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Init file may be called .emacs.el.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can now call the Emacs init file `.emacs.el'.
|
|
|
|
|
Formerly the name had to be `.emacs'. If you use the name
|
|
|
|
|
`.emacs.el', you can byte-compile the file in the usual way.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If both `.emacs' and `.emacs.el' exist, the latter file
|
|
|
|
|
is the one that is used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** shell-command, and shell-command-on-region, now return
|
|
|
|
|
the exit code of the command (unless it is asynchronous).
|
|
|
|
|
Also, you can specify a place to put the error output,
|
|
|
|
|
separate from the command's regular output.
|
|
|
|
|
Interactively, the variable shell-command-default-error-buffer
|
|
|
|
|
says where to put error output; set it to a buffer name.
|
|
|
|
|
In calls from Lisp, an optional argument ERROR-BUFFER specifies
|
|
|
|
|
the buffer name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When you specify a non-nil error buffer (or buffer name), any error
|
|
|
|
|
output is inserted before point in that buffer, with \f\n to separate
|
|
|
|
|
it from the previous batch of error output. The error buffer is not
|
|
|
|
|
cleared, so error output from successive commands accumulates there.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Setting the default value of enable-multibyte-characters to nil in
|
|
|
|
|
the .emacs file, either explicitly using setq-default, or via Custom,
|
|
|
|
|
is now essentially equivalent to using --unibyte: all buffers
|
|
|
|
|
created during startup will be made unibyte after loading .emacs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** C-x C-f now handles the wildcards * and ? in file names. For
|
|
|
|
|
example, typing C-x C-f c*.c RET visits all the files whose names
|
|
|
|
|
match c*.c. To visit a file whose name contains * or ?, add the
|
|
|
|
|
quoting sequence /: to the beginning of the file name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The M-x commands keep-lines, flush-lines and count-matches
|
|
|
|
|
now have the same feature as occur and query-replace:
|
|
|
|
|
if the pattern contains any upper case letters, then
|
|
|
|
|
they never ignore case.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The end-of-line format conversion feature previously mentioned
|
|
|
|
|
under `* Emacs 20.1 changes for MS-DOS and MS-Windows' actually
|
|
|
|
|
applies to all operating systems. Emacs recognizes from the contents
|
|
|
|
|
of a file what convention it uses to separate lines--newline, CRLF, or
|
|
|
|
|
just CR--and automatically converts the contents to the normal Emacs
|
|
|
|
|
convention (using newline to separate lines) for editing. This is a
|
|
|
|
|
part of the general feature of coding system conversion.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you subsequently save the buffer, Emacs converts the text back to
|
|
|
|
|
the same format that was used in the file before.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can turn off end-of-line conversion by setting the variable
|
|
|
|
|
`inhibit-eol-conversion' to non-nil, e.g. with Custom in the MULE group.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The character set property `prefered-coding-system' has been
|
|
|
|
|
renamed to `preferred-coding-system', for the sake of correct spelling.
|
|
|
|
|
This is a fairly internal feature, so few programs should be affected.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Mode-line display of end-of-line format is changed.
|
|
|
|
|
The indication of the end-of-line format of the file visited by a
|
|
|
|
|
buffer is now more explicit when that format is not the usual one for
|
|
|
|
|
your operating system. For example, the DOS-style end-of-line format
|
|
|
|
|
is displayed as "(DOS)" on Unix and GNU/Linux systems. The usual
|
|
|
|
|
end-of-line format is still displayed as a single character (colon for
|
|
|
|
|
Unix, backslash for DOS and Windows, and forward slash for the Mac).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The values of the variables eol-mnemonic-unix, eol-mnemonic-dos,
|
|
|
|
|
eol-mnemonic-mac, and eol-mnemonic-undecided, which are strings,
|
|
|
|
|
control what is displayed in the mode line for each end-of-line
|
|
|
|
|
format. You can now customize these variables.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In the previous version of Emacs, tar-mode didn't work well if a
|
|
|
|
|
filename contained non-ASCII characters. Now this is fixed. Such a
|
|
|
|
|
filename is decoded by file-name-coding-system if the default value of
|
|
|
|
|
enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The command temp-buffer-resize-mode toggles a minor mode
|
|
|
|
|
in which temporary buffers (such as help buffers) are given
|
|
|
|
|
windows just big enough to hold the whole contents.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you use completion.el, you must now run the function
|
|
|
|
|
dynamic-completion-mode to enable it. Just loading the file
|
|
|
|
|
doesn't have any effect.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In Flyspell mode, the default is now to make just one Ispell process,
|
|
|
|
|
not one per buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you use iswitchb but do not call (iswitchb-default-keybindings) to
|
|
|
|
|
use the default keybindings, you will need to add the following line:
|
|
|
|
|
(add-hook 'minibuffer-setup-hook 'iswitchb-minibuffer-setup)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Auto-show mode is no longer enabled just by loading auto-show.el.
|
|
|
|
|
To control it, set `auto-show-mode' via Custom or use the
|
|
|
|
|
`auto-show-mode' command.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Handling of X fonts' ascent/descent parameters has been changed to
|
|
|
|
|
avoid redisplay problems. As a consequence, compared with previous
|
|
|
|
|
versions the line spacing and frame size now differ with some font
|
|
|
|
|
choices, typically increasing by a pixel per line. This change
|
|
|
|
|
occurred in version 20.3 but was not documented then.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you select the bar cursor style, it uses the frame's
|
|
|
|
|
cursor-color, rather than the cursor foreground pixel.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In multibyte mode, Rmail decodes incoming MIME messages using the
|
|
|
|
|
character set specified in the message. If you want to disable this
|
|
|
|
|
feature, set the variable rmail-decode-mime-charset to nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Not new, but not mentioned previously in NEWS: when you use #! at
|
|
|
|
|
the beginning of a file to make it executable and specify an
|
|
|
|
|
interpreter program, Emacs looks on the second line for the -*- mode
|
|
|
|
|
and variable specification, as well as on the first line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Support for IBM codepage encoding of non-ASCII characters.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The new command M-x codepage-setup creates a special coding system
|
|
|
|
|
that can be used to convert text between a specific IBM codepage and
|
|
|
|
|
one of the character sets built into Emacs which matches that
|
|
|
|
|
codepage. For example, codepage 850 corresponds to Latin-1 character
|
|
|
|
|
set, codepage 855 corresponds to Cyrillic-ISO character set, etc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Windows codepages 1250, 1251 and some others, where Windows deviates
|
|
|
|
|
from the corresponding ISO character set, are also supported.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IBM box-drawing characters and other glyphs which don't have
|
|
|
|
|
equivalents in the corresponding ISO character set, are converted to
|
|
|
|
|
a character defined by dos-unsupported-char-glyph on MS-DOS, and to
|
|
|
|
|
`?' on other systems.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IBM codepages are widely used on MS-DOS and MS-Windows, so this
|
|
|
|
|
feature is most useful on those platforms, but it can also be used on
|
|
|
|
|
Unix.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs compiled for MS-DOS automatically loads the support for the
|
|
|
|
|
current codepage when it starts.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Mail changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** When mail is sent using compose-mail (C-x m), and if
|
|
|
|
|
`mail-send-nonascii' is set to the new default value `mime',
|
|
|
|
|
appropriate MIME headers are added. The headers are added only if
|
|
|
|
|
non-ASCII characters are present in the body of the mail, and no other
|
|
|
|
|
MIME headers are already present. For example, the following three
|
|
|
|
|
headers are added if the coding system used in the *mail* buffer is
|
|
|
|
|
latin-1:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MIME-version: 1.0
|
|
|
|
|
Content-type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1
|
|
|
|
|
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new variable default-sendmail-coding-system specifies the
|
|
|
|
|
default way to encode outgoing mail. This has higher priority than
|
|
|
|
|
default-buffer-file-coding-system but has lower priority than
|
|
|
|
|
sendmail-coding-system and the local value of
|
|
|
|
|
buffer-file-coding-system.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You should not set this variable manually. Instead, set
|
|
|
|
|
sendmail-coding-system to specify a fixed encoding for all outgoing
|
|
|
|
|
mail.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** When you try to send a message that contains non-ASCII characters,
|
|
|
|
|
if the coding system specified by those variables doesn't handle them,
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs will ask you to select a suitable coding system while showing a
|
|
|
|
|
list of possible coding systems.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** CC Mode changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** c-default-style can now take an association list that maps major
|
|
|
|
|
modes to style names. When this variable is an alist, Java mode no
|
|
|
|
|
longer hardcodes a setting to "java" style. See the variable's
|
|
|
|
|
docstring for details.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** It's now possible to put a list as the offset on a syntactic
|
|
|
|
|
symbol. The list is evaluated recursively until a non-nil offset is
|
|
|
|
|
found. This is useful to combine several lineup functions to act in a
|
|
|
|
|
prioritized order on a single line. However, none of the supplied
|
|
|
|
|
lineup functions use this feature currently.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New syntactic symbol catch-clause, which is used on the "catch" and
|
|
|
|
|
"finally" lines in try-catch constructs in C++ and Java.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New cleanup brace-catch-brace on c-cleanup-list, which does for
|
|
|
|
|
"catch" lines what brace-elseif-brace does for "else if" lines.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The braces of Java anonymous inner classes are treated separately
|
|
|
|
|
from the braces of other classes in auto-newline mode. Two new
|
|
|
|
|
symbols inexpr-class-open and inexpr-class-close may be used on
|
|
|
|
|
c-hanging-braces-alist to control the automatic newlines used for
|
|
|
|
|
anonymous classes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Support for the Pike language added, along with new Pike specific
|
|
|
|
|
syntactic symbols: inlambda, lambda-intro-cont
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Support for Java anonymous classes via new syntactic symbol
|
|
|
|
|
inexpr-class. New syntactic symbol inexpr-statement for Pike
|
|
|
|
|
support and gcc-style statements inside expressions. New lineup
|
|
|
|
|
function c-lineup-inexpr-block.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New syntactic symbol brace-entry-open which is used in brace lists
|
|
|
|
|
(i.e. static initializers) when a list entry starts with an open
|
|
|
|
|
brace. These used to be recognized as brace-list-entry's.
|
|
|
|
|
c-electric-brace also recognizes brace-entry-open braces
|
|
|
|
|
(brace-list-entry's can no longer be electrified).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New command c-indent-line-or-region, not bound by default.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** `#' is only electric when typed in the indentation of a line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Parentheses are now electric (via the new command c-electric-paren)
|
|
|
|
|
for auto-reindenting lines when parens are typed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** In "gnu" style, inline-open offset is now set to zero.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Uniform handling of the inclass syntactic symbol. The indentation
|
|
|
|
|
associated with it is now always relative to the class opening brace.
|
|
|
|
|
This means that the indentation behavior has changed in some
|
|
|
|
|
circumstances, but only if you've put anything besides 0 on the
|
|
|
|
|
class-open syntactic symbol (none of the default styles do that).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Gnus changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New functionality for using Gnus as an offline newsreader has been
|
|
|
|
|
added. A plethora of new commands and modes have been added. See the
|
|
|
|
|
Gnus manual for the full story.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The nndraft backend has returned, but works differently than
|
|
|
|
|
before. All Message buffers are now also articles in the nndraft
|
|
|
|
|
group, which is created automatically.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** `gnus-alter-header-function' can now be used to alter header
|
|
|
|
|
values.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** `gnus-summary-goto-article' now accept Message-ID's.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** A new Message command for deleting text in the body of a message
|
|
|
|
|
outside the region: `C-c C-v'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** You can now post to component group in nnvirtual groups with
|
|
|
|
|
`C-u C-c C-c'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** `nntp-rlogin-program' -- new variable to ease customization.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** `C-u C-c C-c' in `gnus-article-edit-mode' will now inhibit
|
|
|
|
|
re-highlighting of the article buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New element in `gnus-boring-article-headers' -- `long-to'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** `M-i' symbolic prefix command. See the section "Symbolic
|
|
|
|
|
Prefixes" in the Gnus manual for details.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** `L' and `I' in the summary buffer now take the symbolic prefix
|
|
|
|
|
`a' to add the score rule to the "all.SCORE" file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** `gnus-simplify-subject-functions' variable to allow greater
|
|
|
|
|
control over simplification.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** `A T' -- new command for fetching the current thread.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** `/ T' -- new command for including the current thread in the
|
|
|
|
|
limit.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** `M-RET' is a new Message command for breaking cited text.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** \\1-expressions are now valid in `nnmail-split-methods'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The `custom-face-lookup' function has been removed.
|
|
|
|
|
If you used this function in your initialization files, you must
|
|
|
|
|
rewrite them to use `face-spec-set' instead.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-01-29 13:31:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** Canceling now uses the current select method. Symbolic prefix
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`a' forces normal posting method.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New command to translate M******** sm*rtq**t*s into proper text
|
|
|
|
|
-- `W d'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** For easier debugging of nntp, you can set `nntp-record-commands'
|
|
|
|
|
to a non-nil value.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** nntp now uses ~/.authinfo, a .netrc-like file, for controlling
|
|
|
|
|
where and how to send AUTHINFO to NNTP servers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** A command for editing group parameters from the summary buffer
|
|
|
|
|
has been added.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** A history of where mails have been split is available.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** A new article date command has been added -- `article-date-iso8601'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Subjects can be simplified when threading by setting
|
|
|
|
|
`gnus-score-thread-simplify'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** A new function for citing in Message has been added --
|
|
|
|
|
`message-cite-original-without-signature'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** `article-strip-all-blank-lines' -- new article command.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** A new Message command to kill to the end of the article has
|
|
|
|
|
been added.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** A minimum adaptive score can be specified by using the
|
|
|
|
|
`gnus-adaptive-word-minimum' variable.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The "lapsed date" article header can be kept continually
|
|
|
|
|
updated by the `gnus-start-date-timer' command.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Web listserv archives can be read with the nnlistserv backend.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Old dejanews archives can now be read by nnweb.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** `gnus-posting-styles' has been re-activated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes to TeX and LaTeX mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new variable `tex-start-options-string' can be used to give
|
|
|
|
|
options for the TeX run. The default value causes TeX to run in
|
|
|
|
|
nonstopmode. For an interactive TeX run set it to nil or "".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The command `tex-feed-input' sends input to the Tex Shell. In a
|
|
|
|
|
TeX buffer it is bound to the keys C-RET, C-c RET, and C-c C-m (some
|
|
|
|
|
of these keys may not work on all systems). For instance, if you run
|
|
|
|
|
TeX interactively and if the TeX run stops because of an error, you
|
|
|
|
|
can continue it without leaving the TeX buffer by typing C-RET.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The Tex Shell Buffer is now in `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
|
|
|
|
|
All error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are available
|
|
|
|
|
but bound to keys that don't collide with the shell. Thus you can use
|
|
|
|
|
the Tex Shell for command line executions like a usual shell.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The commands `tex-validate-region' and `tex-validate-buffer' check
|
|
|
|
|
the matching of braces and $'s. The errors are listed in a *Occur*
|
|
|
|
|
buffer and you can use C-c C-c or mouse-2 to go to a particular
|
|
|
|
|
mismatch.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes to RefTeX mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The table of contents buffer can now also display labels and
|
|
|
|
|
file boundaries in addition to sections. Use `l', `i', and `c' keys.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Labels derived from context (the section heading) are now
|
|
|
|
|
lowercase by default. To make the label legal in LaTeX, latin-1
|
|
|
|
|
characters will lose their accent. All Mule characters will be
|
|
|
|
|
removed from the label.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The automatic display of cross reference information can also use
|
|
|
|
|
a window instead of the echo area. See variable `reftex-auto-view-crossref'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** kpsewhich can be used by RefTeX to find TeX and BibTeX files. See the
|
|
|
|
|
customization group `reftex-finding-files'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The option `reftex-bibfile-ignore-list' has been renamed to
|
|
|
|
|
`reftex-bibfile-ignore-regexps' and indeed can be fed with regular
|
|
|
|
|
expressions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Multiple Selection buffers are now hidden buffers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** New/deleted modes and packages
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The package snmp-mode.el provides major modes for editing SNMP and
|
|
|
|
|
SNMPv2 MIBs. It has entries on `auto-mode-alist'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The package sql.el provides a major mode, M-x sql-mode, for
|
|
|
|
|
editing SQL files, and M-x sql-interactive-mode for interacting with
|
|
|
|
|
SQL interpreters. It has an entry on `auto-mode-alist'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** M-x highlight-changes-mode provides a minor mode displaying buffer
|
|
|
|
|
changes with a special face.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** ispell4.el has been deleted. It got in the way of ispell.el and
|
|
|
|
|
this was hard to fix reliably. It has long been obsolete -- use
|
|
|
|
|
Ispell 3.1 and ispell.el.
|
2001-01-25 20:15:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
* MS-DOS changes in Emacs 20.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Emacs compiled for MS-DOS now supports MULE features better.
|
|
|
|
|
This includes support for display of all ISO 8859-N character sets,
|
|
|
|
|
conversion to and from IBM codepage encoding of non-ASCII characters,
|
|
|
|
|
and automatic setup of the MULE environment at startup. For details,
|
|
|
|
|
check out the section `MS-DOS and MULE' in the manual.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The MS-DOS installation procedure automatically configures and builds
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs with input method support if it finds an unpacked Leim
|
|
|
|
|
distribution when the config.bat script is run.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Formerly, the value of lpr-command did not affect printing on
|
|
|
|
|
MS-DOS unless print-region-function was set to nil, but now it
|
|
|
|
|
controls whether an external program is invoked or output is written
|
|
|
|
|
directly to a printer port. Similarly, in the previous version of
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs, the value of ps-lpr-command did not affect PostScript printing
|
|
|
|
|
on MS-DOS unless ps-printer-name was set to something other than a
|
|
|
|
|
string (eg. t or `pipe'), but now it controls whether an external
|
|
|
|
|
program is used. (These changes were made so that configuration of
|
|
|
|
|
printing variables would be almost identical across all platforms.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In the previous version of Emacs, PostScript and non-PostScript
|
|
|
|
|
output was piped to external programs, but because most print programs
|
|
|
|
|
available for MS-DOS and MS-Windows cannot read data from their standard
|
|
|
|
|
input, on those systems the data to be output is now written to a
|
|
|
|
|
temporary file whose name is passed as the last argument to the external
|
|
|
|
|
program.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
An exception is made for `print', a standard program on Windows NT,
|
|
|
|
|
and `nprint', a standard program on Novell Netware. For both of these
|
|
|
|
|
programs, the command line is constructed in the appropriate syntax
|
|
|
|
|
automatically, using only the value of printer-name or ps-printer-name
|
|
|
|
|
as appropriate--the value of the relevant `-switches' variable is
|
|
|
|
|
ignored, as both programs have no useful switches.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The value of the variable dos-printer (cf. dos-ps-printer), if it has
|
|
|
|
|
a value, overrides the value of printer-name (cf. ps-printer-name), on
|
|
|
|
|
MS-DOS and MS-Windows only. This has been true since version 20.3, but
|
|
|
|
|
was not documented clearly before.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** All the Emacs games now work on MS-DOS terminals.
|
|
|
|
|
This includes Tetris and Snake.
|
2001-01-25 20:15:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
* Lisp changes in Emacs 20.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** New functions line-beginning-position and line-end-position
|
|
|
|
|
return the position of the beginning or end of the current line.
|
|
|
|
|
They both accept an optional argument, which has the same
|
|
|
|
|
meaning as the argument to beginning-of-line or end-of-line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** find-file and allied functions now have an optional argument
|
|
|
|
|
WILDCARD. If this is non-nil, they do wildcard processing,
|
|
|
|
|
and visit all files that match the wildcard pattern.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes in the file-attributes function.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The file size returned by file-attributes may be an integer or a float.
|
|
|
|
|
It is an integer if the size fits in a Lisp integer, float otherwise.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The inode number returned by file-attributes may be an integer (if
|
|
|
|
|
the number fits in a Lisp integer) or a cons cell containing two
|
|
|
|
|
integers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new function directory-files-and-attributes returns a list of
|
|
|
|
|
files in a directory and their attributes. It accepts the same
|
|
|
|
|
arguments as directory-files and has similar semantics, except that
|
|
|
|
|
file names and attributes are returned.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new function file-attributes-lessp is a helper function for
|
|
|
|
|
sorting the list generated by directory-files-and-attributes. It
|
2001-01-29 13:31:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
accepts two arguments, each a list of a file name and its attributes.
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
It compares the file names of each according to string-lessp and
|
|
|
|
|
returns the result.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new function file-expand-wildcards expands a wildcard-pattern
|
|
|
|
|
to produce a list of existing files that match the pattern.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** New functions for base64 conversion:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The function base64-encode-region converts a part of the buffer
|
|
|
|
|
into the base64 code used in MIME. base64-decode-region
|
|
|
|
|
performs the opposite conversion. Line-breaking is supported
|
|
|
|
|
optionally.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Functions base64-encode-string and base64-decode-string do a similar
|
|
|
|
|
job on the text in a string. They return the value as a new string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**
|
|
|
|
|
The new function process-running-child-p
|
|
|
|
|
will tell you if a subprocess has given control of its
|
|
|
|
|
terminal to its own child process.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** interrupt-process and such functions have a new feature:
|
|
|
|
|
when the second argument is `lambda', they send a signal
|
|
|
|
|
to the running child of the subshell, if any, but if the shell
|
|
|
|
|
itself owns its terminal, no signal is sent.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** There are new widget types `plist' and `alist' which can
|
|
|
|
|
be used for customizing variables whose values are plists or alists.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-01-26 15:08:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** easymenu.el now understands `:key-sequence' and `:style button'.
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
:included is an alias for :visible.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
easy-menu-add-item now understands the values returned by
|
|
|
|
|
easy-menu-remove-item and easy-menu-item-present-p. This can be used
|
|
|
|
|
to move or copy menu entries.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Multibyte editing changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The definitions of sref and char-bytes are changed. Now, sref is
|
|
|
|
|
an alias of aref and char-bytes always returns 1. This change is to
|
|
|
|
|
make some Emacs Lisp code which works on 20.2 and earlier also
|
|
|
|
|
work on the latest Emacs. Such code uses a combination of sref and
|
|
|
|
|
char-bytes in a loop typically as below:
|
|
|
|
|
(setq char (sref str idx)
|
|
|
|
|
idx (+ idx (char-bytes idx)))
|
|
|
|
|
The byte-compiler now warns that this is obsolete.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you want to know how many bytes a specific multibyte character
|
|
|
|
|
(say, CH) occupies in a multibyte buffer, use this code:
|
|
|
|
|
(charset-bytes (char-charset ch))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** In multibyte mode, when you narrow a buffer to some region, and the
|
|
|
|
|
region is preceded or followed by non-ASCII codes, inserting or
|
|
|
|
|
deleting at the head or the end of the region may signal this error:
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-01-29 13:31:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Byte combining across boundary of accessible buffer text inhibited
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is to avoid some bytes being combined together into a character
|
|
|
|
|
across the boundary.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The functions find-charset-region and find-charset-string include
|
|
|
|
|
`unknown' in the returned list in the following cases:
|
|
|
|
|
o The current buffer or the target string is unibyte and
|
|
|
|
|
contains 8-bit characters.
|
|
|
|
|
o The current buffer or the target string is multibyte and
|
|
|
|
|
contains invalid characters.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The functions decode-coding-region and encode-coding-region remove
|
|
|
|
|
text properties of the target region. Ideally, they should correctly
|
|
|
|
|
preserve text properties, but for the moment, it's hard. Removing
|
|
|
|
|
text properties is better than preserving them in a less-than-correct
|
|
|
|
|
way.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** prefer-coding-system sets EOL conversion of default coding systems.
|
|
|
|
|
If the argument to prefer-coding-system specifies a certain type of
|
|
|
|
|
end of line conversion, the default coding systems set by
|
|
|
|
|
prefer-coding-system will specify that conversion type for end of line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new function thai-compose-string can be used to properly
|
|
|
|
|
compose Thai characters in a string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The primitive `define-prefix-command' now takes an optional third
|
|
|
|
|
argument NAME, which should be a string. It supplies the menu name
|
|
|
|
|
for the created keymap. Keymaps created in order to be displayed as
|
|
|
|
|
menus should always use the third argument.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The meanings of optional second arguments for read-char,
|
|
|
|
|
read-event, and read-char-exclusive are flipped. Now the second
|
|
|
|
|
arguments are INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD. These functions use the current
|
|
|
|
|
input method (if any) if and only if INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is non-nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new function clear-this-command-keys empties out the contents
|
|
|
|
|
of the vector that (this-command-keys) returns. This is useful in
|
|
|
|
|
programs that read passwords, to prevent the passwords from echoing
|
|
|
|
|
inadvertently as part of the next command in certain cases.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new macro `with-temp-message' displays a temporary message in
|
|
|
|
|
the echo area, while executing some Lisp code. Like `progn', it
|
|
|
|
|
returns the value of the last form, but it also restores the previous
|
|
|
|
|
echo area contents.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(with-temp-message MESSAGE &rest BODY)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The function `require' now takes an optional third argument
|
|
|
|
|
NOERROR. If it is non-nil, then there is no error if the
|
|
|
|
|
requested feature cannot be loaded.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In the function modify-face, an argument of (nil) for the
|
|
|
|
|
foreground color, background color or stipple pattern
|
|
|
|
|
means to clear out that attribute.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The `outer-window-id' frame property of an X frame
|
|
|
|
|
gives the window number of the outermost X window for the frame.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Temporary buffers made with with-output-to-temp-buffer are now
|
|
|
|
|
read-only by default, and normally use the major mode Help mode
|
|
|
|
|
unless you put them in some other non-Fundamental mode before the
|
|
|
|
|
end of with-output-to-temp-buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new functions gap-position and gap-size return information on
|
|
|
|
|
the gap of the current buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new functions position-bytes and byte-to-position provide a way
|
|
|
|
|
to convert between character positions and byte positions in the
|
|
|
|
|
current buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** vc.el defines two new macros, `edit-vc-file' and `with-vc-file', to
|
|
|
|
|
facilitate working with version-controlled files from Lisp programs.
|
|
|
|
|
These macros check out a given file automatically if needed, and check
|
|
|
|
|
it back in after any modifications have been made.
|
2001-01-25 20:15:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
* Installation Changes in Emacs 20.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The default value of load-path now includes most subdirectories of
|
|
|
|
|
the site-specific directories /usr/local/share/emacs/site-lisp and
|
|
|
|
|
/usr/local/share/emacs/VERSION/site-lisp, in addition to those
|
|
|
|
|
directories themselves. Both immediate subdirectories and
|
|
|
|
|
subdirectories multiple levels down are added to load-path.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Not all subdirectories are included, though. Subdirectories whose
|
|
|
|
|
names do not start with a letter or digit are excluded.
|
|
|
|
|
Subdirectories named RCS or CVS are excluded. Also, a subdirectory
|
|
|
|
|
which contains a file named `.nosearch' is excluded. You can use
|
|
|
|
|
these methods to prevent certain subdirectories from being searched.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs finds these subdirectories and adds them to load-path when it
|
|
|
|
|
starts up. While it would be cleaner to find the subdirectories each
|
|
|
|
|
time Emacs loads a file, that would be much slower.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This feature is an incompatible change. If you have stored some Emacs
|
|
|
|
|
Lisp files in a subdirectory of the site-lisp directory specifically
|
|
|
|
|
to prevent them from being used, you will need to rename the
|
|
|
|
|
subdirectory to start with a non-alphanumeric character, or create a
|
|
|
|
|
`.nosearch' file in it, in order to continue to achieve the desired
|
|
|
|
|
results.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Emacs no longer includes an old version of the C preprocessor from
|
|
|
|
|
GCC. This was formerly used to help compile Emacs with C compilers
|
|
|
|
|
that had limits on the significant length of an identifier, but in
|
|
|
|
|
fact we stopped supporting such compilers some time ago.
|
2001-01-25 20:15:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
* Changes in Emacs 20.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new command C-x z (repeat) repeats the previous command
|
|
|
|
|
including its argument. If you repeat the z afterward,
|
|
|
|
|
it repeats the command additional times; thus, you can
|
|
|
|
|
perform many repetitions with one keystroke per repetition.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Emacs now supports "selective undo" which undoes only within a
|
|
|
|
|
specified region. To do this, set point and mark around the desired
|
|
|
|
|
region and type C-u C-x u (or C-u C-_). You can then continue undoing
|
|
|
|
|
further, within the same region, by repeating the ordinary undo
|
|
|
|
|
command C-x u or C-_. This will keep undoing changes that were made
|
|
|
|
|
within the region you originally specified, until either all of them
|
|
|
|
|
are undone, or it encounters a change which crosses the edge of that
|
|
|
|
|
region.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In Transient Mark mode, undoing when a region is active requests
|
|
|
|
|
selective undo.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you specify --unibyte when starting Emacs, then all buffers are
|
|
|
|
|
unibyte, except when a Lisp program specifically creates a multibyte
|
|
|
|
|
buffer. Setting the environment variable EMACS_UNIBYTE has the same
|
|
|
|
|
effect. The --no-unibyte option overrides EMACS_UNIBYTE and directs
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs to run normally in multibyte mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The option --unibyte does not affect the reading of Emacs Lisp files,
|
|
|
|
|
though. If you want a Lisp file to be read in unibyte mode, use
|
|
|
|
|
-*-unibyte: t;-*- on its first line. That will force Emacs to
|
|
|
|
|
load that file in unibyte mode, regardless of how Emacs was started.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** toggle-enable-multibyte-characters no longer has a key binding and
|
|
|
|
|
no longer appears in the menu bar. We've realized that changing the
|
|
|
|
|
enable-multibyte-characters variable in an existing buffer is
|
|
|
|
|
something that most users not do.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** You can specify a coding system to use for the next cut or paste
|
|
|
|
|
operations through the window system with the command C-x RET X.
|
|
|
|
|
The coding system can make a difference for communication with other
|
|
|
|
|
applications.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-x RET x specifies a coding system for all subsequent cutting and
|
|
|
|
|
pasting operations.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** You can specify the printer to use for commands that do printing by
|
|
|
|
|
setting the variable `printer-name'. Just what a printer name looks
|
|
|
|
|
like depends on your operating system. You can specify a different
|
|
|
|
|
printer for the Postscript printing commands by setting
|
|
|
|
|
`ps-printer-name'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Emacs now supports on-the-fly spell checking by the means of a
|
|
|
|
|
minor mode. It is called M-x flyspell-mode. You don't have to remember
|
|
|
|
|
any other special commands to use it, and you will hardly notice it
|
|
|
|
|
except when you make a spelling error. Flyspell works by highlighting
|
|
|
|
|
incorrect words as soon as they are completed or as soon as the cursor
|
|
|
|
|
hits a new word.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Flyspell mode works with whichever dictionary you have selected for
|
|
|
|
|
Ispell in Emacs. In TeX mode, it understands TeX syntax so as not
|
|
|
|
|
to be confused by TeX commands.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can correct a misspelled word by editing it into something
|
|
|
|
|
correct. You can also correct it, or accept it as correct, by
|
|
|
|
|
clicking on the word with Mouse-2; that gives you a pop-up menu
|
|
|
|
|
of various alternative replacements and actions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Flyspell mode also proposes "automatic" corrections. M-TAB replaces
|
|
|
|
|
the current misspelled word with a possible correction. If several
|
|
|
|
|
corrections are made possible, M-TAB cycles through them in
|
|
|
|
|
alphabetical order, or in order of decreasing likelihood if
|
|
|
|
|
flyspell-sort-corrections is nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Flyspell mode also flags an error when a word is repeated, if
|
|
|
|
|
flyspell-mark-duplications-flag is non-nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes in input method usage.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Now you can use arrow keys (right, left, down, up) for selecting among
|
|
|
|
|
the alternatives just the same way as you do by C-f, C-b, C-n, and C-p
|
|
|
|
|
respectively.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can use the ENTER key to accept the current conversion.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you type TAB to display a list of alternatives, you can select one
|
|
|
|
|
of the alternatives with Mouse-2.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The meaning of the variable `input-method-verbose-flag' is changed so
|
|
|
|
|
that you can set it to t, nil, `default', or `complex-only'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the value is nil, extra guidance is never given.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the value is t, extra guidance is always given.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the value is `complex-only', extra guidance is always given only
|
|
|
|
|
when you are using complex input methods such as chinese-py.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the value is `default' (this is the default), extra guidance is
|
|
|
|
|
given in the following case:
|
|
|
|
|
o When you are using a complex input method.
|
|
|
|
|
o When you are using a simple input method but not in the minibuffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you are using Emacs through a very slow line, setting
|
|
|
|
|
input-method-verbose-flag to nil or to complex-only is a good choice,
|
|
|
|
|
and if you are using an input method you are not familiar with,
|
|
|
|
|
setting it to t is helpful.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The old command select-input-method is now called set-input-method.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In the language environment "Korean", you can use the following
|
|
|
|
|
keys:
|
|
|
|
|
Shift-SPC toggle-korean-input-method
|
|
|
|
|
C-F9 quail-hangul-switch-symbol-ksc
|
|
|
|
|
F9 quail-hangul-switch-hanja
|
|
|
|
|
These key bindings are canceled when you switch to another language
|
|
|
|
|
environment.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The minibuffer history of file names now records the specified file
|
|
|
|
|
names, not the entire minibuffer input. For example, if the
|
|
|
|
|
minibuffer starts out with /usr/foo/, you might type in /etc/passwd to
|
|
|
|
|
get
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/usr/foo//etc/passwd
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
which stands for the file /etc/passwd.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Formerly, this used to put /usr/foo//etc/passwd in the history list.
|
|
|
|
|
Now this puts just /etc/passwd in the history list.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you are root, Emacs sets backup-by-copying-when-mismatch to t
|
|
|
|
|
at startup, so that saving a file will be sure to preserve
|
|
|
|
|
its owner and group.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** find-func.el can now also find the place of definition of Emacs
|
|
|
|
|
Lisp variables in user-loaded libraries.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** C-x r t (string-rectangle) now deletes the existing rectangle
|
|
|
|
|
contents before inserting the specified string on each line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** There is a new command delete-whitespace-rectangle
|
|
|
|
|
which deletes whitespace starting from a particular column
|
|
|
|
|
in all the lines on a rectangle. The column is specified
|
|
|
|
|
by the left edge of the rectangle.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** You can now store a number into a register with C-u NUMBER C-x r n REG,
|
|
|
|
|
increment it by INC with C-u INC C-x r + REG (to increment by one, omit
|
|
|
|
|
C-u INC), and insert it in the buffer with C-x r g REG. This is useful
|
|
|
|
|
for writing keyboard macros.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new command M-x speedbar displays a frame in which directories,
|
|
|
|
|
files, and tags can be displayed, manipulated, and jumped to. The
|
|
|
|
|
frame defaults to 20 characters in width, and is the same height as
|
|
|
|
|
the frame that it was started from. Some major modes define
|
|
|
|
|
additional commands for the speedbar, including Rmail, GUD/GDB, and
|
|
|
|
|
info.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** query-replace-regexp is now bound to C-M-%.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In Transient Mark mode, when the region is active, M-x
|
|
|
|
|
query-replace and the other replace commands now operate on the region
|
|
|
|
|
contents only.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** M-x write-region, when used interactively, now asks for
|
|
|
|
|
confirmation before overwriting an existing file. When you call
|
|
|
|
|
the function from a Lisp program, a new optional argument CONFIRM
|
|
|
|
|
says whether to ask for confirmation in this case.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you use find-file-literally and the file is already visited
|
|
|
|
|
non-literally, the command asks you whether to revisit the file
|
|
|
|
|
literally. If you say no, it signals an error.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Major modes defined with the "derived mode" feature
|
|
|
|
|
now use the proper name for the mode hook: WHATEVER-mode-hook.
|
|
|
|
|
Formerly they used the name WHATEVER-mode-hooks, but that is
|
|
|
|
|
inconsistent with Emacs conventions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** shell-command-on-region (and shell-command) reports success or
|
|
|
|
|
failure if the command produces no output.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Set focus-follows-mouse to nil if your window system or window
|
|
|
|
|
manager does not transfer focus to another window when you just move
|
|
|
|
|
the mouse.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** mouse-menu-buffer-maxlen has been renamed to
|
|
|
|
|
mouse-buffer-menu-maxlen to be consistent with the other related
|
|
|
|
|
function and variable names.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new variable auto-coding-alist specifies coding systems for
|
|
|
|
|
reading specific files. This has higher priority than
|
|
|
|
|
file-coding-system-alist.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you set the variable unibyte-display-via-language-environment to
|
|
|
|
|
t, then Emacs displays non-ASCII characters are displayed by
|
|
|
|
|
converting them to the equivalent multibyte characters according to
|
|
|
|
|
the current language environment. As a result, they are displayed
|
|
|
|
|
according to the current fontset.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** C-q's handling of codes in the range 0200 through 0377 is changed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The codes in the range 0200 through 0237 are inserted as one byte of
|
|
|
|
|
that code regardless of the values of nonascii-translation-table and
|
|
|
|
|
nonascii-insert-offset.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the codes in the range 0240 through 0377, if
|
|
|
|
|
enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil and nonascii-translation-table
|
|
|
|
|
nor nonascii-insert-offset can't convert them to valid multibyte
|
|
|
|
|
characters, they are converted to Latin-1 characters.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you try to find a file that is not read-accessible, you now get
|
|
|
|
|
an error, rather than an empty buffer and a warning.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In the minibuffer history commands M-r and M-s, an upper case
|
|
|
|
|
letter in the regular expression forces case-sensitive search.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In the *Help* buffer, cross-references to commands and variables
|
|
|
|
|
are inferred and hyperlinked. Use C-h m in Help mode for the relevant
|
|
|
|
|
command keys.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** M-x apropos-command, with a prefix argument, no longer looks for
|
|
|
|
|
user option variables--instead it looks for noninteractive functions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Meanwhile, the command apropos-variable normally searches for
|
|
|
|
|
user option variables; with a prefix argument, it looks at
|
|
|
|
|
all variables that have documentation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** When you type a long line in the minibuffer, and the minibuffer
|
|
|
|
|
shows just one line, automatically scrolling works in a special way
|
|
|
|
|
that shows you overlap with the previous line of text. The variable
|
|
|
|
|
minibuffer-scroll-overlap controls how many characters of overlap
|
|
|
|
|
it should show; the default is 20.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Meanwhile, Resize Minibuffer mode is still available; in that mode,
|
|
|
|
|
the minibuffer grows taller (up to a point) as needed to show the whole
|
|
|
|
|
of your input.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new command M-x customize-changed-options lets you customize
|
|
|
|
|
all the options whose meanings or default values have changed in
|
|
|
|
|
recent Emacs versions. You specify a previous Emacs version number as
|
|
|
|
|
argument, and the command creates a customization buffer showing all
|
|
|
|
|
the customizable options which were changed since that version.
|
|
|
|
|
Newly added options are included as well.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you don't specify a particular version number argument,
|
|
|
|
|
then the customization buffer shows all the customizable options
|
|
|
|
|
for which Emacs versions of changes are recorded.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function is also bound to the Changed Options entry in the
|
|
|
|
|
Customize menu.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** When you run M-x grep with a prefix argument, it figures out
|
|
|
|
|
the tag around point and puts that into the default grep command.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new command M-* (pop-tag-mark) pops back through a history of
|
|
|
|
|
buffer positions from which M-. or other tag-finding commands were
|
|
|
|
|
invoked.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new variable comment-padding specifies the number of spaces
|
|
|
|
|
that `comment-region' will insert before the actual text of the comment.
|
|
|
|
|
The default is 1.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In Fortran mode the characters `.', `_' and `$' now have symbol
|
|
|
|
|
syntax, not word syntax. Fortran mode now supports `imenu' and has
|
|
|
|
|
new commands fortran-join-line (M-^) and fortran-narrow-to-subprogram
|
|
|
|
|
(C-x n d). M-q can be used to fill a statement or comment block
|
|
|
|
|
sensibly.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** GUD now supports jdb, the Java debugger, and pdb, the Python debugger.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you set the variable add-log-keep-changes-together to a non-nil
|
|
|
|
|
value, the command `C-x 4 a' will automatically notice when you make
|
|
|
|
|
two entries in one day for one file, and combine them.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** You can use the command M-x diary-mail-entries to mail yourself a
|
|
|
|
|
reminder about upcoming diary entries. See the documentation string
|
|
|
|
|
for a sample shell script for calling this function automatically
|
|
|
|
|
every night.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Desktop changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** All you need to do to enable use of the Desktop package, is to set
|
|
|
|
|
the variable desktop-enable to t with Custom.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Minor modes are now restored. Which minor modes are restored
|
|
|
|
|
and how modes are restored is controlled by `desktop-minor-mode-table'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** There is no need to do anything special, now, to enable Gnus to
|
|
|
|
|
read and post multi-lingual articles.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Outline mode has now support for showing hidden outlines when
|
|
|
|
|
doing an isearch. In order for this to happen search-invisible should
|
|
|
|
|
be set to open (the default). If an isearch match is inside a hidden
|
|
|
|
|
outline the outline is made visible. If you continue pressing C-s and
|
|
|
|
|
the match moves outside the formerly invisible outline, the outline is
|
|
|
|
|
made invisible again.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Mail reading and sending changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The Rmail e command now switches to displaying the whole header of
|
|
|
|
|
the message before it lets you edit the message. This is so that any
|
|
|
|
|
changes you make in the header will not be lost if you subsequently
|
|
|
|
|
toggle.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The w command in Rmail, which writes the message body into a file,
|
|
|
|
|
now works in the summary buffer as well. (The command to delete the
|
|
|
|
|
summary buffer is now Q.) The default file name for the w command, if
|
|
|
|
|
the message has no subject, is stored in the variable
|
|
|
|
|
rmail-default-body-file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Most of the commands and modes that operate on mail and netnews no
|
|
|
|
|
longer depend on the value of mail-header-separator. Instead, they
|
|
|
|
|
handle whatever separator the buffer happens to use.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** If you set mail-signature to a value which is not t, nil, or a string,
|
|
|
|
|
it should be an expression. When you send a message, this expression
|
|
|
|
|
is evaluated to insert the signature.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new Lisp library feedmail.el (version 8) enhances processing of
|
|
|
|
|
outbound email messages. It works in coordination with other email
|
|
|
|
|
handling packages (e.g., rmail, VM, gnus) and is responsible for
|
|
|
|
|
putting final touches on messages and actually submitting them for
|
|
|
|
|
transmission. Users of the emacs program "fakemail" might be
|
|
|
|
|
especially interested in trying feedmail.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
feedmail is not enabled by default. See comments at the top of
|
|
|
|
|
feedmail.el for set-up instructions. Among the bigger features
|
|
|
|
|
provided by feedmail are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** you can park outgoing messages into a disk-based queue and
|
|
|
|
|
stimulate sending some or all of them later (handy for laptop users);
|
|
|
|
|
there is also a queue for draft messages
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** you can get one last look at the prepped outbound message and
|
|
|
|
|
be prompted for confirmation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** does smart filling of address headers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** can generate a MESSAGE-ID: line and a DATE: line; the date can be
|
|
|
|
|
the time the message was written or the time it is being sent; this
|
|
|
|
|
can make FCC copies more closely resemble copies that recipients get
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** you can specify an arbitrary function for actually transmitting
|
|
|
|
|
the message; included in feedmail are interfaces for /bin/[r]mail,
|
|
|
|
|
/usr/lib/sendmail, and elisp smtpmail; it's easy to write a new
|
|
|
|
|
function for something else (10-20 lines of elisp)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Dired changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The Dired function dired-do-toggle, which toggles marked and unmarked
|
|
|
|
|
files, is now bound to "t" instead of "T".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** dired-at-point has been added to ffap.el. It allows one to easily
|
|
|
|
|
run Dired on the directory name at point.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Dired has a new command: %g. It searches the contents of
|
|
|
|
|
files in the directory and marks each file that contains a match
|
|
|
|
|
for a specified regexp.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** VC Changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New option vc-ignore-vc-files lets you turn off version control
|
|
|
|
|
conveniently.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** VC Dired has been completely rewritten. It is now much
|
|
|
|
|
faster, especially for CVS, and works very similar to ordinary
|
|
|
|
|
Dired.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VC Dired is invoked by typing C-x v d and entering the name of the
|
|
|
|
|
directory to display. By default, VC Dired gives you a recursive
|
|
|
|
|
listing of all files at or below the given directory which are
|
|
|
|
|
currently locked (for CVS, all files not up-to-date are shown).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can change the listing format by setting vc-dired-recurse to nil,
|
|
|
|
|
then it shows only the given directory, and you may also set
|
|
|
|
|
vc-dired-terse-display to nil, then it shows all files under version
|
|
|
|
|
control plus the names of any subdirectories, so that you can type `i'
|
|
|
|
|
on such lines to insert them manually, as in ordinary Dired.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All Dired commands operate normally in VC Dired, except for `v', which
|
|
|
|
|
is redefined as the version control prefix. That means you may type
|
|
|
|
|
`v l', `v =' etc. to invoke `vc-print-log', `vc-diff' and the like on
|
|
|
|
|
the file named in the current Dired buffer line. `v v' invokes
|
|
|
|
|
`vc-next-action' on this file, or on all files currently marked.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The new command `v t' (vc-dired-toggle-terse-mode) allows you to
|
|
|
|
|
toggle between terse display (only locked files) and full display (all
|
|
|
|
|
VC files plus subdirectories). There is also a special command,
|
|
|
|
|
`* l', to mark all files currently locked.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Giving a prefix argument to C-x v d now does the same thing as in
|
|
|
|
|
ordinary Dired: it allows you to supply additional options for the ls
|
|
|
|
|
command in the minibuffer, to fine-tune VC Dired's output.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Under CVS, if you merge changes from the repository into a working
|
|
|
|
|
file, and CVS detects conflicts, VC now offers to start an ediff
|
|
|
|
|
session to resolve them.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Alternatively, you can use the new command `vc-resolve-conflicts' to
|
|
|
|
|
resolve conflicts in a file at any time. It works in any buffer that
|
|
|
|
|
contains conflict markers as generated by rcsmerge (which is what CVS
|
|
|
|
|
uses as well).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** You can now transfer changes between branches, using the new
|
|
|
|
|
command vc-merge (C-x v m). It is implemented for RCS and CVS. When
|
|
|
|
|
you invoke it in a buffer under version-control, you can specify
|
|
|
|
|
either an entire branch or a pair of versions, and the changes on that
|
|
|
|
|
branch or between the two versions are merged into the working file.
|
|
|
|
|
If this results in any conflicts, they may be resolved interactively,
|
|
|
|
|
using ediff.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes in Font Lock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The face and variable previously known as font-lock-reference-face
|
|
|
|
|
are now called font-lock-constant-face to better reflect their typical
|
|
|
|
|
use for highlighting constants and labels. (Its face properties are
|
|
|
|
|
unchanged.) The variable font-lock-reference-face remains for now for
|
|
|
|
|
compatibility reasons, but its value is font-lock-constant-face.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Frame name display changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The command set-frame-name lets you set the name of the current
|
|
|
|
|
frame. You can use the new command select-frame-by-name to select and
|
|
|
|
|
raise a frame; this is mostly useful on character-only terminals, or
|
|
|
|
|
when many frames are invisible or iconified.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** On character-only terminal (not a window system), changing the
|
|
|
|
|
frame name is now reflected on the mode line and in the Buffers/Frames
|
|
|
|
|
menu.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Comint (subshell) changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** In Comint modes, the commands to kill, stop or interrupt a
|
|
|
|
|
subjob now also kill pending input. This is for compatibility
|
|
|
|
|
with ordinary shells, where the signal characters do this.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** There are new commands in Comint mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-c C-x fetches the "next" line from the input history;
|
|
|
|
|
that is, the line after the last line you got.
|
|
|
|
|
You can use this command to fetch successive lines, one by one.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-c SPC accumulates lines of input. More precisely, it arranges to
|
|
|
|
|
send the current line together with the following line, when you send
|
|
|
|
|
the following line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-c C-a if repeated twice consecutively now moves to the process mark,
|
|
|
|
|
which separates the pending input from the subprocess output and the
|
|
|
|
|
previously sent input.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-c M-r now runs comint-previous-matching-input-from-input;
|
|
|
|
|
it searches for a previous command, using the current pending input
|
|
|
|
|
as the search string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New option compilation-scroll-output can be set to scroll
|
|
|
|
|
automatically in compilation-mode windows.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** C mode changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Multiline macros are now handled, both as they affect indentation,
|
|
|
|
|
and as recognized syntax. New syntactic symbol cpp-macro-cont is
|
|
|
|
|
assigned to second and subsequent lines of a multiline macro
|
|
|
|
|
definition.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** A new style "user" which captures all non-hook-ified
|
|
|
|
|
(i.e. top-level) .emacs file variable settings and customizations.
|
|
|
|
|
Style "cc-mode" is an alias for "user" and is deprecated. "gnu"
|
|
|
|
|
style is still the default however.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** "java" style now conforms to Sun's JDK coding style.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** There are new commands c-beginning-of-defun, c-end-of-defun which
|
|
|
|
|
are alternatives which you could bind to C-M-a and C-M-e if you prefer
|
|
|
|
|
them. They do not have key bindings by default.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New and improved implementations of M-a (c-beginning-of-statement)
|
|
|
|
|
and M-e (c-end-of-statement).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** C++ namespace blocks are supported, with new syntactic symbols
|
|
|
|
|
namespace-open, namespace-close, and innamespace.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** File local variable settings of c-file-style and c-file-offsets
|
|
|
|
|
makes the style variables local to that buffer only.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New indentation functions c-lineup-close-paren,
|
|
|
|
|
c-indent-one-line-block, c-lineup-dont-change.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Improvements (hopefully!) to the way CC Mode is loaded. You
|
|
|
|
|
should now be able to do a (require 'cc-mode) to get the entire
|
|
|
|
|
package loaded properly for customization in your .emacs file. A new
|
|
|
|
|
variable c-initialize-on-load controls this and is t by default.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes to hippie-expand.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New customization variable `hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space'. If
|
|
|
|
|
non-nil, trailing spaces may be included in the abbreviation to search for,
|
|
|
|
|
which then gives the same behavior as the original `dabbrev-expand'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New customization variable `hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol'. If
|
|
|
|
|
non-nil, characters of syntax '_' is considered part of the word when
|
|
|
|
|
expanding dynamically.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New customization variable `hippie-expand-no-restriction'. If
|
|
|
|
|
non-nil, narrowed buffers are widened before they are searched.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New customization variable `hippie-expand-only-buffers'. If
|
|
|
|
|
non-empty, buffers searched are restricted to the types specified in
|
|
|
|
|
this list. Useful for example when constructing new special-purpose
|
|
|
|
|
expansion functions with `make-hippie-expand-function'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Text properties of the expansion are no longer copied.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes in BibTeX mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Any titleword matching a regexp in the new variable
|
|
|
|
|
bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore (case sensitive) is ignored during
|
|
|
|
|
automatic key generation. This replaces variable
|
|
|
|
|
bibtex-autokey-titleword-first-ignore, which only checked for matches
|
|
|
|
|
against the first word in the title.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Autokey generation now uses all words from the title, not just
|
|
|
|
|
capitalized words. To avoid conflicts with existing customizations,
|
|
|
|
|
bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore is set up such that words starting with
|
|
|
|
|
lowerkey characters will still be ignored. Thus, if you want to use
|
|
|
|
|
lowercase words from the title, you will have to overwrite the
|
|
|
|
|
bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore standard setting.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Case conversion of names and title words for automatic key
|
|
|
|
|
generation is more flexible. Variable bibtex-autokey-preserve-case is
|
|
|
|
|
replaced by bibtex-autokey-titleword-case-convert and
|
|
|
|
|
bibtex-autokey-name-case-convert.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes in vcursor.el.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Support for character terminals is available: there is a new keymap
|
|
|
|
|
and the vcursor will appear as an arrow between buffer text. A
|
|
|
|
|
variable `vcursor-interpret-input' allows input from the vcursor to be
|
|
|
|
|
entered exactly as if typed. Numerous functions, including
|
|
|
|
|
`vcursor-compare-windows', have been rewritten to improve consistency
|
|
|
|
|
in the selection of windows and corresponding keymaps.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** vcursor options can now be altered with M-x customize under the
|
|
|
|
|
Editing group once the package is loaded.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Loading vcursor now does not define keys by default, as this is
|
|
|
|
|
generally a bad side effect. Use M-x customize to set
|
2001-01-29 13:31:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
vcursor-key-bindings to t to restore the old behavior.
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** vcursor-auto-disable can be `copy', which turns off copying from the
|
|
|
|
|
vcursor, but doesn't disable it, after any non-vcursor command.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Ispell changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** You can now spell check comments and strings in the current
|
|
|
|
|
buffer with M-x ispell-comments-and-strings. Comments and strings
|
|
|
|
|
are identified by syntax tables in effect.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Generic region skipping implemented.
|
|
|
|
|
A single buffer can be broken into a number of regions where text will
|
|
|
|
|
and will not be checked. The definitions of the regions can be user
|
|
|
|
|
defined. New applications and improvements made available by this
|
|
|
|
|
include:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
o URLs are automatically skipped
|
|
|
|
|
o EMail message checking is vastly improved.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Ispell can highlight the erroneous word even on non-window terminals.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes to RefTeX mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RefTeX has been updated in order to make it more usable with very
|
|
|
|
|
large projects (like a several volume math book). The parser has been
|
|
|
|
|
re-written from scratch. To get maximum speed from RefTeX, check the
|
|
|
|
|
section `Optimizations' in the manual.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New recursive parser.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The old version of RefTeX created a single large buffer containing the
|
|
|
|
|
entire multifile document in order to parse the document. The new
|
|
|
|
|
recursive parser scans the individual files.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Parsing only part of a document.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reparsing of changed document parts can now be made faster by enabling
|
|
|
|
|
partial scans. To use this feature, read the documentation string of
|
|
|
|
|
the variable `reftex-enable-partial-scans' and set the variable to t.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(setq reftex-enable-partial-scans t)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Storing parsing information in a file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This can improve startup times considerably. To turn it on, use
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(setq reftex-save-parse-info t)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Using multiple selection buffers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the creation of label selection buffers is too slow (this happens
|
|
|
|
|
for large documents), you can reuse these buffers by setting
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(setq reftex-use-multiple-selection-buffers t)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** References to external documents.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The LaTeX package `xr' allows to cross-reference labels in external
|
|
|
|
|
documents. RefTeX can provide information about the external
|
|
|
|
|
documents as well. To use this feature, set up the \externaldocument
|
|
|
|
|
macros required by the `xr' package and rescan the document with
|
|
|
|
|
RefTeX. The external labels can then be accessed with the `x' key in
|
|
|
|
|
the selection buffer provided by `reftex-reference' (bound to `C-c )').
|
|
|
|
|
The `x' key also works in the table of contents buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Many more labeled LaTeX environments are recognized by default.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-01-29 13:31:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
The built-in command list now covers all the standard LaTeX commands,
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
and all of the major packages included in the LaTeX distribution.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Also, RefTeX now understands the \appendix macro and changes
|
|
|
|
|
the enumeration of sections in the *toc* buffer accordingly.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Mouse support for selection and *toc* buffers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The mouse can now be used to select items in the selection and *toc*
|
|
|
|
|
buffers. See also the new option `reftex-highlight-selection'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New keymaps for selection and table of contents modes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The selection processes for labels and citation keys, and the table of
|
|
|
|
|
contents buffer now have their own keymaps: `reftex-select-label-map',
|
|
|
|
|
`reftex-select-bib-map', `reftex-toc-map'. The selection processes
|
|
|
|
|
have a number of new keys predefined. In particular, TAB lets you
|
|
|
|
|
enter a label with completion. Check the on-the-fly help (press `?'
|
|
|
|
|
at the selection prompt) or read the Info documentation to find out
|
|
|
|
|
more.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Support for the varioref package
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The `v' key in the label selection buffer toggles \ref versus \vref.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New hooks
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three new hooks can be used to redefine the way labels, references,
|
|
|
|
|
and citations are created. These hooks are
|
|
|
|
|
`reftex-format-label-function', `reftex-format-ref-function',
|
|
|
|
|
`reftex-format-cite-function'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Citations outside LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The command `reftex-citation' may also be used outside LaTeX (e.g. in
|
|
|
|
|
a mail buffer). See the Info documentation for details.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Short context is no longer fontified.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The short context in the label menu no longer copies the
|
|
|
|
|
fontification from the text in the buffer. If you prefer it to be
|
|
|
|
|
fontified, use
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(setq reftex-refontify-context t)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** file-cache-minibuffer-complete now accepts a prefix argument.
|
|
|
|
|
With a prefix argument, it does not try to do completion of
|
|
|
|
|
the file name within its directory; it only checks for other
|
|
|
|
|
directories that contain the same file name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thus, given the file name Makefile, and assuming that a file
|
|
|
|
|
Makefile.in exists in the same directory, ordinary
|
|
|
|
|
file-cache-minibuffer-complete will try to complete Makefile to
|
|
|
|
|
Makefile.in and will therefore never look for other directories that
|
|
|
|
|
have Makefile. A prefix argument tells it not to look for longer
|
|
|
|
|
names such as Makefile.in, so that instead it will look for other
|
|
|
|
|
directories--just as if the name were already complete in its present
|
|
|
|
|
directory.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** New modes and packages
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** There is a new alternative major mode for Perl, Cperl mode.
|
|
|
|
|
It has many more features than Perl mode, and some people prefer
|
|
|
|
|
it, but some do not.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** There is a new major mode, M-x vhdl-mode, for editing files of VHDL
|
|
|
|
|
code.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** M-x which-function-mode enables a minor mode that displays the
|
|
|
|
|
current function name continuously in the mode line, as you move
|
|
|
|
|
around in a buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Which Function mode is effective in major modes which support Imenu.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Gametree is a major mode for editing game analysis trees. The author
|
|
|
|
|
uses it for keeping notes about his postal Chess games, but it should
|
|
|
|
|
be helpful for other two-player games as well, as long as they have an
|
|
|
|
|
established system of notation similar to Chess.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new minor mode checkdoc-minor-mode provides Emacs Lisp
|
|
|
|
|
documentation string checking for style and spelling. The style
|
|
|
|
|
guidelines are found in the Emacs Lisp programming manual.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The net-utils package makes some common networking features
|
|
|
|
|
available in Emacs. Some of these functions are wrappers around
|
|
|
|
|
system utilities (ping, nslookup, etc); others are implementations of
|
|
|
|
|
simple protocols (finger, whois) in Emacs Lisp. There are also
|
|
|
|
|
functions to make simple connections to TCP/IP ports for debugging and
|
|
|
|
|
the like.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** highlight-changes-mode is a minor mode that uses colors to
|
|
|
|
|
identify recently changed parts of the buffer text.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new package `midnight' lets you specify things to be done
|
|
|
|
|
within Emacs at midnight--by default, kill buffers that you have not
|
|
|
|
|
used in a considerable time. To use this feature, customize
|
|
|
|
|
the user option `midnight-mode' to t.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The file generic-x.el defines a number of simple major modes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
apache-generic-mode: For Apache and NCSA httpd configuration files
|
|
|
|
|
samba-generic-mode: Samba configuration files
|
|
|
|
|
fvwm-generic-mode: For fvwm initialization files
|
|
|
|
|
x-resource-generic-mode: For X resource files
|
|
|
|
|
hosts-generic-mode: For hosts files (.rhosts, /etc/hosts, etc)
|
|
|
|
|
mailagent-rules-generic-mode: For mailagent .rules files
|
|
|
|
|
javascript-generic-mode: For JavaScript files
|
|
|
|
|
vrml-generic-mode: For VRML files
|
|
|
|
|
java-manifest-generic-mode: For Java MANIFEST files
|
|
|
|
|
java-properties-generic-mode: For Java property files
|
|
|
|
|
mailrc-generic-mode: For .mailrc files
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Platform-specific modes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
prototype-generic-mode: For Solaris/Sys V prototype files
|
|
|
|
|
pkginfo-generic-mode: For Solaris/Sys V pkginfo files
|
|
|
|
|
alias-generic-mode: For C shell alias files
|
|
|
|
|
inf-generic-mode: For MS-Windows INF files
|
|
|
|
|
ini-generic-mode: For MS-Windows INI files
|
|
|
|
|
reg-generic-mode: For MS-Windows Registry files
|
|
|
|
|
bat-generic-mode: For MS-Windows BAT scripts
|
|
|
|
|
rc-generic-mode: For MS-Windows Resource files
|
|
|
|
|
rul-generic-mode: For InstallShield scripts
|
2001-01-25 20:15:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
* Lisp changes in Emacs 20.3 since the Emacs Lisp Manual was published
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you want a Lisp file to be read in unibyte mode,
|
|
|
|
|
use -*-unibyte: t;-*- on its first line.
|
|
|
|
|
That will force Emacs to read that file in unibyte mode.
|
|
|
|
|
Otherwise, the file will be loaded and byte-compiled in multibyte mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thus, each lisp file is read in a consistent way regardless of whether
|
|
|
|
|
you started Emacs with --unibyte, so that a Lisp program gives
|
|
|
|
|
consistent results regardless of how Emacs was started.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new function assoc-default is useful for searching an alist,
|
|
|
|
|
and using a default value if the key is not found there. You can
|
|
|
|
|
specify a comparison predicate, so this function is useful for
|
|
|
|
|
searching comparing a string against an alist of regular expressions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The functions unibyte-char-to-multibyte and
|
|
|
|
|
multibyte-char-to-unibyte convert between unibyte and multibyte
|
|
|
|
|
character codes, in a way that is appropriate for the current language
|
|
|
|
|
environment.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The functions read-event, read-char and read-char-exclusive now
|
|
|
|
|
take two optional arguments. PROMPT, if non-nil, specifies a prompt
|
|
|
|
|
string. SUPPRESS-INPUT-METHOD, if non-nil, says to disable the
|
|
|
|
|
current input method for reading this one event.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Two new variables print-escape-nonascii and print-escape-multibyte
|
|
|
|
|
now control whether to output certain characters as
|
|
|
|
|
backslash-sequences. print-escape-nonascii applies to single-byte
|
|
|
|
|
non-ASCII characters; print-escape-multibyte applies to multibyte
|
|
|
|
|
characters. Both of these variables are used only when printing
|
|
|
|
|
in readable fashion (prin1 uses them, princ does not).
|
2001-01-25 20:15:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
* Lisp changes in Emacs 20.3 before the Emacs Lisp Manual was published
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Compiled Emacs Lisp files made with the modified "MBSK" version
|
|
|
|
|
of Emacs 20.2 do not work in Emacs 20.3.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Buffer positions are now measured in characters, as they were
|
|
|
|
|
in Emacs 19 and before. This means that (forward-char 1)
|
|
|
|
|
always increases point by 1.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The function chars-in-region now just subtracts its arguments. It is
|
|
|
|
|
considered obsolete. The function char-boundary-p has been deleted.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See below for additional changes relating to multibyte characters.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** defcustom, defface and defgroup now accept the keyword `:version'.
|
|
|
|
|
Use this to specify in which version of Emacs a certain variable's
|
|
|
|
|
default value changed. For example,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(defcustom foo-max 34 "*Maximum number of foo's allowed."
|
|
|
|
|
:type 'integer
|
|
|
|
|
:group 'foo
|
|
|
|
|
:version "20.3")
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(defgroup foo-group nil "The foo group."
|
|
|
|
|
:version "20.3")
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If an entire new group is added or the variables in it have the
|
|
|
|
|
default values changed, then just add a `:version' to that group. It
|
|
|
|
|
is recommended that new packages added to the distribution contain a
|
|
|
|
|
`:version' in the top level group.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This information is used to control the customize-changed-options command.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** It is now an error to change the value of a symbol whose name
|
|
|
|
|
starts with a colon--if it is interned in the standard obarray.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
However, setting such a symbol to its proper value, which is that
|
|
|
|
|
symbol itself, is not an error. This is for the sake of programs that
|
|
|
|
|
support previous Emacs versions by explicitly setting these variables
|
|
|
|
|
to themselves.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you set the variable keyword-symbols-constant-flag to nil,
|
|
|
|
|
this error is suppressed, and you can set these symbols to any
|
|
|
|
|
values whatever.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** There is a new debugger command, R.
|
|
|
|
|
It evaluates an expression like e, but saves the result
|
|
|
|
|
in the buffer *Debugger-record*.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Frame-local variables.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can now make a variable local to various frames. To do this, call
|
|
|
|
|
the function make-variable-frame-local; this enables frames to have
|
|
|
|
|
local bindings for that variable.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These frame-local bindings are actually frame parameters: you create a
|
|
|
|
|
frame-local binding in a specific frame by calling
|
|
|
|
|
modify-frame-parameters and specifying the variable name as the
|
|
|
|
|
parameter name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buffer-local bindings take precedence over frame-local bindings.
|
|
|
|
|
Thus, if the current buffer has a buffer-local binding, that binding is
|
|
|
|
|
active; otherwise, if the selected frame has a frame-local binding,
|
|
|
|
|
that binding is active; otherwise, the default binding is active.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
It would not be hard to implement window-local bindings, but it is not
|
|
|
|
|
clear that this would be very useful; windows tend to come and go in a
|
|
|
|
|
very transitory fashion, so that trying to produce any specific effect
|
|
|
|
|
through a window-local binding would not be very robust.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** `sregexq' and `sregex' are two new functions for constructing
|
|
|
|
|
"symbolic regular expressions." These are Lisp expressions that, when
|
|
|
|
|
evaluated, yield conventional string-based regexps. The symbolic form
|
|
|
|
|
makes it easier to construct, read, and maintain complex patterns.
|
|
|
|
|
See the documentation in sregex.el.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** parse-partial-sexp's return value has an additional element which
|
|
|
|
|
is used to pass information along if you pass it to another call to
|
|
|
|
|
parse-partial-sexp, starting its scan where the first call ended.
|
|
|
|
|
The contents of this field are not yet finalized.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** eval-region now accepts a fourth optional argument READ-FUNCTION.
|
|
|
|
|
If it is non-nil, that function is used instead of `read'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** unload-feature by default removes the feature's functions from
|
|
|
|
|
known hooks to avoid trouble, but a package providing FEATURE can
|
|
|
|
|
define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook to be run by unload-feature instead.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** read-from-minibuffer no longer returns the argument DEFAULT-VALUE
|
|
|
|
|
when the user enters empty input. It now returns the null string, as
|
|
|
|
|
it did in Emacs 19. The default value is made available in the
|
|
|
|
|
history via M-n, but it is not applied here as a default.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The other, more specialized minibuffer-reading functions continue to
|
|
|
|
|
return the default value (not the null string) when the user enters
|
|
|
|
|
empty input.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new variable read-buffer-function controls which routine to use
|
|
|
|
|
for selecting buffers. For example, if you set this variable to
|
|
|
|
|
`iswitchb-read-buffer', iswitchb will be used to read buffer names.
|
|
|
|
|
Other functions can also be used if they accept the same arguments as
|
|
|
|
|
`read-buffer' and return the selected buffer name as a string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new function read-passwd reads a password from the terminal,
|
|
|
|
|
echoing a period for each character typed. It takes three arguments:
|
|
|
|
|
a prompt string, a flag which says "read it twice to make sure", and a
|
|
|
|
|
default password to use if the user enters nothing.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The variable fill-nobreak-predicate gives major modes a way to
|
|
|
|
|
specify not to break a line at certain places. Its value is a
|
|
|
|
|
function which is called with no arguments, with point located at the
|
|
|
|
|
place where a break is being considered. If the function returns
|
|
|
|
|
non-nil, then the line won't be broken there.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** window-end now takes an optional second argument, UPDATE.
|
|
|
|
|
If this is non-nil, then the function always returns an accurate
|
|
|
|
|
up-to-date value for the buffer position corresponding to the
|
|
|
|
|
end of the window, even if this requires computation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** other-buffer now takes an optional argument FRAME
|
|
|
|
|
which specifies which frame's buffer list to use.
|
|
|
|
|
If it is nil, that means use the selected frame's buffer list.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new variable buffer-display-time, always local in every buffer,
|
|
|
|
|
holds the value of (current-time) as of the last time that a window
|
|
|
|
|
was directed to display this buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** It is now meaningful to compare two window-configuration objects
|
|
|
|
|
with `equal'. Two window-configuration objects are equal if they
|
|
|
|
|
describe equivalent arrangements of windows, in the same frame--in
|
|
|
|
|
other words, if they would give the same results if passed to
|
|
|
|
|
set-window-configuration.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** compare-window-configurations is a new function that compares two
|
|
|
|
|
window configurations loosely. It ignores differences in saved buffer
|
|
|
|
|
positions and scrolling, and considers only the structure and sizes of
|
|
|
|
|
windows and the choice of buffers to display.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The variable minor-mode-overriding-map-alist allows major modes to
|
|
|
|
|
override the key bindings of a minor mode. The elements of this alist
|
|
|
|
|
look like the elements of minor-mode-map-alist: (VARIABLE . KEYMAP).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the VARIABLE in an element of minor-mode-overriding-map-alist has a
|
|
|
|
|
non-nil value, the paired KEYMAP is active, and totally overrides the
|
|
|
|
|
map (if any) specified for the same variable in minor-mode-map-alist.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
minor-mode-overriding-map-alist is automatically local in all buffers,
|
|
|
|
|
and it is meant to be set by major modes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The function match-string-no-properties is like match-string
|
|
|
|
|
except that it discards all text properties from the result.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The function load-average now accepts an optional argument
|
|
|
|
|
USE-FLOATS. If it is non-nil, the load average values are returned as
|
|
|
|
|
floating point numbers, rather than as integers to be divided by 100.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new variable temporary-file-directory specifies the directory
|
|
|
|
|
to use for creating temporary files. The default value is determined
|
|
|
|
|
in a reasonable way for your operating system; on GNU and Unix systems
|
|
|
|
|
it is based on the TMP and TMPDIR environment variables.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Menu changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** easymenu.el now uses the new menu item format and supports the
|
|
|
|
|
keywords :visible and :filter. The existing keyword :keys is now
|
|
|
|
|
better supported.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `easy-menu-precalculate-equivalent-keybindings' controls
|
|
|
|
|
a new feature which calculates keyboard equivalents for the menu when
|
|
|
|
|
you define the menu. The default is t. If you rarely use menus, you
|
|
|
|
|
can set the variable to nil to disable this precalculation feature;
|
|
|
|
|
then the calculation is done only if you use the menu bar.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** A new format for menu items is supported.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In a keymap, a key binding that has the format
|
|
|
|
|
(STRING . REAL-BINDING) or (STRING HELP-STRING . REAL-BINDING)
|
|
|
|
|
defines a menu item. Now a menu item definition may also be a list that
|
|
|
|
|
starts with the symbol `menu-item'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The format is:
|
|
|
|
|
(menu-item ITEM-NAME) or
|
|
|
|
|
(menu-item ITEM-NAME REAL-BINDING . ITEM-PROPERTY-LIST)
|
|
|
|
|
where ITEM-NAME is an expression which evaluates to the menu item
|
|
|
|
|
string, and ITEM-PROPERTY-LIST has the form of a property list.
|
|
|
|
|
The supported properties include
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
:enable FORM Evaluate FORM to determine whether the
|
|
|
|
|
item is enabled.
|
|
|
|
|
:visible FORM Evaluate FORM to determine whether the
|
|
|
|
|
item should appear in the menu.
|
|
|
|
|
:filter FILTER-FN
|
|
|
|
|
FILTER-FN is a function of one argument,
|
|
|
|
|
which will be REAL-BINDING.
|
|
|
|
|
It should return a binding to use instead.
|
|
|
|
|
:keys DESCRIPTION
|
|
|
|
|
DESCRIPTION is a string that describes an equivalent keyboard
|
2001-02-02 16:36:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
binding for REAL-BINDING. DESCRIPTION is expanded with
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
|
|
|
|
|
:key-sequence KEY-SEQUENCE
|
|
|
|
|
KEY-SEQUENCE is a key-sequence for an equivalent
|
|
|
|
|
keyboard binding.
|
|
|
|
|
:key-sequence nil
|
|
|
|
|
This means that the command normally has no
|
|
|
|
|
keyboard equivalent.
|
|
|
|
|
:help HELP HELP is the extra help string (not currently used).
|
|
|
|
|
:button (TYPE . SELECTED)
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE is :toggle or :radio.
|
|
|
|
|
SELECTED is a form, to be evaluated, and its
|
|
|
|
|
value says whether this button is currently selected.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buttons are at the moment only simulated by prefixes in the menu.
|
|
|
|
|
Eventually ordinary X-buttons may be supported.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(menu-item ITEM-NAME) defines unselectable item.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** New event types
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new event type `mouse-wheel' is generated by a wheel on a
|
|
|
|
|
mouse (such as the MS Intellimouse). The event contains a delta that
|
|
|
|
|
corresponds to the amount and direction that the wheel is rotated,
|
|
|
|
|
which is typically used to implement a scroll or zoom. The format is:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(mouse-wheel POSITION DELTA)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
where POSITION is a list describing the position of the event in the
|
|
|
|
|
same format as a mouse-click event, and DELTA is a signed number
|
|
|
|
|
indicating the number of increments by which the wheel was rotated. A
|
|
|
|
|
negative DELTA indicates that the wheel was rotated backwards, towards
|
|
|
|
|
the user, and a positive DELTA indicates that the wheel was rotated
|
|
|
|
|
forward, away from the user.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of now, this event type is generated only on MS Windows.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new event type `drag-n-drop' is generated when a group of
|
|
|
|
|
files is selected in an application outside of Emacs, and then dragged
|
|
|
|
|
and dropped onto an Emacs frame. The event contains a list of
|
|
|
|
|
filenames that were dragged and dropped, which are then typically
|
|
|
|
|
loaded into Emacs. The format is:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(drag-n-drop POSITION FILES)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
where POSITION is a list describing the position of the event in the
|
|
|
|
|
same format as a mouse-click event, and FILES is the list of filenames
|
|
|
|
|
that were dragged and dropped.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of now, this event type is generated only on MS Windows.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes relating to multibyte characters.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The variable enable-multibyte-characters is now read-only;
|
|
|
|
|
any attempt to set it directly signals an error. The only way
|
|
|
|
|
to change this value in an existing buffer is with set-buffer-multibyte.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** In a string constant, `\ ' now stands for "nothing at all". You
|
|
|
|
|
can use it to terminate a hex escape which is followed by a character
|
|
|
|
|
that could otherwise be read as part of the hex escape.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** String indices are now measured in characters, as they were
|
|
|
|
|
in Emacs 19 and before.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The function chars-in-string has been deleted.
|
|
|
|
|
The function concat-chars has been renamed to `string'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function set-buffer-multibyte sets the flag in the current
|
|
|
|
|
buffer that says whether the buffer uses multibyte representation or
|
|
|
|
|
unibyte representation. If the argument is nil, it selects unibyte
|
|
|
|
|
representation. Otherwise it selects multibyte representation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function does not change the contents of the buffer, viewed
|
|
|
|
|
as a sequence of bytes. However, it does change the contents
|
|
|
|
|
viewed as characters; a sequence of two bytes which is treated as
|
|
|
|
|
one character when the buffer uses multibyte representation
|
|
|
|
|
will count as two characters using unibyte representation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function sets enable-multibyte-characters to record which
|
|
|
|
|
representation is in use. It also adjusts various data in the buffer
|
|
|
|
|
(including its markers, overlays and text properties) so that they are
|
|
|
|
|
consistent with the new representation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** string-make-multibyte takes a string and converts it to multibyte
|
|
|
|
|
representation. Most of the time, you don't need to care
|
|
|
|
|
about the representation, because Emacs converts when necessary;
|
|
|
|
|
however, it makes a difference when you compare strings.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The conversion of non-ASCII characters works by adding the value of
|
|
|
|
|
nonascii-insert-offset to each character, or by translating them
|
|
|
|
|
using the table nonascii-translation-table.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** string-make-unibyte takes a string and converts it to unibyte
|
|
|
|
|
representation. Most of the time, you don't need to care about the
|
|
|
|
|
representation, but it makes a difference when you compare strings.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The conversion from multibyte to unibyte representation
|
|
|
|
|
loses information; the only time Emacs performs it automatically
|
|
|
|
|
is when inserting a multibyte string into a unibyte buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** string-as-multibyte takes a string, and returns another string
|
|
|
|
|
which contains the same bytes, but treats them as multibyte.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** string-as-unibyte takes a string, and returns another string
|
|
|
|
|
which contains the same bytes, but treats them as unibyte.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new function compare-strings lets you compare
|
|
|
|
|
portions of two strings. Unibyte strings are converted to multibyte,
|
|
|
|
|
so that a unibyte string can match a multibyte string.
|
|
|
|
|
You can specify whether to ignore case or not.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** assoc-ignore-case now uses compare-strings so that
|
|
|
|
|
it can treat unibyte and multibyte strings as equal.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Regular expression operations and buffer string searches now
|
|
|
|
|
convert the search pattern to multibyte or unibyte to accord with the
|
|
|
|
|
buffer or string being searched.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
One consequence is that you cannot always use \200-\377 inside of
|
|
|
|
|
[...] to match all non-ASCII characters. This does still work when
|
|
|
|
|
searching or matching a unibyte buffer or string, but not when
|
|
|
|
|
searching or matching a multibyte string. Unfortunately, there is no
|
|
|
|
|
obvious choice of syntax to use within [...] for that job. But, what
|
|
|
|
|
you want is just to match all non-ASCII characters, the regular
|
|
|
|
|
expression [^\0-\177] works for it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Structure of coding system changed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All coding systems (including aliases and subsidiaries) are named
|
|
|
|
|
by symbols; the symbol's `coding-system' property is a vector
|
|
|
|
|
which defines the coding system. Aliases share the same vector
|
|
|
|
|
as the principal name, so that altering the contents of this
|
|
|
|
|
vector affects the principal name and its aliases. You can define
|
|
|
|
|
your own alias name of a coding system by the function
|
|
|
|
|
define-coding-system-alias.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The coding system definition includes a property list of its own. Use
|
|
|
|
|
the new functions `coding-system-get' and `coding-system-put' to
|
|
|
|
|
access such coding system properties as post-read-conversion,
|
|
|
|
|
pre-write-conversion, character-translation-table-for-decode,
|
|
|
|
|
character-translation-table-for-encode, mime-charset, and
|
|
|
|
|
safe-charsets. For instance, (coding-system-get 'iso-latin-1
|
|
|
|
|
'mime-charset) gives the corresponding MIME-charset parameter
|
|
|
|
|
`iso-8859-1'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Among the coding system properties listed above, safe-charsets is new.
|
|
|
|
|
The value of this property is a list of character sets which this
|
|
|
|
|
coding system can correctly encode and decode. For instance:
|
|
|
|
|
(coding-system-get 'iso-latin-1 'safe-charsets) => (ascii latin-iso8859-1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Here, "correctly encode" means that the encoded character sets can
|
|
|
|
|
also be handled safely by systems other than Emacs as far as they
|
|
|
|
|
are capable of that coding system. Though, Emacs itself can encode
|
|
|
|
|
the other character sets and read it back correctly.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new function select-safe-coding-system can be used to find a
|
|
|
|
|
proper coding system for encoding the specified region or string.
|
|
|
|
|
This function requires a user interaction.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new functions find-coding-systems-region and
|
|
|
|
|
find-coding-systems-string are helper functions used by
|
|
|
|
|
select-safe-coding-system. They return a list of all proper coding
|
|
|
|
|
systems to encode a text in some region or string. If you don't want
|
|
|
|
|
a user interaction, use one of these functions instead of
|
|
|
|
|
select-safe-coding-system.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The explicit encoding and decoding functions, such as
|
|
|
|
|
decode-coding-region and encode-coding-string, now set
|
|
|
|
|
last-coding-system-used to reflect the actual way encoding or decoding
|
|
|
|
|
was done.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new function detect-coding-with-language-environment can be
|
|
|
|
|
used to detect a coding system of text according to priorities of
|
|
|
|
|
coding systems used by some specific language environment.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The functions detect-coding-region and detect-coding-string always
|
|
|
|
|
return a list if the arg HIGHEST is nil. Thus, if only ASCII
|
|
|
|
|
characters are found, they now return a list of single element
|
|
|
|
|
`undecided' or its subsidiaries.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new functions coding-system-change-eol-conversion and
|
|
|
|
|
coding-system-change-text-conversion can be used to get a different
|
|
|
|
|
coding system than what specified only in how end-of-line or text is
|
|
|
|
|
converted.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new function set-selection-coding-system can be used to set a
|
|
|
|
|
coding system for communicating with other X clients.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function `map-char-table' now passes as argument only valid
|
|
|
|
|
character codes, plus generic characters that stand for entire
|
|
|
|
|
character sets or entire subrows of a character set. In other words,
|
|
|
|
|
each time `map-char-table' calls its FUNCTION argument, the key value
|
|
|
|
|
either will be a valid individual character code, or will stand for a
|
|
|
|
|
range of characters.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new function `char-valid-p' can be used for checking whether a
|
|
|
|
|
Lisp object is a valid character code or not.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new function `charset-after' returns a charset of a character
|
|
|
|
|
in the current buffer at position POS.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Input methods are now implemented using the variable
|
|
|
|
|
input-method-function. If this is non-nil, its value should be a
|
|
|
|
|
function; then, whenever Emacs reads an input event that is a printing
|
|
|
|
|
character with no modifier bits, it calls that function, passing the
|
|
|
|
|
event as an argument. Often this function will read more input, first
|
|
|
|
|
binding input-method-function to nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The return value should be a list of the events resulting from input
|
|
|
|
|
method processing. These events will be processed sequentially as
|
|
|
|
|
input, before resorting to unread-command-events. Events returned by
|
|
|
|
|
the input method function are not passed to the input method function,
|
|
|
|
|
not even if they are printing characters with no modifier bits.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The input method function is not called when reading the second and
|
|
|
|
|
subsequent events of a key sequence.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** You can customize any language environment by using
|
|
|
|
|
set-language-environment-hook and exit-language-environment-hook.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The hook `exit-language-environment-hook' should be used to undo
|
|
|
|
|
customizations that you made with set-language-environment-hook. For
|
|
|
|
|
instance, if you set up a special key binding for a specific language
|
|
|
|
|
environment by set-language-environment-hook, you should set up
|
|
|
|
|
exit-language-environment-hook to restore the normal key binding.
|
2001-01-25 20:15:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
* Changes in Emacs 20.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Emacs has a new facility for customization of its many user
|
|
|
|
|
options. It is called M-x customize. With this facility you can look
|
|
|
|
|
at the many user options in an organized way; they are grouped into a
|
|
|
|
|
tree structure.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
M-x customize also knows what sorts of values are legitimate for each
|
|
|
|
|
user option and ensures that you don't use invalid values.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
With M-x customize, you can set options either for the present Emacs
|
|
|
|
|
session or permanently. (Permanent settings are stored automatically
|
|
|
|
|
in your .emacs file.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Scroll bars are now on the left side of the window.
|
|
|
|
|
You can change this with M-x customize-option scroll-bar-mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The mode line no longer includes the string `Emacs'.
|
|
|
|
|
This makes more space in the mode line for other information.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** When you select a region with the mouse, it is highlighted
|
|
|
|
|
immediately afterward. At that time, if you type the DELETE key, it
|
|
|
|
|
kills the region.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The BACKSPACE key, and the ASCII character DEL, do not do this; they
|
|
|
|
|
delete the character before point, as usual.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In an incremental search the whole current match is highlighted
|
|
|
|
|
on terminals which support this. (You can disable this feature
|
|
|
|
|
by setting search-highlight to nil.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In the minibuffer, in some cases, you can now use M-n to
|
|
|
|
|
insert the default value into the minibuffer as text. In effect,
|
|
|
|
|
the default value (if the minibuffer routines know it) is tacked
|
|
|
|
|
onto the history "in the future". (The more normal use of the
|
|
|
|
|
history list is to use M-p to insert minibuffer input used in the
|
|
|
|
|
past.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In Text mode, now only blank lines separate paragraphs.
|
|
|
|
|
This makes it possible to get the full benefit of Adaptive Fill mode
|
|
|
|
|
in Text mode, and other modes derived from it (such as Mail mode).
|
|
|
|
|
TAB in Text mode now runs the command indent-relative; this
|
|
|
|
|
makes a practical difference only when you use indented paragraphs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As a result, the old Indented Text mode is now identical to Text mode,
|
|
|
|
|
and is an alias for it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you want spaces at the beginning of a line to start a paragraph,
|
|
|
|
|
use the new mode, Paragraph Indent Text mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Scrolling changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Scroll commands to scroll a whole screen now preserve the screen
|
|
|
|
|
position of the cursor, if scroll-preserve-screen-position is non-nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In this mode, if you scroll several screens back and forth, finishing
|
|
|
|
|
on the same screen where you started, the cursor goes back to the line
|
|
|
|
|
where it started.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** If you set scroll-conservatively to a small number, then when you
|
|
|
|
|
move point a short distance off the screen, Emacs will scroll the
|
|
|
|
|
screen just far enough to bring point back on screen, provided that
|
|
|
|
|
does not exceed `scroll-conservatively' lines.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new variable scroll-margin says how close point can come to the
|
|
|
|
|
top or bottom of a window. It is a number of screen lines; if point
|
|
|
|
|
comes within that many lines of the top or bottom of the window, Emacs
|
|
|
|
|
recenters the window.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** International character set support (MULE)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs now supports a wide variety of international character sets,
|
|
|
|
|
including European variants of the Latin alphabet, as well as Chinese,
|
|
|
|
|
Devanagari (Hindi and Marathi), Ethiopian, Greek, IPA, Japanese,
|
|
|
|
|
Korean, Lao, Russian, Thai, Tibetan, and Vietnamese scripts. These
|
|
|
|
|
features have been merged from the modified version of Emacs known as
|
|
|
|
|
MULE (for "MULti-lingual Enhancement to GNU Emacs")
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Users of these scripts have established many more-or-less standard
|
|
|
|
|
coding systems for storing files. Emacs uses a single multibyte
|
|
|
|
|
character encoding within Emacs buffers; it can translate from a wide
|
|
|
|
|
variety of coding systems when reading a file and can translate back
|
|
|
|
|
into any of these coding systems when saving a file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Keyboards, even in the countries where these character sets are used,
|
|
|
|
|
generally don't have keys for all the characters in them. So Emacs
|
|
|
|
|
supports various "input methods", typically one for each script or
|
|
|
|
|
language, to make it possible to type them.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Emacs internal multibyte encoding represents a non-ASCII
|
|
|
|
|
character as a sequence of bytes in the range 0200 through 0377.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The new prefix key C-x RET is used for commands that pertain
|
|
|
|
|
to multibyte characters, coding systems, and input methods.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can disable multibyte character support as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(setq-default enable-multibyte-characters nil)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Calling the function standard-display-european turns off multibyte
|
|
|
|
|
characters, unless you specify a non-nil value for the second
|
|
|
|
|
argument, AUTO. This provides compatibility for people who are
|
|
|
|
|
already using standard-display-european to continue using unibyte
|
|
|
|
|
characters for their work until they want to change.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Input methods
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
An input method is a kind of character conversion which is designed
|
|
|
|
|
specifically for interactive input. In Emacs, typically each language
|
|
|
|
|
has its own input method (though sometimes several languages which use
|
|
|
|
|
the same characters can share one input method). Some languages
|
|
|
|
|
support several input methods.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The simplest kind of input method works by mapping ASCII letters into
|
|
|
|
|
another alphabet. This is how the Greek and Russian input methods
|
|
|
|
|
work.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A more powerful technique is composition: converting sequences of
|
|
|
|
|
characters into one letter. Many European input methods use
|
|
|
|
|
composition to produce a single non-ASCII letter from a sequence which
|
|
|
|
|
consists of a letter followed by diacritics. For example, a' is one
|
|
|
|
|
sequence of two characters that might be converted into a single
|
|
|
|
|
letter.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The input methods for syllabic scripts typically use mapping followed
|
|
|
|
|
by conversion. The input methods for Thai and Korean work this way.
|
|
|
|
|
First, letters are mapped into symbols for particular sounds or tone
|
|
|
|
|
marks; then, sequences of these which make up a whole syllable are
|
|
|
|
|
mapped into one syllable sign--most often a "composite character".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
None of these methods works very well for Chinese and Japanese, so
|
|
|
|
|
they are handled specially. First you input a whole word using
|
|
|
|
|
phonetic spelling; then, after the word is in the buffer, Emacs
|
|
|
|
|
converts it into one or more characters using a large dictionary.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Since there is more than one way to represent a phonetically spelled
|
|
|
|
|
word using Chinese characters, Emacs can only guess which one to use;
|
|
|
|
|
typically these input methods give you a way to say "guess again" if
|
|
|
|
|
the first guess is wrong.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The command C-x RET m (toggle-enable-multibyte-characters)
|
|
|
|
|
turns multibyte character support on or off for the current buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If multibyte character support is turned off in a buffer, then each
|
|
|
|
|
byte is a single character, even codes 0200 through 0377--exactly as
|
|
|
|
|
they did in Emacs 19.34. This includes the features for support for
|
|
|
|
|
the European characters, ISO Latin-1 and ISO Latin-2.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
However, there is no need to turn off multibyte character support to
|
|
|
|
|
use ISO Latin-1 or ISO Latin-2; the Emacs multibyte character set
|
|
|
|
|
includes all the characters in these character sets, and Emacs can
|
|
|
|
|
translate automatically to and from either one.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Visiting a file in unibyte mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Turning off multibyte character support in the buffer after visiting a
|
|
|
|
|
file with multibyte code conversion will display the multibyte
|
|
|
|
|
sequences already in the buffer, byte by byte. This is probably not
|
|
|
|
|
what you want.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you want to edit a file of unibyte characters (Latin-1, for
|
|
|
|
|
example), you can do it by specifying `no-conversion' as the coding
|
|
|
|
|
system when reading the file. This coding system also turns off
|
|
|
|
|
multibyte characters in that buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you turn off multibyte character support entirely, this turns off
|
|
|
|
|
character conversion as well.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Displaying international characters on X Windows.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A font for X typically displays just one alphabet or script.
|
|
|
|
|
Therefore, displaying the entire range of characters Emacs supports
|
|
|
|
|
requires using many fonts.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Therefore, Emacs now supports "fontsets". Each fontset is a
|
|
|
|
|
collection of fonts, each assigned to a range of character codes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A fontset has a name, like a font. Individual fonts are defined by
|
|
|
|
|
the X server; fontsets are defined within Emacs itself. But once you
|
|
|
|
|
have defined a fontset, you can use it in a face or a frame just as
|
|
|
|
|
you would use a font.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If a fontset specifies no font for a certain character, or if it
|
|
|
|
|
specifies a font that does not exist on your system, then it cannot
|
|
|
|
|
display that character. It will display an empty box instead.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The fontset height and width are determined by the ASCII characters
|
|
|
|
|
(that is, by the font in the fontset which is used for ASCII
|
2001-11-14 13:44:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
characters).
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Defining fontsets.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs does not use any fontset by default. Its default font is still
|
|
|
|
|
chosen as in previous versions. You can tell Emacs to use a fontset
|
|
|
|
|
with the `-fn' option or the `Font' X resource.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs creates a standard fontset automatically according to the value
|
|
|
|
|
of standard-fontset-spec. This fontset's short name is
|
|
|
|
|
`fontset-standard'. Bold, italic, and bold-italic variants of the
|
|
|
|
|
standard fontset are created automatically.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you specify a default ASCII font with the `Font' resource or `-fn'
|
|
|
|
|
argument, a fontset is generated from it. This works by replacing the
|
|
|
|
|
FOUNDARY, FAMILY, ADD_STYLE, and AVERAGE_WIDTH fields of the font name
|
|
|
|
|
with `*' then using this to specify a fontset. This fontset's short
|
|
|
|
|
name is `fontset-startup'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs checks resources of the form Fontset-N where N is 0, 1, 2...
|
|
|
|
|
The resource value should have this form:
|
|
|
|
|
FONTSET-NAME, [CHARSET-NAME:FONT-NAME]...
|
|
|
|
|
FONTSET-NAME should have the form of a standard X font name, except:
|
|
|
|
|
* most fields should be just the wild card "*".
|
|
|
|
|
* the CHARSET_REGISTRY field should be "fontset"
|
|
|
|
|
* the CHARSET_ENCODING field can be any nickname of the fontset.
|
|
|
|
|
The construct CHARSET-NAME:FONT-NAME can be repeated any number
|
|
|
|
|
of times; each time specifies the font for one character set.
|
2001-02-02 18:06:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
CHARSET-NAME should be the name of a character set, and FONT-NAME
|
|
|
|
|
should specify an actual font to use for that character set.
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Each of these fontsets has an alias which is made from the
|
|
|
|
|
last two font name fields, CHARSET_REGISTRY and CHARSET_ENCODING.
|
|
|
|
|
You can refer to the fontset by that alias or by its full name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For any character sets that you don't mention, Emacs tries to choose a
|
|
|
|
|
font by substituting into FONTSET-NAME. For instance, with the
|
|
|
|
|
following resource,
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs*Fontset-0: -*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-*-*-*-*-fontset-24
|
|
|
|
|
the font for ASCII is generated as below:
|
|
|
|
|
-*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-ISO8859-1
|
|
|
|
|
Here is the substitution rule:
|
|
|
|
|
Change CHARSET_REGISTRY and CHARSET_ENCODING to that of the charset
|
|
|
|
|
defined in the variable x-charset-registries. For instance, ASCII has
|
|
|
|
|
the entry (ascii . "ISO8859-1") in this variable. Then, reduce
|
|
|
|
|
sequences of wild cards -*-...-*- with a single wildcard -*-.
|
|
|
|
|
(This is to prevent use of auto-scaled fonts.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The function which processes the fontset resource value to create the
|
|
|
|
|
fontset is called create-fontset-from-fontset-spec. You can also call
|
|
|
|
|
that function explicitly to create a fontset.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
With the X resource Emacs.Font, you can specify a fontset name just
|
|
|
|
|
like an actual font name. But be careful not to specify a fontset
|
|
|
|
|
name in a wildcard resource like Emacs*Font--that tries to specify the
|
|
|
|
|
fontset for other purposes including menus, and they cannot handle
|
|
|
|
|
fontsets.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The command M-x set-language-environment sets certain global Emacs
|
|
|
|
|
defaults for a particular choice of language.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selecting a language environment typically specifies a default input
|
|
|
|
|
method and which coding systems to recognize automatically when
|
|
|
|
|
visiting files. However, it does not try to reread files you have
|
|
|
|
|
already visited; the text in those buffers is not affected. The
|
|
|
|
|
language environment may also specify a default choice of coding
|
|
|
|
|
system for new files that you create.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
It makes no difference which buffer is current when you use
|
|
|
|
|
set-language-environment, because these defaults apply globally to the
|
|
|
|
|
whole Emacs session.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For example, M-x set-language-environment RET Latin-1 RET
|
|
|
|
|
chooses the Latin-1 character set. In the .emacs file, you can do this
|
|
|
|
|
with (set-language-environment "Latin-1").
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The command C-x RET f (set-buffer-file-coding-system)
|
|
|
|
|
specifies the file coding system for the current buffer. This
|
|
|
|
|
specifies what sort of character code translation to do when saving
|
|
|
|
|
the file. As an argument, you must specify the name of one of the
|
|
|
|
|
coding systems that Emacs supports.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The command C-x RET c (universal-coding-system-argument)
|
|
|
|
|
lets you specify a coding system when you read or write a file.
|
|
|
|
|
This command uses the minibuffer to read a coding system name.
|
|
|
|
|
After you exit the minibuffer, the specified coding system
|
|
|
|
|
is used for *the immediately following command*.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
So if the immediately following command is a command to read or
|
|
|
|
|
write a file, it uses the specified coding system for that file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the immediately following command does not use the coding system,
|
|
|
|
|
then C-x RET c ultimately has no effect.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-09-06 09:07:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
For example, C-x RET c iso-8859-1 RET C-x C-f temp RET
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
visits the file `temp' treating it as ISO Latin-1.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** You can specify the coding system for a file using the -*-
|
|
|
|
|
construct. Include `coding: CODINGSYSTEM;' inside the -*-...-*-
|
|
|
|
|
to specify use of coding system CODINGSYSTEM. You can also
|
|
|
|
|
specify the coding system in a local variable list at the end
|
|
|
|
|
of the file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The command C-x RET t (set-terminal-coding-system) specifies
|
|
|
|
|
the coding system for terminal output. If you specify a character
|
|
|
|
|
code for terminal output, all characters output to the terminal are
|
|
|
|
|
translated into that character code.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This feature is useful for certain character-only terminals built in
|
|
|
|
|
various countries to support the languages of those countries.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By default, output to the terminal is not translated at all.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The command C-x RET k (set-keyboard-coding-system) specifies
|
|
|
|
|
the coding system for keyboard input.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Character code translation of keyboard input is useful for terminals
|
|
|
|
|
with keys that send non-ASCII graphic characters--for example,
|
|
|
|
|
some terminals designed for ISO Latin-1 or subsets of it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By default, keyboard input is not translated at all.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Character code translation of keyboard input is similar to using an
|
|
|
|
|
input method, in that both define sequences of keyboard input that
|
|
|
|
|
translate into single characters. However, input methods are designed
|
|
|
|
|
to be convenient for interactive use, while the code translations are
|
|
|
|
|
designed to work with terminals.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The command C-x RET p (set-buffer-process-coding-system)
|
|
|
|
|
specifies the coding system for input and output to a subprocess.
|
|
|
|
|
This command applies to the current buffer; normally, each subprocess
|
|
|
|
|
has its own buffer, and thus you can use this command to specify
|
|
|
|
|
translation to and from a particular subprocess by giving the command
|
|
|
|
|
in the corresponding buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By default, process input and output are not translated at all.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The variable file-name-coding-system specifies the coding system
|
|
|
|
|
to use for encoding file names before operating on them.
|
|
|
|
|
It is also used for decoding file names obtained from the system.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The command C-\ (toggle-input-method) activates or deactivates
|
|
|
|
|
an input method. If no input method has been selected before, the
|
|
|
|
|
command prompts for you to specify the language and input method you
|
|
|
|
|
want to use.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-u C-\ (select-input-method) lets you switch to a different input
|
|
|
|
|
method. C-h C-\ (or C-h I) describes the current input method.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Some input methods remap the keyboard to emulate various keyboard
|
|
|
|
|
layouts commonly used for particular scripts. How to do this
|
|
|
|
|
remapping properly depends on your actual keyboard layout. To specify
|
|
|
|
|
which layout your keyboard has, use M-x quail-set-keyboard-layout.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The command C-h C (describe-coding-system) displays
|
|
|
|
|
the coding systems currently selected for various purposes, plus
|
|
|
|
|
related information.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The command C-h h (view-hello-file) displays a file called
|
|
|
|
|
HELLO, which has examples of text in many languages, using various
|
|
|
|
|
scripts.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The command C-h L (describe-language-support) displays
|
|
|
|
|
information about the support for a particular language.
|
|
|
|
|
You specify the language as an argument.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The mode line now contains a letter or character that identifies
|
|
|
|
|
the coding system used in the visited file. It normally follows the
|
|
|
|
|
first dash.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A dash indicates the default state of affairs: no code conversion
|
|
|
|
|
(except CRLF => newline if appropriate). `=' means no conversion
|
|
|
|
|
whatsoever. The ISO 8859 coding systems are represented by digits
|
|
|
|
|
1 through 9. Other coding systems are represented by letters:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A alternativnyj (Russian)
|
|
|
|
|
B big5 (Chinese)
|
|
|
|
|
C cn-gb-2312 (Chinese)
|
|
|
|
|
C iso-2022-cn (Chinese)
|
|
|
|
|
D in-is13194-devanagari (Indian languages)
|
|
|
|
|
E euc-japan (Japanese)
|
|
|
|
|
I iso-2022-cjk or iso-2022-ss2 (Chinese, Japanese, Korean)
|
|
|
|
|
J junet (iso-2022-7) or old-jis (iso-2022-jp-1978-irv) (Japanese)
|
|
|
|
|
K euc-korea (Korean)
|
|
|
|
|
R koi8 (Russian)
|
|
|
|
|
Q tibetan
|
|
|
|
|
S shift_jis (Japanese)
|
|
|
|
|
T lao
|
|
|
|
|
T tis620 (Thai)
|
|
|
|
|
V viscii or vscii (Vietnamese)
|
|
|
|
|
i iso-2022-lock (Chinese, Japanese, Korean)
|
|
|
|
|
k iso-2022-kr (Korean)
|
|
|
|
|
v viqr (Vietnamese)
|
|
|
|
|
z hz (Chinese)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When you are using a character-only terminal (not a window system),
|
|
|
|
|
two additional characters appear in between the dash and the file
|
|
|
|
|
coding system. These two characters describe the coding system for
|
|
|
|
|
keyboard input, and the coding system for terminal output.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new variable rmail-file-coding-system specifies the code
|
|
|
|
|
conversion to use for RMAIL files. The default value is nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When you read mail with Rmail, each message is decoded automatically
|
|
|
|
|
into Emacs' internal format. This has nothing to do with
|
|
|
|
|
rmail-file-coding-system. That variable controls reading and writing
|
|
|
|
|
Rmail files themselves.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new variable sendmail-coding-system specifies the code
|
|
|
|
|
conversion for outgoing mail. The default value is nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actually, there are three different ways of specifying the coding system
|
|
|
|
|
for sending mail:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- If you use C-x RET f in the mail buffer, that takes priority.
|
|
|
|
|
- Otherwise, if you set sendmail-coding-system non-nil, that specifies it.
|
|
|
|
|
- Otherwise, the default coding system for new files is used,
|
|
|
|
|
if that is non-nil. That comes from your language environment.
|
|
|
|
|
- Otherwise, Latin-1 is used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The command C-h t (help-with-tutorial) accepts a prefix argument
|
|
|
|
|
to specify the language for the tutorial file. Currently, English,
|
|
|
|
|
Japanese, Korean and Thai are supported. We welcome additional
|
|
|
|
|
translations.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** An easy new way to visit a file with no code or format conversion
|
|
|
|
|
of any kind: Use M-x find-file-literally. There is also a command
|
|
|
|
|
insert-file-literally which inserts a file into the current buffer
|
|
|
|
|
without any conversion.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** C-q's handling of octal character codes is changed.
|
|
|
|
|
You can now specify any number of octal digits.
|
|
|
|
|
RET terminates the digits and is discarded;
|
|
|
|
|
any other non-digit terminates the digits and is then used as input.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** There are new commands for looking up Info documentation for
|
|
|
|
|
functions, variables and file names used in your programs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Type M-x info-lookup-symbol to look up a symbol in the buffer at point.
|
|
|
|
|
Type M-x info-lookup-file to look up a file in the buffer at point.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Precisely which Info files are used to look it up depends on the major
|
|
|
|
|
mode. For example, in C mode, the GNU libc manual is used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** M-TAB in most programming language modes now runs the command
|
|
|
|
|
complete-symbol. This command performs completion on the symbol name
|
|
|
|
|
in the buffer before point.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
With a numeric argument, it performs completion based on the set of
|
|
|
|
|
symbols documented in the Info files for the programming language that
|
|
|
|
|
you are using.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
With no argument, it does completion based on the current tags tables,
|
|
|
|
|
just like the old binding of M-TAB (complete-tag).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** File locking works with NFS now.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The lock file for FILENAME is now a symbolic link named .#FILENAME,
|
|
|
|
|
in the same directory as FILENAME.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This means that collision detection between two different machines now
|
|
|
|
|
works reasonably well; it also means that no file server or directory
|
|
|
|
|
can become a bottleneck.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The new method does have drawbacks. It means that collision detection
|
|
|
|
|
does not operate when you edit a file in a directory where you cannot
|
|
|
|
|
create new files. Collision detection also doesn't operate when the
|
|
|
|
|
file server does not support symbolic links. But these conditions are
|
|
|
|
|
rare, and the ability to have collision detection while using NFS is
|
|
|
|
|
so useful that the change is worth while.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When Emacs or a system crashes, this may leave behind lock files which
|
|
|
|
|
are stale. So you may occasionally get warnings about spurious
|
|
|
|
|
collisions. When you determine that the collision is spurious, just
|
|
|
|
|
tell Emacs to go ahead anyway.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you wish to use Show Paren mode to display matching parentheses,
|
|
|
|
|
it is no longer sufficient to load paren.el. Instead you must call
|
|
|
|
|
show-paren-mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you wish to use Delete Selection mode to replace a highlighted
|
|
|
|
|
selection when you insert new text, it is no longer sufficient to load
|
|
|
|
|
delsel.el. Instead you must call the function delete-selection-mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you wish to use Partial Completion mode to complete partial words
|
|
|
|
|
within symbols or filenames, it is no longer sufficient to load
|
|
|
|
|
complete.el. Instead you must call the function partial-completion-mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you wish to use uniquify to rename buffers for you,
|
|
|
|
|
it is no longer sufficient to load uniquify.el. You must also
|
|
|
|
|
set uniquify-buffer-name-style to one of the non-nil legitimate values.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes in View mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Several new commands are available in View mode.
|
|
|
|
|
Do H in view mode for a list of commands.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** There are two new commands for entering View mode:
|
|
|
|
|
view-file-other-frame and view-buffer-other-frame.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Exiting View mode does a better job of restoring windows to their
|
|
|
|
|
previous state.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New customization variable view-scroll-auto-exit. If non-nil,
|
|
|
|
|
scrolling past end of buffer makes view mode exit.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New customization variable view-exits-all-viewing-windows. If
|
|
|
|
|
non-nil, view-mode will at exit restore all windows viewing buffer,
|
|
|
|
|
not just the selected window.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New customization variable view-read-only. If non-nil, visiting a
|
|
|
|
|
read-only file automatically enters View mode, and toggle-read-only
|
|
|
|
|
turns View mode on or off.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New customization variable view-remove-frame-by-deleting controls
|
|
|
|
|
how to remove a not needed frame at view mode exit. If non-nil,
|
|
|
|
|
delete the frame, if nil make an icon of it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** C-x v l, the command to print a file's version control log,
|
|
|
|
|
now positions point at the entry for the file's current branch version.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** C-x v =, the command to compare a file with the last checked-in version,
|
|
|
|
|
has a new feature. If the file is currently not locked, so that it is
|
|
|
|
|
presumably identical to the last checked-in version, the command now asks
|
|
|
|
|
which version to compare with.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** When using hideshow.el, incremental search can temporarily show hidden
|
|
|
|
|
blocks if a match is inside the block.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The block is hidden again if the search is continued and the next match
|
|
|
|
|
is outside the block. By customizing the variable
|
|
|
|
|
isearch-hide-immediately you can choose to hide all the temporarily
|
|
|
|
|
shown blocks only when exiting from incremental search.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By customizing the variable hs-isearch-open you can choose what kind
|
|
|
|
|
of blocks to temporarily show during isearch: comment blocks, code
|
|
|
|
|
blocks, all of them or none.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new command C-x 4 0 (kill-buffer-and-window) kills the
|
|
|
|
|
current buffer and deletes the selected window. It asks for
|
|
|
|
|
confirmation first.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** C-x C-w, which saves the buffer into a specified file name,
|
|
|
|
|
now changes the major mode according to that file name.
|
|
|
|
|
However, the mode will not be changed if
|
|
|
|
|
(1) a local variables list or the `-*-' line specifies a major mode, or
|
|
|
|
|
(2) the current major mode is a "special" mode,
|
|
|
|
|
not suitable for ordinary files, or
|
|
|
|
|
(3) the new file name does not particularly specify any mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This applies to M-x set-visited-file-name as well.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
However, if you set change-major-mode-with-file-name to nil, then
|
|
|
|
|
these commands do not change the major mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** M-x occur changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** If the argument to M-x occur contains upper case letters,
|
|
|
|
|
it performs a case-sensitive search.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** In the *Occur* buffer made by M-x occur,
|
|
|
|
|
if you type g or M-x revert-buffer, this repeats the search
|
|
|
|
|
using the same regular expression and the same buffer as before.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In Transient Mark mode, the region in any one buffer is highlighted
|
|
|
|
|
in just one window at a time. At first, it is highlighted in the
|
|
|
|
|
window where you set the mark. The buffer's highlighting remains in
|
|
|
|
|
that window unless you select to another window which shows the same
|
|
|
|
|
buffer--then the highlighting moves to that window.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The feature to suggest key bindings when you use M-x now operates
|
|
|
|
|
after the command finishes. The message suggesting key bindings
|
|
|
|
|
appears temporarily in the echo area. The previous echo area contents
|
|
|
|
|
come back after a few seconds, in case they contain useful information.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Each frame now independently records the order for recently
|
|
|
|
|
selected buffers, so that the default for C-x b is now based on the
|
|
|
|
|
buffers recently selected in the selected frame.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Outline mode changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Outline mode now uses overlays (this is the former noutline.el).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Incremental searches skip over invisible text in Outline mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** When a minibuffer window is active but not the selected window, if
|
|
|
|
|
you try to use the minibuffer, you used to get a nested minibuffer.
|
|
|
|
|
Now, this not only gives an error, it also cancels the minibuffer that
|
|
|
|
|
was already active.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The motive for this change is so that beginning users do not
|
|
|
|
|
unknowingly move away from minibuffers, leaving them active, and then
|
|
|
|
|
get confused by it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you want to be able to have recursive minibuffers, you must
|
|
|
|
|
set enable-recursive-minibuffers to non-nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes in dynamic abbrevs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Expanding dynamic abbrevs with M-/ is now smarter about case
|
|
|
|
|
conversion. If the expansion has mixed case not counting the first
|
|
|
|
|
character, and the abbreviation matches the beginning of the expansion
|
|
|
|
|
including case, then the expansion is copied verbatim.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The expansion is also copied verbatim if the abbreviation itself has
|
|
|
|
|
mixed case. And using SPC M-/ to copy an additional word always
|
|
|
|
|
copies it verbatim except when the previous copied word is all caps.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The values of `dabbrev-case-replace' and `dabbrev-case-fold-search'
|
|
|
|
|
are no longer Lisp expressions. They have simply three possible
|
|
|
|
|
values.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`dabbrev-case-replace' has these three values: nil (don't preserve
|
|
|
|
|
case), t (do), or `case-replace' (do like M-x query-replace).
|
|
|
|
|
`dabbrev-case-fold-search' has these three values: nil (don't ignore
|
|
|
|
|
case), t (do), or `case-fold-search' (do like search).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Minibuffer history lists are truncated automatically now to a
|
|
|
|
|
certain length. The variable history-length specifies how long they
|
|
|
|
|
can be. The default value is 30.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes in Mail mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The key C-x m no longer runs the `mail' command directly.
|
|
|
|
|
Instead, it runs the command `compose-mail', which invokes the mail
|
|
|
|
|
composition mechanism you have selected with the variable
|
|
|
|
|
`mail-user-agent'. The default choice of user agent is
|
|
|
|
|
`sendmail-user-agent', which gives behavior compatible with the old
|
|
|
|
|
behavior.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-x 4 m now runs compose-mail-other-window, and C-x 5 m runs
|
|
|
|
|
compose-mail-other-frame.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** While composing a reply to a mail message, from Rmail, you can use
|
|
|
|
|
the command C-c C-r to cite just the region from the message you are
|
|
|
|
|
replying to. This copies the text which is the selected region in the
|
|
|
|
|
buffer that shows the original message.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The command C-c C-i inserts a file at the end of the message,
|
|
|
|
|
with separator lines around the contents.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The command M-x expand-mail-aliases expands all mail aliases
|
|
|
|
|
in suitable mail headers. Emacs automatically extracts mail alias
|
|
|
|
|
definitions from your mail alias file (e.g., ~/.mailrc). You do not
|
|
|
|
|
need to expand mail aliases yourself before sending mail.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New features in the mail-complete command.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** The mail-complete command now inserts the user's full name,
|
|
|
|
|
for local users or if that is known. The variable mail-complete-style
|
|
|
|
|
controls the style to use, and whether to do this at all.
|
|
|
|
|
Its values are like those of mail-from-style.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** The variable mail-passwd-command lets you specify a shell command
|
|
|
|
|
to run to fetch a set of password-entries that add to the ones in
|
|
|
|
|
/etc/passwd.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** The variable mail-passwd-file now specifies a list of files to read
|
|
|
|
|
to get the list of user ids. By default, one file is used:
|
|
|
|
|
/etc/passwd.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** You can "quote" a file name to inhibit special significance of
|
|
|
|
|
special syntax, by adding `/:' to the beginning. Thus, if you have a
|
|
|
|
|
directory named `/foo:', you can prevent it from being treated as a
|
|
|
|
|
reference to a remote host named `foo' by writing it as `/:/foo:'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs uses this new construct automatically when necessary, such as
|
|
|
|
|
when you start it with a working directory whose name might otherwise
|
|
|
|
|
be taken to be magic.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** There is a new command M-x grep-find which uses find to select
|
|
|
|
|
files to search through, and grep to scan them. The output is
|
|
|
|
|
available in a Compile mode buffer, as with M-x grep.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
M-x grep now uses the -e option if the grep program supports that.
|
|
|
|
|
(-e prevents problems if the search pattern starts with a dash.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In Dired, the & command now flags for deletion the files whose names
|
|
|
|
|
suggest they are probably not needed in the long run.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In Dired, * is now a prefix key for mark-related commands.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
new key dired.el binding old key
|
|
|
|
|
------- ---------------- -------
|
|
|
|
|
* c dired-change-marks c
|
|
|
|
|
* m dired-mark m
|
|
|
|
|
* * dired-mark-executables * (binding deleted)
|
|
|
|
|
* / dired-mark-directories / (binding deleted)
|
|
|
|
|
* @ dired-mark-symlinks @ (binding deleted)
|
|
|
|
|
* u dired-unmark u
|
|
|
|
|
* DEL dired-unmark-backward DEL
|
2001-10-30 18:41:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
* ? dired-unmark-all-files C-M-?
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
* ! dired-unmark-all-marks
|
|
|
|
|
* % dired-mark-files-regexp % m
|
|
|
|
|
* C-n dired-next-marked-file M-}
|
|
|
|
|
* C-p dired-prev-marked-file M-{
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Rmail changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** When Rmail cannot convert your incoming mail into Babyl format, it
|
|
|
|
|
saves the new mail in the file RMAILOSE.n, where n is an integer
|
|
|
|
|
chosen to make a unique name. This way, Rmail will not keep crashing
|
|
|
|
|
each time you run it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** In Rmail, the variable rmail-summary-line-count-flag now controls
|
|
|
|
|
whether to include the line count in the summary. Non-nil means yes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** In Rmail summary buffers, d and C-d (the commands to delete
|
|
|
|
|
messages) now take repeat counts as arguments. A negative argument
|
|
|
|
|
means to move in the opposite direction.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** In Rmail, the t command now takes an optional argument which lets
|
|
|
|
|
you specify whether to show the message headers in full or pruned.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** In Rmail, the new command w (rmail-output-body-to-file) writes
|
|
|
|
|
just the body of the current message into a file, without the headers.
|
|
|
|
|
It takes the file name from the message subject, by default, but you
|
|
|
|
|
can edit that file name in the minibuffer before it is actually used
|
|
|
|
|
for output.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Gnus changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** nntp.el has been totally rewritten in an asynchronous fashion.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Article prefetching functionality has been moved up into
|
|
|
|
|
Gnus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Scoring can now be performed with logical operators like
|
|
|
|
|
`and', `or', `not', and parent redirection.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Article washing status can be displayed in the
|
|
|
|
|
article mode line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** gnus.el has been split into many smaller files.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Suppression of duplicate articles based on Message-ID.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(setq gnus-suppress-duplicates t)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New variables for specifying what score and adapt files
|
|
|
|
|
are to be considered home score and adapt files. See
|
|
|
|
|
`gnus-home-score-file' and `gnus-home-adapt-files'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Groups can inherit group parameters from parent topics.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Article editing has been revamped and is now usable.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Signatures can be recognized in more intelligent fashions.
|
|
|
|
|
See `gnus-signature-separator' and `gnus-signature-limit'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Summary pick mode has been made to look more nn-like.
|
|
|
|
|
Line numbers are displayed and the `.' command can be
|
|
|
|
|
used to pick articles.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Commands for moving the .newsrc.eld from one server to
|
|
|
|
|
another have been added.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`M-x gnus-change-server'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** A way to specify that "uninteresting" fields be suppressed when
|
|
|
|
|
generating lines in buffers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Several commands in the group buffer can be undone with
|
2001-10-30 18:41:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`C-M-_'.
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Scoring can be done on words using the new score type `w'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Adaptive scoring can be done on a Subject word-by-word basis:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(setq gnus-use-adaptive-scoring '(word))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Scores can be decayed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(setq gnus-decay-scores t)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Scoring can be performed using a regexp on the Date header. The
|
|
|
|
|
Date is normalized to compact ISO 8601 format first.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** A new command has been added to remove all data on articles from
|
|
|
|
|
the native server.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`M-x gnus-group-clear-data-on-native-groups'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** A new command for reading collections of documents
|
2001-10-30 18:41:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(nndoc with nnvirtual on top) has been added -- `C-M-d'.
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Process mark sets can be pushed and popped.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** A new mail-to-news backend makes it possible to post
|
|
|
|
|
even when the NNTP server doesn't allow posting.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** A new backend for reading searches from Web search engines
|
|
|
|
|
(DejaNews, Alta Vista, InReference) has been added.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Use the `G w' command in the group buffer to create such
|
|
|
|
|
a group.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Groups inside topics can now be sorted using the standard
|
|
|
|
|
sorting functions, and each topic can be sorted independently.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See the commands under the `T S' submap.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Subsets of the groups can be sorted independently.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See the commands under the `G P' submap.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Cached articles can be pulled into the groups.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Use the `Y c' command.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Score files are now applied in a more reliable order.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Reports on where mail messages end up can be generated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`M-x nnmail-split-history'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** More hooks and functions have been added to remove junk
|
|
|
|
|
from incoming mail before saving the mail.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See `nnmail-prepare-incoming-header-hook'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The nnml mail backend now understands compressed article files.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** To enable Gnus to read/post multi-lingual articles, you must execute
|
|
|
|
|
the following code, for instance, in your .emacs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(add-hook 'gnus-startup-hook 'gnus-mule-initialize)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Then, when you start Gnus, it will decode non-ASCII text automatically
|
|
|
|
|
and show appropriate characters. (Note: if you are using gnus-mime
|
|
|
|
|
from the SEMI package, formerly known as TM, you should NOT add this
|
|
|
|
|
hook to gnus-startup-hook; gnus-mime has its own method of handling
|
|
|
|
|
this issue.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Since it is impossible to distinguish all coding systems
|
|
|
|
|
automatically, you may need to specify a choice of coding system for a
|
|
|
|
|
particular news group. This can be done by:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(gnus-mule-add-group NEWSGROUP 'CODING-SYSTEM)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Here NEWSGROUP should be a string which names a newsgroup or a tree
|
|
|
|
|
of newsgroups. If NEWSGROUP is "XXX.YYY", all news groups under
|
|
|
|
|
"XXX.YYY" (including "XXX.YYY.ZZZ") will use the specified coding
|
|
|
|
|
system. CODING-SYSTEM specifies which coding system to use (for both
|
|
|
|
|
for reading and posting).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CODING-SYSTEM can also be a cons cell of the form
|
|
|
|
|
(READ-CODING-SYSTEM . POST-CODING-SYSTEM)
|
|
|
|
|
Then READ-CODING-SYSTEM is used when you read messages from the
|
|
|
|
|
newsgroups, while POST-CODING-SYSTEM is used when you post messages
|
|
|
|
|
there.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs knows the right coding systems for certain newsgroups by
|
|
|
|
|
default. Here are some of these default settings:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(gnus-mule-add-group "fj" 'iso-2022-7)
|
|
|
|
|
(gnus-mule-add-group "alt.chinese.text" 'hz-gb-2312)
|
|
|
|
|
(gnus-mule-add-group "alt.hk" 'hz-gb-2312)
|
|
|
|
|
(gnus-mule-add-group "alt.chinese.text.big5" 'cn-big5)
|
|
|
|
|
(gnus-mule-add-group "soc.culture.vietnamese" '(nil . viqr))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When you reply by mail to an article, these settings are ignored;
|
|
|
|
|
the mail is encoded according to sendmail-coding-system, as usual.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** CC mode changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** If you edit primarily one style of C (or C++, Objective-C, Java)
|
|
|
|
|
code, you may want to make the CC Mode style variables have global
|
|
|
|
|
values so that you can set them directly in your .emacs file. To do
|
|
|
|
|
this, set c-style-variables-are-local-p to nil in your .emacs file.
|
|
|
|
|
Note that this only takes effect if you do it *before* cc-mode.el is
|
|
|
|
|
loaded.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you typically edit more than one style of C (or C++, Objective-C,
|
|
|
|
|
Java) code in a single Emacs session, you may want to make the CC Mode
|
|
|
|
|
style variables have buffer local values. By default, all buffers
|
|
|
|
|
share the same style variable settings; to make them buffer local, set
|
|
|
|
|
c-style-variables-are-local-p to t in your .emacs file. Note that you
|
|
|
|
|
must do this *before* CC Mode is loaded.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new variable c-indentation-style holds the C style name
|
|
|
|
|
of the current buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The variable c-block-comments-indent-p has been deleted, because
|
|
|
|
|
it is no longer necessary. C mode now handles all the supported styles
|
|
|
|
|
of block comments, with no need to say which one you will use.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** There is a new indentation style "python", which specifies the C
|
|
|
|
|
style that the Python developers like.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** There is a new c-cleanup-list option: brace-elseif-brace.
|
|
|
|
|
This says to put ...} else if (...) {... on one line,
|
|
|
|
|
just as brace-else-brace says to put ...} else {... on one line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** VC Changes [new]
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-20 20:36:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** In vc-retrieve-snapshot (C-x v r), if you don't specify a snapshot
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
name, it retrieves the *latest* versions of all files in the current
|
|
|
|
|
directory and its subdirectories (aside from files already locked).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This feature is useful if your RCS directory is a link to a common
|
|
|
|
|
master directory, and you want to pick up changes made by other
|
|
|
|
|
developers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can do the same thing for an individual file by typing C-u C-x C-q
|
|
|
|
|
RET in a buffer visiting that file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** VC can now handle files under CVS that are being "watched" by
|
|
|
|
|
other developers. Such files are made read-only by CVS. To get a
|
|
|
|
|
writable copy, type C-x C-q in a buffer visiting such a file. VC then
|
|
|
|
|
calls "cvs edit", which notifies the other developers of it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** vc-version-diff (C-u C-x v =) now suggests reasonable defaults for
|
|
|
|
|
version numbers, based on the current state of the file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Calendar changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-20 20:36:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** A new function, list-holidays, allows you list holidays or
|
|
|
|
|
subclasses of holidays for ranges of years. Related menu items allow
|
|
|
|
|
you do this for the year of the selected date, or the
|
|
|
|
|
following/previous years.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** There is now support for the Baha'i calendar system. Use `pb' in
|
|
|
|
|
the *Calendar* buffer to display the current Baha'i date. The Baha'i
|
|
|
|
|
calendar, or "Badi calendar" is a system of 19 months with 19 days
|
|
|
|
|
each, and 4 intercalary days (5 during a Gregorian leap year). The
|
|
|
|
|
calendar begins May 23, 1844, with each of the months named after a
|
|
|
|
|
supposed attribute of God.
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** ps-print changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-04-10 12:01:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
There are some new user variables and subgroups for customizing the page
|
|
|
|
|
layout.
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-04-10 12:01:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** Headers & Footers (subgroup)
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-04-10 12:01:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Some printer systems print a header page and force the first page to
|
|
|
|
|
be printed on the back of the header page when using duplex. If your
|
|
|
|
|
printer system has this behavior, set variable
|
|
|
|
|
`ps-banner-page-when-duplexing' to t.
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-04-10 12:01:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
If variable `ps-banner-page-when-duplexing' is non-nil, it prints a
|
|
|
|
|
blank page as the very first printed page. So, it behaves as if the
|
2001-04-18 12:33:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
very first character of buffer (or region) were a form feed ^L (\014).
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-04-10 12:01:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-spool-config' specifies who is responsible for
|
|
|
|
|
setting duplex mode and page size. Valid values are:
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-04-10 12:01:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
lpr-switches duplex and page size are configured by `ps-lpr-switches'.
|
|
|
|
|
Don't forget to set `ps-lpr-switches' to select duplex
|
|
|
|
|
printing for your printer.
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-04-10 12:01:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
setpagedevice duplex and page size are configured by ps-print using the
|
|
|
|
|
setpagedevice PostScript operator.
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-04-10 12:01:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
nil duplex and page size are configured by ps-print *not* using
|
|
|
|
|
the setpagedevice PostScript operator.
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-04-10 12:01:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-spool-tumble' specifies how the page images on
|
|
|
|
|
opposite sides of a sheet are oriented with respect to each other. If
|
|
|
|
|
`ps-spool-tumble' is nil, ps-print produces output suitable for
|
|
|
|
|
bindings on the left or right. If `ps-spool-tumble' is non-nil,
|
|
|
|
|
ps-print produces output suitable for bindings at the top or bottom.
|
|
|
|
|
This variable takes effect only if `ps-spool-duplex' is non-nil.
|
|
|
|
|
The default value is nil.
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-04-10 12:01:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-header-frame-alist' specifies a header frame
|
|
|
|
|
properties alist. Valid frame properties are:
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-04-10 12:01:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
fore-color Specify the foreground frame color.
|
|
|
|
|
Value should be a float number between 0.0 (black
|
|
|
|
|
color) and 1.0 (white color), or a string which is a
|
|
|
|
|
color name, or a list of 3 float numbers which
|
|
|
|
|
correspond to the Red Green Blue color scale, each
|
|
|
|
|
float number between 0.0 (dark color) and 1.0 (bright
|
|
|
|
|
color). The default is 0 ("black").
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-04-10 12:01:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
back-color Specify the background frame color (similar to fore-color).
|
|
|
|
|
The default is 0.9 ("gray90").
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
shadow-color Specify the shadow color (similar to fore-color).
|
|
|
|
|
The default is 0 ("black").
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
border-color Specify the border color (similar to fore-color).
|
|
|
|
|
The default is 0 ("black").
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
border-width Specify the border width.
|
|
|
|
|
The default is 0.4.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Any other property is ignored.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Don't change this alist directly; instead use Custom, or the
|
|
|
|
|
`ps-value', `ps-get', `ps-put' and `ps-del' functions (see there for
|
|
|
|
|
documentation).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps-print can also print footers. The footer variables are:
|
|
|
|
|
`ps-print-footer', `ps-footer-offset', `ps-print-footer-frame',
|
|
|
|
|
`ps-footer-font-family', `ps-footer-font-size', `ps-footer-line-pad',
|
|
|
|
|
`ps-footer-lines', `ps-left-footer', `ps-right-footer' and
|
|
|
|
|
`ps-footer-frame-alist'. These variables are similar to those
|
|
|
|
|
controlling headers.
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-04-10 12:01:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** Color management (subgroup)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil, the buffer's text will be printed in
|
|
|
|
|
color.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Face Management (subgroup)
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-04-10 12:01:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
If you need to print without worrying about face background colors,
|
|
|
|
|
set the variable `ps-use-face-background' which specifies if face
|
|
|
|
|
background should be used. Valid values are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
t always use face background color.
|
|
|
|
|
nil never use face background color.
|
|
|
|
|
(face...) list of faces whose background color will be used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** N-up printing (subgroup)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-n-up-printing' specifies the number of pages per
|
|
|
|
|
sheet of paper.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-n-up-margin' specifies the margin in points (pt)
|
|
|
|
|
between the sheet border and the n-up printing.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If variable `ps-n-up-border-p' is non-nil, a border is drawn around
|
|
|
|
|
each page.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-n-up-filling' specifies how the page matrix is filled
|
|
|
|
|
on each sheet of paper. Following are the valid values for
|
|
|
|
|
`ps-n-up-filling' with a filling example using a 3x4 page matrix:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`left-top' 1 2 3 4 `left-bottom' 9 10 11 12
|
|
|
|
|
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
|
|
|
|
|
9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-04-10 12:01:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`right-top' 4 3 2 1 `right-bottom' 12 11 10 9
|
|
|
|
|
8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5
|
|
|
|
|
12 11 10 9 4 3 2 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`top-left' 1 4 7 10 `bottom-left' 3 6 9 12
|
|
|
|
|
2 5 8 11 2 5 8 11
|
|
|
|
|
3 6 9 12 1 4 7 10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`top-right' 10 7 4 1 `bottom-right' 12 9 6 3
|
|
|
|
|
11 8 5 2 11 8 5 2
|
|
|
|
|
12 9 6 3 10 7 4 1
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-04-10 12:01:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Any other value is treated as `left-top'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Zebra stripes (subgroup)
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-04-10 12:01:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-zebra-color' controls the zebra stripes grayscale or
|
|
|
|
|
RGB color.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-zebra-stripe-follow' specifies how zebra stripes
|
|
|
|
|
continue on next page. Visually, valid values are (the character `+'
|
|
|
|
|
to the right of each column indicates that a line is printed):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`nil' `follow' `full' `full-follow'
|
|
|
|
|
Current Page -------- ----------- --------- ----------------
|
|
|
|
|
1 XXXXX + 1 XXXXXXXX + 1 XXXXXX + 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
|
|
|
|
|
2 XXXXX + 2 XXXXXXXX + 2 XXXXXX + 2 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
|
|
|
|
|
3 XXXXX + 3 XXXXXXXX + 3 XXXXXX + 3 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
|
|
|
|
|
4 + 4 + 4 + 4 +
|
|
|
|
|
5 + 5 + 5 + 5 +
|
|
|
|
|
6 + 6 + 6 + 6 +
|
|
|
|
|
7 XXXXX + 7 XXXXXXXX + 7 XXXXXX + 7 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
|
|
|
|
|
8 XXXXX + 8 XXXXXXXX + 8 XXXXXX + 8 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
|
|
|
|
|
9 XXXXX + 9 XXXXXXXX + 9 XXXXXX + 9 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
|
|
|
|
|
10 + 10 +
|
|
|
|
|
11 + 11 +
|
|
|
|
|
-------- ----------- --------- ----------------
|
|
|
|
|
Next Page -------- ----------- --------- ----------------
|
|
|
|
|
12 XXXXX + 12 + 10 XXXXXX + 10 +
|
|
|
|
|
13 XXXXX + 13 XXXXXXXX + 11 XXXXXX + 11 +
|
|
|
|
|
14 XXXXX + 14 XXXXXXXX + 12 XXXXXX + 12 +
|
|
|
|
|
15 + 15 XXXXXXXX + 13 + 13 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
|
|
|
|
|
16 + 16 + 14 + 14 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
|
|
|
|
|
17 + 17 + 15 + 15 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
|
|
|
|
|
18 XXXXX + 18 + 16 XXXXXX + 16 +
|
|
|
|
|
19 XXXXX + 19 XXXXXXXX + 17 XXXXXX + 17 +
|
|
|
|
|
20 XXXXX + 20 XXXXXXXX + 18 XXXXXX + 18 +
|
|
|
|
|
21 + 21 XXXXXXXX +
|
|
|
|
|
22 + 22 +
|
|
|
|
|
-------- ----------- --------- ----------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Any other value is treated as `nil'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Printer management (subgroup)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-printer-name-option' determines the option used by
|
|
|
|
|
some utilities to indicate the printer name; it's used only when
|
|
|
|
|
`ps-printer-name' is a non-empty string. If you're using the lpr
|
|
|
|
|
utility to print, for example, `ps-printer-name-option' should be set
|
|
|
|
|
to "-P".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-manual-feed' indicates if the printer requires manual
|
|
|
|
|
paper feeding. If it's nil, automatic feeding takes place. If it's
|
|
|
|
|
non-nil, manual feeding takes place.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-end-with-control-d' specifies whether C-d (\x04)
|
|
|
|
|
should be inserted at end of the generated PostScript. Non-nil means
|
|
|
|
|
do so.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Page settings (subgroup)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If variable `ps-warn-paper-type' is nil, it's *not* treated as an
|
|
|
|
|
error if the PostScript printer doesn't have a paper with the size
|
|
|
|
|
indicated by `ps-paper-type'; the default paper size will be used
|
|
|
|
|
instead. If `ps-warn-paper-type' is non-nil, an error is signaled if
|
|
|
|
|
the PostScript printer doesn't support a paper with the size indicated
|
|
|
|
|
by `ps-paper-type'. This is used when `ps-spool-config' is set to
|
|
|
|
|
`setpagedevice'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-print-upside-down' determines the orientation for
|
|
|
|
|
printing pages: nil means `normal' printing, non-nil means
|
|
|
|
|
`upside-down' printing (that is, the page is rotated by 180 degrees).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-selected-pages' specifies which pages to print. If
|
|
|
|
|
it's nil, all pages are printed. If it's a list, list elements may be
|
|
|
|
|
integers specifying a single page to print, or cons cells (FROM . TO)
|
|
|
|
|
specifying to print from page FROM to TO. Invalid list elements, that
|
|
|
|
|
is integers smaller than one, or elements whose FROM is greater than
|
|
|
|
|
its TO, are ignored.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-even-or-odd-pages' specifies how to print even/odd
|
|
|
|
|
pages. Valid values are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nil print all pages.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`even-page' print only even pages.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`odd-page' print only odd pages.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`even-sheet' print only even sheets.
|
|
|
|
|
That is, if `ps-n-up-printing' is 1, it behaves like
|
|
|
|
|
`even-page', but for values greater than 1, it'll
|
|
|
|
|
print only the even sheet of paper.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`odd-sheet' print only odd sheets.
|
|
|
|
|
That is, if `ps-n-up-printing' is 1, it behaves like
|
|
|
|
|
`odd-page'; but for values greater than 1, it'll print
|
|
|
|
|
only the odd sheet of paper.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Any other value is treated as nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you set `ps-selected-pages' (see there for documentation), pages
|
|
|
|
|
are filtered by `ps-selected-pages', and then by
|
|
|
|
|
`ps-even-or-odd-pages'. For example, if we have:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(setq ps-selected-pages '(1 4 (6 . 10) (12 . 16) 20))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and we combine this with `ps-even-or-odd-pages' and
|
|
|
|
|
`ps-n-up-printing', we get:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`ps-n-up-printing' = 1:
|
|
|
|
|
`ps-even-or-odd-pages' PAGES PRINTED
|
|
|
|
|
nil 1, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 20
|
|
|
|
|
even-page 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20
|
|
|
|
|
odd-page 1, 7, 9, 13, 15
|
|
|
|
|
even-sheet 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20
|
|
|
|
|
odd-sheet 1, 7, 9, 13, 15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`ps-n-up-printing' = 2:
|
|
|
|
|
`ps-even-or-odd-pages' PAGES PRINTED
|
|
|
|
|
nil 1/4, 6/7, 8/9, 10/12, 13/14, 15/16, 20
|
|
|
|
|
even-page 4/6, 8/10, 12/14, 16/20
|
|
|
|
|
odd-page 1/7, 9/13, 15
|
|
|
|
|
even-sheet 6/7, 10/12, 15/16
|
|
|
|
|
odd-sheet 1/4, 8/9, 13/14, 20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Miscellany (subgroup)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-error-handler-message' specifies where error handler
|
|
|
|
|
messages should be sent.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
It is also possible to add a user-defined PostScript prologue code in
|
|
|
|
|
front of all generated prologue code by setting the variable
|
|
|
|
|
`ps-user-defined-prologue'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-line-number-font' specifies the font for line numbers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-line-number-font-size' specifies the font size in
|
|
|
|
|
points for line numbers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-line-number-color' specifies the color for line
|
|
|
|
|
numbers. See `ps-zebra-color' for documentation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-line-number-step' specifies the interval in which
|
|
|
|
|
line numbers are printed. For example, if `ps-line-number-step' is set
|
|
|
|
|
to 2, the printing will look like:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 one line
|
|
|
|
|
one line
|
|
|
|
|
3 one line
|
|
|
|
|
one line
|
|
|
|
|
5 one line
|
|
|
|
|
one line
|
|
|
|
|
...
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Valid values are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
integer an integer specifying the interval in which line numbers are
|
|
|
|
|
printed. If it's smaller than or equal to zero, 1
|
|
|
|
|
is used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`zebra' specifies that only the line number of the first line in a
|
|
|
|
|
zebra stripe is to be printed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Any other value is treated as `zebra'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-line-number-start' specifies the starting point in
|
|
|
|
|
the interval given by `ps-line-number-step'. For example, if
|
|
|
|
|
`ps-line-number-step' is set to 3, and `ps-line-number-start' is set to
|
|
|
|
|
3, the output will look like:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
one line
|
|
|
|
|
one line
|
|
|
|
|
3 one line
|
|
|
|
|
one line
|
|
|
|
|
one line
|
|
|
|
|
6 one line
|
|
|
|
|
one line
|
|
|
|
|
one line
|
|
|
|
|
9 one line
|
|
|
|
|
one line
|
|
|
|
|
...
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-postscript-code-directory' specifies the directory
|
|
|
|
|
where the PostScript prologue file used by ps-print is found.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-line-spacing' determines the line spacing in points,
|
|
|
|
|
for ordinary text, when generating PostScript (similar to
|
|
|
|
|
`ps-font-size').
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-paragraph-spacing' determines the paragraph spacing,
|
|
|
|
|
in points, for ordinary text, when generating PostScript (similar to
|
|
|
|
|
`ps-font-size').
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-paragraph-regexp' specifies the paragraph delimiter.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable `ps-begin-cut-regexp' and `ps-end-cut-regexp' specify the
|
|
|
|
|
start and end of a region to cut out when printing.
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** hideshow changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** now supports hiding of blocks of single line comments (like // for
|
|
|
|
|
C++, ; for lisp).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Support for java-mode added.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** When doing `hs-hide-all' it is now possible to also hide the comments
|
|
|
|
|
in the file if `hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all' is set.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-02-02 16:36:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
*** The new function `hs-hide-initial-comment' hides the comments at
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
the beginning of the files. Finally those huge RCS logs don't stay in your
|
|
|
|
|
way! This is run by default when entering the `hs-minor-mode'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Now uses overlays instead of `selective-display', so is more
|
|
|
|
|
robust and a lot faster.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** A block beginning can span multiple lines.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new variable `hs-show-hidden-short-form' if t, directs hideshow
|
|
|
|
|
to show only the beginning of a block when it is hidden. See the
|
|
|
|
|
documentation for more details.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes in Enriched mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** When you visit a file in enriched-mode, Emacs will make sure it is
|
|
|
|
|
filled to the current fill-column. This behavior is now independent
|
|
|
|
|
of the size of the window. When you save the file, the fill-column in
|
|
|
|
|
use is stored as well, so that the whole buffer need not be refilled
|
|
|
|
|
the next time unless the fill-column is different.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** use-hard-newlines is now a minor mode. When it is enabled, Emacs
|
|
|
|
|
distinguishes between hard and soft newlines, and treats hard newlines
|
|
|
|
|
as paragraph boundaries. Otherwise all newlines inserted are marked
|
|
|
|
|
as soft, and paragraph boundaries are determined solely from the text.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Font Lock mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Custom support
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variables font-lock-face-attributes, font-lock-display-type and
|
|
|
|
|
font-lock-background-mode are now obsolete; the recommended way to specify the
|
|
|
|
|
faces to use for Font Lock mode is with M-x customize-group on the new custom
|
|
|
|
|
group font-lock-highlighting-faces. If you set font-lock-face-attributes in
|
|
|
|
|
your ~/.emacs file, Font Lock mode will respect its value. However, you should
|
|
|
|
|
consider converting from setting that variable to using M-x customize.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can still use X resources to specify Font Lock face appearances.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Maximum decoration
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fontification now uses the maximum level of decoration supported by
|
|
|
|
|
default. Previously, fontification used a mode-specific default level
|
|
|
|
|
of decoration, which is typically the minimum level of decoration
|
|
|
|
|
supported. You can set font-lock-maximum-decoration to nil
|
|
|
|
|
to get the old behavior.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New support
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Support is now provided for Java, Objective-C, AWK and SIMULA modes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that Font Lock mode can be turned on without knowing exactly what modes
|
|
|
|
|
support Font Lock mode, via the command global-font-lock-mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Configurable support
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Support for C, C++, Objective-C and Java can be more easily configured for
|
|
|
|
|
additional types and classes via the new variables c-font-lock-extra-types,
|
|
|
|
|
c++-font-lock-extra-types, objc-font-lock-extra-types and, you guessed it,
|
|
|
|
|
java-font-lock-extra-types. These value of each of these variables should be a
|
|
|
|
|
list of regexps matching the extra type names. For example, the default value
|
|
|
|
|
of c-font-lock-extra-types is ("\\sw+_t") which means fontification follows the
|
|
|
|
|
convention that C type names end in _t. This results in slower fontification.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of course, you can change the variables that specify fontification in whatever
|
|
|
|
|
way you wish, typically by adding regexps. However, these new variables make
|
|
|
|
|
it easier to make specific and common changes for the fontification of types.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Adding highlighting patterns to existing support
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can use the new function font-lock-add-keywords to add your own
|
|
|
|
|
highlighting patterns, such as for project-local or user-specific constructs,
|
|
|
|
|
for any mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For example, to highlight `FIXME:' words in C comments, put:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode '(("\\<FIXME:" 0 font-lock-warning-face t)))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in your ~/.emacs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New faces
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Font Lock now defines two new faces, font-lock-builtin-face and
|
|
|
|
|
font-lock-warning-face. These are intended to highlight builtin keywords,
|
|
|
|
|
distinct from a language's normal keywords, and objects that should be brought
|
|
|
|
|
to user attention, respectively. Various modes now use these new faces.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Changes to fast-lock support mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The fast-lock package, one of the two Font Lock support modes, can now process
|
|
|
|
|
cache files silently. You can use the new variable fast-lock-verbose, in the
|
|
|
|
|
same way as font-lock-verbose, to control this feature.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Changes to lazy-lock support mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The lazy-lock package, one of the two Font Lock support modes, can now fontify
|
|
|
|
|
according to the true syntactic context relative to other lines. You can use
|
|
|
|
|
the new variable lazy-lock-defer-contextually to control this feature. If
|
|
|
|
|
non-nil, changes to the buffer will cause subsequent lines in the buffer to be
|
|
|
|
|
refontified after lazy-lock-defer-time seconds of idle time. If nil, then only
|
|
|
|
|
the modified lines will be refontified; this is the same as the previous Lazy
|
2002-08-21 00:18:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Lock mode behavior and the behavior of Font Lock mode.
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This feature is useful in modes where strings or comments can span lines.
|
|
|
|
|
For example, if a string or comment terminating character is deleted, then if
|
|
|
|
|
this feature is enabled subsequent lines in the buffer will be correctly
|
|
|
|
|
refontified to reflect their new syntactic context. Previously, only the line
|
|
|
|
|
containing the deleted character would be refontified and you would have to use
|
|
|
|
|
the command M-g M-g (font-lock-fontify-block) to refontify some lines.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As a consequence of this new feature, two other variables have changed:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Variable `lazy-lock-defer-driven' is renamed `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling'.
|
|
|
|
|
Variable `lazy-lock-defer-time' can now only be a time, i.e., a number.
|
|
|
|
|
Buffer modes for which on-the-fly deferral applies can be specified via the
|
|
|
|
|
new variable `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you set these variables in your ~/.emacs, then you may have to change those
|
|
|
|
|
settings.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Ada mode changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** There is now better support for using find-file.el with Ada mode.
|
|
|
|
|
If you switch between spec and body, the cursor stays in the same
|
|
|
|
|
procedure (modulo overloading). If a spec has no body file yet, but
|
|
|
|
|
you try to switch to its body file, Ada mode now generates procedure
|
|
|
|
|
stubs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** There are two new commands:
|
|
|
|
|
- `ada-make-local' : invokes gnatmake on the current buffer
|
|
|
|
|
- `ada-check-syntax' : check syntax of current buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The user options `ada-compiler-make', `ada-make-options',
|
|
|
|
|
`ada-language-version', `ada-compiler-syntax-check', and
|
|
|
|
|
`ada-compile-options' are used within these commands.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Ada mode can now work with Outline minor mode. The outline level
|
|
|
|
|
is calculated from the indenting, not from syntactic constructs.
|
|
|
|
|
Outlining does not work if your code is not correctly indented.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new function `ada-gnat-style' converts the buffer to the style of
|
|
|
|
|
formatting used in GNAT. It places two blanks after a comment start,
|
|
|
|
|
places one blank between a word end and an opening '(', and puts one
|
|
|
|
|
space between a comma and the beginning of a word.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Scheme mode changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Scheme mode indentation now uses many of the facilities of Lisp
|
|
|
|
|
mode; therefore, the variables to customize it are the variables used
|
|
|
|
|
for Lisp mode which have names starting with `lisp-'. The variables
|
|
|
|
|
with names starting with `scheme-' which used to do this no longer
|
|
|
|
|
have any effect.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you want to use different indentation for Scheme and Lisp, this is
|
|
|
|
|
still possible, but now you must do it by adding a hook to
|
|
|
|
|
scheme-mode-hook, which could work by setting the `lisp-' indentation
|
|
|
|
|
variables as buffer-local variables.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** DSSSL mode is a variant of Scheme mode, for editing DSSSL scripts.
|
|
|
|
|
Use M-x dsssl-mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes to the emacsclient program
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** If a socket can't be found, and environment variables LOGNAME or
|
|
|
|
|
USER are set, emacsclient now looks for a socket based on the UID
|
|
|
|
|
associated with the name. That is an emacsclient running as root
|
|
|
|
|
can connect to an Emacs server started by a non-root user.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The emacsclient program now accepts an option --no-wait which tells
|
|
|
|
|
it to return immediately without waiting for you to "finish" the
|
|
|
|
|
buffer in Emacs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new option --alternate-editor allows to specify an editor to
|
|
|
|
|
use if Emacs is not running. The environment variable
|
|
|
|
|
ALTERNATE_EDITOR can be used for the same effect; the command line
|
|
|
|
|
option takes precedence.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** M-x eldoc-mode enables a minor mode in which the echo area
|
|
|
|
|
constantly shows the parameter list for function being called at point
|
|
|
|
|
(in Emacs Lisp and Lisp Interaction modes only).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** C-x n d now runs the new command narrow-to-defun,
|
|
|
|
|
which narrows the accessible parts of the buffer to just
|
|
|
|
|
the current defun.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Emacs now handles the `--' argument in the standard way; all
|
|
|
|
|
following arguments are treated as ordinary file names.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** On MSDOS and Windows, the bookmark file is now called _emacs.bmk,
|
|
|
|
|
and the saved desktop file is now called _emacs.desktop (truncated if
|
|
|
|
|
necessary).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** When you kill a buffer that visits a file,
|
|
|
|
|
if there are any registers that save positions in the file,
|
|
|
|
|
these register values no longer become completely useless.
|
|
|
|
|
If you try to go to such a register with C-x j, then you are
|
|
|
|
|
asked whether to visit the file again. If you say yes,
|
|
|
|
|
it visits the file and then goes to the same position.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** When you visit a file that changes frequently outside Emacs--for
|
|
|
|
|
example, a log of output from a process that continues to run--it may
|
|
|
|
|
be useful for Emacs to revert the file without querying you whenever
|
|
|
|
|
you visit the file afresh with C-x C-f.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can request this behavior for certain files by setting the
|
|
|
|
|
variable revert-without-query to a list of regular expressions. If a
|
|
|
|
|
file's name matches any of these regular expressions, find-file and
|
|
|
|
|
revert-buffer revert the buffer without asking for permission--but
|
|
|
|
|
only if you have not edited the buffer text yourself.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** set-default-font has been renamed to set-frame-font
|
|
|
|
|
since it applies only to the current frame.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In TeX mode, you can use the variable tex-main-file to specify the
|
|
|
|
|
file for tex-file to run TeX on. (By default, tex-main-file is nil,
|
|
|
|
|
and tex-file runs TeX on the current visited file.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is useful when you are editing a document that consists of
|
|
|
|
|
multiple files. In each of the included files, you can set up a local
|
|
|
|
|
variable list which specifies the top-level file of your document for
|
|
|
|
|
tex-main-file. Then tex-file will run TeX on the whole document
|
|
|
|
|
instead of just the file you are editing.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** RefTeX mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RefTeX mode is a new minor mode with special support for \label, \ref
|
|
|
|
|
and \cite macros in LaTeX documents. RefTeX distinguishes labels of
|
|
|
|
|
different environments (equation, figure, ...) and has full support for
|
|
|
|
|
multifile documents. To use it, select a buffer with a LaTeX document and
|
|
|
|
|
turn the mode on with M-x reftex-mode. Here are the main user commands:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-c ( reftex-label
|
|
|
|
|
Creates a label semi-automatically. RefTeX is context sensitive and
|
|
|
|
|
knows which kind of label is needed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-c ) reftex-reference
|
|
|
|
|
Offers in a menu all labels in the document, along with context of the
|
|
|
|
|
label definition. The selected label is referenced as \ref{LABEL}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-c [ reftex-citation
|
|
|
|
|
Prompts for a regular expression and displays a list of matching BibTeX
|
|
|
|
|
database entries. The selected entry is cited with a \cite{KEY} macro.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-c & reftex-view-crossref
|
|
|
|
|
Views the cross reference of a \ref or \cite command near point.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-c = reftex-toc
|
|
|
|
|
Shows a table of contents of the (multifile) document. From there you
|
|
|
|
|
can quickly jump to every section.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Under X, RefTeX installs a "Ref" menu in the menu bar, with additional
|
|
|
|
|
commands. Press `?' to get help when a prompt mentions this feature.
|
|
|
|
|
Full documentation and customization examples are in the file
|
|
|
|
|
reftex.el. You can use the finder to view the file documentation:
|
|
|
|
|
C-h p --> tex --> reftex.el
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes in BibTeX mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Info documentation is now available.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Don't allow parentheses in string constants anymore. This confused
|
|
|
|
|
both the BibTeX program and Emacs BibTeX mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Renamed variable bibtex-mode-user-optional-fields to
|
|
|
|
|
bibtex-user-optional-fields.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Removed variable bibtex-include-OPTannote
|
|
|
|
|
(use bibtex-user-optional-fields instead).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New interactive functions to copy and kill fields and complete
|
|
|
|
|
entries to the BibTeX kill ring, from where they can be yanked back by
|
|
|
|
|
appropriate functions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New interactive functions for repositioning and marking of
|
2001-10-30 18:41:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
entries. They are bound by default to C-M-l and C-M-h.
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New hook bibtex-clean-entry-hook. It is called after entry has
|
|
|
|
|
been cleaned.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New variable bibtex-field-delimiters, which replaces variables
|
|
|
|
|
bibtex-field-{left|right}-delimiter.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New variable bibtex-entry-delimiters to determine how entries
|
|
|
|
|
shall be delimited.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Allow preinitialization of fields. See documentation of
|
|
|
|
|
bibtex-user-optional-fields, bibtex-entry-field-alist, and
|
|
|
|
|
bibtex-include-OPTkey for details.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Book and InBook entries require either an author or an editor
|
|
|
|
|
field. This is now supported by bibtex.el. Alternative fields are
|
|
|
|
|
prefixed with `ALT'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New variable bibtex-entry-format, which replaces variable
|
|
|
|
|
bibtex-clean-entry-zap-empty-opts and allows specification of many
|
|
|
|
|
formatting options performed on cleaning an entry (see variable
|
|
|
|
|
documentation).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Even more control on how automatic keys are generated. See
|
|
|
|
|
documentation of bibtex-generate-autokey for details. Transcriptions
|
|
|
|
|
for foreign languages other than German are now handled, too.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New boolean user option bibtex-comma-after-last-field to decide if
|
|
|
|
|
comma should be inserted at end of last field.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New boolean user option bibtex-align-at-equal-sign to determine if
|
|
|
|
|
alignment should be made at left side of field contents or at equal
|
|
|
|
|
signs. New user options to control entry layout (e.g. indentation).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New function bibtex-fill-entry to realign entries.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New function bibtex-reformat to reformat region or buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New function bibtex-convert-alien to convert a BibTeX database
|
|
|
|
|
from alien sources.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New function bibtex-complete-key (similar to bibtex-complete-string)
|
|
|
|
|
to complete prefix to a key defined in buffer. Mainly useful in
|
|
|
|
|
crossref entries.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New function bibtex-count-entries to count entries in buffer or
|
|
|
|
|
region.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Added support for imenu.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function `bibtex-validate' now checks current region instead
|
|
|
|
|
of buffer if mark is active. Now it shows all errors of buffer in a
|
|
|
|
|
`compilation mode' buffer. You can use the normal commands (e.g.
|
|
|
|
|
`next-error') for compilation modes to jump to errors.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New variable `bibtex-string-file-path' to determine where the files
|
|
|
|
|
from `bibtex-string-files' are searched.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Iso Accents mode now supports Latin-3 as an alternative.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The command next-error now opens blocks hidden by hideshow.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The function using-unix-filesystems has been replaced by the
|
|
|
|
|
functions add-untranslated-filesystem and remove-untranslated-filesystem.
|
|
|
|
|
Each of these functions takes the name of a drive letter or directory
|
|
|
|
|
as an argument.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When a filesystem is added as untranslated, all files on it are read
|
|
|
|
|
and written in binary mode (no cr/lf translation is performed).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** browse-url changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New methods for: Grail (browse-url-generic), MMM (browse-url-mmm),
|
|
|
|
|
Lynx in a separate xterm (browse-url-lynx-xterm) or in an Emacs window
|
|
|
|
|
(browse-url-lynx-emacs), remote W3 (browse-url-w3-gnudoit), generic
|
|
|
|
|
non-remote-controlled browsers (browse-url-generic) and associated
|
|
|
|
|
customization variables.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** New commands `browse-url-of-region' and `browse-url'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** URLs marked up with <URL:...> (RFC1738) work if broken across
|
|
|
|
|
lines. Browsing methods can be associated with URL regexps
|
|
|
|
|
(e.g. mailto: URLs) via `browse-url-browser-function'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes in Ediff
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Clicking Mouse-2 on a brief command description in Ediff control panel
|
|
|
|
|
pops up the Info file for this command.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** There is now a variable, ediff-autostore-merges, which controls whether
|
|
|
|
|
the result of a merge is saved in a file. By default, this is done only when
|
|
|
|
|
merge is done from a session group (eg, when merging files in two different
|
|
|
|
|
directories).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Since Emacs 19.31 (this hasn't been announced before), Ediff can compare
|
|
|
|
|
and merge groups of files residing in different directories, or revisions of
|
|
|
|
|
files in the same directory.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Since Emacs 19.31, Ediff can apply multi-file patches interactively.
|
|
|
|
|
The patches must be in the context format or GNU unified format. (The bug
|
|
|
|
|
related to the GNU format has now been fixed.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes in Viper
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The startup file is now .viper instead of .vip
|
|
|
|
|
*** All variable/function names have been changed to start with viper-
|
|
|
|
|
instead of vip-.
|
|
|
|
|
*** C-\ now simulates the meta-key in all Viper states.
|
|
|
|
|
*** C-z in Insert state now escapes to Vi for the duration of the next
|
|
|
|
|
Viper command. In Vi and Insert states, C-z behaves as before.
|
|
|
|
|
*** C-c \ escapes to Vi for one command if Viper is in Insert or Emacs states.
|
|
|
|
|
*** _ is no longer the meta-key in Vi state.
|
|
|
|
|
*** The variable viper-insert-state-cursor-color can be used to change cursor
|
|
|
|
|
color when Viper is in insert state.
|
|
|
|
|
*** If search lands the cursor near the top or the bottom of the window,
|
|
|
|
|
Viper pulls the window up or down to expose more context. The variable
|
|
|
|
|
viper-adjust-window-after-search controls this behavior.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Etags changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** In C, C++, Objective C and Java, Etags tags global variables by
|
|
|
|
|
default. The resulting tags files are inflated by 30% on average.
|
|
|
|
|
Use --no-globals to turn this feature off. Etags can also tag
|
|
|
|
|
variables which are members of structure-like constructs, but it does
|
|
|
|
|
not by default. Use --members to turn this feature on.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** C++ member functions are now recognized as tags.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Java is tagged like C++. In addition, "extends" and "implements"
|
|
|
|
|
constructs are tagged. Files are recognised by the extension .java.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Etags can now handle programs written in Postscript. Files are
|
|
|
|
|
recognised by the extensions .ps and .pdb (Postscript with C syntax).
|
|
|
|
|
In Postscript, tags are lines that start with a slash.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Etags now handles Objective C and Objective C++ code. The usual C and
|
|
|
|
|
C++ tags are recognized in these languages; in addition, etags
|
|
|
|
|
recognizes special Objective C syntax for classes, class categories,
|
|
|
|
|
methods and protocols.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Etags also handles Cobol. Files are recognised by the extension
|
|
|
|
|
.cobol. The tagged lines are those containing a word that begins in
|
|
|
|
|
column 8 and ends in a full stop, i.e. anything that could be a
|
|
|
|
|
paragraph name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Regexps in Etags now support intervals, as in ed or grep. The syntax of
|
|
|
|
|
an interval is \{M,N\}, and it means to match the preceding expression
|
|
|
|
|
at least M times and as many as N times.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The format for specifying a custom format for time-stamp to insert
|
|
|
|
|
in files has changed slightly.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
With the new enhancements to the functionality of format-time-string,
|
|
|
|
|
time-stamp-format will change to be eventually compatible with it.
|
|
|
|
|
This conversion is being done in two steps to maintain compatibility
|
|
|
|
|
with old time-stamp-format values.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In the new scheme, alternate case is signified by the number-sign
|
|
|
|
|
(`#') modifier, rather than changing the case of the format character.
|
|
|
|
|
This feature is as yet incompletely implemented for compatibility
|
|
|
|
|
reasons.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In the old time-stamp-format, all numeric fields defaulted to their
|
|
|
|
|
natural width. (With format-time-string, each format has a
|
|
|
|
|
fixed-width default.) In this version, you can specify the colon
|
|
|
|
|
(`:') modifier to a numeric conversion to mean "give me the historical
|
|
|
|
|
time-stamp-format width default." Do not use colon if you are
|
|
|
|
|
specifying an explicit width, as in "%02d".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Numbers are no longer truncated to the requested width, except in the
|
|
|
|
|
case of "%02y", which continues to give a two-digit year. Digit
|
|
|
|
|
truncation probably wasn't being used for anything else anyway.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The new formats will work with old versions of Emacs. New formats are
|
|
|
|
|
being recommended now to allow time-stamp-format to change in the
|
|
|
|
|
future to be compatible with format-time-string. The new forms being
|
|
|
|
|
recommended now will continue to work then.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See the documentation string for the variable time-stamp-format for
|
|
|
|
|
details.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** There are some additional major modes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dcl-mode, for editing VMS DCL files.
|
|
|
|
|
m4-mode, for editing files of m4 input.
|
|
|
|
|
meta-mode, for editing MetaFont and MetaPost source files.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In Shell mode, the command shell-copy-environment-variable lets you
|
|
|
|
|
copy the value of a specified environment variable from the subshell
|
|
|
|
|
into Emacs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** New Lisp packages include:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** battery.el displays battery status for laptops.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** M-x bruce (named after Lenny Bruce) is a program that might
|
|
|
|
|
be used for adding some indecent words to your email.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** M-x crisp-mode enables an emulation for the CRiSP editor.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** M-x dirtrack arranges for better tracking of directory changes
|
|
|
|
|
in shell buffers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new library elint.el provides for linting of Emacs Lisp code.
|
|
|
|
|
See the documentation for `elint-initialize', `elint-current-buffer'
|
|
|
|
|
and `elint-defun'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** M-x expand-add-abbrevs defines a special kind of abbrev which is
|
|
|
|
|
meant for programming constructs. These abbrevs expand like ordinary
|
|
|
|
|
ones, when you type SPC, but only at the end of a line and not within
|
|
|
|
|
strings or comments.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These abbrevs can act as templates: you can define places within an
|
|
|
|
|
abbrev for insertion of additional text. Once you expand the abbrev,
|
|
|
|
|
you can then use C-x a p and C-x a n to move back and forth to these
|
|
|
|
|
insertion points. Thus you can conveniently insert additional text
|
|
|
|
|
at these points.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** filecache.el remembers the location of files so that you
|
|
|
|
|
can visit them by short forms of their names.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** find-func.el lets you find the definition of the user-loaded
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs Lisp function at point.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** M-x handwrite converts text to a "handwritten" picture.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** M-x iswitchb-buffer is a command for switching to a buffer, much like
|
|
|
|
|
switch-buffer, but it reads the argument in a more helpful way.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** M-x landmark implements a neural network for landmark learning.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** M-x locate provides a convenient interface to the `locate' program.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** M4 mode is a new mode for editing files of m4 input.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** mantemp.el creates C++ manual template instantiations
|
|
|
|
|
from the GCC error messages which indicate which instantiations are needed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** mouse-copy.el provides a one-click copy and move feature.
|
|
|
|
|
You can drag a region with M-mouse-1, and it is automatically
|
|
|
|
|
inserted at point. M-Shift-mouse-1 deletes the text from its
|
|
|
|
|
original place after inserting the copy.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** mouse-drag.el lets you do scrolling by dragging Mouse-2
|
|
|
|
|
on the buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You click the mouse and move; that distance either translates into the
|
|
|
|
|
velocity to scroll (with mouse-drag-throw) or the distance to scroll
|
|
|
|
|
(with mouse-drag-drag). Horizontal scrolling is enabled when needed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Enable mouse-drag with:
|
|
|
|
|
(global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
|
|
|
|
|
-or-
|
|
|
|
|
(global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** mspools.el is useful for determining which mail folders have
|
|
|
|
|
mail waiting to be read in them. It works with procmail.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Octave mode is a major mode for editing files of input for Octave.
|
|
|
|
|
It comes with a facility for communicating with an Octave subprocess.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** ogonek
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ogonek package provides functions for changing the coding of
|
|
|
|
|
Polish diacritic characters in buffers. Codings known from various
|
|
|
|
|
platforms are supported such as ISO8859-2, Mazovia, IBM Latin2, and
|
|
|
|
|
TeX. For example, you can change the coding from Mazovia to
|
|
|
|
|
ISO8859-2. Another example is a change of coding from ISO8859-2 to
|
|
|
|
|
prefix notation (in which `/a' stands for the aogonek character, for
|
|
|
|
|
instance) and vice versa.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To use this package load it using
|
|
|
|
|
M-x load-library [enter] ogonek
|
|
|
|
|
Then, you may get an explanation by calling one of
|
|
|
|
|
M-x ogonek-jak -- in Polish
|
|
|
|
|
M-x ogonek-how -- in English
|
|
|
|
|
The info specifies the commands and variables provided as well as the
|
|
|
|
|
ways of customization in `.emacs'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Interface to ph.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs provides a client interface to CCSO Nameservers (ph/qi)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The CCSO nameserver is used in many universities to provide directory
|
|
|
|
|
services about people. ph.el provides a convenient Emacs interface to
|
|
|
|
|
these servers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** uce.el is useful for replying to unsolicited commercial email.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** vcursor.el implements a "virtual cursor" feature.
|
|
|
|
|
You can move the virtual cursor with special commands
|
|
|
|
|
while the real cursor does not move.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** webjump.el is a "hot list" package which you can set up
|
|
|
|
|
for visiting your favorite web sites.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** M-x winner-mode is a minor mode which saves window configurations,
|
|
|
|
|
so you can move back to other configurations that you have recently used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** movemail change
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Movemail no longer needs to be installed setuid root in order for POP
|
|
|
|
|
mail retrieval to function properly. This is because it no longer
|
|
|
|
|
supports the RPOP (reserved-port POP) protocol; instead, it uses the
|
|
|
|
|
user's POP password to authenticate to the mail server.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This change was made earlier, but not reported in NEWS before.
|
2001-01-25 20:15:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
* Emacs 20.1 changes for MS-DOS and MS-Windows.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes in handling MS-DOS/MS-Windows text files.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs handles three different conventions for representing
|
|
|
|
|
end-of-line: CRLF for MSDOS, LF for Unix and GNU, and CR (used on the
|
|
|
|
|
Macintosh). Emacs determines which convention is used in a specific
|
|
|
|
|
file based on the contents of that file (except for certain special
|
|
|
|
|
file names), and when it saves the file, it uses the same convention.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To save the file and change the end-of-line convention, you can use
|
|
|
|
|
C-x RET f (set-buffer-file-coding-system) to specify a different
|
|
|
|
|
coding system for the buffer. Then, when you save the file, the newly
|
|
|
|
|
specified coding system will take effect. For example, to save with
|
|
|
|
|
LF, specify undecided-unix (or some other ...-unix coding system); to
|
|
|
|
|
save with CRLF, specify undecided-dos.
|
2001-01-25 20:15:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
* Lisp Changes in Emacs 20.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Byte-compiled files made with Emacs 20 will, in general, work in
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs 19 as well, as long as the source code runs in Emacs 19. And
|
|
|
|
|
vice versa: byte-compiled files made with Emacs 19 should also run in
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs 20, as long as the program itself works in Emacs 20.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Windows-specific functions and variables have been renamed
|
|
|
|
|
to start with w32- instead of win32-.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In hacker language, calling something a "win" is a form of praise. We
|
|
|
|
|
don't want to praise a non-free Microsoft system, so we don't call it
|
|
|
|
|
"win".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Basic Lisp changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** A symbol whose name starts with a colon now automatically
|
|
|
|
|
evaluates to itself. Therefore such a symbol can be used as a constant.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The defined purpose of `defconst' has been changed. It should now
|
|
|
|
|
be used only for values that should not be changed whether by a program
|
|
|
|
|
or by the user.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The actual behavior of defconst has not been changed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** There are new macros `when' and `unless'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(when CONDITION BODY...) is short for (if CONDITION (progn BODY...))
|
|
|
|
|
(unless CONDITION BODY...) is short for (if CONDITION nil BODY...)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Emacs now defines functions caar, cadr, cdar and cddr with their
|
|
|
|
|
usual Lisp meanings. For example, caar returns the car of the car of
|
|
|
|
|
its argument.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** equal, when comparing strings, now ignores their text properties.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new function `functionp' tests whether an object is a function.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** arrayp now returns t for char-tables and bool-vectors.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Certain primitives which use characters (as integers) now get an
|
|
|
|
|
error if the integer is not a valid character code. These primitives
|
|
|
|
|
include insert-char, char-to-string, and the %c construct in the
|
|
|
|
|
`format' function.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The `require' function now insists on adding a suffix, either .el
|
|
|
|
|
or .elc, to the file name. Thus, (require 'foo) will not use a file
|
|
|
|
|
whose name is just foo. It insists on foo.el or foo.elc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The `autoload' function, when the file name does not contain
|
|
|
|
|
either a directory name or the suffix .el or .elc, insists on
|
|
|
|
|
adding one of these suffixes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** string-to-number now takes an optional second argument BASE
|
|
|
|
|
which specifies the base to use when converting an integer.
|
|
|
|
|
If BASE is omitted, base 10 is used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We have not implemented other radices for floating point numbers,
|
|
|
|
|
because that would be much more work and does not seem useful.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** substring now handles vectors as well as strings.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The Common Lisp function eql is no longer defined normally.
|
|
|
|
|
You must load the `cl' library to define it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new macro `with-current-buffer' lets you evaluate an expression
|
|
|
|
|
conveniently with a different current buffer. It looks like this:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(with-current-buffer BUFFER BODY-FORMS...)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BUFFER is the expression that says which buffer to use.
|
|
|
|
|
BODY-FORMS say what to do in that buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new primitive `save-current-buffer' saves and restores the
|
|
|
|
|
choice of current buffer, like `save-excursion', but without saving or
|
|
|
|
|
restoring the value of point or the mark. `with-current-buffer'
|
|
|
|
|
works using `save-current-buffer'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new macro `with-temp-file' lets you do some work in a new buffer and
|
|
|
|
|
write the output to a specified file. Like `progn', it returns the value
|
|
|
|
|
of the last form.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new macro `with-temp-buffer' lets you do some work in a new buffer,
|
|
|
|
|
which is discarded after use. Like `progn', it returns the value of the
|
|
|
|
|
last form. If you wish to return the buffer contents, use (buffer-string)
|
|
|
|
|
as the last form.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new function split-string takes a string, splits it at certain
|
|
|
|
|
characters, and returns a list of the substrings in between the
|
|
|
|
|
matches.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For example, (split-string "foo bar lose" " +") returns ("foo" "bar" "lose").
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new macro with-output-to-string executes some Lisp expressions
|
|
|
|
|
with standard-output set up so that all output feeds into a string.
|
|
|
|
|
Then it returns that string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For example, if the current buffer name is `foo',
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(with-output-to-string
|
|
|
|
|
(princ "The buffer is ")
|
|
|
|
|
(princ (buffer-name)))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
returns "The buffer is foo".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Non-ASCII characters are now supported, if enable-multibyte-characters
|
|
|
|
|
is non-nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These characters have character codes above 256. When inserted in the
|
|
|
|
|
buffer or stored in a string, they are represented as multibyte
|
|
|
|
|
characters that occupy several buffer positions each.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** When enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil, a single character in
|
|
|
|
|
a buffer or string can be two or more bytes (as many as four).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buffers and strings are still made up of unibyte elements;
|
|
|
|
|
character positions and string indices are always measured in bytes.
|
|
|
|
|
Therefore, moving forward one character can increase the buffer
|
|
|
|
|
position by 2, 3 or 4. The function forward-char moves by whole
|
|
|
|
|
characters, and therefore is no longer equivalent to
|
|
|
|
|
(lambda (n) (goto-char (+ (point) n))).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASCII characters (codes 0 through 127) are still single bytes, always.
|
|
|
|
|
Sequences of byte values 128 through 255 are used to represent
|
|
|
|
|
non-ASCII characters. These sequences are called "multibyte
|
|
|
|
|
characters".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The first byte of a multibyte character is always in the range 128
|
|
|
|
|
through 159 (octal 0200 through 0237). These values are called
|
|
|
|
|
"leading codes". The second and subsequent bytes are always in the
|
|
|
|
|
range 160 through 255 (octal 0240 through 0377). The first byte, the
|
|
|
|
|
leading code, determines how many bytes long the sequence is.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function forward-char moves over characters, and therefore
|
|
|
|
|
(forward-char 1) may increase point by more than 1 if it moves over a
|
|
|
|
|
multibyte character. Likewise, delete-char always deletes a
|
|
|
|
|
character, which may be more than one buffer position.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This means that some Lisp programs, which assume that a character is
|
|
|
|
|
always one buffer position, need to be changed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
However, all ASCII characters are always one buffer position.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The regexp [\200-\377] no longer matches all non-ASCII characters,
|
|
|
|
|
because when enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil, these characters
|
|
|
|
|
have codes that are not in the range octal 200 to octal 377. However,
|
|
|
|
|
the regexp [^\000-\177] does match all non-ASCII characters,
|
|
|
|
|
guaranteed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function char-boundary-p returns non-nil if position POS is
|
|
|
|
|
between two characters in the buffer (not in the middle of a
|
|
|
|
|
character).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When the value is non-nil, it says what kind of character follows POS:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 if POS is at an ASCII character or at the end of range,
|
|
|
|
|
1 if POS is before a 2-byte length multi-byte form,
|
|
|
|
|
2 if POS is at a head of 3-byte length multi-byte form,
|
|
|
|
|
3 if POS is at a head of 4-byte length multi-byte form,
|
|
|
|
|
4 if POS is at a head of multi-byte form of a composite character.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function char-bytes returns how many bytes the character CHAR uses.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Strings can contain multibyte characters. The function
|
|
|
|
|
`length' returns the string length counting bytes, which may be
|
|
|
|
|
more than the number of characters.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can include a multibyte character in a string constant by writing
|
|
|
|
|
it literally. You can also represent it with a hex escape,
|
|
|
|
|
\xNNNNNNN..., using as many digits as necessary. Any character which
|
|
|
|
|
is not a valid hex digit terminates this construct. If you want to
|
|
|
|
|
follow it with a character that is a hex digit, write backslash and
|
|
|
|
|
newline in between; that will terminate the hex escape.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function concat-chars takes arguments which are characters
|
|
|
|
|
and returns a string containing those characters.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function sref access a multibyte character in a string.
|
|
|
|
|
(sref STRING INDX) returns the character in STRING at INDEX. INDEX
|
|
|
|
|
counts from zero. If INDEX is at a position in the middle of a
|
|
|
|
|
character, sref signals an error.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function chars-in-string returns the number of characters
|
|
|
|
|
in a string. This is less than the length of the string, if the
|
|
|
|
|
string contains multibyte characters (the length counts bytes).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function chars-in-region returns the number of characters
|
|
|
|
|
in a region from BEG to END. This is less than (- END BEG) if the
|
|
|
|
|
region contains multibyte characters (the length counts bytes).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function string-to-list converts a string to a list of
|
|
|
|
|
the characters in it. string-to-vector converts a string
|
|
|
|
|
to a vector of the characters in it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function store-substring alters part of the contents
|
|
|
|
|
of a string. You call it as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(store-substring STRING IDX OBJ)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This says to alter STRING, by storing OBJ starting at index IDX in
|
|
|
|
|
STRING. OBJ may be either a character or a (smaller) string.
|
|
|
|
|
This function really does alter the contents of STRING.
|
|
|
|
|
Since it is impossible to change the length of an existing string,
|
|
|
|
|
it is an error if OBJ doesn't fit within STRING's actual length.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** char-width returns the width (in columns) of the character CHAR,
|
|
|
|
|
if it were displayed in the current buffer and the selected window.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** string-width returns the width (in columns) of the text in STRING,
|
|
|
|
|
if it were displayed in the current buffer and the selected window.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** truncate-string-to-width shortens a string, if necessary,
|
|
|
|
|
to fit within a certain number of columns. (Of course, it does
|
|
|
|
|
not alter the string that you give it; it returns a new string
|
|
|
|
|
which contains all or just part of the existing string.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(truncate-string-to-width STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This returns the part of STR up to column END-COLUMN.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The optional argument START-COLUMN specifies the starting column.
|
|
|
|
|
If this is non-nil, then the first START-COLUMN columns of the string
|
|
|
|
|
are not included in the resulting value.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The optional argument PADDING, if non-nil, is a padding character to be added
|
|
|
|
|
at the beginning and end the resulting string, to extend it to exactly
|
|
|
|
|
WIDTH columns. If PADDING is nil, that means do not pad; then, if STRING
|
|
|
|
|
is narrower than WIDTH, the value is equal to STRING.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If PADDING and START-COLUMN are both non-nil, and if there is no clean
|
|
|
|
|
place in STRING that corresponds to START-COLUMN (because one
|
|
|
|
|
character extends across that column), then the padding character
|
|
|
|
|
PADDING is added one or more times at the beginning of the result
|
|
|
|
|
string, so that its columns line up as if it really did start at
|
|
|
|
|
column START-COLUMN.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** When the functions in the list after-change-functions are called,
|
|
|
|
|
the third argument is the number of bytes in the pre-change text, not
|
|
|
|
|
necessarily the number of characters. It is, in effect, the
|
|
|
|
|
difference in buffer position between the beginning and the end of the
|
|
|
|
|
changed text, before the change.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The characters Emacs uses are classified in various character
|
|
|
|
|
sets, each of which has a name which is a symbol. In general there is
|
|
|
|
|
one character set for each script, not for each language.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** The function charsetp tests whether an object is a character set name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** The variable charset-list holds a list of character set names.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** char-charset, given a character code, returns the name of the character
|
|
|
|
|
set that the character belongs to. (The value is a symbol.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** split-char, given a character code, returns a list containing the
|
|
|
|
|
name of the character set, followed by one or two byte-values
|
|
|
|
|
which identify the character within that character set.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** make-char, given a character set name and one or two subsequent
|
|
|
|
|
byte-values, constructs a character code. This is roughly the
|
|
|
|
|
opposite of split-char.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** find-charset-region returns a list of the character sets
|
|
|
|
|
of all the characters between BEG and END.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** find-charset-string returns a list of the character sets
|
|
|
|
|
of all the characters in a string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Here are the Lisp facilities for working with coding systems
|
|
|
|
|
and specifying coding systems.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** The function coding-system-list returns a list of all coding
|
|
|
|
|
system names (symbols). With optional argument t, it returns a list
|
|
|
|
|
of all distinct base coding systems, not including variants.
|
|
|
|
|
(Variant coding systems are those like latin-1-dos, latin-1-unix
|
|
|
|
|
and latin-1-mac which specify the end-of-line conversion as well
|
|
|
|
|
as what to do about code conversion.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** coding-system-p tests a symbol to see if it is a coding system
|
|
|
|
|
name. It returns t if so, nil if not.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** file-coding-system-alist specifies which coding systems to use
|
|
|
|
|
for certain file names. It works like network-coding-system-alist,
|
|
|
|
|
except that the PATTERN is matched against the file name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Each element has the format (PATTERN . VAL), where PATTERN determines
|
|
|
|
|
which file names the element applies to. PATTERN should be a regexp
|
|
|
|
|
to match against a file name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VAL is a coding system, a cons cell containing two coding systems, or
|
|
|
|
|
a function symbol. If VAL is a coding system, it is used for both
|
|
|
|
|
decoding what received from the network stream and encoding what sent
|
|
|
|
|
to the network stream. If VAL is a cons cell containing two coding
|
|
|
|
|
systems, the car specifies the coding system for decoding, and the cdr
|
|
|
|
|
specifies the coding system for encoding.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If VAL is a function symbol, the function must return a coding system
|
|
|
|
|
or a cons cell containing two coding systems, which is used as above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** The variable network-coding-system-alist specifies
|
|
|
|
|
the coding system to use for network sockets.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Each element has the format (PATTERN . VAL), where PATTERN determines
|
|
|
|
|
which network sockets the element applies to. PATTERN should be
|
|
|
|
|
either a port number or a regular expression matching some network
|
|
|
|
|
service names.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VAL is a coding system, a cons cell containing two coding systems, or
|
|
|
|
|
a function symbol. If VAL is a coding system, it is used for both
|
|
|
|
|
decoding what received from the network stream and encoding what sent
|
|
|
|
|
to the network stream. If VAL is a cons cell containing two coding
|
|
|
|
|
systems, the car specifies the coding system for decoding, and the cdr
|
|
|
|
|
specifies the coding system for encoding.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If VAL is a function symbol, the function must return a coding system
|
|
|
|
|
or a cons cell containing two coding systems, which is used as above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** process-coding-system-alist specifies which coding systems to use
|
|
|
|
|
for certain subprocess. It works like network-coding-system-alist,
|
|
|
|
|
except that the PATTERN is matched against the program name used to
|
|
|
|
|
start the subprocess.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** The variable default-process-coding-system specifies the coding
|
|
|
|
|
systems to use for subprocess (and net connection) input and output,
|
|
|
|
|
when nothing else specifies what to do. The value is a cons cell
|
|
|
|
|
(OUTPUT-CODING . INPUT-CODING). OUTPUT-CODING applies to output
|
|
|
|
|
to the subprocess, and INPUT-CODING applies to input from it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** The variable coding-system-for-write, if non-nil, specifies the
|
|
|
|
|
coding system to use for writing a file, or for output to a synchronous
|
|
|
|
|
subprocess.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
It also applies to any asynchronous subprocess or network connection,
|
|
|
|
|
but in a different way: the value of coding-system-for-write when you
|
|
|
|
|
start the subprocess or connection affects that subprocess or
|
|
|
|
|
connection permanently or until overridden.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The variable coding-system-for-write takes precedence over
|
|
|
|
|
file-coding-system-alist, process-coding-system-alist and
|
|
|
|
|
network-coding-system-alist, and all other methods of specifying a
|
|
|
|
|
coding system for output. But most of the time this variable is nil.
|
|
|
|
|
It exists so that Lisp programs can bind it to a specific coding
|
|
|
|
|
system for one operation at a time.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** coding-system-for-read applies similarly to input from
|
|
|
|
|
files, subprocesses or network connections.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** The function process-coding-system tells you what
|
|
|
|
|
coding systems(s) an existing subprocess is using.
|
|
|
|
|
The value is a cons cell,
|
|
|
|
|
(DECODING-CODING-SYSTEM . ENCODING-CODING-SYSTEM)
|
|
|
|
|
where DECODING-CODING-SYSTEM is used for decoding output from
|
|
|
|
|
the subprocess, and ENCODING-CODING-SYSTEM is used for encoding
|
|
|
|
|
input to the subprocess.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
**** The function set-process-coding-system can be used to
|
|
|
|
|
change the coding systems in use for an existing subprocess.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Emacs has a new facility to help users manage the many
|
|
|
|
|
customization options. To make a Lisp program work with this facility,
|
|
|
|
|
you need to use the new macros defgroup and defcustom.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You use defcustom instead of defvar, for defining a user option
|
|
|
|
|
variable. The difference is that you specify two additional pieces of
|
|
|
|
|
information (usually): the "type" which says what values are
|
|
|
|
|
legitimate, and the "group" which specifies the hierarchy for
|
|
|
|
|
customization.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thus, instead of writing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(defvar foo-blurgoze nil
|
|
|
|
|
"*Non-nil means that foo will act very blurgozely.")
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
you would now write this:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(defcustom foo-blurgoze nil
|
|
|
|
|
"*Non-nil means that foo will act very blurgozely."
|
|
|
|
|
:type 'boolean
|
|
|
|
|
:group foo)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The type `boolean' means that this variable has only
|
|
|
|
|
two meaningful states: nil and non-nil. Other type values
|
|
|
|
|
describe other possibilities; see the manual for Custom
|
|
|
|
|
for a description of them.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The "group" argument is used to specify a group which the option
|
|
|
|
|
should belong to. You define a new group like this:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(defgroup ispell nil
|
|
|
|
|
"Spell checking using Ispell."
|
|
|
|
|
:group 'processes)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The "group" argument in defgroup specifies the parent group. The root
|
|
|
|
|
group is called `emacs'; it should not contain any variables itself,
|
|
|
|
|
but only other groups. The immediate subgroups of `emacs' correspond
|
|
|
|
|
to the keywords used by C-h p. Under these subgroups come
|
|
|
|
|
second-level subgroups that belong to individual packages.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Each Emacs package should have its own set of groups. A simple
|
|
|
|
|
package should have just one group; a more complex package should
|
|
|
|
|
have a hierarchy of its own groups. The sole or root group of a
|
|
|
|
|
package should be a subgroup of one or more of the "keyword"
|
|
|
|
|
first-level subgroups.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** New `widget' library for inserting UI components in buffers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This library, used by the new custom library, is documented in a
|
|
|
|
|
separate manual that accompanies Emacs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** easy-mmode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The easy-mmode package provides macros and functions that make
|
|
|
|
|
developing minor modes easier. Roughly, the programmer has to code
|
|
|
|
|
only the functionality of the minor mode. All the rest--toggles,
|
|
|
|
|
predicate, and documentation--can be done in one call to the macro
|
|
|
|
|
`easy-mmode-define-minor-mode' (see the documentation). See also
|
|
|
|
|
`easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Text property changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The `intangible' property now works on overlays as well as on a
|
|
|
|
|
text property.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new functions next-char-property-change and
|
|
|
|
|
previous-char-property-change scan through the buffer looking for a
|
|
|
|
|
place where either a text property or an overlay might change. The
|
|
|
|
|
functions take two arguments, POSITION and LIMIT. POSITION is the
|
|
|
|
|
starting position for the scan. LIMIT says where to stop the scan.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If no property change is found before LIMIT, the value is LIMIT. If
|
|
|
|
|
LIMIT is nil, scan goes to the beginning or end of the accessible part
|
|
|
|
|
of the buffer. If no property change is found, the value is the
|
|
|
|
|
position of the beginning or end of the buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** In the `local-map' text property or overlay property, the property
|
|
|
|
|
value can now be a symbol whose function definition is a keymap. This
|
|
|
|
|
is an alternative to using the keymap itself.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes in invisibility features
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Isearch can now temporarily show parts of the buffer which are
|
|
|
|
|
hidden by an overlay with a invisible property, when the search match
|
|
|
|
|
is inside that portion of the buffer. To enable this the overlay
|
|
|
|
|
should have a isearch-open-invisible property which is a function that
|
|
|
|
|
would be called having the overlay as an argument, the function should
|
|
|
|
|
make the overlay visible.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During incremental search the overlays are shown by modifying the
|
|
|
|
|
invisible and intangible properties, if beside this more actions are
|
|
|
|
|
needed the overlay should have a isearch-open-invisible-temporary
|
|
|
|
|
which is a function. The function is called with 2 arguments: one is
|
|
|
|
|
the overlay and the second is nil when it should show the overlay and
|
|
|
|
|
t when it should hide it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** add-to-invisibility-spec, remove-from-invisibility-spec
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Modes that use overlays to hide portions of a buffer should set the
|
|
|
|
|
invisible property of the overlay to the mode's name (or another symbol)
|
|
|
|
|
and modify the `buffer-invisibility-spec' to include that symbol.
|
|
|
|
|
Use `add-to-invisibility-spec' and `remove-from-invisibility-spec' to
|
|
|
|
|
manipulate the `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
|
|
|
|
|
Here is an example of how to do this:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
;; If we want to display an ellipsis:
|
|
|
|
|
(add-to-invisibility-spec '(my-symbol . t))
|
|
|
|
|
;; If you don't want ellipsis:
|
|
|
|
|
(add-to-invisibility-spec 'my-symbol)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
...
|
|
|
|
|
(overlay-put (make-overlay beginning end) 'invisible 'my-symbol)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
...
|
|
|
|
|
;; When done with the overlays:
|
|
|
|
|
(remove-from-invisibility-spec '(my-symbol . t))
|
|
|
|
|
;; Or respectively:
|
|
|
|
|
(remove-from-invisibility-spec 'my-symbol)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes in syntax parsing.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The syntax-directed buffer-scan functions (such as
|
|
|
|
|
`parse-partial-sexp', `forward-word' and similar functions) can now
|
|
|
|
|
obey syntax information specified by text properties, if the variable
|
|
|
|
|
`parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is non-nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the value of `parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is nil, the behavior
|
|
|
|
|
is as before: the syntax-table of the current buffer is always
|
|
|
|
|
used to determine the syntax of the character at the position.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When `parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is non-nil, the syntax of a
|
|
|
|
|
character in the buffer is calculated thus:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a) if the `syntax-table' text-property of that character
|
|
|
|
|
is a cons, this cons becomes the syntax-type;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Valid values of `syntax-table' text-property are: nil, a valid
|
|
|
|
|
syntax-table, and a valid syntax-table element, i.e.,
|
|
|
|
|
a cons cell of the form (SYNTAX-CODE . MATCHING-CHAR).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
b) if the character's `syntax-table' text-property
|
|
|
|
|
is a syntax table, this syntax table is used
|
|
|
|
|
(instead of the syntax-table of the current buffer) to
|
|
|
|
|
determine the syntax type of the character.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
c) otherwise the syntax-type is determined by the syntax-table
|
|
|
|
|
of the current buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The meaning of \s in regular expressions is also affected by the
|
|
|
|
|
value of `parse-sexp-lookup-properties'. The details are the same as
|
|
|
|
|
for the syntax-directed buffer-scan functions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** There are two new syntax-codes, `!' and `|' (numeric values 14
|
|
|
|
|
and 15). A character with a code `!' starts a comment which is ended
|
|
|
|
|
only by another character with the same code (unless quoted). A
|
|
|
|
|
character with a code `|' starts a string which is ended only by
|
|
|
|
|
another character with the same code (unless quoted).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These codes are mainly meant for use as values of the `syntax-table'
|
|
|
|
|
text property.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function `parse-partial-sexp' has new semantics for the sixth
|
|
|
|
|
arg COMMENTSTOP. If it is `syntax-table', parse stops after the start
|
|
|
|
|
of a comment or a string, or after end of a comment or a string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The state-list which the return value from `parse-partial-sexp'
|
|
|
|
|
(and can also be used as an argument) now has an optional ninth
|
|
|
|
|
element: the character address of the start of last comment or string;
|
|
|
|
|
nil if none. The fourth and eighth elements have special values if the
|
|
|
|
|
string/comment is started by a "!" or "|" syntax-code.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Since new features of `parse-partial-sexp' allow a complete
|
|
|
|
|
syntactic parsing, `font-lock' no longer supports
|
|
|
|
|
`font-lock-comment-start-regexp'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes in face features
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The face functions are now unconditionally defined in Emacs, even
|
|
|
|
|
if it does not support displaying on a device that supports faces.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function face-documentation returns the documentation string
|
|
|
|
|
of a face (or nil if it doesn't have one).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function face-bold-p returns t if a face should be bold.
|
|
|
|
|
set-face-bold-p sets that flag.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function face-italic-p returns t if a face should be italic.
|
|
|
|
|
set-face-italic-p sets that flag.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** You can now specify foreground and background colors for text
|
|
|
|
|
by adding elements of the form (foreground-color . COLOR-NAME)
|
|
|
|
|
and (background-color . COLOR-NAME) to the list of faces in
|
|
|
|
|
the `face' property (either the character's text property or an
|
|
|
|
|
overlay property).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This means that you no longer need to create named faces to use
|
|
|
|
|
arbitrary colors in a Lisp package.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes in file-handling functions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** File-access primitive functions no longer discard an extra redundant
|
|
|
|
|
directory name from the beginning of the file name. In other words,
|
|
|
|
|
they no longer do anything special with // or /~. That conversion
|
|
|
|
|
is now done only in substitute-in-file-name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This makes it possible for a Lisp program to open a file whose name
|
|
|
|
|
begins with ~.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** If copy-file is unable to set the date of the output file,
|
|
|
|
|
it now signals an error with the condition file-date-error.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The inode number returned by file-attributes may be an integer (if
|
|
|
|
|
the number fits in a Lisp integer) or a list of integers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** insert-file-contents can now read from a special file,
|
|
|
|
|
as long as the arguments VISIT and REPLACE are nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The RAWFILE arg to find-file-noselect, if non-nil, now suppresses
|
|
|
|
|
character code conversion as well as other things.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Meanwhile, this feature does work with remote file names
|
|
|
|
|
(formerly it did not).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Lisp packages which create temporary files should use the TMPDIR
|
|
|
|
|
environment variable to decide which directory to put them in.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** interpreter-mode-alist elements now specify regexps
|
|
|
|
|
instead of constant strings.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** expand-file-name no longer treats `//' or `/~' specially. It used
|
|
|
|
|
to delete all the text of a file name up through the first slash of
|
|
|
|
|
any `//' or `/~' sequence. Now it passes them straight through.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
substitute-in-file-name continues to treat those sequences specially,
|
|
|
|
|
in the same way as before.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The variable `format-alist' is more general now.
|
|
|
|
|
The FROM-FN and TO-FN in a format definition can now be strings
|
|
|
|
|
which specify shell commands to use as filters to perform conversion.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new function access-file tries to open a file, and signals an
|
|
|
|
|
error if that fails. If the open succeeds, access-file does nothing
|
|
|
|
|
else, and returns nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function insert-directory now signals an error if the specified
|
|
|
|
|
directory cannot be listed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Changes in minibuffer input
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The functions read-buffer, read-variable, read-command, read-string
|
|
|
|
|
read-file-name, read-from-minibuffer and completing-read now take an
|
|
|
|
|
additional argument which specifies the default value. If this
|
|
|
|
|
argument is non-nil, it should be a string; that string is used in two
|
|
|
|
|
ways:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
It is returned if the user enters empty input.
|
|
|
|
|
It is available through the history command M-n.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The functions read-string, read-from-minibuffer,
|
|
|
|
|
read-no-blanks-input and completing-read now take an additional
|
|
|
|
|
argument INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD. If this is non-nil, then the
|
|
|
|
|
minibuffer inherits the current input method and the setting of
|
|
|
|
|
enable-multibyte-characters from the previously current buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In an interactive spec, you can use M instead of s to read an
|
|
|
|
|
argument in this way.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** All minibuffer input functions discard text properties
|
|
|
|
|
from the text you enter in the minibuffer, unless the variable
|
|
|
|
|
minibuffer-allow-text-properties is non-nil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Echo area features
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Clearing the echo area now runs the normal hook
|
|
|
|
|
echo-area-clear-hook. Note that the echo area can be used while the
|
|
|
|
|
minibuffer is active; in that case, the minibuffer is still active
|
|
|
|
|
after the echo area is cleared.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function current-message returns the message currently displayed
|
|
|
|
|
in the echo area, or nil if there is none.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Keyboard input features
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** tty-erase-char is a new variable that reports which character was
|
|
|
|
|
set up as the terminal's erase character when time Emacs was started.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** num-nonmacro-input-events is the total number of input events
|
|
|
|
|
received so far from the terminal. It does not count those generated
|
|
|
|
|
by keyboard macros.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Frame-related changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** make-frame runs the normal hook before-make-frame-hook just before
|
|
|
|
|
creating a frame, and just after creating a frame it runs the abnormal
|
|
|
|
|
hook after-make-frame-functions with the new frame as arg.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new hook window-configuration-change-hook is now run every time
|
|
|
|
|
the window configuration has changed. The frame whose configuration
|
|
|
|
|
has changed is the selected frame when the hook is run.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** Each frame now independently records the order for recently
|
|
|
|
|
selected buffers, in its buffer-list frame parameter, so that the
|
|
|
|
|
value of other-buffer is now based on the buffers recently displayed
|
|
|
|
|
in the selected frame.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The value of the frame parameter vertical-scroll-bars
|
|
|
|
|
is now `left', `right' or nil. A non-nil value specifies
|
|
|
|
|
which side of the window to put the scroll bars on.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** X Windows features
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** You can examine X resources for other applications by binding
|
|
|
|
|
x-resource-class around a call to x-get-resource. The usual value of
|
|
|
|
|
x-resource-class is "Emacs", which is the correct value for Emacs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** In menus, checkboxes and radio buttons now actually work.
|
|
|
|
|
The menu displays the current status of the box or button.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The function x-list-fonts now takes an optional fourth argument
|
|
|
|
|
MAXIMUM which sets a limit on how many matching fonts to return.
|
|
|
|
|
A smaller value of MAXIMUM makes the function faster.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the only question is whether *any* font matches the pattern,
|
|
|
|
|
it is good to supply 1 for this argument.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Subprocess features
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** A reminder: it is no longer necessary for subprocess filter
|
|
|
|
|
functions and sentinels to do save-match-data, because Emacs does this
|
|
|
|
|
automatically.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new function shell-command-to-string executes a shell command
|
|
|
|
|
and returns the output from the command as a string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*** The new function process-contact returns t for a child process,
|
|
|
|
|
and (HOSTNAME SERVICE) for a net connection.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** An error in running pre-command-hook or post-command-hook
|
|
|
|
|
does clear the variable to nil. The documentation was wrong before.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** In define-key-after, if AFTER is t, the new binding now always goes
|
|
|
|
|
at the end of the keymap. If the keymap is a menu, this means it
|
|
|
|
|
goes after the other menu items.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you have a program that makes several changes in the same area
|
|
|
|
|
of the buffer, you can use the macro combine-after-change-calls
|
|
|
|
|
around that Lisp code to make it faster when after-change hooks
|
|
|
|
|
are in use.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The macro arranges to call the after-change functions just once for a
|
|
|
|
|
series of several changes--if that seems safe.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Don't alter the variables after-change-functions and
|
|
|
|
|
after-change-function within the body of a combine-after-change-calls
|
|
|
|
|
form.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If you define an abbrev (with define-abbrev) whose EXPANSION
|
|
|
|
|
is not a string, then the abbrev does not expand in the usual sense,
|
|
|
|
|
but its hook is still run.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Normally, the Lisp debugger is not used (even if you have enabled it)
|
|
|
|
|
for errors that are handled by condition-case.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you set debug-on-signal to a non-nil value, then the debugger is called
|
|
|
|
|
regardless of whether there is a handler for the condition. This is
|
|
|
|
|
useful for debugging problems that happen inside of a condition-case.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This mode of operation seems to be unreliable in other ways. Errors that
|
|
|
|
|
are normal and ought to be handled, perhaps in timers or process
|
|
|
|
|
filters, will instead invoke the debugger. So don't say you weren't
|
|
|
|
|
warned.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new variable ring-bell-function lets you specify your own
|
|
|
|
|
way for Emacs to "ring the bell".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If run-at-time's TIME argument is t, the action is repeated at
|
|
|
|
|
integral multiples of REPEAT from the epoch; this is useful for
|
|
|
|
|
functions like display-time.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** You can use the function locate-library to find the precise file
|
|
|
|
|
name of a Lisp library. This isn't new, but wasn't documented before.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Commands for entering view mode have new optional arguments that
|
|
|
|
|
can be used from Lisp. Low-level entrance to and exit from view mode
|
|
|
|
|
is done by functions view-mode-enter and view-mode-exit.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** batch-byte-compile-file now makes Emacs return a nonzero status code
|
|
|
|
|
if there is an error in compilation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** pop-to-buffer, switch-to-buffer-other-window and
|
|
|
|
|
switch-to-buffer-other-frame now accept an additional optional
|
|
|
|
|
argument NORECORD, much like switch-to-buffer. If it is non-nil,
|
|
|
|
|
they don't put the buffer at the front of the buffer list.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** If your .emacs file leaves the *scratch* buffer non-empty,
|
|
|
|
|
Emacs does not display the startup message, so as to avoid changing
|
|
|
|
|
the *scratch* buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new function regexp-opt returns an efficient regexp to match a string.
|
|
|
|
|
The arguments are STRINGS and (optionally) PAREN. This function can be used
|
|
|
|
|
where regexp matching or searching is intensively used and speed is important,
|
|
|
|
|
e.g., in Font Lock mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The variable buffer-display-count is local to each buffer,
|
|
|
|
|
and is incremented each time the buffer is displayed in a window.
|
|
|
|
|
It starts at 0 when the buffer is created.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The new function compose-mail starts composing a mail message
|
|
|
|
|
using the user's chosen mail composition agent (specified with the
|
|
|
|
|
variable mail-user-agent). It has variants compose-mail-other-window
|
|
|
|
|
and compose-mail-other-frame.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** The `user-full-name' function now takes an optional parameter which
|
|
|
|
|
can either be a number (the UID) or a string (the login name). The
|
|
|
|
|
full name of the specified user will be returned.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** Lisp packages that load files of customizations, or any other sort
|
|
|
|
|
of user profile, should obey the variable init-file-user in deciding
|
|
|
|
|
where to find it. They should load the profile of the user name found
|
|
|
|
|
in that variable. If init-file-user is nil, meaning that the -q
|
|
|
|
|
option was used, then Lisp packages should not load the customization
|
|
|
|
|
files at all.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** format-time-string now allows you to specify the field width
|
|
|
|
|
and type of padding. This works as in printf: you write the field
|
|
|
|
|
width as digits in the middle of a %-construct. If you start
|
|
|
|
|
the field width with 0, it means to pad with zeros.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For example, %S normally specifies the number of seconds since the
|
|
|
|
|
minute; %03S means to pad this with zeros to 3 positions, %_3S to pad
|
|
|
|
|
with spaces to 3 positions. Plain %3S pads with zeros, because that
|
|
|
|
|
is how %S normally pads to two positions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** thing-at-point now supports a new kind of "thing": url.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
** imenu.el changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can now specify a function to be run when selecting an
|
|
|
|
|
item from menu created by imenu.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
An example of using this feature: if we define imenu items for the
|
|
|
|
|
#include directives in a C file, we can open the included file when we
|
|
|
|
|
select one of those items.
|
2001-01-25 20:15:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-17 15:38:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
* For older news, see the file ONEWS
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
|
Copyright information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-01-23 23:34:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Permission is granted to anyone to make or distribute verbatim copies
|
|
|
|
|
of this document as received, in any medium, provided that the
|
|
|
|
|
copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved,
|
|
|
|
|
thus giving the recipient permission to redistribute in turn.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Permission is granted to distribute modified versions
|
|
|
|
|
of this document, or of portions of it,
|
|
|
|
|
under the above conditions, provided also that they
|
|
|
|
|
carry prominent notices stating who last changed them.
|
2001-01-25 20:15:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-03 12:39:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Local variables:
|
|
|
|
|
mode: outline
|
|
|
|
|
paragraph-separate: "[ ]*$"
|
|
|
|
|
end:
|
2003-09-01 15:45:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
arch-tag: 1aca9dfa-2ac4-4d14-bebf-0007cee12793
|